Full text of "Ancient records of Egypt; historical documents from the earliest times to the Persian conquest"

See other formats

Google

This is a digital copy of a book that was preserved for generations on library shelves before it was carefully scanned by Google as part of a project

to make the world's books discoverable online.

It has survived long enough for the copyright to expire and the book to enter the public domain. A public domain book is one that was never subject

to copyright or whose legal copyright term has expired. Whether a book is in the public domain may vary country to country. Public domain books

are our gateways to the past, representing a wealth of history, culture and knowledge that's often difficult to discover.

Marks, notations and other maiginalia present in the original volume will appear in this file - a reminder of this book's long journey from the

publisher to a library and finally to you.

Usage guidelines

Google is proud to partner with libraries to digitize public domain materials and make them widely accessible. Public domain books belong to the
public and we are merely their custodians. Nevertheless, this work is expensive, so in order to keep providing tliis resource, we liave taken steps to
prevent abuse by commercial parties, including placing technical restrictions on automated querying.
We also ask that you:

+ Make non-commercial use of the files We designed Google Book Search for use by individuals, and we request that you use these files for
personal, non-commercial purposes.

+ Refrain fivm automated querying Do not send automated queries of any sort to Google's system: If you are conducting research on machine
translation, optical character recognition or other areas where access to a large amount of text is helpful, please contact us. We encourage the
use of public domain materials for these purposes and may be able to help.

+ Maintain attributionTht GoogXt "watermark" you see on each file is essential for in forming people about this project and helping them find
additional materials through Google Book Search. Please do not remove it.

+ Keep it legal Whatever your use, remember that you are responsible for ensuring that what you are doing is legal. Do not assume that just
because we believe a book is in the public domain for users in the United States, that the work is also in the public domain for users in other
countries. Whether a book is still in copyright varies from country to country, and we can't offer guidance on whether any specific use of
any specific book is allowed. Please do not assume that a book's appearance in Google Book Search means it can be used in any manner
anywhere in the world. Copyright infringement liabili^ can be quite severe.

About Google Book Search

Google's mission is to organize the world's information and to make it universally accessible and useful. Google Book Search helps readers
discover the world's books while helping authors and publishers reach new audiences. You can search through the full text of this book on the web

at|http: //books .google .com/I

IHAND-SKNIOFDiiyNljBR-WWEISnY

ANCIENT RECORDS OF EGYPT

ANCIENT RECORDS

UNDBB THB OEITKRAL EDITOB8HIP OP
WILLIAM RAUfST HABPBB

3ttml WtTttM
ANCIENT RBOORDS OF ASSTBIA AND BABYLONIA

BDITBD BT BOBEBT FBANCI8 HABPBB

wttoub 9friffl

ANCIENT RECORDS OP EGYPT

BDITBD BT JAMB8 HBMBT BBBASTBD

dlytril i^rrtrfl

ANGOBNT RBOORDS OF PALESTINE. PHGBNICIA

AND SYRIA

BDITBD BT WILLIAM BAIMBT MABPBB

ANCIENT RECORDS OF EGYPT

HISTORICAL DOCUMENTS

FROM THE EARUEST TIMES TO THE PERSIAN CONQUEST, COLLECTED
EDITED AND TRANSLATED WITH COMMENTARY

JAMES HENRY BREASTED, Ph.D.

PBOFBSSOB OP BGYPTOIiO^ AND ORIENTAL HlflTORT
m TBS UNrVSXSZTT OP CHICAGO

VOLUME IV

THE TWENTIETH TO THE TWENTY-SIXTH DYNASTIES

THE UNIVERSITY OF CHICAGO PRESS
CHICAGO, ILLINOIS

AGENTS

THE BAKER A TAYLOR COMPANY
NEW YORK

THE CAMBRIDGE UNIVERSITY PRESS
LONDON AND EDINBURGH

"t^A

COPTBIOHT 1906 By
The Umivbbbitt of Chicago

• • ••

• • • •
• • • •

« •

•• •

* •

Conip«>sc4l and Printed By

The University uf Chicago Pros

ChiotKu. lUtnois, U.S.A.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

VOLUME I

The Documentary Sources of Egyptian History

Chronology

Chronological Table

The Palermo Stone: The First to the Fifth Dynasties

I. Pred)niastic Kings

II. First Dynasty

in. Second Dynasty

IV. Third Dynasty

V. Fourth Dynasty

VI. Fifth Dynasty

The Third Dynasty

Reign of Snefru

Sinai Inscriptions

Biography of Methen

The Fourth Dynasty

Reign of Khufu

Sinai Inscriptions

Inventory Stela

Examples of Dedication Inscriptions by Sons

Reign of Khafre

Stela of Mertity6tes

Will of Prince Nekure, Son of King Khafre .
Testamentary Enactment of an Unknown Official,
Establishing the Endowment of His Tomb by the

Pyramid of Khafre

Reign of Menkure

Debhen's Inscription, Recoimting King Menkure's Erec-
tion of a Tomb for Him

1-37

38-57

S8-7S
76-167
90
91-116
17-144
45-148

49-152
53-167

68-175
68-175
68-169

70-175
76-212
76-187
176
77-180
81-187
88-209
88-189
90-199

200-209
210-212

210-212

Fifth Dynasty 213-281

Reign of Userkaf 213-235

vi TABLE OF CONTENTS

Testamentary Enactment of Nekonekh .... 213-315

I. The Priesthood of Hathor 216-219

n. The Mortuary Priesthood of Khenuka 220-222

III. Nekonekh's WiD 223-225

IV. Nekonekh's Mortuary Priesthood 226-227
V. Nekonekh's Mortuary Statue 228-230

Testamentary Enactment of Senuonekh, Regulating

His Mortuary Priesthood 231-235

Reign of Sahure 236-241

Sinai Inscriptions 236

Tomb Stela of Nenekhsekhmet 237-240

Tomb Inscription of Persen 241

Reign of Neferirkere 242-249

Tomb Inscriptions of the Vizier, Chief Judge, and Chief

Architect Weshptah 242-249

Reign of Nuserre 250-262

Sinai Inscription 250

Tomb Inscriptions of Hotephiryakhet .... 251-253

Inscription of Ptahshepses 254-262

Reign of Menkuhor 263

Sinai Inscription 263

Reign of Dedkere-Isesi 264-281

Sinai Inscriptions 264-267

Tomb Inscriptions of Senezemib, Chief Judge, Vizier,

and Chief Architect 268-277

Mortuary Inscription of Nezemib 278-279

Tomb Inscription of the Nomarch Henku 280-281

The Sixth Dynasty 282-390

Reign of Teti 282-294

Inscriptions of Sabu, Also Called Ibebi .... 282-286

Inscription of Sabu, Also Called Thety .... 287-288

Inscription of an Unknown Builder 289-290

Inscription of Uni 291-294

I. Career under Teti (1. i) 292-294

n. Career imder Pepi I (11. 2-32) .... 306-315

III. Career under Memere (11. 32-50) .... 319-324

Reign of Pepi I 295-315

Hammamat Inscriptions 295-301

TABLE OF CONTENTS vii

I. The King's Inscriptions 296

II. The Expedition's Inscription .... 297-398

m. Chief Architect's Inscription 299

IV. Inscription of the Treasurer of the God Ikhi . 300-301

Sinai Inscription 302-303

Inscription in the Hatnub Quarry 304-305

Inscription of Uni: II Career under Pepi I . . . 306-315

Reign of Memere 316-336

Inscriptions at the First Cataract 316-318

I. Northern Inscription 317

II. Southern Inscription 318

Inscription of Uni: III Career under Memere . 319-324

Inscriptions of Harkhuf 32S~336

Inscriptions of Harkhuf (continued) 35c>~354

Reign of Pepi II 337-3^5

Conveyance of Land by Idu, Called Also Seneni . . 337-338

Sinai Inscription 339~343

Stela of the Two Queens, Enekhnes-Merire . 344-349

Inscriptions of Harkhuf (continued from § 336) . 350-354

Letter of Pepi II 350"3S4

I. Dates and Introduction 351

II. Acknowledgment of Harkhuf's Letter 351

III. Harkhuf's Rewards 352

IV. King's Instructions 3S3""354

Inscriptions of Pepi-Nakht 3SS"36o

Inscriptions of Khui 361

Inscriptions of Sebni 362-374

Inscriptions of Ibi 375~379

Inscription of Zau 380-385

Reign of Ity 386-387

Hammamat Inscription 386-387

Reign of Imhotep 388-390

The Ninth and Tenth Dynasties 391-414

Inscriptions of Siut 391-414

I. Inscription of Tefibi 393"397

II. Inscription of Kheti I 398-404

ni. Inscription of Kheti II 405-414

viii TABLE OF CONTENTS

Eleventh Dynasty 415-459

The Nomarch, Intef 419-420

Mortuary Stela « . . . . 419-420

Reign of Honis-Wahenekh-Intef I 421-423

Royal Tomb Stela 421-423

Reign of Horus-Nakhtneb-Tepnefer-Intef II 423A-423G

Stela of Thethi 423A-423G

Reign of Nibhotep-Mentuhotep I 433H

Temple Fragments from Gebelen 423H

Reigns of Intef III and Nibkhrure-Mentuhotep II . 424-426

Relief near Assuan 424-426

Reign of Senekhkere-Mentuhotep III 427-433

Hammamat Inscription of Henu 4^7-433

Reign of Nibtowere-Mentuhotep IV 434*459

Hammamat Inscriptions 434'459

I. The First Wonder 435-433

II. The Official Tablet 439-443

ni. The Commander's Tablet 444-448

rV. The Second Wonder 449-451

V. Completion of the Work 452-456

Stela of Eti 4S7-4S9

Twelfth Dynasty 460-750

Chronology of Twelfth D3masty 460-462

Reign of Amenemhet I 463-497

Inscription of Khnumhotep I 463-465

Hammamat Inscription of Intef 466-468

Inscription of Nessimiontu 469-471

Inscription of Korusko 472-473

The Teaching of Amenemhet 474-483

Dedication Inscription 484-485

The Tale of Sinuhe 486-497

Reign of Sesostris I 49^-593

The Building Inscription of the Temple of Heliopolis . 498-506

Inscription of Meri 507-509

Wadi Haifa Inscription of Mentuhotep .... 510-514

Inscription of Amenemhet (Ameni) 515-523

Stela of Ikudidi 524-528

Inscription of Intefyoker 529

TABLE OF CONTENTS ix

■

Inscriptions of Mentuhotep 530~534

The Contracts of Hepzefi 535-53^

I. First Contract S39~S43

II. Second Contract 544-548

in. Third Contract 549*553

IV. Fourth Contract 554-558

V. Fifth Contract 559-567

VI. Sixth Contract 568-571

Vn. Seventh Contract 57^-575

Vm. Eighth Contract 576-581

K. Ninth Contract ' . 582-588

X. Tenth Contract 589-593

Reign of Amenemhet II 594-613

Inscription of Simontu 594-598

Inscription of Sihathor 599~6o5

Sinai Inscription 606

Stela of Khentemsemeti 607-613

Reign of Sesostris II 614-639

Inscription of Hapu 614-618

Inscription of Elhniimhotep 11 619-^39

Reign of Sesostris III 640-748

The Conquest of Nubia 640-672

I. The Canal Inscriptions 642-649

I. First Inscription 643-645

II. Second Inscription 646-648

II. The Elephantine Inscription 649-650

in. The First Semneh Stela 651-652

IV. The Second Semneh Stela 653-660

V. Inscription of Ikhemofret 661-670

VI. Inscription of Sisatet 671-673

See also 676 ff. and 687

Hammamat Inscription 674-675

Stela of Sebek-Khu, called Zaa 676-687

Inscriptions of Thuthotep 688-706

Hammamat Inscriptions 707-712

Inscriptions of Sinai 713-738

I. Wadi Maghara 713-723

I. Inscriptions of Khenemsu 714-716

TABLE OF CONTENTS

II. Inscription of Hamakht

III. Inscription of Sebekdidi

IV. Inscription of Ameni ....
II. SarbOt el-Khadem

I. Inscription of Sebek-hir-hab
II. Inscription of Ptahwer

III. Inscription of Amenemhet .

IV. Inscription of Harurre ....

Turra Inscription

Inscription of Sehetepibre

Reign of Amenemhet IV

Kummeh Inscription

Sinai Inscriptions

From the Thirteenth Dynasty to the Hyksos
Reign of Sekhemre-Khutowe

Records of Nile-Levels

Reign of Neferhotep

Great Abydos Stela

Boundary Stela

Reign of Nubkheprure-Intef

Coptos Decree

Reign of Khenzer

Inscriptions of Ameniseneb

717-718

719-720
721-723

724-738
725-727

728-729

730-732
733-738
739-742

743-748

749-750

749

750

51-787

'51-752

53-772

53-765
'66-772

73-780
73-780
r8i-787
r8i-787

VOLUME n

The Eighteenth Dynasty ....

Reign of Ahmose I

Biography of Ahmose, Son of Ebana
I. Career under Ahmose I (11. 1-24) .
II. Career imder Amenhotep I (U. 24-29)
III. Career imder Thutmose I (U. 29-39)
Biography of Ahmose-Pen-Nekhbet .

I. Ahmose's Campaigns [Continued §40]
n. Ahmose's Rewards ....
III. Ahmose's Summary ....

1-1043

1-37

1-3
4-16

38-39
78-82

17-25

18-20

21-24

TABLE OF CONTENTS xi

Quarry Inscription 26-28

Kamak Stela 29-32

Building Inscription 33"37

Rdgn of Amenhotep I 38-53

Biography of Ahmose, Son of Ebana .... 38-39

II. Career under Amenhotep I (D. 24-29) . 38-53

Biography of Ahmose-Pen-Nekhbet 40-42

Career under Amenhotep I 40-42

Biography of Ineni 43-46

I. Career under Amenhotep I 44-46

n. Career under Thutmose I 99-108

III. Career under Thutmose II 11 5-1 18

IV. Career under Thutmose III and Hatshepsut . 340-343

Stela of Harmini 47-48

Stela of Keres 49-52

Reign of Thutmose I 54-114

Coronation Decree 54-60

Biographical Inscription of Thure 61 -66

Tombos Stela 67-73

Inscriptions at the First Cataract 74-77

I. Sehel Inscription 75

n. Sehel Inscription 76

m. Assuan Inscription 77

Inscription of Ahmose, Son of Ebana .... 7^82

in. Career under Thutmose I (U. 29-39) . 78-82

Biography of Ahmose-Pen-Nekhbet 83-85

Career under Thutmose I 83-85

Kamak Obelisks 86-89

Abydos Stela 90-98

Biography of Ineni 99-108

II. Career under Thutmose I (U. 4-14) 99-108

Stela of Yuf 109-114

Rdgn of Thutmose II 115-127

Biography of Ineni 11 5-1 18

ni. Career under Thutmose II 11 5-1 18

Assuan Inscription 1 19-122

Biography of Ahmose-Pen-Nekbet 123-124

IV. Career under Thutmose 11 . . . 123-124

xii TABLE OF CONTENTS

Campaign in Syria 125

The Ebony Shrine of Der el-Bahri 126-127

Reign of Thutmose III and Hatshepsut .... 128-390

Introduction 128-130

Inscription of the Coronation; Buildings and Offerings 131-166

Semneh Temple Inscriptions 167

I. Renewal of Sesostris Ill's List of Offerings 168-172

II. Dedication to Dedun and Sesostris III 173-176

Biography of Nebwawi 177

I. The Statue Inscription 178-183

II. Abydos Stela 184-186

The Birth of Queen Hatshepsut 187-191

I. The Coimcil of the Gods ..... 192

II. Interviews Between Amon and Thoth . 193-194

ni. Amon with Queen Ahmose 195-198

IV. Interview Between Amon and Khnum 199-201

V. Khnum Fashions the Child 202-203

VI. Interview Between Thoth and Queen Ahmose 204

Vn. Queen Ahmose is Led to Confinement 205

VIII. The Birth 206-207

IX. Presentation of the Child to Amon 208

X. Coimcil of Amon and Hathor .... 209

XL The Nursing of the Child 210

XII. Second Interview of Amon and Thoth . 211

XIII. The Final Scene 212

Statue of Enebni 213

Vase Inscription 214

The Coronation of Queen Hatshepsut . . . 215

I. The Purification 216

II. Amon presents the Child to All the Gods . . 217-220

HI. The Northern Journey 221-225

IV. Coronation by Atum 226-227

V. Reception of the Crowns and the Names . . 228-230

VI. Proclamation as King before Amon ... 231

VII. Coronation before the Court . . . 232-239

VIII. Second Purification 240-241

IX. Concluding Ceremonies 242

Southern Pylon Inscription at Kamak .... 243-245

TABLE OF CONTENTS xiii

The Punt Reliefs 246-295

I. Departure of the Fleet 252-253

U. Reception in Punt 254-258

III. TheTraflSc 259-262

IV. Loading the Vessels 263-265

V. The Return Voyage 266

VI. Presentation of the Tribute to the Queen by the

Chiefs of Punt, Irem and Nemyew 267-269

Vn. The Queen Offers the Gifts to Amon . 270-272

Vin. Weighing and Measuring the Gifts to Amon 273-282
IX. Formal Announcement of the Success of the

Expedition before Amon 283-288

X. Formal Announcement of the Success of the

Expedition to the Court 289-295

Inscription of the Speos Artemidos 396-303

The Kamak Obelisks 304-307

I. Shaft Inscriptions; Middle Colimins . 308-311

II. Shaft Inscriptions; Side Colunms .... 312-313

III. Base Inscription 314-321

Reliefs of Transportation of Obelisks . 322

I. Transport 323-329

n. Reception in Thebes 330-335

ni. Dedication of the Obelisks 336

Rock Inscription in Wadi Maghara 337

Building Inscription of Western Thebes .... 338-339

Biography of Ineni 340-343

rV. Career under Thutmose III and Hatshepsut . 340-343

Biography of Ahmose-Pen-Nekhbet 344

Conclusion of Sunjnary 344

Inscriptions of Senmut 34S"368

I. Inscriptions on the Kamak Statue . 349-358

II. Assuan Inscription 359-3^2

in. Inscriptions on the Berlin Statue .... 363-368

Inscription of Thutiy 369-378

Inscriptions of Puemre 379

I. Statue of Inscription 380-381

n. Tomb Inscriptions 382-387

Inscriptions of Hapuseneb 388-390

xiv TABLE OF CONTENTS

Reign of Thutmose III 39i"779

The Annals 391-40S

The Annals: Conspectus of Campaigns .... 406

I. Introduction 407

n. First Campaign (Year 23) 408-443

Wadi Haifa Inscription 411-437

Fragment on the Siege of Megiddo .... 438-443

m. Second Campaign (Year 24) 444-449

rV. Third Campaign (Year 25) 4S<>~4S2

V. Fourth Campaign 453

VI. Fifth Campaign (Year 29) 454-462

Vn. Sixth Campaign (Year 30) 463-467

Vni. Seventh Campaign (Year 31) 468-475

DC. Eighth Campaign (Year 33) 476-487

X. Ninth Campaign (Year 34) 488-495

XI. Tenth Campaign (Year 35) 496-503

Xn. Eleventh Campaign (Year 36) ... . 504

Xin. Twelfth Campaign (Year 37) .... 505

XIV. Thirteenth Campaign (Year 38) ... . 506-515

XV. Fourteenth Campaign (Year 39) . . 516-519

XVI. Fifteenth Campaign 520-523

XVn. Sixteenth Campaign S24"S27

XVni. Seventeenth Campaign 528-539

XIX. Conclusion 540

Feasts and Offerings from the Conquests . . 541-573

Biography of Amenemhab S74~S93

Fragments of Kamak Pylon VII S93"S98

Great Kamak Building Inscription 599-608

Building Inscription of the Kamak Ptah-Temple . . 609-622

Obelisks 623

I. Kamak Obelisks 624-625

n. Lateran Obelisks 626-628

III. Constantinople Obelisk 629-631

rV. London Obelisk 632-633

V. New York Obelisk 634-636

Medinet Habu Building Inscriptions .... 637-641

Heliopolis Building Inscriptions 642-643

Nubian Wars 644-654

TABLE OF CONTENTS xv

I. Canal Inscription 649-650

n. Inscriptions of Nehi, Viceroy of Kush . 651-652

III. Offerings from the South Countries 653-654

Hymn of Victory ... 655-662

Tomb of Rekhmire 663-759

I. Appointment of Rekhmire as Vizier 665-670

II. Duties of the Vizier 671-71 1

III. The Sitting of the Vizier 712-713

rV. Reception of Petitions 714-715

V. Inspection of Taxes of Upper Egypt . 716

A. Above Thebes 717-728

B. Below Thebes 729-745

VI. Reception of Dues to the Amon-Temple 746-751

Vn. Inspection of Daily Offerings and of Monuments 752

Vin. Inspection of Craftsmen 7S3"7SS

IX. Inspection of Sculptors and Builders . 75^-759

X. Reception of Foreign Tribute .... 760-761

XI. Accession of Amenhotep II 762

Stela of Intef the Herald 763-771

Tomb of Menkheperreseneb 772-776

Stela of Nibamon 777"779

Reign of Amenhotep II 780

Asiatic Campaign 780-798

I. Kamak Stela 781-790

II. Amftda and Elephantine Stels .... 791-798

III. Kamak Chapel 79^^

Turra Inscription 799-800

Tomb of Amenken 801-802

Kamak Building Inscription 803-806

Biography of Amenemhab 807-809

Reign of Thutmose IV 810-840

Sphinx Stela 810-815

Asiatic Campaign 816-822

Konosso Inscription 823-829

Lateran Obelisk 830-838

Stela of Pe'aoke 839-840

Reign of Amenhotep HI 841-931

Birth and Coronation 841

xvi TABLE OF CONTENTS

Nubian War S42-855

I. Stela at First Cataract 843-844

n. Stela of Konosso 845

m. Bubastis Inscription 846-850

IV. Semneh Inscription 851-855

Tablet of Victory ... 856-859

The Commemorative Scarabs 860-869

I. Marri^e with Tiy 861-862

IL WM Cattle Hunt 863^64

m. Ten Years Lion-Hunting 865

IV. Marriage with Kirgipa 866-867

V. Construction of a Pleasure Lake .... 868-869

Jubilee Celebrations 870-874

Quarry and Mine Inscriptions ^7S~^77

Building Inscription 878-892

I. Introduction (IL 1-2) 882

n. Temple of the (Memnon) Colossi (11. 2-10) . . 883-885

m. Luxor Temple and Connected Buildings . 886-887

IV. Sacred Barge of Amon (11. 16-20) .... 888

V. Third Pylon of Kamak (11. 20-23) ... 889

VI. Temple of Soleb (11. 23-26) 890

VII. Hynm of Amon to the King (U. 26-31) 891-892

Building Inscriptions of the Soleb Temple 893-898

Great Inscription of the Third Kamak I^on • . 899-903

Dedication Stela 904-910

I. Speech of the King (11. 1-13) 905-908

n. Speech of Amon (U. 14-20) 909

m. Speech of the Divine Ennead (U. 20-24) 910

Inscriptions of Amenhotep, Son of Hapi .... 911-927

I. Statue Inscription 913-920

II. Mortuary Temple Edict 921-927

Statue of Nebnefer 928-931

Reign of Ikhnaton 932-1018

Quarry Inscription at Silsileh 933"93S

Tomb of the Vizier Ramose 936-948

The Tell El-Amama Landmarks 949-972

Assuan Tablet of the Architect Bek 973"976

The Tell El-Amama Tombs 977-1018

TABLE OF CONTENTS xvii

Tomb of Merire II 981

Tomb of Merire I 982-988

Tomb of Eye 989-996

TQmb of Mai 997-1003

Tomb of Ahmose 1004-1008

Tomb of Tutu 1009-1013

Tomb of Huy 1014-1018

Reign of Tutenkhamon 1019-1041

Tomb of Huy 1019-1041

I. InvestitU];e of the Viceroy of Kush 1020-1026

11. Tribute of the North 1027-1033

III. Tribute of the South . . . , . 1034-1041
Reign of Eye 1042-1043

UST OF FIGUKES

PAOK

Plan of Punt Reliefs 105

VOLUME in

The Nineteenth Dynasty 1-651

Reign of Harmhab 1-73

Tomb of Harmhab 1-21

I. Leyden Fragments 2-9

I. Stela with Adoration Scene .... 2-5

n. Reward of Gold 6-9

n. Vienna Fragment 10-12

lU. Alexandria Fragments 13

IV. British Museum Fragments 14-19

I. Doorposts 14-17

n. Stela with Three Hynms 18-19

V. Cairo Fragments 20-21

Coronation Inscription . . 22-32

GraflSti in the Theban Necropolis 32A-32C

The Wars of Harmhab 33-44

I. In the North 34-36

n. In the South 37-44

Edict of Harmhab. 45"^

xviii TABLE OF CONTENTS

I. Introduction (U. i-io) 49

II. Introduction: The King's Zeal for the Relief of

the People (U. io-r4) $0

m. Enactment Against Robbing the Poor of Dues

for the Royal Breweries and Kitchens (11. 14-17) 51

IV. Enactment Against Robbing the Poor of Wood

Due the Pharaoh (11. 17-18) 52

V. Enactment Against Exacting Dues from a Poor

Man Thus Robbed (U. 18-20) .... 53

VI. Against Robbing the Poor of Dues for the Harem

or the Gods by the Soldiers (11. 20-24) • 54

Vn. Enactments Against Unlawful Appropriation of

Slave Service (11. 22-24) 55

Vm. Enactment Against Stealing of Hides by the

Soldiers (11. 25-28) 56-57

IX. Against Connivance of Dishonest Inspectors with
Thievish Tax-Collectors, for a Share of the Booty

(11. 28-32) 58

X. Enactment Against Stealing Vegetables Under

Pretense of Collecting Taxes (11. 32-35) 59

XI. Enactments too Fragmentary for Analysis (11. 35-

39) and Right Side (11. i, 2) 60-62

Xn. Narrative of the King's Reforms, Containing
Also an Enactment Against Corrupt Judges

(II.3-7) . 63-65

Xin. Narrative of the King's Monthly Audiences and

Largesses (U. 7-10) 66

XIV. Laudation of the King, and Conclusion (Left

Side) 67

Tomb of Neferhotep 68-73

Reign of Ramses I 74*79

Wadi Haifa Stela 74-79

Reign of Seti I 80-250

Kamak Reliefs 80-156

Scene i. March through Southern Palestine 83-84

Scene 2. Battle with the Shasu 85-86

Scene 3. Capture of Pekanan. 87-88

Scene 4. Capture of Yenoam 89-90

TABLE OF CONTENTS xix

Scene 5. Submission of the Chiefs of Lebanon . 9i~94

Scenes 6 and 7. Binding and Carrying Away Prisoners 95-97

Scene 8. Reception in Egypt 98-103

Scene 9. Presentation of Shasu Prisoners and Precious

Vessels to Amon 104-108

Scene 10. Presentation of Syrian Prisoners and

Precious Vessels to Amon 109-112

Scene 11. Sla)ring Prisoners Before Amon . 113-119

Scene 12. First Battle with the Libyans 120-122

Scene 13. Second Battle with the Libyans . 123-132

Scene 14. Return from Libyan War .... 133-134
Scene 15. Presentation of Libyan Prisoners and Spoil

to Amon I35~i39

Scene 16. Capture of Kadesh 140-141

Scene 17. Battle with the Hittites 142-144

Scene 18. Carrying off Hittite Prisoners 145-148
Scene 19. Presentation of Hittite Spoil and Prisoners

to Amon 149-152

Scene 20. Sla3ring Prisoners before Amon . 153-156

Wadi Haifa Stela 157-161

Inscriptions of Redesiyeh 162-198

I. First Inscription 169-174

II. Second Inscription 175-194

ni. Third Inscription 195-198

Building Inscriptions 199-250

I. First Cataract Inscription 201-204

1. Assuan Inscription 201-202

2. Elephantine Stela 203-204

II. Silsileh Quarry Stela 205-208

in. Gebelftn Quarry Inscription 209-210

IV. Mortuary Temple at Thebes (Kuma) . 211-221

V. Temple of Kamak 222-224

VI. Mortuary Temple at Abydos 225-243

Vn. Temple Model of Heliopolis 244-246

Vm. Miscellaneous 247-250

Reign of Ramses II ., 251-568

Great Abydos Inscription 251-281

Kubbftn Stela 282-293

XX TABLE OF CONTENTS

The Asiatic War 294-391

I. Beginning of the Hittite War .... 396-351

I. First Campaign 297

IL Second Campaign: The Battle of Radesh . 298-351

a. Poem of the Battle of Kadesh . . 305-315

b. Official Record of the Battle of Kadesh 316-327

c. The Reliefs of the Battle of Kadesh. 328
I. The Council of War .... 329-330

n. The Camp 33i"332

in. Ramses' Messengers .... 333-334

IV. The Battle 33S-338

V. The Defense of the Camp . . 339-340

VI. After the Battle 341-347

VII. Presentation of Captives to Amon . 348-351

III. Palestinian Revolt 352-362

I. Reconquest of Southern Palestine . . 353-355

II. Reconquest of Northern Palestine . . 356-362

IV. Campaign in Naharin 363-391

I. Conquest of Naharin 364-366

II. Treaty with the Hittites 367-391

Relations of Egjrpt with the Hittites after the War . 392-491

I. The Blessing of Ptah 394-414

II. Marriage Stela 415-424

III. Message of the Chief of Kheta to the Chief of

Kode 425-426

IV. Coptos Stela 427-428

V. Bentresh Stela 429-447

Nubian Wars and References to Northern Wars 448-491

I. Abu Simbel Temple 449-457

II. Bet el-Walli Temple 458-477

III. Assuan Stela 478-479

IV. Luxor Temple 480-484

V. Abydos Temple 485-486

VI. Tanis Stels 487-491

Building Inscriptions 492-537

I. Great Temple of Abu Simbel 495-499

II. Small Temple of Abu Simbel 500-501

III. Temple of Serreh 502

TABLE OF CONTENTS xxi

IV. Temple of Dcrr 503

V. Temple of Seb<i^a 504

VI. Temple of el Kab .... 505

Vn. Temple of Luxor 506-508

VIII. Temple of Rarnak S09-513

DC. The Ramesseum 514-515

X. Temple of Kuma 516-522

XI. Seti I's Temple at Abydos and Great Abydos

Inscription 262-267

XII. Ramses II's Temple at Abydos .... 524-529

Xni. Memphis Temples 53^^537

1. Great Abydos Inscription (1. 22) . . . 260

2. Blessing of Ptah (U. 32, 35) ... . 412-413
XIV. City of Tanis (Blessing of Ptah (11. 16-18) . 406

Stela of the Year 400 538-542

Royal Jubilee Inscriptions 543-560

I. First Gebel Silsileh Inscription .... 552

n. Bigeh Inscription 553

in. Second Gebel Silsileh Inscription .... 554

rV. Third Gebel Silsileh Inscription .... 555

V. Fourth Gebel Silsileh Inscription .... 556

VI. Sehel Inscription 557

VII. El Kab Inscription 558

Vm. Fifth Gebel Silsileh Inscription .... 559

IX. Sixth Gebel Silsileh Inscription .... 560

Inscription of Beknekhonsu 561-568

Reign of Memeptah 569-638

The Invasion of Libyans and Mediterranean Peoples . 569-617

I. The Great Kamak Inscription .... 572-592

II. The Cairo Column S93"S95

III. The Athribis Stela 596-601

IV, The Hymn of Victory 602-617

Inscriptions of the High Priest of Amon, Roy 618-628

Daybook of a Frontier Official 629-635

Letter of a Frontier Official 636-638

Reign of Siptah 639-650

Nubian Graffiti 639-650

xxii TABLE OF CONTENTS

UST OF FIGURES

PAOX

Fig. I. Plan of the Reliefs of Seti I, on the North Wall of the

Great Hall of Kamak 39

Fig. 2. Seti I on the Route through Southern Palestine

(Scene i) 44

Fig. 3. Showing Two Superimposed Figures 61

Fig. 4. Inserted Figure of "First King's-Son" .... 61
Fig. 5. An Unknown Prince Following the Chariot of Seti I

(Scene 14) 66

Fig. 6. Figure of an Unknown Prince Inserted in a Fragmen-
tary Scene (§ 130) 66

Fig. 7. Map of the Orontes Valley in the Vicinity of

Kadesh 126

Fig. 8. March to Kadesh: First Positions 128

Fig. 9. Battle of Kadesh: Second Positions . .130

Fig. 10. Battle of Kadesh: Third Positions 130

Fig. II. Battle of Kadesh: Fourth Positions .130

Fig. 12. Battle of Kadesh: Fifth Positions 130

Fig. 13. The Modem Mound of Kadesh 152

VOLUME IV

The Twentieth Dynasty 1-603

Reign of Ramses III 1-456

Medinet Habu Temple 1-150

Building and Dedication Inscriptions .... 1-20

Historical Inscriptions 21-138

I. Treasury of Medinet Habu Temple . 25-34

II. First Libyan War, Year 5 35-58

I. Great Inscription in the Second Court

(Year 5) 36-58

III. Northern War, Year 8 59-82

1. Great Inscription on the Second Pylon,

Year 8. 61-68

2. Relief Scenes Outside North Wall and in
Second Court, Year 8 69-82

rv. Second Libyan War 83-114

TABLE OF CONTENTS xxui

1. Great Inscription on the First Pylon (Medi-

net Habu) 85-92

2. Poem on Second Libyan War 93~99

3. Relief Scenes on First Pylon and Outside

North Wall (Medinet Habu) 100-114

4. Papyrus Harris 405

V. The Syrian War iiS~i3S

VI. The Nubian War 136-138

Medinet Habu Temple Calendar 139-145

Act of Endowment of the Temples of Khnum 146-150

Papyrus Harris 151-412

Discussion of 151-181

Content:

I. Introduction 182-183

II. Theban Section 184-246

III. Heliopolitan Section 247-304

IV. Memphite Section 3oS~3Si

V. General Section (Small Temples) . 352-382

VI. Summary 383-396

VII. Historical Section 397-412

Record of the Royal Jubilee 413-41 S

Records of the Harem Conspiracy 416-456

I. Appointment of the Court 423-424

II. The Condemned of the First Prosecution . 425-443

in. The Condemned of the Second Prosecution 444-445

rV. The Condemned of the Third Prosecution . 446-450

V. The Condemned of the Fourth Prosecution 451-452

VI. The Acquitted 453

Vn. The Practicers of Magic 454-456

Reign of Ramses IV 457-472

Hammamat Stela . 457-468

I. The First Stela 457-460

II. The Second Stela 461-468

Abydos Stela 469-471

Building Inscription of the Khonsu Temple 472

Rdgn of Ramses V 473

Tomb Dedication 473

Rdgn of Ramses VI 474-483

xxiv TABLE OF CONTENTS

Tomb of Pcnno 474-483

Reign of Ramses VII 484-485

Stela of Hon 484-485

Reign of Ramses IX 486-556

Inscriptions of the High Priest of Amon, Amenhotep 486-498

I. Building Inscriptions 486-491

II. Records of Rewards 492-498

The Records of the Royal Tomb-Robberies 499-556

I. Papyrus Abbott 5^9-535

II. Papyrus Amherst 536-541

III. Tiuin Fragment 542-543

rV. Mayer Papyri 544-556

Reign of Ramses XII 557-603

The Report of Wenamon 557-591

Records of the Restoration of the Royal Mununies 593-594

Letter to the Viceroy of Kush 595-600

Building Inscriptions in the Temple of Khonsu 601-603

The Twenty-First Dynasty 604-692

The Twenty-First Dynasty 604-607

Reign of Hrihor 608-626

Inscriptions of the Temple of Khonsu .... 608-626

Reign of Nesubenebded 627-630

Gebelfin Inscription 627-630

Reign of the High Priest and King Paynozem I 631-649

I. Paynozem I as High Priest 631-635

Building Inscriptions 631-635

Records on the Royal Mummies .... 636-642

II. Paynozem I as King 643 ff.

Records on the Royal Mummies .... 643-647

Building Inscriptions 648-649

High Priesthood of Menkheperre 650-661

Stela of the Banishment 650-658

Record of Restoration 659

Kamak Graffito 660

Records on the Royal Mummies 661

High Priesthood of Paynozem II 662-687

Records on the Priestly Mummies 662-663

Records on the Royal Mununies 664-667

TABLE OF CONTENTS jxv

Record of Paynozem II's Burial 668

Stela of the " Great Chief of Me," Sheshonk . 669-687

High Priesthood of Pesibkhenno 688-692

Records on Mummy- Wrappings 688

Burial of Nesikhonsu 689

Records on the Royal Munmiies 690-692

The Twenty-Second Dynasty 693-792

Records of Nile-Levels at Kamak / . 693-698

Reign of Sheshonk I 699-728

Records on Munmiy-Bandages of 2^ptahefonekh . 699-700

Building Inscription 701-708

Great Kamak Relief 709-722

Presentation of Tribute 723-724

Kamak Stela 724A

Dakhel Stela 725-728

Reign of Osorkon I 729-737

Record of Temple Gifts 729-737

Rdgn of Takelot I 738-740

Statue of the Nile-God Dedicated by the High Priest,

Sheshonk 738-740

Reign of Osorkon II 742-751

Flood Inscription 742-744

Statue Inscription 74S-747

Jubilee Inscriptions 748-751

Reign of Takelot 11 752-755

Graffito of Harsiese 752-754

Stela of Kerome 755

Reign of Sheshonk III 756-777

Annals of the High Priest of Amon, Osorkon . 756-770

I. East of Door 760-761

II. West of Door 762-770

First Serapeum Stela of Pediese 77i~y74

Record of Installation 77S~777

Reign of Pemou 778-781

Second Serapeum Stela of Pediese 778-781

Reign of Sheshonk IV 782-792

Stela bf Weshtehet 782-784

xxvi TABLE OF CONTENTS

Serapeum Stela of Harpeson 785-792

The Twenty-Thiw) Dynasty 793-S83

Records of Nile-Levels at Karnak 793~794

Rdgn of OsoriLon HI 795

WillofYewelot 795

Reign of Piankhi 796-883

The Piankhi Stela 796-883

The Twenty-Fourth Dynasty 884

Reign of Bocchoris 884

Serapeum Stels 884

The Twenty-Fifth Dynasty 885-934

Records of the Nile-Levels at Karnak .... 885-888

Rdgn of Shabaka 889

Building Inscription 889

Reign of Taharka 892-918

Tanis Stda 892-896

Building Inscription in Large Cliff-Temple of Napata 897-900

Inscription of Mentemhet 901-916

Serapeum Stela 917-918

Reign of Tanutamon 919-934

Stela of Tanutamon 919-934

The Twenty-Sixth Dynasty 935-1029

Reign of Psamtik I 935"973

Adoption Stela of Nitocris 93S"958

Statue Inscription of the Chief Steward, Ibe . 958A-958M

First Serapeum Stela 959~962

Second Serapeum Stela 963-966

Statue Inscription of Hor 967-973

Reign of Necho 974-980

Serapeum Stela 974*1)79

Building Inscription 980

Rdgn of Psamtik II 981-983

Statue Inscription of Neferibre-Nofer .... 981-983

Reign of Apries 984-995

Serapeum Stela 984-988

Stela of the Divine Consort Enekhnesneferibre 988A-988J

Inscription of Nesuhor 9^9~^5

TABLE OF CONTENTS xxvii

Reign of Amasis (Ahmose II) 996-1029

Elephantine Stela 996-1007

Serapeum Stela lOoS-iois

Statue Inscription of the General Ahmo6e . 1013-1014

Statue Inscription of Pefnefdineit .... 1015-1035
Mortuaiy Stele of the Priest Psamtik 1016-1029

UST OF YIGURES

Plan of Scenes and Inscriptions in Medinet Habu Temi^e . 5

Index 521

EXPLANATION OF TYPOGRAPHICAL SIGNS AND

SPECIAL CHARACTERS

1. The introductions to the documents are in twelve-
point t3rpe, like these lines.

2. All of the translations are in ten-point type, like this line.

3. In the footnotes and introductions all quotations from
the documents in the original words of the translation are
in ilalicSj inclosed in quotation marks. Italics are not
employed in the text of the volumes for any other purpose
except for titles.

4. The lines of the original document are indicated in
the translation by superior numbers.

5. The loss of a word in the original is indicated by

— , two words by , three words by , four

words by , five words by , and

more than five by . A word in the original is

estimated at a "square" as known to Egyptologists, and
the estimate can be but a very rough one.

6. When any of the dashes, like those of No. 5, are in-
closed in half-brackets, the dashes so inclosed indicate not
lost, but uncertain words. Thus •" — '^ represents one un-
certain word, •" ^ two uncertain words, and •" ^

more than five uncertain words.

7. When a word or group of words are inclosed in half-
brackets, the words so inclosed are uncertain in meaning;
that is, the translation is not above question.

8. Roman numerals I, II, III, and IV, not preceded by
the title of any book or journal, refer to these four volumes
of Historical Documents. The Arabic numerals following
such Romans refer to the numbered paragraphs of these
volumes. All paragraph marks (§ and §§, without a
Roman) refer to paragraphs of the same volume.

9. For signs used in transliteration, see Vol. I, p. xv.

•••

zzvm

THE TWENTIETH DYNASTY

• •

•

•• •

REIGN OF RAMSES III

BUILDING AND DEDICATION INSCRIPTIONS OF

MEDINET HABU TEMPLE

1 . This building is the most completely preserved temple
of Egypt, antedating the Ptolemaic period. With its in-
scriptions and reliefs, it forms a vast record of the reign of
Ramses III, parallel with the other record which he has
left us in the great Papyrus Harris (§§151-412). It was
dedicated by the king in his twelfth year, by the introduc-
tion of a new calendar of feasts, with richly endowed offer-
ings (§§ 139-45). It was entirely built by Ramses III, as
its inscriptions show. To this fact, as well as to its fine
state of preservation, is due its importance. That imposing
line of similar temples, of the Eighteenth Djmasty, which once
extended eastward and northeastward from Medinet Habu,
has now almost entirely vanished. The one exception is the
ruined temple of Thutmose III, beside the Medinet Habu
temple. The Nineteenth Dynasty temples, crowded into the
same line, have likewise perished, leaving the wreck of the
Ramesseum and the Kuma temple of Seti I. Each of these
temples was, with slight exception (Kuma), the work of one
king, and the scenes on the Ramesseum pylons, as well as
those at Medinet Habu, indicate what an irreparable loss
we have suffered in the destruction of these records of indi-
vidual reigns. The Medinet Habu temple is therefore
unique, and we must intensely regret that it was a Twentieth
rather than an Eighteenth Djmasty temple which survived.

2 . We shall first notice the inscriptions which concern the
building (§§3-34); second, the historical records preserved
on its walls (§§35-138); and, third, the great calendar of

••,

.•'./.

•- •

.••

• •'

• •♦

•. •• •.

;••.

TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES HI [§3

:;ieasts (§§ 139-45). The inscriptions of earliest date (year 5)
'•are found farthest back, viz., in the second court; while the
second pylon, which forms the front of this court, bears an
immense inscription of the year 8. The first pylon, the
final front of the temple, carries records of the eleventh and
twelfth years; so that the gradual growth of the temple
from rear to front is clear. At the same tune, it must be
remembered that the cutting of the scenes and inscriptions
was sometimes delayed. Thus the door of the treasury in
the oldest part of the temple bears a scene depicting events
of the eighth year or later.

Besides the records of the building on its own walls, there
is also a record of it in Papyrus Harris (§ 189).

3. In all the dedicatory inscriptions which follow, the
traditional formula is introduced by the king's name, pre-
ceding the pronoun "Ae.'' This has been omitted in the
translations throughout. Beginning at the rear, with the
oldest portion of the building, we find a dedicatory inscrip-
tion running around the holy of holies, which is as
follows :

4. *He made (it) as his monument for his father, Amon-Re, king of
gods, making for him a great and augtist temple of fine, white sandstone,
its doors of genuine electrum; an august palace for his image, which
is in his house. He made it for him in the sacred district by the side of
"Lord of Life," the pure ground of the ruler of Thebes, the eternal
resting-place, the accustomed court of the lord of Tazoser, the path of
the leaders of the Nether World. I did not overturn the tombs of the
lords of life,^ the tomb-chambers of the ancestors, the glorious place

*" Parol ext^cure .... c6i6 nord Derni^re partie du palais" (meaning

temple), Champollion, Notices descriptives, I, 739 f.; but ''Inschrift um die Cella,"
Lepsius, DenkmOler, III, 213, d.

^A euphemism for the dead; the king means that in locating his temple in the
ancient Theban cemetery he did not appropriate the ground occupied by the old
tombs. It is to the already ancient necropolis that the series of epiUiets (beginning
"sacred district** and continuing to the end) refers.

MEDDJET HABU: BUILDING INSCRIPTIONS

6 TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES m [J 5

which was at the beginning, of the lord of Rosta, the divine way of the
gods and the cavern-dwellers* to the revered dead.

5. On a chapel of Khonsu, in the heart of the oldest por-
tion, is the following dedication:^

He made (it) as (his) monument for his father, Khonsu, residing in
Thebes; making for him an august ''Great Seat"^ of fine white sand-
stone, the door of dectrum, in **The-House (h' /)-of-Usermare-Meriamon-
Possessed-of-Etemity-on-the-West-of-Thebes;" that he may establish
his son, Lord of Diadems, Ramses, Ruler of Heliopolis, as excellent
sovereign upon the throne of Atum, like Re, forever.

6. What is now the second court, but originally the first
court, was then built in front of the older structure. It con-
tains inscriptions of the year 5; and its dedication is as
follows:

7. ^He made it as (his) monument for his father, Amon-Re, making
for him "The-House (^•/)"of"Usermare-Meriamon-Possessed-of-Etemity-
in-the-House-of-Amon,'' like unto the great palace of the horizon; of
fine sandstone. The ''Great Seat" is of gold, its pavement of silver,
its doors of gold and black granite;® the broad-hall of stone of Ayan,
the doors thereof of copper in beaten work, the inlay-figures of electrum
and every splendid costly stone. When the sun rises, he shines into
its midst, his splendor envelops its house, the favorite seat of Hiis^
father, Amon. When he sets, he touches its beauty, silver, electrum,
and every costly stone

8. Another inscription^ in the same court also refers to
the building. We find among the epithets following the
name of the king:

^Meaning the inhabitants of the nether world, the dead.

*>**Troisifeme salle hypostyle," Roug^ Inscriptions hiH'oglyphiques, 138.

cQr: "a great place, an augusi shrine."

<lBrugsch, Thesaurus, i307*Champollion, Notices descripUves, I, 732 f.
"Sur la frise de la seconde cour, It partir du milieu de la frise de la galerie ouest;"
see also Mariette, Voyage dans la haute Egypte, 11, 53.

•Or: "black copper."

'Second court, "galerie de Touest;" ChampoUion, Notices descriptives, I, 738.

jio] MEDINET HABU: BUILDING INSCRIPTIONS

'* mighty in making monuments in Victorious Thebes, making

his august house like the horizon of heaven, like the great house of the
All-Lord who is in heaven "

9* During the festival of Min, on the walls of this same
(second) court, the king recites to the god the building and
equipment of the temple:

•^** Thou didst find me as a babe upon the breast, thou didst

establish me, thou didst place (me) upon thy throne 4. ... 5. .. I built
for thee an august house in thy name, of ^fine white sandstone. Its
form is like the horizon of heaven, over against Kamak ^)n the (Jwest
of Thebes^.** ^Its doorposts are of fine gold, the inlay-figures of every
splendid costly stone. *^ Its treasury foverflow^s *with everything, even
that which the hands of Tatenen (Ptah) made. I fashioned images of
the gods and goddesses ^ rest in the midst of thy house. I made my
image before thy front, the regalia '^f every splendid costly stone, in
order to follow thee at thy every appearance, at thy every feast every
day, when thou proceedest before its beautiful face. ''Thou multipli-
est for it the years in millions. Thou makest it like one among thy
divine ennead, established before thee, forever. I bring "to thee the
tribute of every land, in order to flood thy treasury and thy storehouse.
I multiply for thee feasts again, in order to provision thy temple. I
multiply for thee wheat in heaps, thy granary^ '^approaches heaven;
cattle yards, oxen, bullocks, Csteersi; the sea bears galleys and trans-
ports; and poultry yards are supplied with thy divine offerings, the
bird-pook are gathered in them "

10. Forming the front of this court, the king erected a
great pylon, which bears records of the year 5 on its back,

^Northern colonnade, second court; Brugsch, Thesaurus, i307f.—Champol-
lion, Notices descripUves, I, 734, 735 (with considerable omissions); Roug^ Inscrip-
Hans hUroglyphiques, 118-30; and better, Piehl, Inscriptions^ i; CXLVIII, B-CL.

K>mitted by Bnigsch.

cBrugsch stops here.

<lln the tomb of the "chief measurer of the granary of the house of Amon,
Userhet" there is an inscription in which Ramses III is called: "the great Nile, the
great harvest-goddess of Egypt, making monuments with a loving heart for his

father, Amon making for him a very great granary, whose grain-heaps

approach heaven'* (Naville, Inscriptions historiques de Pinodjem III, 6, n. 3).

8 TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES HI [Jn

facing the court, and of the year 8 on its front It has also
on its back the following dedication:

*He made (it) as his monument for his father, Amon-Re, king of
gods; making for him a festive hall,^ before his portal, surrounded by
great, I'newi monuments, like the horizon of heaven.

This, of course, refers to the erection of this addition"^ in
front of the earlier portal.

11. **The dedication of the granite portal of this pylon
(now the second pylon), once the entrance portal of the
temple, is as follows:

He made a monument for his father, Amon-Re, making for him a
great doorway of fine granite, the door of cedar, bound with copper,
the inlay-figures of electrum. Its beautiful name is: ''Usermare-
Meriamon,-Amon-Rejoices-to-See-Him."

12. The present first court was then erected before this
pylon; it bears records of year 8 and possibly year 12. Its
dedication inscription is as follows:

®He made a monument as a great^ benefaction from a heart of love
for his father, Amon-Re-Iny,' ruler of Thebes, making for him a house
of millions of years on the west of Thebes. Its beauty reaches Manu,
like the heavens which bear the sun; the sim saik to — therein, his
love pervades its house.

^Back of second pylon, over colonnade behind it; photograph, not very clear.

hlat, "the broad" {ws^t), indicating the shape of the hall.

cit would require examination on the spot to decide exactly what new portion
is meant.

^Second pylon, doorposts of granite doorway facing first court; Champollion,
Notices descriptiveSy I, 731 f. ^Lepsius, Denkmdlery III, 210, c;*Brugsch, The"
sauruSf V, 1308; Lepsius, ibid.. Ill, 210, d, is the same dedication on the other
doorpost, but lacking the name of the portal.

•First court, " norddstlicher Architrav,** Lep)sius, Denhmdler, III, 213, c.

duplicate shows tnr,

f Uncertain divinity here identified with Amon (cf. Lanzone, I, 62). Another
dedication on the back of the second pylon, over the roof of the colonnade behind
It, is verbatim the same as far as the name of Amon, to which it then merely appends
a series of epithets (photograph).

§i6] MEDINET HABU: BUILDING INSCRIPTIONS 9

13. Another dedication in the same court is the following:

*He made a monument for Amon, he made a house of millions of
3rears, on the west of Thebes. It is the place of his heart's satisfaction,
in the district of Manu, the pure groimd of the lord of gods, the resting-
place of his divine ennead, the divine adytum since the time of the god,
for the king of gods. He is satisfied when he rests in it ; when he reaches
(it), he is joyful of heart.

14* The following is still another dedication of the same
court :

^He made a monument for his father, Amon-Re, making for him
"The - House - of - Usermare - Meriamon - Possessed-of -Etemity-in-the-
House-of-Amon," west of Thebes, of good white [sandjstone; the
" Great Seat" — of dectrum, the doorways of gold, the doors of copper,
in beaten work, the in[lay-figures of electrum] .

15. The great pylon which forms the front of this court
has on its back inscriptions of the year 11, and on its front
records of years 1 1 and 12. It has the following dedications:

^He made a monument for his father, Amon-Re, lord of Thebes,
making for him a very great pylon, before his august house.

He made a monument for his father, Amon-Re, king of gods; erect-
ing for him great flagstaves of real cedar of the royal domain.^

And again:

x6. ^e made a monument for his father], Amon-Re, king of gods;

*Fint court; ChampoUion, NoUus descriptwes, I, 730; "nordtetlicher Archi-
trav," Lepsius, DenknUiler, III, 213, h,

^'An der tetUchen Aussenwand des Vorhofes," Lepsius, Denkmdler, HI,
213, tf— Bnigsch, Thesaurus, 1308.

cFint^ybn, left (southern) tower, by left flagstafif channel; photograph; the
other channel was not included in the photograph.

dThe variant on the other pybn (J 16) has: "of the best of the terraces, of the
choicest of the Lord of the Two Lands/* as parallel of this phrase; showing clearly
that ^nt is properly rendered by "royal domain,** and that this "royal domain**
was located on the "terraces'* of Lebanon, as under Thutmose III. (See my New
Chapter, p. 28, where the examples from the Old Kingdom in note h should be
omitted.)

•First pylon, right (northern) tower, on the right of the right flagstaff channel;
photograph; the left channel was not included in this photograph. I have restored
the lost beginnings from the parallel inscription on the other pylon.

lo TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES in (§17

erecting for him a colonnade at the double f agade of his house, its 'roof**
of real dectrum.

[He made a monument for his father, Amon-Re, lord of] Thebes;
making for [him] great flagstaves of real cedar of the best of the terraces,
of the choicest of the Lord of the Two Lands.^

17. The stone building in front of the Medinet Habu
temple, known as the pavilion, was but the entrance of a
great palace, which was considered as part of the temple,
for it bore the same name.*" It extended back to the second
court of the temple, and the first pylon was apparently in-
closed in its court. This palace served as the king's dwelling,
at least during the celebration of great feasts in the Medinet
Habu temple, and the doorway connecting the second court
with this palace refers to this use, thus:**

The king appears like Re in the palace of his august broad-hall, to
cause his father, Amon, to appear at his ''Feast of the Valley;"

And again:

Ruler, beautiful in coming forth, like rHorus^ at his appearance in
heaven at early morning from his august palace which is in the horizon.

SilsUeh Inscriptions

18. The official who was taking out sandstone at the
quarries of Silsileh, as the temple progressed, has left a record*

*I read 4^4^ or tp, "head" but the photograph is not clear; are the capitals
meant?

hPurther dedications of the usual form will be found in Piehl, Inscriptions, I,
CLII f., I; CLIII f., M.

c^^., " The-House {hk't)-ol'Usermare-Meriamon4n4he'House-cl-Amon" (Lep-
sius, DenkmOUr, Text, III, 167), which is the same as the name of the temple; see
above dedications, passim.

<IDaressy, Recueil, XX, 82; he thinks, however, that the pavilion was not
connected with the palace, enveloping the front of the temple, and referred to in
the above inscription. But the name and the location of the pavilion seem to me
to exclude this view. The purpose of this building was already noted by Erman
[AegypUn, 107, 108).

cChampoUion, Notices descriptives, I, 256, 257«Lep8ius, DenkmdJer, VI, 23,
8; Piehl, Sphinx, VI, 143-45 (transcription only).

j2o] MEDINET HABU: SILSILEH INSCRIPTIONS ii

of one of his expeditions thither which he had cut in hieratic
on the wall of the quarry. It is especially interesting, because
it gives the number of men engaged :

First Inscription

19. 'Year 5,* first month of the third season (ninth month) under
the majesty of King Ramses 'in, L. P. H., beloved of all gods, given
life forever and ever.

Expedition^ which his majesty, L. P. H., made by the overseer of the
White House, Setemhab, for "The-House (^O-of-Millions-of-Years-of-
King-Usermare-Meriamon-in- the -House (^)-of-Amon,"*^ to do the
work on the monuments in "The-House-of-Millions-of-Years-of-King-
Usermare-Meriamon-in-the-House-of-Amon,"*' in western Thebes.

Men of the army who were under his command^ 2,000 men

Quairymen 500® men

Large transports (wsfi) which were under his command^ 40

'' — '^ ships 4

500' men

Total, various persons 3i00o

20. Two other inscriptions were left beside the above, by
the same official at the same time:

*So both Lepsius, Denkmdler, and Champollion, Notices descriptives; Piehl
has "year a" (by misreading the month); but the second inscription ({20) cor-
roborates the old publications, and the above reading is unquestionably correct.

^>nrhe determinative is uncertain in Lepsius, Denkmdler, and Champollion,
Notices descriptives; Piehl gives the "legs;" if the determinative be the "roll,"
we should read "command,*' and supply "to" before the official's name instead
of "by.**

cThis is the name of the Medinet Habu temple; see dedication inscriptions
above.

^Lit., "who were before him**

•Piehl has 300; but Lepsius, Denkmdler, shows clearly 500 (Champollion,
Notices descriptives, 200, having overlooked three strokes). Lepsius, Denkmdler,
is corroborated by the last number, which b in both Lepsius, Denkmdler, and
Champollion, Notices descriptives, 500, and impossibly 700 (Piehl), which it would
necessarily be, to make a total of 3,000. The numerals are, of course, like those
in Papyrus Harris.

'Piehl, 700; but see preceding note.

12 TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES HI [{21

Second Inscription^

'Year 5,^ first month of the third season (ninth month), imder the

majesty of King Ramses in,*' L. P. H., [expedition] *which

the king's-scribe, overseer of the White House — ^ made, (for) "The-
House (A* /)'0^"^^ons-of- Years-of -King-Usermare-Meriamon,-L.-P.-
H.,-in-the-House (^)-of-Amon."

Third Inscription^

He came, to do the work on the great and mighty monuments of
his majesty, L. P. H., ffori] " The-House-of-Millions-of-Years-of-King-
Usermare-Meriamon,-L.-P.-H.-in-the-House-of-Amon," on the west of
Thebes.

HISTORICAL INSCRIPTIONS'

31. The walls of this temple, as we have said, form a
vast record of the achievements of Ramses III. This record
is chiefly devoted to his wars. Had these wars been reported
in the sober and intelligible style of Thutmose Ill's Annals,
we should have known much of them which it is now safe
to say we shall never know. It is difficult to describe the
character of these Medinet Habu inscriptions. Perhaps,
under the influence of the Eladesh poem, it has now become
impossible to narrate a war or a victory of the Pharaoh in

^Champollion, Notices descriptives, I, 255 "-Lepsius, DenkmOier, VI, 23, No. 6.

K^hampollion, Notices descriptiveSf has i, having omitted the hook at the top
of the stroke given by Lepsiiis, which converts the sign into 5, as in the first inscrip-
tion ({ 19). As these inscriptions are together, from the same month and the same
reign, and by an official with the same title, for the same building, there can be no
doubt that Lepsius is correct.

^Double name in original. There is perhaps no loss before *^ expedition" at
the end of 1. i.

<lThe official's name b omitted at the end, and the connection between the
temple name and the preceding is wanting.

^Champollion, Notices deseriptives, I, 255 —Lepsius, Denkmdler, VI, 23,
No. 7.

'See Baedeker's Egypt, 1902, 297 ff., and Notice explicative des ruines de
Medinet Habu, by Georges Daressy (Cairo, 1897).

j2i] MEDINET HABU: HISTORICAL INSCRIPTIONS 13

any other than poetic style. The record must be a poem.
This would not be an unmixed misfortune, if the poem were
intelligible; but the style is such as to render not merely
whole lines, but entire strophes and whole passages, utterly
unintelligible. This is due to two facts: first, total lack of
order or progress in the narrative; second, the figurative
character of the language. The first fault renders the
reader's impressions fragmentary and confused in the high-
est degree. The texts consist almost exclusively of praise
of the king and exultation over the conquered foe. The
court and priestly flatterers of the king either put all this in
the mouths of the Egyptians, or the discomfited enemies are
made to express their wonder and terror at the king's valor,
mingled with lamentation at their own undoing. All this is
mingled in rapid alternation, so that one is often in doubt
which party is speaking; and deep in the midst of this con-
fused mixture there may be a few connected phrases stating
whether the enemy came by land or water, or where the
battle took place, or what were the names of the hostile
chiefs. This utter lack of progress or continuity is rendered
still more troublesome by the second fault of these texts,
viz., their figurative language. Like Arabic poetry, they
contain so many epithets of a highly pictorial character as
frequently to make even a common word unintelligible.
When the text speaks of the "/«// ^w«," who could divine
that it means the Egyptian fleet; or when it mentions the
^^wall 0} metal y^^ who could infer that the Egyptian army
is intended ?* Just as some old Arabic poetry is unintelli-
gible without a native conunentator, who stood nearer the
author than we do, so, much of these Medinet Habu texts
is likely to remain unintelligible, without some obliging

*See inscription of the year 8, 1. 23, { 66, note.

14 TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES HI [|2»

Egyptian familiar with their style, to explain their overdrawn
metaphors and metonymies.

22. Fortimately, the temple contains, besides its vast
quantity of historical inscriptions, also no less than forty
important relief scenes depicting the achievements of the
king, in the conventional style common since the days of
Seti I. These reliefs are accompanied by the usual explana-
tory inscriptions, which are commonly couched in such
general terms that the total of their historical content is
small.

23. The fraction of this great mass of documents which
has been published, was copied without any approach to
accuracy. ChampoUion's publication overleaps whole lines,
or transposes two successive lines; Rosellini is next to un-
readable, so badly are the signs drawn. Chabas bewailed
this condition of things thirty years ago,* but it is no better
today. Over half of the historical reliefs which the temple
contains are unpublished. One of the most pressing needs
of Egyptology is an exhaustive publication of this entire
temple. I was able to prociire large-scale photographs of
all of the unpublished scenes and inscriptions. Twelve of
these were made for me through the courtesy of Baron von
Bissing, by Mr. Arthur Weigall; and to both these gentle-
men I would express my sincere thanks.

24. With slight exception, this historical material is dis-
tributed chronologically from the rear to the front of the
temple, the oldest being in the rear. But in the following
translations it is naturally arranged chronologically, irre-
spective of position in the temple, which will be found in
the footnotes. The temple really faces southeast, but in
locating scenes and inscriptions we have assumed that it

^Etudes sur VanHquiU historique, 227, 228.

lay] MEDINET HABU: TREASURY 15

fax:es east, for the sake of convenience, as is done in Baede-
ker's guide-book.

I. TREASURY OF MEDINET HABU TEMPLE

25. This temple contains a group of treasure-chambers,
five in number, the walls of which bear scenes and inscrip-
tions indicative of the contents of the rooms. These are of
some historical importance. The scenes themselves have
not yet been published (except the weighing scene), but the
accompanying inscriptions are as follows:*

26. ^Utterance of King Ramses III to his father, Amon-Re, king of
gods: ''I have built for thee an august treasury^ in my house in Thebes,
which I fill with every real, costly stone, in order to brighten thy beauty
therewith, forever.

*^Utterance of ELing Ramses III to his father, Min-Amon: ''I bring
to thee myrrh for thy temple, a statue kneeling upon the ground,® my
figure of gold and every costly stone, mounted in Asiatic gold, to make
ointment for thy majesty in my house, which is in Thebes. I have put
my name in its midst, like the heavens upholding the sun every day. It
is an abiding horizon bearing thy name, supplied with provision, for-

ever."

27. ^Bringing a chest of silver and gold to his father, Amon-Re,
king of gods.

^Presentation of native gold to his father, Amon-Re.

'Bringing every splendid costly stone to his father.

'Utterance of King Ramses III to his father, Amon-Re, king of
gods: "I have gathered for thee monuments of gold and silver — as
(my) i^image^ upon earth in the midst of thy treasury."

•DUmichen, Historische Inschriften, I, 30-34, and II, 47, b; ChampolUon,
Notices descrifiweSt I, 365, 366.

^Dilmichen, Historische Inschriften, I, 31.

cSee Papyrus Harris, {190.

<3D1imichen, Historische Inschriften, I, 30.

<The neighboring reliefs show this statue; on a rectangular base with feet
kneels a figure of the king, bearing in his outstretched hands an ointment Jar; a
similar statue is mentioned in Papyrus Harris, 28, 10, { 268.

fDiimichen, Historische Inschriften, I, 30. sibid., I, 31.

i6 TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES HI [{28

28. ^Utterance of King Ramses lU to his father, Amon-Re, king of
gods: ''I present to thee monuments for thy temple, of dectrum,of the
mountains,^ and native gold [of] — ^ from the workshop of Ptah, the
impost of Retenu {Rlnw) as tribute before thee, in order to supply thy
temple; for thy treasury, being products of the choicest of every country.
I fill thy house from the tribute of my sword, from my might in every
land."

29. <^Utterance of King Ramses III, to his father, Amon-Re, king
of gods: ''Take thou gold and silver like sand of the shore, I have pro-
duced them for thee from the waters and the mountains, that I might
present them to thee by the measure,® the regalia of thy majesty every-
day. I bring to thee lapis lazuli, malachite and every costly stone in
chests, Cand** electrum. I have made for thee many sacred eye amulets
of every splendid, costly stone."

Over' each of two cow-form weights: "Guw of Gad^s-
Land:'

On' a heap between two trees: ^^Gum of Punt:'

30. Each' of the following eight on a sack:*

1. Gold of Kush.

2. Gold, 1,000 deben.

3. Gold of the mountain.^

4. Gold of the water, 1,000 deben.

5. Gold of Edfu.

6. Gold of Ombos, 1,000 deben.

7. Gold of Coptos.

8. Lapis lazuli of Tefrer.*

f»

•Diimichen, Historische Inschriften, I, 31; "over vases of various forms.'

^Electrum really occurred and occurs commonly in nature, which the artificial
alloy then imitated. See Lepsius, MekUUj 44-48.

cThe lost word has determinative of a land.

<lDiimichen, Historische Inschriften, I, 31.

^pdmvH hr t ^ an unknown measure; see also Harris, 17a, 10.

'Dtimichen, Historische Inschrifien, I, 32. See the expedition to Punt, Papyrus
Harris ( j 407).

sSee Lepsius, MetalUf 35 ; for a still fuller list of gold regions, see Recueil^ 16, 5 1 f .

l^Gold from the mountain mine, as distinguished from gold of the stream in
the next sack.

iAn unknown country; see Lepsius, Metalle, 73, 74, and Brugsch, Geographie,
III, 61-63.

§33] MEDINET HABU: TREASURY 17

On* each of four heaps: "i. Native gold; 2. Gold;
3. Silver; 4. Silver. ^^

On* two piles of rectangular blocks: "i. Lapis lazuli;

2. Malachite.^^

31- The^ king and Thoth are before Amon; by the king:

I bring to thee silver, gold, copper, royal linen, gums of Punt. I fill
thy treasury with every splendid costly stone, to brighten thy beauty
therewith, forever and ever.

Over Thoth:

Utterance of Thoth: ''I write for thee myriads of ten-thousands,
united in a sum of millions, of silver, gold, copper, lapis lazuli, malachite
of Reshet (i?^-l^-/y), fine gold of Emu (^^mw), before thy august
father, Amon-Re, king of gods, that he may give to thee the jubilees of
Re, the years of Atum."

32. On*" three heaps:

I. Fine gold of the mountain; 2. Real lapb lazuli.

3. Real malachite.

^Utterance of ELing Ramses III to his father, Amon-Re, king of gods:
"I bring to thee every real costly stone, silver and gold in sacks, I cause
thy treasury to overflow, and provisions to flck>d in thy house."

On three piles of metal plates: "i. Silver; 2. Copper;

3. Lead.^^

33- A"^ pair of balances, with the ape of Thoth at the top.
Thoth, who presides over the weighing, says to Amon :

"I come to thee, to see thy beautiful face, bearing every splendid,
costly stone, for the hills and mountains pay thee impost of gold and
every costly stone."

The king then says to Amon:

''I come to thee, and I report to thee the statement of gold of the
land of the Negro. It is thou, who makest the mountains, every costly
stone, in order to brighten thy beauty. I bring them to thee in the
accurate balances; I unite them for thee in myriads of millions."

^Ddraichen, Historische Inschriftettt I, 32.

b/WI., I, 33. c/wd., L 34.

^Ibid.f II, 47, b; Champollion, Notices descripHves, I, 366.

i8 TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES III [§34

The king bears a tray heaped with gold, and has before
him the words: ^^ Bearing gold to his j other ^ Anum-Re.^^
On the scales is a pile of gold, bearing the words: ^^ Native
gold.''

34- One of the small rooms in the rear of the temple con-
tains a relief, showing the gods of the South bringing their
wealth to the king; they are accompanied by the words:*

Utterance of the gods, the lords of the southern frontier, the gods
who reside in the Southland, who bring the mountains with their costly
stones, the trees with [their] fruit, [to] King Ramses III: '* God's-Land,
with evety splendid costly stone, native gold of Emu (^m^w)j lapis

lazuli, , malachite of Reshet {R^ -i^ -/)> &dded together in millions,

we bring northward to thee; the dues (hsb) of Negro-land by water,
after the northward voyage. All the products of the Southland are in
the writings of Thoth; they are for thy house of millions of years,
according as thou lovest Thebes.*'

The enumeration of the tribute of the North, ^^ the sea
and the isles'' then follows, but is not completely published.

II. FIRST LIBYAN WAR, YEAR 5

35- The materials for this war are extensive, but they
are so unsatisfactory that we can only see in vague outlines
a repetition of the conditions which led to Memeptah's
Libyan war. The Libyans imder their king, Themer, have
made common cause with the roving sea robbers of the
Thekel and the Philistines. Some of the latter joined the
land forces of the Libyans; others entered the Nile mouths
with their ships. The Libyans had improved the genera-
tion of laxity which preceded the rise of Ramses Ill's reign,
to push eastward farther into the Delta, and, as in Meme-
ptah's time, to settle on both banks of the ^^ great river j"
the Canopic branch of the Nile. They had plundered the

19, 19.

§36] MEDINET HABU: FIRST LIBYAN WAR 19

towns of the western Delta from Memphis on the south to
Kerben (probably in the vicinity of Canopus) on the north.
This plimdering had been going on for years unremittingly ;
but the invasion of the Libyan army forced Ramses III to
act. He marched against the allies, met them in the western
Delta at a town called ^^ Usermare-Meriamon-is-ChasHser'
oj'Temeh^^ (§52), and completely defeated them, slaying
12,535 men and taking at least 1,000 prisoners. After a
great triumph on the field, the captives and spoil were
brought to the palace, where the king inspected them from
the balcony, and the people rejoiced in their new-found
security, as in the days of Memeptah.

The materials are these:
' I. Great Inscription in the Second Court, Medinet Habu

(§§36-47)-

2. Relief Scenes in the Second Court and Outside North

Wall, Medinet Habu (§§48-58).

3. Papyrus Harris, 76, ii-77, 6 (§405).

I. GREAT INSCRIPTION IN THE SECOND COURT (YEAR S)»

36. This inscription is the longest in the Medinet Habu
temple, filling seventy-five lines. It is also by far the most
difficult in this collection of difficult texts. It represents the
last extreme of those peculiarities mentioned above (§21),

^Occupying a large portion of the south wall, behind the columns of the south-
em colonnade in the second court of the Medinet Habu temple; in seventy-five
vertical lines, not too well preserved. It was first published by Rosellini {Monu-
menii Skfrici, 139-41, but omitted by Champollion) and then by Burton (Excerpta
hieroglypkicaf 43-45) ; later by DUmichen (Historiche Inschrifien^ II, 46) ; de Roug€
(Inscriptions kiSroglyphiqueSf 139-47); Brugsch (ThesauruSf 1 197-1207), and
extracts (including names of chiefs, 11. 47 and 48) by Lepsius (Denhmdler, Text, III,
178). Brugsch states that he used his own copy, and collated Burton, de Roug^,
and a copy by Eisenlohr; but he inserts lacuns at the ends of U. 15-20, where
they do not belong, and other slips show that we have still to await an adequate
edition of this text. I collated the various editions for all questionable passages,
and was able to use photographs of some portions.

20 TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES III [J37

SO that whole passages are unintelligible. Nor would they,
if translatable, furnish any new facts of importance concern-
ing the war; for almost the entire inscription consists of
praise of the king, mingled with exultation over the fallen
foe and the lamentations of the conquered. Only here and
there appear incidents of the campaign, or references from
which its course and character may be inferred. They are
chiefly four: the king's triumph as he views from the palace
balcony the prisoners and the trophies of the slain (§42,
11. 36-41); the names of the hostile chiefs (§43,. 11. 48 and
49); the brief mention of the northern sea-roving allies
(§44, 11. 51-54); and the security of the people, even of a
woman alone upon the road (§ 47, 1. 73). Only portions of
which the rendering would have been exceedingly uncertain
have been omitted; but the entire text is of such peculiar
difficulty that the following attempt at translation as a whole
is exceedingly unsatisfactory to the author.*

IfUrodtiction

37. 'Year 5 under the majesty of Honis: Mighty Bull, Extending
Egypt, Mighty of Sword, Strong- Armed, Slayer of the Tehenu; Wearer
of the Double Diadem; '[^Mighty in Strength, like his father, Montu^,
Overthrower of Tehenu in Heaps in their Place; Golden Horus: Vali-
ant, Lord of all Might, Making the Boundary as Far as he Desires

Behind his Enemies ^his Fear, his Terror is a Shield foveri]

Egypt; King of Upper and Lower Egypt: Lord of Day, Youthful and

Bright, Shining like the Moon, he hath Repeated [his] Birth

[Usermare-Meriamon]; <Son of Re: Ramses (III), Ruler of Heliopolis,
first in victory, appearing [in] Egypt, of whom Re has exacted that he
return with offerings, whom the divine ennead has caused

*The entire inscription has been translated only once, viz., by Chabas, in the
first edition of his Etudes sur FafUiquiU historique (which I have not seen), and
again in the second edition (228-33), only 11. 17-50). But he had only the entirely
inadequate publications of Rosellini and Burton; this fact, and the state of knowl-
edge of the language over thirty years ago, made an understanding of the text and
a realization of its difficulties impossible.

§39] MEDINET HABU: FIRST LIBYAN WAR 21

^victory, lord of valor, warrior, having an image like the son of Nut,

to make the whole earth like ^King Ramses III, ruler, great

in love, lord of offerings, whose image b like Re at early morning.

The King^s Power and Goodness

38. His terror ' — of his serpent-crest, established upon

the throne of Re as king of the Two Lands. The land from front to

rear is relieved,* the chiefs do honor ^gathered together in the

lands, in the reign of ELing Ramses III, the brave and valiant king, who

creates his — , when he sees Paging, ^favorite' protector, who

has come in Egypt, long-armed, swift-footed, smiting every land; coun-
selor, excellent in plans, skilled in laws, giving '^exultation.

His name has penetrated all hearts as far as the limit of the darkness;

he reaches his limits, he terrifies the ^ends^ of the earth,

[countries] ''which they knew not. Their lords come with fearful step
to crave the breath of life which is in Egypt from Horus, the mighty
Bull, great in kingship, ELing Ramses HI, the great wall "of Egypt,
protecting their limbs. His might is like Set in laying low the Nine Bows ;
youth, divine at his coming forth, like Harakhte. When he appears
he seems like Atum, when he opens his mouth, with '^breath for the
people, to sustain alive the Two Lands with his sustenance every day;
favorite son, champion of the divine ennead, for whom they overthrow

the lands.

Dejeai oj Amor?

39. TGored^^ is the chief of rAmor» ( ^ -m- — ) in phis'] blood^ '^his
seed is not; all his people are taken captive, carried off, ^spoiled*.

•Lit, ''cooled." *>Or possibly: "(he isUs."

cThis uncertain adjective (c 6 c ty) occurs several times in the texts of Ramses
III, each time applied to the king. If this is the case here, it would leave "the
chief of Amor" without a verb. I have supposed it to mean ** horned" both pos-
sessing horns or gored with them. The paragraph certainly concerns some for-
eign chief, but the space in which he is abruptly introduced is very small; and the
mention of Amor is a mere conjecture, based on the first two letters, the last letter
iff) being lost Examination of the original would determine the matter in all
probability. If Amor is correct, its desolation then refers to the invasion of the
sea-peoples, by whom Amor was wasted, as narrated in the long inscription of
year 8 ({ 64, 1. 17). This fits well the mention of the sea-peoples as allies of the
Libyans in the year 5 (below IL 51 ff.). They had ahready reached Amor at that
time, and some of their vessels had pushed on to Egypt in time to assist the Libyans
in the war of the year 5.

dSee Israel passage, III, 604, examples.

22 TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES m [|4o

Everybody in his land comes with praise '^that* the great sun of Egypt

may look upon them, that the sun-disk may turn to them, the Sun ^ — \

coming forth, '^ing upon the earth, the warmth of Egypt, which is in

heaven.

Praise of the People

40. They say: ''Exalted is the Sun of our land! We were lost '^in
the land daily (Hn^) the darkness, which King Ramses III has expelled.
The lands and countries are stripped, '^and brought to Eg3rpt as slaves;
gifts gathered together for her gods' satiety, provisions, supplies, are a
flood '9in the Two I^ands. The multitude rejoices in this land, none is
sad, (for) Amon has estabh'shed his son upon his throne, all the circuit of
the sun '^s united in his grasp; the vanquished of the Asiatics and the
Tehenu. Taken are those who ''were spoiling the condition of Egypt.
The land had been exposed in continual extremity, since the (former)
kings. They were desolated, the gods as well as all people. There
was no hero ''to seize them when they retreated. Lo, there was a youth

like a gryphon *> '^like a bull ready for battle

upon the field. His horses were like hawks.*^ ^ ' '^roaring

like a lion Cterriblei in rage. The officers (snn) are mighty like Reshep,

when they see ten thousands likewise. ^ — ' h'ke Montu. '^His

name is a flame, the terror of him i^ in the countries. The land of
Temeh comes together in one place in IJbya, — ,** and Meshwesh
(M-l^-w'-i^), 3x

The Overthrow of the Enemy

41. Lo, the heart of his majesty is violent with might, [Hike a^
mighty [Qion^ ^afalling upon the sheep.® Equipped is he like a valiant
bull, (his) two arms are sharp horns to tear open the mountains, behind

^DUmichen indicates no lacuns at the lower ends of 11. 14-20, and the sense
confirms this; but Bnigsch has inserted lacuns at the ends of all but 1. 14, where
the connection is very evident. The photograph shows that these lines are over
a door which rises into the inscription at this point. The hieroglyphs extend to
the very edge of the door, which would suggest that the door had been cut in after
the inscription, but as no hieroglyph is cut through and the connection between
lines is good, there is certainly no loss.

K)b8c\ffe and partially fragmentary epithets of the king.

cSee the same comparison complete in the march to Zahi, year 8 ({72).

^Name of a foreign country of which only a pyramid {Spdf) at the end is'
visible.

®Any small cattle.

§43] MEDINET HABU: FIRST LIBYAN WAR 23

f — \ The gods n)afflei ^atheir plans which they who confront him
Qay^. As for those who shall invade his boundary, his majesty goes

forth against them like a flame in the dry herbage. fThey

flutter^ like wild fowl s^in the midst of the net, with legs struggling in

the basket, made into a roast, laid low, prostrate on the Cground^ .

Their loss is heavy, s^without number. Behold, evil is among them to
the height of heaven.* Bound are their mighty men upon the place of
slaughter, they are made into pyramids upon their '^ground, by the
might of the king, valiant in his limbs, the sole lord, mighty like Montu,
King Ramses lU.

The King^s Triumphal Audience

43. (They) come forth, carried off as captives to Egypt; the hands
^^and foreskins are without number; brought forward as captives,
bound, under the balcony.^ The chiefs of the countries are assembled,
bdiolding their evil plight. The tens^ ^s^re conducted to the king,
their arms extended, their praise reaching heaven, with hearts of love
I'toward* Amon-Re, the god who accords them the protection of the
ruler. 39The messengers of every land come, their hearts fluttering,
and so transported that they (the hearts) are no longer in their bodies.
Their faces behold the face of the king like Atum, protecting against
the Temeh, in order to perfect the ^reign^ of his majesty. When their
feet retrod Egypt, their leaders feared, and were made as common
people in strength. (TTheir^ names abide through the great name of
his majesty. Their leaders ^'fear; their' mouths cannot men-
tion the manner of Egypt.

The Discomfiture of the Eneniy

43. The land of Temeh is spread out, they flee. The Meshwesh
(If -1 ' -fCF ^ -1 ^) are hung up ^'in their land, their plant is uprooted,
there is not for them a survivor. All their limbs tremble for the terror,
which protects against them. They say: "Behold, we are ^subject* to
Egypt, ♦^its lord has destroyed our soul, forever and ever ^4

*A figure indicatiiig the last extremity or excess.

tyThe balcony of the palace; see II, 982. This scene is depicted with all the
details here narrated in the relief, { 52.

cA term lor councilors, or nobles; see Maspero, Etudes igyptiennes^ II, 197-
304, and Brugsch, WMerhuch, Supplement, 927-29.

24 TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES m [J 44

Our feet &3d not a way to go; we traverse all the lands as their warriors,
(rbut^) they fight not with us in battle-array.* We kindled ^^the fire
for ourselves at our desire, (but) our own fire has taken (us), we cannot
quench (it). Their lord is like Sutekh, beloved of Re, [his] roaring is
heard — 46ii]^e a gryphon. He is behind us slaughtering, and he has
no pity. He turns us back [Tfrom the boundaries'^] of Eg3rpt, forever.

47. . . . The fire has penetrated us, our seed is not. As for

Ded (Dy-dy), Meshken (Af-I ^ -ife-n), Meryey** (M-r'^'-y^-yw) and
Wermer (Wr^-m-r ^), <®Themer (T ' -m-r ^), and every hostile chief who
crossed the border of Egypt from Libya, he hath set fire from front to
rear . . . . -♦9. . . . We know the great might of Eg3rpt, for Re gives to
her protection and victory when he appears shining s^like the sun, when
he rises over the people (rf^yt). We come to him; we cry, *Salftm* to
him, we kiss the groimd (to) his great might ^xRing Ramses HI."

Defeat of the Northern Countries

44. The northern countries are unquiet in their limbs, even the
Peleset {Pw-r ^ -s ' -/y), the Thekel {T ' -*-i^ -r ^), 5«who devastate their
land. Their soul came, in the last extremity. They were warriors (t-h-r ^)
upon land, also^ in the sea. Those who came® on [land] s^ Amon-

^This line may contain some reference to the Libyans doing mercenary service
in the Egyptian army; meaning that these are not the ones who have defeated
Libya, but the native Egyptians.

^Meryey is the Libyan king defeated by Memeptah, whose inscriptioos
mention Ded as his father (III, 579, 1. 13). But the other Libyan kings above
mentioned are new. They seem to be mentioned in chronological order. But as
we know that Meryey was the son of Ded, Meshken is likely to have been the
brother of Meryey. Themer was probably the contemporary of Ramses III,
and Wermer reigned during the ephemeral kings of Eg3rpt, between Merneptah
and Ramses III, but survived into Ramses Ill's reign. Maspero thinks they are
all contemporaries (Struggle of the Nations^ 456).

^Brugsch gives Wr as the first sign of this name (evidently following Burton),
but he first read "2^'* {Gesckichie, 597). This first sign is indicated as lost in all
the other publications, including Lepsius {DenknUUer, Text, III, 178). Only
Chabas {Eludes sur PatUiquiU historique, 236) gives The (T ') as the first syllable.
But as it is wanting in Rosellini and Burton, whose publications Chabas used (ibid,,
227 f.), the reading must be a restoration which has passed from Chabas into the
histories without inquiry as to its source, e. g., lastly in Maspero's Struggle of the
Nations, 459.

<^ee MUller, Asien und Europa, 360, n. 4.

^In view of the following: "those who entered" (» ' c k), we must certainly
render here: "those who came" (n^ yy), and not merely "nahend" (»'yy), as

§46] MEDINET HABU: FIRST LIBYAN WAR 25

Re was behind them, destroying them; those who entered into the river-
mouths* were like wild fowl, creeping into the net, made r — 1

s^their arms. Their hearts fluttered, (so) transported (that) they were
no longer in their bodies. Their leaders were carried off, slain, thrown
prostrate. They were made captives 55

Worda of the Defeated Northerners

45. "The only lord is in Egypt, no warrior is (so) accurate in shoot-
ing, none escapes him 56the ends of the Great Circle (Okeanos,

in^wr)y until they fear with one accord. We will beseech peace, coming
with trembling step, for fear of him 57. . . .»»

The King's Valor

46. He is like a bull standing in the field, his eye and his two horns
ready and prepared to attack their rear with his head; a valiant warrior

58roaring; a warrior lord of might, taking captive every

land. They come bowing down for fear of him, the blooming youth,

valiant like Baal, sothe king effective in plans, possessed of

counsel, not failing, but that which he does takes place instantly,

Ramses III ^. ... He is like the lion with deep (lit., heavy)

^*roar upon the mountain-tops, whose terror is feared from afar. A
gryphon swift in every stride, whose two wings are iters of millions of
years,^ ^'like the — of the gait of the panther, knowing his prey, seizing
upon his assailant, his two arms destroy the limbs of those who invade

MUller has rendered (Asien und Europe, 360). We have in the entire passage,
first the approach both on land and water, and then the destruction of both parties
on land and water. The passage is referred by Maspero (following Chabas) to
the war of the year 8. But it is evident that in an inscription of the year 5 it can
only refer to the Libyan war of that year; and that we must conclude that the
sea-peoples ahready assisted the Libyans in this war. This is again rendered
evidient by the hands cut ofif as trophies as in the Libyan war of Memeptah. Had
there been only Libyans in the battle, we should have had only phajli. Again,
when we consider that the sea-peoples were already in the Libyan ranks in Meme-
ptah*s day, there is, of course, no reason why they should not be there now. Only
the Thekel and the Peleset have not heretofore appeared in the South.

*R^-h^'wt occurs first in the Eighteenth Dynasty as " river-mouths^*' where
the customs officers and frontier marine police were stationed by Amenhotep III
(II, 916). In the war of the year 8 it is used also of " harbor^mouths" ({ 65, 1. 20,
and elsewhere).

K>n "iters,*' see 11, 965, 1. 19, note; he means the distances attained with his
wings would demand millions of years to cover with ordinary means of locomotion.

36 TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES HI [{47

the boundary, raging — ^ — \ whose right arm ^^k thrust into the fray,
slaying hundreds of thousands in their place under his horses; he sees
the thick of the multitude like grasshoppers, smitten, ground down,
^^crushed like ^ — ^^; strong-homed, relying upon his strength, before
whom hundred-thousands and ten-thousands are despised. His form
is Uke Montu, ^^when he goes forth. Every land bows down for him,
at the mention of him, the ruler excellent in plan Uke Osiris, equipping

this whole land with Strong-armed, great in strength in the lands

and countries; all that he hath done takes place as (if done by) Thoth.

The King Egypt's Securiiy

47. Ring Ramses UI is kind-hearted toward Egypt, bearing the
protection of the land ^^on the height of his back* without trouble; a
wall, casting a shadow for the people (r fty' /). They dwell in his time,
with heart relying upon the might of their protection, the ^ — ' of his
two arms, saying: "A divine hawk, smiting and seizing!" He has
made hosts by his victories, filling the storehouses ^f the temples
with the plunder of his sword, preparing the divine offerings from his
excellent things .... 7°. ... in that Amon, his august father, has given
to him the lands, united together under the feet of King Ramses m.
Lo, the golden Horns, rich in years, divine water ^'of Re, which came
forth from his limbs, august living image of the son of Isis (Horns),
who was bom adomed with the royal diadem like Set, great in inunda-
tions bearing their sustenance for Egypt, ^^so that the people (ffty'O
and the folk {linmm'i) are possessed of good things; the sovereign,
executing tmth for the All-Lord, presenting it every day before him.
Egypt and the lands are in peace in his reign, ^^the land is like ^ — > with
untroubled heart. A woman goes about at her will, with her veil upon
her head,^ her going extending as far as she pleases. The countries
come, bowing down to ^^the fame of his majesty, with their tribute and
their children upon their backs. South as well as north [come] to him
with praise, when they see him like Re at early morning. They — ^'thc
plans and stipulations of the victorious king, the ruler, effective in plan
like the Beautiful-Faced (Ptah), the king, Lord of the Two Lands, lord
of might, Ramses IH, given life, like Re, forever.

^That is, bearing the burden of the land's defense upon his shoulders.
^>That is, not hanging down over her face.

1 49] MEDINET HABU: FIRST LIBYAN WAR 27

2. REUEF SCENES IN SECOND COURT AND OUTSIDE NORTH WALL

(YEAR 5)»

48. These scenes depict various incidents of the war,
from the march to the frontier to the final triumphs, and
probably furnish us with more information as to tiie char-
acter of the campaign than the long inscription devoted to
it, which we have just studied.

Scene^

49* The king in his chariot, accompanied by troops, is
marching against Libya. Before him is a chariot bc^Eiring
the standard of Amon. Beside the king trots his tame
lion. The inscriptions are these:

Over the Amon Standard

Utterance of Amon-Re, king of gods: ''Lo, I am before thee, my
son, lord of the Two Lands, Usermare-Meriamon, I give [to thee] all

[f might and power^ among the Nine Bows; terror their chiefs,

I will open [for] thee the ways of the land of Temeh. I will trample
them before thy horses."

Over the Xing'"

The Good God, victorious king, rich in might, like Montu, lovely
like Min, strong-armed like the son of Nut, great in strength, mighty in
tenor, whose roaring courses through the countries, a lion raging when

he sees his opponent. None escapes . He rejoices among a

hundred thousand, a valiant warrior in his own person, he looks upon
untold myriads^ as one. When he appears upon the battlefield like
Baal, his flame consumes the Nine Bows.

*The publications are totally inadequate; they began in the days of Napoleon's
expedition {Descripiumf 11, PI. 12), and continued until Lepsius' day. Some
scenes are still unpublished; for the publications, see note on each scene. I am
indebted to Mr. A. H. Gardiner for a number of readings from photographs of the
relief inscriptions.

^Exterior, north side, west end; Champollion, MonumerUs, 2i7i-Ro8eUini»
MatmmetUi Storicit 124.

cThis text also in Brugsch, Recueil de manumerUSf LV.

dlit., "huftdreds of ihausands of myriads,"

28 TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES HI [{50

Scene^

50. Ramses III, standing in his chariot with drawn bow,
charges the fleeing Libyans, who are trampled by his horses.
He is supported by mercenary archers and swordsmen,
probably Sherden.

Inscription

Live the Good God, Montu, when he goes forth, beautiful upon the
steed, charging into hundreds of thousands, mighty in valor, stretching

the nx)w' and shooting the arrows whither he will, fighting

piercing with sharp horns, overthrowing the Temeh, slain in their
places in heaps before his horses, causing that they cease their oppo-
sition in their land, whose sword has overthrown their seed by the
might of his father, Amon, in all lands together. Lord of the Two Lands,
Ramses III.

Scene^

51. The king in his chariot charging the enemy in the
conventional manner. The latter, represented as Libyans,
are scattered to right and left or trampled beneath his horses'
feet. Among the attacking Egyptians are their foreign
auxiliaries, the Sherden.

Inscription^

Good God, in the form of Montu, great in strength, whose [heart]
is glad when he sees the conflict, like a fire in — , firm on the right,

stretching the bow, swift on the left, with arrows, charging

before him, conscious of his might, face to face, smiting hundreds of
thousands, — the heart of the land of the Temeh; their lifetime, their

^Exterior, north side, west end; unpublished. Baedeker's Egypt, 1902, 303,
"second scene." I had a photograph by Weigall.

^East wall, second court; Champollion, Monuments, 205—RoseUini, Monu-
menti Storici, 136; see also Lepsius, DenknUtler, Text, III, 176.

^Behind the king there is a further inscription of one line, referring in the usual
phrases to the enemy as "overthrown before ihe horses of King Ramses III.** The
name of the royal horses is omitted in the publication.

§52] MEDINET HABU: FIRST LIBYAN WAR 29

souls are finished,* the strong-armed son of Amon is behind them like

a young lion.^

Scene^

S3. The king stands in a balcony with his waiting chariot
bdow (behind him); he harangues his nobles, who are
grouped before him. Behind them appoach five rows of
captive Libyans and sea-peoples, each row headed by Egyp-
tian officers and scribes, who throw down in five heaps
severed hands and phalli, which the scribes record.

The accompan)ring inscriptions are these:

Before the King

Utterance of his majesty to the nobles and companions who are by
his side: "Behold ye, the many good things, which Amon-Re, king of
gods hath done for Pharaoh, his son, He hath carried captive the land
of Temdi, Seped, and Meshwesh, who were robbers plimdering Egypt
every day, and overthrown them beneath my feet. Their plant is

uprooted, so that not one survives. They have ceased all lying ,

forever, by the good counsels which his majesty has carried out, in order

to cause — to be — ^ ■. Rejoicing and joy are yoiurs to the height

of heaven. My [majesty] raged like Set, extending £g3i>t, mighty

, overthrowing the Nine Bows, through that which my father,

lord of gods, Amon, lord of [Hliebesi], creator of my beauty, did for

me."

By the Palace
City (dmy) of "Usermare-Meriamon-is-the-Chastiser-of-Temeh."^

Over the Nobles

Utterance of the nobles and companions, when they answered before
the Good God: "Thou art Re when thou risest, the people live.

^See Wadi Haifa stela of Sesostris, 1, 1. 16 (I, 51a), and Breasted, Proceedings
of the Society of Biblical Archeology, XXIII, 233.

^The usual epithets of the lion: ** heavy-voiced, roaring in the mountains, etc.,"
follow here, but are badly copied.

cExterior, north side, west end; Baedeker's Egypt, 1902, 303, "third scene;"
unpublished. I had a photograph by WeigalL

^So Daressy, Recueil, 19, 18; but I was unable to find this inscription on my
photograph. It is also given by Brugsch, Geschichie, 597.

30 TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES HI [§53

^Thy heart* is skilled in speech, and thy counsels are excellent. Thy
fear hath repelled the Nine Bows; as for Temeh, their heart failed,
coming that they might ^ — ^ Egypt. As for the lands and coimtries,
their limbs tremble, the fear of thee is before them every day; but the
heart of Egypt rejoices forever "*

Total** of foreskins (t ^ -r ^ -» ^ -ty), [1^2,535.

Total of hands, 1 3)535*

Total of — d i2,758«(+ap).

Total of hands, 12,520 (+x)^

Total of hands, 12,635 (+^).«

Scen^

S3. The king is seated in his chariot with his back to the
horses, which are held by his officers, while three attendants
hold sunshades over him. Beside him (below in the relief)
was a line of officers, now mostly disappeared. Before him,
his sons and the highest officials of the kingdom bring up
four lines of captured Lib3rans, and at the head of the first
three, the scribes throw down and count the hands cut oflf
from the fallen Libyans, while at the head of the fourth line
they are doing the same with the phalli severed from the
slain.

^Four short lines more of conventional phrases.

^Each total is over a different heap, five heaps in alL

<:There is just room for the 10,000-sign, which must have been here as in the
other lines.

<lThe heap is one of phallL

«The hundreds may be 9, and the arrangement would indicate 9.

'Only the tens and units are uncertain, and the total is probably the same as
in the first two.

sThe hundreds may be 9; if only 6, then the tens would be 3. As two of these
five totals are identical (12,535), and a third is almost certainly the same, it is evi-
dent that the number ia>535 is the sum -total of dead; otherwise we should have
over 60,000 dead, which is quite impossible.

i^South wall, second court; Champollion, MomtmefUs, 2o6»Ro8ellini, Manu-
menti Staricif 135; see also Lepsius, DenkmOler, Text, III, 177; Piehl, Inscriptiims,
I, CLVI, U--CLVIII; and pitft of inscription in Young, Hieroglyphics, 15; I had
a photograph for some portions of the relief, especially the lowest row.

|55l MEDINET HABU: FIRST LIBYAN WAR 31

Inscription aver the King

S4* Utterance of the king, the lord of the Two Lands, Ramses III,
to the king's-cfaildren, the king's-butlers, nobles, companions, and all
the leaders of the infantry and chariotry: ''Acclaim ye to the height of
heaven 1 My sword has overthrown the Tehenu, who came, acooutered,
their hearts determined to match themselves with Egypt. I went forth
against them like a lion; I smote them, and they were made heaps. I
was bdiind th&n like a divine Hawk when he has seen the birdlet in

the — I laid low their soul, I took away their water, and

my flame consumed their towns, I am like Montu in Egypt; my might
overthrows the Nine Bows, (for) my august father, Amon, prostrates
every land beneath my feet, while I am king upon the throne, forever.''

Inscription over Hands and Phalli*'

Bringing up the captured before his majesty, from the vanquished

of Libya; making 1,000 men; making 3,000 hands; making 3,000

foreskins.

Inscripiion over First Line

55* Utterance of the king's-children, king's-butlers, and nobles,
before the Good God: ''Great is thy might, O victorious king. Thy
roaring courses through the Nine Bows. Thou art the rampart, pro-
tecting Egypt; they dwell confident in thy strength, O Pharaoh, L. P. H.,

our lord."

Inscription over Third Lin^

Utterance of the nobles and leaders Qi^w'tyw): "Amon, the god,
he has decreed the victory to the ruler, who carries off all lands, Ramses-
Meriamon, .

•This inscription occurs four times, namely, over each of the four heaps, three
of hands and one of phallL Once (at the top) ** making Sfioo foreskins** is
omitted by Lepsius {PenkmOier^ Text, ni, 177); but the older publications (e. g.,
RoselUni, ManmmenU Storici, 135), are correct in inserting it, as the photograph
shows. Each time it thus records the capture of i,Qoo and the slaying of 6,000
men. Taken together, they record a total of 28,000 men killed and captiued.
This is, of course, impossible. Bioreover, the third relief on the north wall (out-
side, 1 57) gives 13)535 as the number of slain. If we assume that only the two
lower rows (one showing phalli and one hands) are different in our relief, we obtain
a total of X 2,000 slain (6,000 in each row), which roughly agrees with the other
relief. The two upper rows are then mere duplicates of the third, added to fill up
the space at the disposal of the artist As such repetition is certain in 1 57, this
is veiy probable.

^Numbering from the top; the second line is without inscriptioD.

32 TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES IH [I56

Inscription over Fourth Line

Utterance of the king's-children, king's-butlers, and nobles: "Thou
art the sun, when thou risest over Egypt, thy terror O Pha-
raoh, L. P. H., child of Amon."

Scene^

56. The king in his chariot, accompanied by a pair of
sunshade-bearers, and a body of soldiers, drives before him
three lines of fettered Libyan prisoners.

Inscription

Ruler, beautiful as king, like Atum, mighty — , — the Tehenu,
who come for f[ear of him]; he — him who invades his boundary.
Amon, his august father, makes sound his limbs. King Ramses HE,

given life. Valiant — , great in strength like his father, Montu

He hath overthrown his adversaries in their place. Those whom
his sword captures, whose hands are bound before him, are living
captives. He is like a mighty bull, he gores beautiful, pos-
sessed of valor, ^whichi his father, Amon-Re, Pgave''] that he may give
to him great victories, and a reign of jubilees like Re; the king, lord of
might, Ramses HI, given life like Re.

Scene^

57- At the left Amon is enthroned in a chapel, with Mut
standing behind him. The king, approaching from the
right, leads three lines of Libyan captives, whom he presents
to the god.

Inscription over Amon

Utterance of Amon-Re, king of gods, to his son. King Ramses IH:
''Praise to thee! Thou hast captured thine adversaries; thou hast
overthrown the invader of thy boundary. I give to thee my might in
thy limbs, that thou mayest overthrow the Nine Bows. My hand is

*East wall, second court; Champollion, MonumerUSt 207 — Rosellini, Monu-
menti Storici, 137.

^East wall, second court; Champollion, Monuments, 208 — Rosellini, litnm^
menti Stand, 138; see also Lepsius, DenknUUer, Text, III, 176; Piehl, InscripHanSt
I, CLV, P, Q, R-CLVI (only inscriptions with divinities and king).

§59] MEDINET HABU: NORTHERN WAR, YEAR EIGHT 33

the shield of thy body, warding o£f evil from thee. I give to thee the
kingdom of Atum, shining upon the throne of Re.''*

Inscription before the King

58. Utterance of King Ramses III before his father, Amon-Re,
ruler of the gods: ''How great is that which thou hast done, O lord of
gods. Thy plans and thy counsels are those which come to pass through-
out. Thou sentest me forth in valor, thy strength was with me. No
land stood before me, at the mention of thee. I overthrew those who
invaded my boundary, prostrated in their place. Their warriors (phrr)
were — pinioned, slain in my grasp. I laid low the land of Temeh,
their seed is not.** The Meshwesh (Af-1 ^ -w ^ -1 ^), they crouch down
for fear of me. It was ordained because of thy victory-bringing com-
mands, it was given because of thy kingdom-bestowing Cpower^."

Inscription over Libyans

Utterance of the leaders of the vanquished of Libya, who are in the
grasp of his majesty: '' Great is thy fame, O victorious king; how great
the fear of thee and the terror of thee! Thou didst turn (us) back,
when we went forth rto^ fight, to Qnvadei Egypt, forever. Give thou
to us the breath which we breathe, the life which is in thy hands, O
lord, like the form ^oO Amon-Re, king of gods."

in. NORTHERN WAR, YEAR 8

59. Already in Ramses Ill's fifth year the tribes of the
southern coast of Asia Minor and the maritime peoples of
the iEgean had sent some of their advanced galleys to assist
the Libyans in their war of that year against Egypt. Or, as
in Memeptah's day, the plundering crews of their southern-
most advance had incidentally joined the Libyan invasion.
These were but the premonitory skirmishing-line of a more
serious and more general movement. The peoples involved
were the probably Cretan Peleset, a settlement of whom

^The short speech of Mut is of no historical consequence.
«>See III, 604.

34 TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES HI [|6o

later became the biblical Philistines; the Thekel, who may
be the Sikeli, later of Sicily;* the Shekelesh, the Denyen or
Danaoiy and the Weshwesh (§ 64, 1. 18), who are of uncertain
origin.^ Owing to pressure from uncertain sources without,
large numbers of these peoples, accompanied by their wives,
children, and belongings, in clumsy ox carts, left their homes,
and moving eastward along the coast of Asia Minor, pene-
trated Syria. They were accompanied by a strong fleet also.
In the author's opinion, this movement was really a " Vol-
kerwanderung," not merely an invasion, with a few families
of the chiefs. They were strong enough to hold all northern
Syria at their mercy; from Carchemish, through the Syrian
Hittite conquests to the coast, as far south as Arvad, and
inland as far south as Amor, they plundered the coimtry.
They had a central camp somewhere in Amor

60. Ramses evidently still held the coast south of Arvad.
Mustering his forces, he dispatched his war fleet to this
coast, possibly with his motley army of various mercenaries
and Egyptians on board, or in transports thus convoyed.
At some point "" on the coast he met the enemy; a land and
naval action took place. Possibly the two battles were
near together. In any case, Ramses, after the land victory,
was able to station his archers on the strand and aid in the
destruction of the hostile fleet. His victory over both forces
seems to have been complete, for we do not hear of any
further trouble from this source during the remainder of
his reign.

•But see III, 570, note.

t'See III, 306, and MilUer, Asien und Europa, 360 ff. Papyrus Harris also
adds the Sherden (§ 403), who probably were from Sardinia and associated with
the Lydan tribes in common enterprises on the sea. On all these northern peoples,
see aiso the discussion of Hall, Earliest CivilizcUum of Greece, and Annual of the
British School at Athens, VIII, 157.

cThe land battle was certainly not south of Amor; the naval battle was in one
of the harbors of the Phoenician coast.

i6x] MEDINET HABU: NORTHERN WAR, YEAR EIGHT 35

The sources for this war are:

1. The Great Inscription on the Second Pylon (Medinet
Habu, §§61-68).

2. The Relief Scenes on the North Wall and in the Second
Court (Medinet Habu, §§69-82).

3. Papyrus Harris (§ 403).

I. GREAT INSCRIPTION ON THE SECOND PYLON, YEAR 8*

6i. Of the long inscriptions in the Medinet Habu temple,
this is by far the most clear and intelligible, both in language
and arrangement. After the date and the usual encomium
of the Pharaoh, which occupies about one-third of the in-
scription (11. 1-12), the king is introduced as addressing his
court and the people of the land, in a speech very similar to
that which concludes Papyrus Harris (Pis. 75-79). After
reverting to Amon's choice of him for the throne, with which
the Pharaohs so often introduce their addresses, he narrates
the northern invasion of Syria (§ 64, 11. 16-18), his prepara-
tions to repel it (§ 6$, 11. 18-23), and then, in highly figura-
tive language, briefly describes the overthrow of the invaders
by land and sea (§ 66, 11. 23-26). He closes with a song of
triumph as long as the account of the war, occup3ring one-
third of the inscription (§§ 67, 68, 11. 26-38). It is therefore
only the middle third of the inscription (§§ 63-66, 11. 13-26)
which contains narrative of historical importance.

^Occupying the entire front of the north tower of the aecond pylon in the
Medinet Habu temple. It is published entire only in Greene, FouiUes exicuUes
h Thibes dans Pannie 1855 (Paris, 1855), Pis. I-III. Champollion noted and
copied the parts containing foreign names (Champollion, Notices descriptives, I,
548, giving date incorrectly as year 9) ; similar fragments also by Lepsius {Denk-
mdler, Text, III, 175, parts of 11. i, a, 17, 18, ao, 24, and 35); the important passage,
IL x6 and 17, also by Chabas {Eludes sur PantiquiU historique, ad ed., a6o ff.,
from a photograph); finally, 11. 16-35, by Brugsch {Thesaurus, 1307-10). Not
much can be said for the accuracy of any of these texts. I collated Greene exhaus-
tively with a series of large-scale photographs, which brought out scores of new
signs and many new words; Brugsch was also useful, but a careful publication is
very much needed.

36 TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES m ||6a

IfUroduciion; Praise of Ramses

62. 'Year 8, under the majesty of Horus: mighty Bull, valiant Lion,
strong-armed, lord of might, capturing the Asiatics; Favorite of the
Two Goddesses: Mighty in Strength, like his father, Montu, destroy-
ing the Nine Bows, driving (them) from their land; Hawk, divine at
his birth, 'excellent and favorite egg of Harakhte, sovereign, excellent
heir of the gods, fashioning their images on earth, doubling their o£fer-
ings; King of Upper and Lower Egypt, Lord of the Two Lands:
Usermare-Meriamon; Son of Re, Ramses (HI), Ruler of Heliopolis;
king, lord of valor, extending (his) two arms, and taking away the breath
3from the coimtries by the heat of his limbs, great in the power of

Montu, — the fray like Re, ^daily^ valiant upon (his) horse,

fighting hand to hand upon his feet, warrior like the shooting-stars in
heaven. King ^Ramses HI; charging into the thick of the fray like

tiirning back the Asiatics, fighting in the territory of rebels

who know not Egypt, who tell how they have heard 'of his might, who

come with praise, trembling in all their limbs of the Asiatics.

His form and his Umbs are ^straight^, the equal of Baal, mighty in the
multitude, without his like. He Smites nullions, alone by himself;

all lands are despised and contemptible before him, appearing .

They come — ftoi] look upon Egypt, prostrate, bowing down before him.
They say every day: "Montu is in his great form, which is in Egypt
7among you, bearing his mighty sword. Let us all come, that we may

make for him him fini his grasp, the King Ramses III."

Beautiful is the appearance of the king, like the son of Isis ^the defender,

firstborn son of Re-Atiun, wearing the white crown, wearing

the red crown, beautiful of face, wearing the double plume like Tatenen.

His loveliness in the early morning, beautiful, sitting upon

the throne like Atum, when he has assumed the regalia of Horus and
Set; Nekhbet and Buto, the serpent-crown of the South and the serpent-
crown of the North, they take ^eir place upon his head. His two
hands grasp the crook-sta£f and hold the scourge, — conscious of
strength ''among'' the Nine Bows — . Plentiful are fowl and pro-
vision in his reign, like his father, the Beautiful-Faced (Ptah), Nun,
great in love as king, like Shu, son of Re. '^When he appears, there
is rejoicing over him, like Aton; strong and valiant, mustering the lands
at [his] desire, — like ^ontu^, creating them like Ptah; ready and
skilled in law, there is none like him; like Re when he took the land

1 64] MEDINET HABU: NORTHERN WAR, YEAR EIGHT 37

as a kingdom, King Ramses ''in, — nimierous in monuments, great
in wonderful works, making festive the temples, — the son of Re, —
who came forth firom his limbs, — firstborn ^of* the gods. He was
appointed as a youth to be king of the Two Lands, to be ruler of every
circuit of Aton, a shield protecting ''Egypt in his time. They sit under

the shadow of his might, the strong one victorious hand laid

upon their head; King Ramses III, the king himself, he saith:

Ramses' Speech; His Accession

63. '' Hearken to me '^all the land, gathered in (Jone placed], the
court, the king's-children, the butlers, — living, the — ,• the youth,
all^ the young men who are in this land. Give your attention to my
utterance, that ye may know my plans for sustaining you alive, '^that
ye may learn of the might of my august father, Amon-Kamephis,
creator of my beauty. His great might — , victorious against every
faUen foe, beneath my feet. He decrees to me victory, and his hand
is with me, so that every invader of my boundary is slain in my grasp;
his chosen one '^whom he found among hundreds of thousands,^
who was established upon his throne for safety ^ — ^ ^when there was
not a single man among th&n to rescue (them)^ from the Nine Bows.
I surrounded her,^ I established her by my valiant might. When I
arose like the sim as king over Egypt, I protected her, '^I expelled for
her the Nine Bows."

Northern Invasion of Syria

64. "The countries , the ^Northerners^ in their isles were dis-
turbed, taken away in the •'frayi — at one time. Not one stood before
their hands, from Kheta (9/^), Kode (fldy), Carchemish (^-r^-J^-
ifi-1 ^), .Arvad ( ^ -f ' -(w), '^Alasa ( ^ -f ^ -5 ^), they were wasted. [The]y
fset up*"]® a camp in one place in Amor (^ -m-r^). They desolated his

^The determinative shows that the word designates young men {rnp'w?),

^*AU" may fl^ply to the whole series.

^Compare the selection of Thutmose III from among the priests of Kamak
(II, 131-48) by oracle of the god.

^lE>gypi9 as shown by the end of the line, compared with the beginning of 1. 16.

*Thc lacuna is hardly large enough for a verb. The end of the plural suffix
(fi of 111) is visible before **camp." If we read "their" {p » ysn), it would fill the
lacuna, and we should necessarily render: ** Wasted was their camp, etc." meaning
the camp of the allied Syrians, which was wasted by the Northerners. The series
of names preceding as object of the preposition must in that case close the preceding
sentence.

38 TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES HI [§65

people and his land like that which is not. They came with fire pre-
pared before them, forward* to Egypt. Their main support** **was
Peleset {Pvhr ^ -5 ^ -/), Thekd {T ^ -k-k ^ -r ^), Shekelesh (S ^ -k-ruhi =>),
Denyen (D^ -y-tir-yw, sic!), and Weshesh (PT ^ -I ^ -I ^),<^ (These)
lands were united, and they laid their hands upon the land^ as far as
the Circle of the Earth. Their hearts were confident, full of their®

plans."

Ramses* Preparations

65. " Now, it happened through' this god, the lord of gods, **that
I was prepared and armed' to ^trap^ them like wild fowl. He furnished
my strength and caused my plans to prosper. I went forth, directing
these marvelous things. I equipped my frontier in Zahi, prepared
before them. The chiefs, the captains of infantry, '^the nobles, I
caused to equip the harbor-mouths,^ like a strong wall, with warships, ^
galleys, and barges, •" — \ They were manned ^completely' from bow
to stem with valiant warriors bearing their arms, soldiers ''of all the
choicest of Egypt,^ being like lions roaring upon the mountain-tops.

The charioteers were warriors {phrr) •" :i,l and all good ofliceis

{snn)^ ready of hand. Their horses were quivering in their every lixc^,
ready to crpsh ''the countries under their feet. I was the vaHant
Montu, stStioned before them, that they nught behold the hand-to-
hand fighting^ of my arms. I, King Ramses III, was made a far-
striding hero, conscious of his might, valiant to l^d his army '^in the
day of battle."

*The meaning of this important phrase, *' forward" (m hr), with a verb of going,
is established among others by the passage in the Kadesh battle (III, 308: Poem,
1. 12), and Memeptah's Hymn of Victory (III, 609, 1. 5); but the idiom is not infre-
quent; see also Griffith, Proceedings of the Society of Biblical Archaology, 19, 298.
"To" may be rendered *'Urward" or ** against."

^ee Mttller, Asien und Europa^ 360, n. 2.

cOn these peoples, see introduction to this war (§§ 59 ff.).

<^Lit., " Two Lands;** it is doubtful whether we are to suppose that this is an
error (as later) for ** land." Some of the northern ships had alrouiy reached Egypt,
as they had done in the year 5 (§ 44, 11. 51 f.).

•Text has **our." 'That is, by his intervention.

uGrg hry.

J^The same phrase (r ' -^ > 'wl) is used of the *' river-mouths ** in the war of the
year 5 (§44i 1- S3)-

1 Possibly: *^of every land and of Egypt**

iSee Papyrus Harris, 8, 10, note.

^Or possibly: ^*lhe captures;** the article is plural.

i 67] MEDINET HABU: NORTHERN WAR, YEAR EIGHT 39

Defeat of the Enemy

66. " Those who reached my boundary, their seed is not; their heart
and their soul are finished forever and ever. As for those who had
assembled before them on the sea, the full flame was in their front,
before the harbor-mouths, and a wall of metal '^upon the shore sur-
rounded them.* They were dragged, overturned, ajad laid low upon
the beach; slain and made heaps from stem to bow^ of their galleys,
while all their things were cast upon the water. (Thus) I turned back
the waters to remember Egypt ;*^ when they mention my name in their
land, '^may it^ consume them, while I sit upon the throne of Harakhte,
and the serpent-diadem (wri-hk^'w) is fixed upon my head, like Re.
I permit not the countries to see the boundaries of Egyptyto ^ — '*^amongi
them. As for the Nine Bows, I have taken away their land and their
boundaries; they are added to mine. '^Their chiefs and their people
(come) to me with praise. I carried out the plaas of the All-Lord, the
august, divine father, lord of the gods."

Ramses* Song of Triumph

67. " Rejoice ye, O Egypt, to the height of heaven, for I am ruler of
the South and North upon the throne of Atum. The gods have
aiqpointed me to be king *^over Egjrpt, to be victor, to expel them for
her from the countries; they decreed to me the kingdom while I was a

child, and my reign is full of plenty Strength has been given

to me, because of my benefactions to the gods and goddesses, from a
heart of love. I have expelled your '^mourning, which was in your
heart, and I have made you to dwell in peace. Those whom I have

overthrown shall not return, the tribute their land, their

detestation is the daily mention of my name. King Ramses III. '^I
have covered Egypt, I have protected her by my valiant might, since

«The "full fame" Is the Egyptian fleet in the harbor, and the **waU of metal"
is the Egyptian infantry ashore, as shown in the relief (§ 74). These highly figurative
phrases, otherwise unintelligible, are rendered quite certain by the relief.

^Lit., **from tail to head" a phrase which occurs also where ships are not
concerned (| 90, 3rear 11, 1. 18). Hence we should perhaps put a full pause here

and render thus: " made heaps from tail to head. As for their galleys, all

their things, etc.**

cQr: "for a remembrance of Egypt" meaning that they (the foe) may remem-
ber Egypt.

^Or: "the thought conmmes."

40 TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES HI [166

I assumed the rule of the kingdom the might of my two

arms, bringing tenor among the Nine Bows. Not a land stays at
hearing my name, ^^(but) they leave their dties, starting in thdr

places, forsaking before them. I am a goring Bull, confident

in his two horns. My hand is equal ^'to my courage following my

valor, when my heart says to me: ' Make ' my office

in the bow of the morning-barque {ynslU'i)^ I bring to you jubilation.

3'Mouming is in the countries, trembling is in every land

which I wrought. My heart is filled as a god valiant, lord of

the sword. I know that his nught is greater ^^than (that of) the gods.

The Hifetimei which the gods who are in — decree There

is not a moment in your presence, which brings not plunder by the plans
of the counsel 34which b in my heart, for the support of Egypt. Deso-
lated is the chief of their cities, wasted at one time. Their

groves, and all their people are consumed by fire.* ^^They lament in
their hearts: * We will their — to Egypt.'"

68. ** I am the strong and valiant one; my designs come to pass
without fail. ^^I have shown my excellence, since I ^know^ this god,

the father of the gods I have not ignored his temple, (but)

my heart has been steadfast to double the feasts and food-offerings
37above what was before. My heart is filled with truth every day, my

abhorrence is lying the gods are satisfied with truth. Their

hands are for me the shield of my body, to s^ward off evil and misfor-
tune from^ my limbs; the king, ruler of the Nine Bows, Lord of the
Two Lands, Ramses III, given b'fe, stability, satisfaction, like Re, for-
ever and ever."

2. REUF.F SCENES OUTSIDE NORTH WALL AND IN SECOND COURT,

YEAR 8

69. These scenes depict the war against the invading
sea-rovers of Asia Minor with unusual interest. We see the
equipment of the troops, the march to Syria, even possibly
a lion "" hunt on the march, the great battle, both on land and
sea, furnishing the earliest known representation of a naval
battle, and the final triumphs.

•Lit., "have become ashes" (ssf), used of a roast fowL
^lit., "ihat are in'*(\), meaning "that might be in, etc."
<See § 74, note.

i 7x] MEDINET HABU: NORTHERN WAR, YEAR EIGHT 41

Scene^

70. Ramses III stands in a balcony, with two sunshade-
bearers behind him. Before him are the standard-bearers
of the army, who kneel in salute, followed by a trumpeter.
Beside these appear lines of the new recruits levied for the
coming war, to whom the officers are distributing bows and
quivers of arrows. Spears, quivers, bows, and swords lie
piled up beside them.

71. The inscriptions are these:

Behind the King

All the gods are the protection of his limbs, to give to him might
against every country.

Before the King

king; he saith to the princes, every leader of the

infantry and chariotry who are before his majesty: ''Bring out the

weapons . Let the archers march to destroy the enemies, who

know not Egypt, with might.*'

Over the Officials

Utterance of the princes, companions, and leaders of the infantry
and chariotry: ''Thou art the king who shinest upon Eg3rpt When
[thou] risest, the Two Lands live. Great is thy might in the midst of the
Nine Bows. Thy roaring is as far as the circuit of the sun. The
shadow of thy sword is over thy army. They march, filled with thy
might. Thy heart is stout, (for) thy excellent plans are established.
Amon-Re appears, leading thy way. He lays low for thee every land
beneath thy feet; [thy] heart is glad — forever. ^Thou art^ the pro-
tection which comes forth without delay. The heart of the Temeh is
[dis]turbed,*» the Peleset (Pw-{r ^]-5 ^ -() are hung up, r~i in their
towns, by the might of thy father, Amon, who has decreed to thee

•Outside north wall of second court; Champollion, Monuments^ a 18 — Rosellini,
Manumenti 'Standi 125; cf. ChampoUion, NoHces descriptiveSf I, 370.

bRead tfy.

43 TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES III [17a

Over Officers by the Weapons^
[Give] the weapons to the infantry, the chariotry and to

the archers

Over Officers Distributing Weapons
Take ye the [weapon]s of [King] Ramses III.

Over Soldiers Receiving Weapons
The infantry and chariotry who are receiving [weapons].

Scene^

72 . Ramses III in liis chariot, followed by two sunshade-
bearers, and accompanied by Egyptian and Sherden in-
fantry, departs for Zahi. The inscriptions are these:

Over the King

The king, rich in might, at his going forth to the North, great in
fear, dread of the Asiatics (St' ty), sole lord, skilled in hand, conscious of
his might, like Baal, valiant in strength, ready for battle against the
Asiatics (^^tnw), marching afar in his advance, •'confident', — , smiting
tens of thousands ^in heaps' in the space of an hour. He overwhelms
the a)mbatants like fixe, causing all diose who confront him to become
[ashes].^ They are terrified at (the mention of) his name, while he is
(yet) afar o£f, like the heat of the sun over the two (Nile) shores; a
wall casting^ a shadow for Egypt. They dwell [confident in] the mi^t
of his strength, King Ramses m.

Over Horses

Great first span of his majesty (named): **Amon-He-Giveth-the-
Sword."®

^This and the following inscription have been omitted by Champollion, and
Rosellini is very fragmentary. Still another address (below) among the officers
has been omitted by Champollion, and is too fragmentary in Rosellini to be read.

K>utside north wall of second court ; Champollion, MonumefUs, a 19 » Rosellini,
Monumenti Slarici, 126.

cRead ssf, from parallel texts.

<lRead kh, as in year 5, 1. 67 (§ 47).

•Published also in Lepsius, DenkmOler, Text, III, 173.

1 74] MEDINET HABU : NORTHERN WAR, YEAR EIGHT 45

Behind King and over Sherden

His majesty inarches out in victorious might, to destroy the rebellious
countries. His majesty [marches out] for Zahi, like the form of Montu,
to criLsh every coimtry that has transgressed his boundary. His infantry
are like bulls, ready for battle upon the field. [His] horses are like
hawks in the midst of the fowl before him. The Nine Bows are under

(his) power. Amon, his august father, is for him a shield, King ,

Lord of the Two Lands, Ramses HI.

Scene^

73- Ramses III in his chariot, with drawn bow, charges
into the discomfited northern allies, chiefly Peleset, as
shown by their high feathered head-dress. Their chariots
are manned by two warriors armed with shield and spear,
and a driver. On foot they fight by fours, each man with
two spears and a shield. The native Egyptian troops and
their Sherden auxiliaries are mingled in the thick of the
fight, slaying the Northerners on every hand, and penetrating
to the heavy two-wheeled ox carts in which are the enemy's
wives, children, and supplies.

The inscriptions are these:

Over the BaUle

[at] the sight of him, as when Set is enraged, overthrowing

the enemy before the celestial barque {mskV /), trampling the lands and
countries prostrate, crushed c — ^ before his horses. His heat consumes
[them] like fire, desolating their gardens .

Over King*s Horses
Great first span of his majesty (named) : " Beloved-of-Amon."

Scene^

74- Five warships of the Northerners, manned by Peleset
and Sherden, are hard pressed by four Egyptian warships.

^Outside north wall of second court; Champollion, Monuments, aao--a2o bis
wRosellini, Monumenti Siorici, 127, 128.

K>ut8ide north wall of second court; Champollion, 222, 223*"Rosellini,

44 TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES HI [{75

whose native bowmen are disabling the enemy with a severe
archery discharge at long range, before the heavy swords and
spears of the latter can be brought into play at close quarters.
When the archery has nearly emptied the enemy's vessels,
the Egyptians close in with sword and shield, and in the
resulting m6l6e one of the northern ships has capsized. In
three of the Egyptian vessels are pinioned prisoners taken
from the enemy, while those who swim ashore are seized and
bound by the waiting Egyptian archers. The latter, led by
the king, themselves augment the volleys of the Egyptian
archers in the warships, and render still more disastrous the
complete destruction of the northern fleet. Behind the king
are his chariot and waiting attendants.
75- The inscriptions are as follows:

By the King

The Good God, Montu over Egypt, great in might, like Baal in
the countries, mighty in strength, far-reaching in courage (lit., heart),
strong-homed, terrible in his might, a — wall, covering Egypt, so that
every one coming shall not* see it, King Ramses m.

Over the Chariot

Lo, the northern countries, which are in their isles, are restless in
their limbs; they infest the ways^ of the harbor-mouths. Their nostrib
and their hearts cease breathing breath, when his majesty goes forth
like a storm-wind against them, fighting upon the strand like a warrior
iphrr). His puissance and the terror of him penetrate into thdr limbs.^

MonumefUi Stand, 130, 131; Mariette, Voyage dans la hatUe EgypU, II, 55.
I had also good photographs. At this point the order of the war relief is inter-
rupted by the scene of a lion hunt, the inscriptions of which contain only conventionai
phrases in praise of the king. It has often been published; best by Mariette,
ibid.t II, 54; also by ChampoUion, i&ti., 221; and Rosellini, ibid., 129.

^Negative with a verb implying negation; lit., ** everyone coming shall net
/ail to see U,"

*»The word "tcwy" (w>'0 is used by the Egyptians for a sea route as well as
a land route.

cChampoUion has here interchanged two lines, but they are correct in RosellinL

i 77] MEDINET HABU: NORTHERN WAR, YEAR EIGHT 45

Capsized and perishing in their places, their hearts are taken, their soub
fly away, and their weapons are cast out upon the sea. Hb arrows
pierce whomsoever he will among them, and he who is hit falls^ into
the water. His majesty is like an enraged lion, tearing him that con-
fronts him with his hands (sic I), fighting at dose quarters on his right,
valiant on his left, like Set; destroying the foe, like Amon-Re. He has
laid low the lands, he has crushed every land beneath his feet, the king
of Upper and Lower Egypt, the Lord of the Two Lands, Usermare-
Meriamon.

Scene^

76. The king, attended by sunshade- and fan-bearers,
stands in a balcony.^ Behind him waits the royal chariot,
with numerous attendants and soldiers. A castle is depicted
over the chariot. Before the king, the two viziers and other
officers of high rank present to him Peleset prisoners.
Other officials superintend the counting of the hands severed
from the fallen of the enemy, the numbers being recorded
by four scribes.

77- The inscriptions are these:

By the King

Utterance of his majesty to the king's-children, the princes, the
king's-butlers, and the charioteers: "Behold ye, the great might of
my father, Amon-Re. The countries which came from their isles in
the midst of the sea, they advanced to Egypt, their hearts rel3ring upon
their arms.^ The net was made readv for them, to ensnare them.
Entering stealthily into the harbor-mouth, they fell into it. Caught in
their place, they were dispatched, and their bodies stripped. I showed

• ^Lit., "becomes one fallen into the water."

^Xitside north wall of second court; ChampoUion, Monuments, 224 —
RowelKni, Monumenti Storiciy 132; the inscriptions are also in DUmichen, His-
iorische Inschriften, 11, 47; the castle and a few extracts, Lepsius, Denkmdler,
Text, III, 171.

cThis balcony is, of course, to be understood as belonging to the castle depicted
over the chariot; but it has been detached by the artist, in order to enlarge it suffi-
deotly to accommodate the king's figure represented with the usual heroic stature.

Wot weapons.

46 TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES HI [J78

you my might which was in that which my majesty wrought while I was

alone.^ My arrow struck (lit., seized), and none escaped my arms nor

my hand. I flourished like a hawk among the fowl ; my talons descended

upon their heads. Amon-Re was upon my right and upon my left, his

might and his power were in my limbs, a tumult for you; commanding

for me that my counsels and my designs should come to pass. Amon-

Re established the — of my enemies, giving to me every land in my

grasp."

Over the Officials

Utterance of the king's-children, the princes, and the companions;

they reply to the Good God: "Thou art Re, shining like him. Thy

might crushes the Nine Bows, every land trembles at thy name, thy

fear is before them every day. Egypt rejoices in the strong-armed, the

son of Amon, who is upon his throne, King Ramses III, given life, like

Re."

Over the Castle

Migdol of Ramses, Ruler of Heliopolis.

Over Horses
Great first span of his majesty (named) : " Strong-is- Amon."

Over Grooms

Live the Good Grod, achieving with his arms, making every country
into something that exists not, strong-armed, mighty, skilful of hand,
King Ramses III.

Over Prisoners^

Said the vanquished chieftains of Thekel (T^ -k-k ^ -r^): "

like Baal give to us [the breath that thou givest] ."

Scene^

78. In a small chapel sits Amon, with Mut and Khonsu
behind him. The king standing before him leads by cords

*Champollion has here omitted an entire line, which will be found in Rasellini*s
and DiUnichen's copies.

^Omitted by Rosellini and Champollion, and only noted by Lepsius {Denk^
miUer, Text, III, 171); the fragments he gives show that it contained the conven-
tional phrases.

^Outside of north wall of second court; Champollion, Monuments, 226 —
Rosellini, Monumenti St&rici, 134; the inscriptions alone, Brugsch, Rtcueil de
monuments, LV, 3, 4; and the words of the Thekel also, DUmichen, Historische
Inschrifteny II, 47, a.

{8o] MEDINET HABU: NORTHERN WAR, YEAR EIGHT 47

two lines of foreign captives, above Thekel, below Libyans.
The inscriptions are as follows:

Over Anton

Utterance of Amon-Re, lord of heaven, ruler of gods: ''Come thou
with joy, slay thou the Nine Bows, lay low every opponent. Thou hast
cast down the hearts of the Asiatics, thou takest the breath from their
nostrils, by my designs.'*

Before the King

Utterance of King Ramses III before his father, Amon-Re, king of
gods: "I went forth, that I might take captive the Nine Bows and slay

all lands. Not a land stood fast before me, and my hands

took captives in the van of every country, by the decrees which came
forth from thy mouth, that I might overthrow my every oppo-
nent. The lands behold me with trembling, (for) I am like Montu,

him who relies upon thy designs, O protector, lord of nught

Over the Thekel

79, Said the fallen, the great ones of Thekel, who were in the
grasp of his majesty, while praising this Good God, Lord of the Two
Lands, Usermare-Meriamon: "Great is thy strength, victorious king,
great Sun of Egypt. Greater is thy might than a mountain of gritstone,
and thy terror is like Set. Give to us breath, that we may breathe it,
the life that is in thy grasp, forever."

Over the Libyans

Said the fallen of Libya, who were in the grasp of his majesty:
''Breath, breath! O victorious king, Horus, great in kingship."

Scene^

80. Amon, with Mut behind him, stands extending the
sword to Ramses III. The latter, leading three lines of
fettered captives, advances toward the god, to whom he
stretches out his arm. The inscriptions are these:

•Second court, second pylon, left (southern) tower, front; published by
Cbampollion, ManumenlSt 333 (in publication, 331 bis, where it is located in the
Ramesseuml); Roaellini, Manumenti Starid, 144 (both omit divinities and accom-

48 TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES IH [J8i

Before Amon^

Utterance of Amon-Re, lord of heaven:. "Come thou in peace!
Thou hast taken captive thine adversary,^ and slain the invader of thy
border. My strength was with thee, overthrowing for thee the lands.
Thou cuttest off the heads of the Asiatics (^^mw). I have given to
thee thy great might, I overthrow for thee every land, when they see
thy majesty in strength like my son, Baal in his wrath."

Before the King

8i. Utterance of King Ramses III to his father, Amon-Re, ruler of
the gods: "Great is thy might, O lord of gods. The things which

issue from thy mouth, they come to pass without fail Thy

strength is behind as a shield, that I may slay the lands and countries
that invade my border. Thou puttest great terror of me in the hearts
of their chiefs; the fear and dread of me before them; that I may
carry off their warriors (Pl^rr), bound in my grasp, to lead them to thy

ka, O my august father, . Come, to •'take^*^ them, being:

Peleset (Pw-r^-5^-0, Denyen (Z>^-y-»-yw-n^), Shekelesh (S^-k^-
rw-S ^). Thy strength it was which was before me, overthrowing their
seed, — thy might, O lord of gods. He who relies upon him whom
thou hast entrusted with the kingship, and everyone that walks in thy
way are in peace. Thou art the lord, strong-armed for him who leans
his back upon thee,^ a Bull with two horns, ready, conscious of his
strength. Thou art my august father, who createdst my beauty, that
thou mightest look upon mc, and choose me to be lord of the Nine
Bows. Let thy hand be with me, to slay him that invades me, and
ward off every enemy that is in my limbs."

panying inscriptions); Lepsius, Denkmdiery III, 211 (inscription over prisoners,
also ibid., Text, III, 174); Sharpe, Inscriptions, II, 39; Mariette, Voyage dans
la haute Egypte, II, 52 (one row only); de Roug^, Inscriptions hiiroglyphiques,
129 (upper ends of lines of king's speech, lower ends being covered by rubbish).
I had a photograph by Schroeder & Ci«., Zurich.

*The one before Mut contains only the conventional assurances of protection.

^Lit., **the one reaching thee" (ph tw); the phrase is common in these inscrip-
tions, with varying pronoun ("him, her") for "his, her adversary," Cf. the per*
sonal name, Ph-sw-}fr '^" His adversary is fatten."

<^Possibly: "to number."

^lAi., "thou art a strong-armed lord, for him who leans to him {his) back,**
The preposition "to" (») is more often "upon" {/^).

§83] MEDINET HABU: SECOND LIBYAN WAR 49

Over Captives

83. Utterance of the leaders of every country, who are in the grasp
of his majesty: " Great is thy might, victorious king, great sun of Egypt.
Gfeater is thy strength than a mountain of gritstone; thy might is like
Baal. Give to us the breath that we breathe; the life which is in thy
hands."

Over Middle Line of Captives

Utterance of the vanquished of Denyen (D ^ -y-n-yw-n ^) : " Breath !
Breath ! O good ruler, great in might [like] Montu, residing in Thebes."

Over Lower Line of Captives

Utterance of the vanquished of Peleset (Pw-r ^ -s^ -ty) : " Give to us
the breath for our nostrils, O king, son of Amon."

IV. SECOND LIBYAN WAR

$3- The disastrous defeat of the year 5 had doubtless too
seriously weakened the Libyans for them again to attempt
the invasion of Egypt during the reign of Ramses III. But
in the year 1 1 they were themselves invaded by the Mesh-
weshy a related tribe living on their west, and the Mesh-
wesh chief tains, Keper and Meshesher, father and son,
laid waste the Libyan country. The Libyans were then
forced to join the Meshwesh in an invasion of Egypt. The
allies pushed eastward as far as the canal of Heliopolis,
called the ^^ Water 0} i?e,"* doubtless at some point near its
departure from the Nile. Here, at a place called Hatsho
(A'M^*/), in the early part of the twelfth month of his
eleventh )rear, Ramses defeated them in a disastrous battle,
in which Keper was captured and his son Meshesher killed.
Ramses pursued the routed enemy over eleven miles^

*The name of the herd of Amon in Papyrus Harris, 10, 8 () 224), shows that
the battle was fought near this canal.

Mf the tenninus of this eleven miles is the margin of the Libyan desert, the
point on that margin must be well south in the narrow part of the Delta; other-
wise it would be more than eleven miles from the canal of Heliopolis to the Libyan

50 TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES HI [184

westward as far as his own town, on a rise of ground called
*' The - Tmtm -of- Usermare-Merianum -Which - is-upon -the-
Maunt^-oj-the-Homs-ol-the-Earthy He slew 2,175 men, and
took 2,052 prisoners, of whom 558 were women and girls;
among these were the survivors of the household of the
hostile chief. Returning, flushed with victory, Ramses
indulged in the usual triumphal celebrations. The prison-
ers were distributed throughout the country, and nearly a
thousand of the Meshwesh were made herdmen in charge
of a herd of Amon, named after this victory (Harris, 10, 8,
§ 224).

84. These wars, while they checked the aggressiveness of
the tribes** on the west of the Delta during the remainder of
reign of Ramses III, could only temporarily interrupt the
tide of immigration into the Delta from the west. Still
Ramses III could now style himself in his titulary: *^ Protec-
tor 0} Egypt, gtmrdian of the countries, conqueror of Mesh-
wesh, spoiler of the land of Temeh.^^''

The sources for this war are:

1. Great Inscription of the First Pylon (Medinet Habu,
§§85-92).

2. Poem on Second Libyan War (§§93-99).

3. Relief Scenes on First Pylon and Outside North Wall
(Medinet Habu, §§100-114).

4. Papyrus Harris (76, 11-77, 6, §405).

desert. The question of how the pursuit crossed the Nile branches is a difficult
one. In the war of the year 5 the Libyans are stated to have been on both sides
of the river; if the victory of year 1 1 took place on the Heliopolis canal, they must
have been on both sides at this time also.

^This place also marked the limit of the pursuit of Memeptah; see Great
Inscription of Kamak, 1. 49, note (III, 588).

*>Papyrus Harris (77, 3, ) 405) gives a list of five of these unknown tribes,
beside the Meshwesh and the Libyans.

cLepsius, Denkmdler, Text, III, 170; left pylon, front of Medinet Habu
temple; compare similar title of Thutmose IV (II, 822).

1 8s] MEDINET HABU: SECOND LIBYAN WAR 51

I. GREAT INSCRIPTION ON THE FIRST PYLON*

85. The fifty long lines of this document, owing to then*
bad state of preservation, the lack of clear arrangement in
the content, and that highly figurative style, extreme in this
document even for Medinet Habu, are hardly less difficult
than the long inscription of the year 5. Whole lines are so
fragmentary that it would have served no practical purpose
to introduce theu* mutilated words and phrases here; they
have therefore been omitted wherever necessary, but the
omission is always indicated. Under these circumstances
the progress of the narrative can be but vaguely discerned.
At the beginning it is fortunately more clear. The alliance,
undoubtedly between the Meshwesh and the Tehenu of
Libjra (§86, U. i and 2), although mentioned before the
invasion of the Tehenu by the Meshwesh (§ 87, 1. 2), of
coiirse preceded that invasion, which issued in the alliance.
Then follow, in natural order, the invasion of Egypt by the
allies (§ 88, 11. 3-5), the march of Ramses III (§ 89, 11. 6, 7),
and the battle (§ 90, U. 7-20). This last, as usual, is chiefly
a song of praise to the Pharaoh's valor, which is brought
out by depicting the ruin of Meshesher, the Meshwesh chief
with his chiefs, his family, and his host. This leads to a
long triumphal description of the discomfiture of the defeated
(§§ 91, 92, 11. 20-41); and the document then concludes with
a speech by the Pharaoh, glorifying himself in the conven-
tional phrases.

^On the back of the southern tower of the first pylon facing the first court,
in 50 vertical lines over the battle scene (§101). There are long and frequent
lacunae. It was published by Dttmichen {Historische Inschrifteny I, 20-^5); par-
tially by de Roug^ {Inscriptions hiiroglyphiques, 111-113, 11. 19-30, lower ends
wanting; wrongly attached to another inscription); and extracts by Lepsius
(Denkmdier, Text, III, 174). A photograph shows that DUmichen's text is exces-
sively incorrect; but unfortunately my photograph shows only the lower ends of
a few lines.

$2 TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES HI [186

The Alliance

86. 'IJThe iot^^ had allied themselves against Egypt, the god per-
mitting that they should Qead on to mount their horses^, (but) mi^ty
was the valor of him who is the sole lord, and his talons ^made ready^
like a I'trap^ at their arrival, when they came with restless limbs^ to lay
'themselves like mice under his arms, the king, Ramses ID.

Invasion of Tehenu^

87. As for the (chief of)^ Meshwesh {M-S^'W^^ sic!), since he
appeared, he went to one place, his land with him, and invaded the
Tehenu, who were made ashes, spoiled and desolated were their cities,
their seed was not.

Invasion of Egypt

88. They ^disregarded^ the beauty of this god who^ slays the invader

of Eg3rpt, saying : "We will settle in Egypt.'' So spake they

with one accord, and they continually entered the boundaries of Egypt.

Then was prepared for them ^death^ of the ^mighty^ god,

fwho brightens^] the heaven more than the sun, •'mighty' with

their hands before him. They were numerous ' Amon was

his protection, his hand was with him, to confound their faces, to destroy

them.

March of the Pharaoh

89. ^King Ramses III; his majesty went forth in his

heart fconfident^ in his father, the lord of gods. He was

seized herds of small cattle; his infantry and ^his chariotry bearers of
victory; the mighty men whom [he] trained fas^] vaUant warriors. He
was a strong wall, firm in King Ramses III.

*Some such words must be lost in the small lacuna (see Brugsch, Hieroglyphisch'
demoHsches Wdrterhuchj Supplement, 568).

^Lit., "showing restlessness in their limbs;" the phrase is several times used
of the northern peoples also, in the Medinet Habu inscriptions.

cThat this is an invasion of Libya by the Meshwesh is unnoticed in any of
the histories. It seems to have been noticed by Spiegelberg {Zeitschrift fOr dgypi-
ische Sprache, 34, 23, [65]), though he draws no historical conclusions.

<iThe phrase below, "his land with him,** would indicate that the chief of the
Meshwesh is designated here. He gathered all his people (called "land**) in one
place.

•Lit., "when slaying, etc.**

<Lit., "Death was put round about for them" or: "death surrounded them"

l9o] MEDINET HABU: SECOND LIBYAN WAR 53

The BaUle

90. His majesty was a hero, protecting H^ fight hand to hand,

his voice upraised, shouting like a gryphon his beauty, undi-
vided his nostrils; his talons were *his every — before

him against his enemy; fearful in might like the shout , swift

of foot, falling horses arrows, ****slain in

their place, their hearts and their souls are finished, perishing .

Their mouths have ceased contradiction in . Egypt

their souls . "His arms are against them like •" — \ his

hand b upon them, he feek about, surrounding all — their limbs.

Meshesher {M-i ^ -i ^ -r), son of Keper {K ' -fruHr) "laid low

at the feet of his majesty. His chiefs, his family, his army are lost —
completdy. Hb eyes behold the hue^ of the Sun, his warriors {phrr)

6^X their — , their children '^their arms and their

hearts, as living captives ; their stuff and their diildren are borne (Jupon^

their backs. Their herds, their horses, [their] wives . The

god brings them and their '^against them, a lesson for

millions of years. All generations are desolated upon — 'women^,

thdr — , stripi)ed are their flourishing them, Amon-

Re, with the Qiand*' of mighty, confident '^to —

extol him who repek her^ assailant, King Ramses ID, who moves

quickly, bathmg the sword in the slain their food, fruitlessly

looking while there is no **the way •" — ■ before them. As for the

land of Meshwesh {M-i^ ^), ^when they^ seize their people,

their weapons fall from their hands, their hearts cannot smell-
ing fear at a single ("attack^ ''they fknow^ who is lord of

the [land] of Egypt, the great flame of Sekhmet their hearts,

consuming their bones, in the midst of their bodies; the — ^

them. The land re[joices]^ and exults at the sight of his valor, the
Lord of the Two Lands, Ramses ID. '^Every — is in his hand as far
as the [^uthemi] towns, as well as the northern marshes.

*The battle begins in 11. 9, 10, which are unfortunately almost entirely destroyed.

^Lit., "sHn of the sun/" This remarkable phrase is applied to the shining
appearance of the sun, in religious texts, and Horns is said to have a shining skin.
** The sun" must here be a figure for the Egyptian king.

cEgypt's.

<SThe first lost word, as determinative shows, b some designation of the king.

«Read wnf.

54 TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES HI [§91

fire, strong-armed, hurling flame, — to pursue their souls, to plunder
their — , which are in their land. The excellent words of Thoth con-
found their faces; (from) tail to head among them, they are laid low
in their place. '^^His hand dutches^ the body of the invader of his

border, the H^reath' of [their] nostrils taken, perishing, — he

leaves not, when enraged . His talons are over the head

of the Meshwesh, the king, Ramses HI, '^e kindly.

Discomfiture of the Enemy

9X. The Meshwesh and the land of Temeh, who were bound

in Egypt All lands bow themselves to him, like Set, —

overthrowing ^ — \ laying low. The Meshwesh and Temdi mourn and

are cast down; they go **<^rheir eyes — the ways, looking

behind them; ^flyingi far, fleeing in ...... . "The flame seizes them,

destroying their name; their feet are weary upon the ground, (but) they

wait not Hie great lord of Egypt *^. . . . They say when they see

the people:^ " Montu is the form of the man who is. behind us

. . . *<He is behind us like Set, [destroying] the foe. He

beholds mjrriads like grasshoppers; behold, they are in an evil plight.
....''... We are like the ('driven barquei with the wind behind it. Our
weapons are lost, cast away; our hands are ^^weakl" Their soul and

their heart are finished . . '^victory from the time of the

god to eternity. ''Her^ violence is that which courses in our limbs, her

lord is he who is in heaven; his form is like him Ramses DEI.

*^He seems like the radiance of the sun; his reach, and the terror of

him are like Montu ***. . tearing like a divine hawk,

we are made '"impotent"', cut down r \ He sends arrow upon

arrow like shooting-stars . ^^The net was spread for us,

while we were before phim^. Our Qiands^ and our feet were — in the
palace. The god has taken us for himself, as ^prty\ like wild goats
creeping into the trap. The fierce-eyed ^a. . . . He turns

"^The upper two-thirds of U. 19-30 are also published by de Roug6 {Inscrip*
lions hUroglyphiques, 111-13).

t>Ut, "claws."

cThe last third of 11. 21-31 is lost, except a word or two at the ends of 11. 22-47.
<lprobably meaning, when they arrive at home and see their own people, they
excuse their flight in this way.
•Meaning Egypt.

199] MEDINET HABU: SECOND LIBYAN WAR 55

not back, he heeds not our pleadings ^3. . . We are overthrown,

our heart perishes like trees. We have heard since those

things* from our grandfathers, ^our repulse in their tune* .... 34{n)m

Egypt and we desired to take to our heek,^ ^fleeing^ from the

flame. Libya has misled us like — . We hearkened to their ooimsels,^

the fire — sdzed ** making for us a warning forever and ever,

a chastisement for those whom the boundary of Egypt beholds.''^ He
shall tread upon i* — '^ ^as far as^ Tazoser; Montu, strong in arm, he
s^who takes — fin''] the fray with you, his assailant. King Ramses III.
The land of Meshwesh is desolated at one time, the Libyans and the
Seped are destroyed, their seed is not ^7. . . . their ^arms^ hanging over

their heads;^ their children do not whom fear has seized,

weeping and [lamenting] in their hearts: ''The fame of thy majesty

*• them like fire" ^^ bearing [their] tribute

[to] laud and to praise ^'the Good God, Lord of the Two Lands,

making [his] boundary as far as he desires in all lands.

Speech of Ramses

93. Lo, Horns, rich in years, who came forth from Re, from his

very limbs, 4*to whom he decreed — , abiding upon his throne'

^ Sling Ramses ID; he says to the king's-children, the great

princes, the leaders ^^of the infantry and chariotry: ''Give to me your

attention complete. I will tell you, I will inform you; I am

the son of Re, I came forth from his limbs, I sit ^^upon his throne in

rejoicing, since I have been established . I give to this land my

good counsek, (my) plans are carried out. I am the hero of Egypt, I

defend her, placing her -♦^lord. I overthrow for [her] every

one who invades [her] boundary, I am an abundant Nile, supplying
her — , overflowing with good things. I am the excellent sovereign
who fiUs ^ — , giving breaUi to the nostrils of all people. I have laid
low the Meshwesh, and the land of Temeh by the might of my sword.
I have caused their overthrow. Behold, *<>ye [TuiowT] that there is no

*Of course, meaning former defeats.

K)n hearing the stories of their earlier defeats, they were reluctant to invade
Egjrpt again, and wished to flee.

cThe Meshwesh now blame the Libyans for their defeats.
'When they would invade it.

<rhe arms of the prisoners were often so bound, over their heads.
f Here foUow nearly three lines of conventional epithets of the king.

S6 TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES HI [{93

contradiction in fmy speech"!], it was the might of Amon whidi
carried them ofiF, that he might give myriads of jubilees to his son, the
Lord ci the Two Lands, Ramses ID."

soafhe king, like the form of Re, of ^abidingi . His heart

is stout, like his father, Montu. ^He takes as living captives the Mesh-
wesh and the land of Temeh bound before him, taxed with their
impost for the ftreasuryi] .

2. POEM ON THE SECOND UBYAN WAR^

93* Over two-thirds of the poem are taken up by the
date, and the laudation of the Pharaoh appended to .it.
The narrative then begins with the invasion of Egypt (§95,
II. 23, 24), followed by Ramses* attack (§ 96, 11. 24-27), the
capture of Keper, the father of the Meshwesh chief (§ 97,
11. 27-30), the defeat of the enemy (§98, U. 30-32); and
the poem concludes with Ramses* victorious return (§ 99,

U- 33, 34).

Date

94. 'Year 11, second month of the second season (sixth month),
seventh day^ under the majesty of Horns: Mighty Bull, Great in King-
ship; Wearer of the Double Diadem, [Great in Jubilees, like Ptah];
Golden Horns: Rich in Years, like Atum, Sovereign, Protector of
[Egypt, Binder of the Coun]tries; 'King of Upper and Lower Egypt:
Usermare-Meriamon; Son of Re, Lord of Diadems: Ramses (III),
Ruler of Heliopolis «

^This line has no connection with the preceding, but belongs to the figure of
the king.

K)r: "His captivity as living prisoners^ the Meshwesh, etc., are hound, etc.'*

cOn the face of the first pylon, Medinet Habu, right hand (northern tower),
beside the right-hand doorpost of the central portal; published by ChampoUion
(Notices descriptivesy I, 728 f.; extracts only); relief and list at the top, Lepsius,
DenknUUer, III, 209, d (see also ibid.^ Text, III, 170); list only in Chajnpoilion,
ibid., I, 345; complete by DUmichen, Historische Inschriften, I, I3'X5, and
de Roug^ Inscriptions hOroglyphiques, 121-26; de Roug^ gives much the better
text. The list was also published by Daressy {Recueil, 20, 119).

dThe dale is some six months after the victory.

«The fivefold titulary is followed by seventeen lines of which only fragments
have survived. They contained only a long succession of the conventional lauda-
tory epithets applied to the king, constituting merely an expansion of the titulary.
References to Uie defeat of the enemy begin in 1. 19, introducing the poetic account
of the invasion.

l97l MEDINET HABU: SECOND LIBYAN WAR 57

Conclusion of Introductory Triumph

The flame ***their bones, boiling and scordiing in their

limbs. They tread the land like those who come into the trap; slain
are their ''heroes on the spot they tread, and their speech is taken away
forever. They are overthrown at one time, seized upon are their
leaders who were before them. ''They are bound like fowl before the
hawk TPdiose every step is concealed in the midst of the thicket, sitting
in* '^They are laid low, doing obeisance.

The Invasion

95* The hostile foe had taken counsel again, to spend their lives in
the confines of Egypt, that they might take the hills and plains as their
(own) districts.^ '^The foe set their faces toward Egypt, coming on
foot themselves^, to — ,^ which is in the ^fire of the lowlands^ with
its mighty heat.^

Ramses* Attack

96. The heart of '^his majesty was wroth like Baal in heaven, all
his limbs were endowed with strength and might. He betook himself

a goodly ^charge^, to fight hand to hand multitudes on his right

hand and on his left, 'Meeting their very selves, advancing like an
arrow against them, to slay them. His — strength was mi^ty like
*7lus father, Amon.

Capture of Hostile Chief

97. Keper (K^ -pw-r^) came to saUm, like •" — "^f he laid down his
arms, together with his soldiers. He '^cried to heaven, to beseech his
sonf his feet and his hands were ^paralyasedi, he stood still in his place,

*The king is the hawk; the picture is that of the fowler sitting behind a screen,
or in the bushes, waiting to pull together the open net, as often seen in tomb reliefs.
But the introduction of the hawk mixes the figures.

^Ddmichen has numbered 23 twice.

cOr: "on their own feet^** being perhaps contrasted with those who went riding^
or by water ?

^The determinative indicates a building.

®An overdrawn figure for the dangerous proximity of the king in the Delta or
kywland.

^T^^ ^th determinative of an eye.

ffFor help; "to heaven" is merely idiomatic for "ai the top of his voice" and
does not indicate the place to which his cry was directed. The word "cry" is
here 4^^, Hebrew, pTX .

S8 TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES HI [jgS

while the god,^ who knew his ^^reins, (even) his majesty, fell upon
their^ heads like a mountain of granite.

Defeat of Enemy

98. They were scattered, overturned, brought to the ground; their

bkx>d was^ '^like a flood, their bodies ^crushed oni the qx)t, trampled

. The army was slain *« to take them, slajring those

whom his arms had taken, bound like fowl, laid low upon the ^ — ^

sounder the feet of his majesty. He was like Montu the victorious,

with his feet upon his^ head. His^ leaders are before him, slain in his

grasp.

Vicioriaus Return

99* ^Happy are his counsels, his designs have come to pass. He
returns to his palace, his heart gratified. He is like a plundering lion,
terrifying the '^goats, in his ^coat of maiP, King Ramses IIL As for
Egypt, their hearts rejoice at sedng his victories; they acclaim with
one accord over the flight .

3. KEUKP SCENES ON RRST PYLON AND OUTSIDE NOKTH WALl/

too. These scenes are of the conventiODal order, but
furnish some facts that are new« r^arding the campaign.
Some ci the accompanying inscriptions also are of the great-
est importance; e. g., the short line over the battle scene,
giving the limits of the pursuit ({ 102). The kng inscrq>*
tion over the same scene ({{ 103^ 104) is almost exclusively
laudation of the Pharaoh Ux his prowess, but

il i^l I •

^'MMttimt dMibUes Keper aad bb soq: ibe Uncr is lafntioaed ({ 90. L \t\
Mhi Iw aame iiiixvD «s Meshcsbcr. Oar aurmtrpe dwcribes ife cufitare of Ub dd

7 wi**^"^ Sat wiiScwt Mkxsw «f>f«i»iled vl iit^< In ^k* uaui^^iua bckai^Bg to the
>«n)t t)ir AVft » «4id to Ha>pr Ncrsi kilM viosw H. 11. t^V «&d ihr fa&er drivcm
I^DK^rd Vtl««> tbe r^oTfeci^^ K«K«. He » teiktcid »> jaakiaed s dhe loe off
ioff«%!ft c^or^ OB tSt pax^'tt vl tt«* No ^^.

^riv 1vo«^e^ cv^ Wrt iscrt^ tbe ^nx^: **«• «Mr fitn^

*T)ir U)«Rtt c^ar^ kifetetk

Iioa] MEDINET HABU: SECOND LIBYAN WAR 59

the capture of Keper and adds the important fact that his
son (Meshesher) was slain (11. 11, 12). The closing section
(§ 105, 1. 24) also furnishes the date of the battle, between
the tenth and twentieth of the twelfth month in the year 11.
The date of the Poem (§§93-99) is some six months later.
The final triumph (§§ no, in) furnishes the exact numbers
of captured and slain.

Scene^

xox. In the conventional manner the king is shown charg-
ing the enemy in his chariot, in which he stands with drawn
bow. Two lines of Egyptian chariots accompany him, with
occasional bodies of infantry; and the enemy, driven before
them, or falling pierced by the king*s arrows, are scattered
in the wildest confusion, as the king drives over the fallen.

102. The inscriptions are these:

Over ike Charg^
PThe pursuiti]*^ trom Hatsho^ {^' t-$ ^' t) to the town of Usermare-

^Flnt pylon, inside, southern tower; unpublished; I had a photograph by
Schxoeder & Ci«., Zikrich.

bFragments of the name of the king's steeds may be discerned over the horses,
bat large pieces have fallen ofif, carrying it nearly aU away.

cSome such words must have begun this title of the charge; but some six or
e^t words have really been lost, for some early vandal has cut out a large rectangle
here, carrying away a third of this little inscription. This important line was
overlooked by DQmichen in his first publication ; but appeared in his FhotographUche
Resuliaie (PL 26), too small to be read. It was used by Brugsch in his Geograpkie
(35, 36), where he misunderstood the portion he published (PI. IV, No. 242).
He then published it entire in the Wdrterbuch (Supplement, 164), and in Aegyp*
tclogie (472); again by Levy, Recueil, 15, 171.

This town, the name of which means "House of Sand, " is depicted on the
north wall (| 107). It was a stronghold on the western road, 8 iters from the
edge of the plateau. The name is misread by Brugsch as H */-^ <*/; but it is clearly
J?*M c *< in 1 107, and I have verified the reading on both walls carefully in the
photographs. It must have been near Perire, where Memeptah's pursuit of the
Libyans began (III, 579, 600), if not identical with it. There is a J^'M < *< men-
tioned on a late stela at Coptos (Petrie, Ccptos, XXII). See also Daressy, Rdcueil^
19,19.

6o TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES HI [§103

Meriamon, which is upon the " Mount of the Horns of the Earth/'*
making eight iters^ of butchery among them.

Over BatOe''

103. Horns, strong bull, mighty-armed, strong-armed, lord of terror
in the lands and countries, desolating the Temeh^ and Meshwesh, vAio
are made heaps, crushed, destroyed before [his horses]. 'live the
Good God, son of Amon, brave, valiant, like Montu, residing in Thebes,
great ruler, by whose name one adjures, beautifid upon the steed, ^brave
in the fray, strong-homed among midtitudes, ^experienced in^ charging
among them like ^one rejoicing in heart, hero rsla3ringi his Cassailingi
enemies, seizing the aggressor, confronting the invader of ^his boundary,
great in fame in the land of Meshwesh, great in terror, lord of might,
destroying the name of the Asiatic lands, sending ^his fire as a flame into
their limbs, like Re, when he rages, in order to extend the confines of
Egypt, by the great victories ^of his sword, despising a million, holding in
contempt two millions, firm-hearted, charging into hundred-thousands,
the youthful Bull, mighty in ^slaughter, like Set when he is enraged,
the valiant warrior, achieving with his two arms, planning in heart,
like Shu, son of Re, ^great in victory among the lands and countries,
planting terror in the heart of the Meshwesh, their people and their
heirs upon the earth have vanished,® *nheir — has perished forever, the
countries — their soul — , they mention his every name in dread, King

*Also the limit of Memeptah's pursuit of the Libyans (III, 600, U. i and 9),
q. V, Ramses III otherwise uses this word for the far south, the commoner appli-
cation. At Kamak he applies it as a gentilic paraUel with the people of Upper
Nubia {AnnaUs, IV, 5, 1. 2). His new town or fortified station, not mentioned in
the first Libyan war, was doubtless founded at the close of that war as a safeguard
against Libyan aggression. In Papyrus Harris (51, a, 5) it is again mentioned
and shown to be on the "western canal" perhaps "The Water of Re" of 10, 8,
and 62a, 3.

^This is, of course, parallel with the pursuit measured in iters by Thutmose
III (II, 47Q, 1. 18). On the length of the iter, see II, 965, note, and Levy, Recueil,
15, 161-171.

cThis inscription has been published by DUmichen (Hist&rische Insckriften, I,
18, 19, and Photographische Resultate, 26), and de Roug^ (Inscriptions hUrogly-
pkiques, 1 14-17); see also Lepsius, Denkmdler, Text, III, 173.

<IThis line is bnger than the rest, and the lower end was covered in de Roughs
day. His publication therefore omits the end from here on, but makes no note
of the loss.

•Lit., "are not." This phrase is thus parallel with the much-discussed phrase
applied to Israel: "his seed is not." (Ill, 604.)

fiosl MEDINET HABU: SECOND LIBYAN WAR 6i

of Upper and Lower Egypt, Lord of the Two Lands, Usennare-
Meriamon, '* victorious king, conscious of his might, ruler treading r — \
repelling the tiiae Bows, taking captive the Meshwesh, who are made
heaps; their diief* "is fettered before his (Pharaoh's) horses, his son,
his wife, his family are slain, their children and their stuff upon their
badcs 'Awhile coming, subjecting themselves to his valor; like a bull
with ready horn, he thrusts, becoming that which his father, Amon-Re
grants him, destroying '^his — , King Ramses m, ruler, giving breath
to Egypt, so that they sit under the shadow '^of his might, beautiful
when appearing upon the throne of Atum; his fform''] is like Re over
die shadows, great in mi^t, the rampart of this land, it acclaims and it
jubilates '^(over) his valor.

104. Lo, this Good God, the august, divine youth, who came forth
from Re, beautifid as a child, like the son of Isis, '^Sutekh, valiant,
strong-armed, like [his] f[ather], Montu, the white and red crown, and
the etef-crown are upon his head *'. . mighty of arm in draw-
ing the bow> When he beholds millions before him like a flood, (he)
charges into the multitude, 'Repelling the invader; they are laid low
on hb ri^t and his left; overthrowing the Temeh, desolating the
Meshwesh, "^causing them to cease trampling the boundaries of £g3rpt,
King Ramses III, sole lord, making his boundary as far as he desires,
putting *'fear and terror in the heart of the Asiatics, mighty Lion, plun-
dering his 'every adversary, taking captive the lands of the Nine Bows,
overthrowing them; a — tempest, ''he comes up behind his adversaries;
they Hiear^ his roaring like Baal in heaven; his august father, Amon-
Re gives '^the lands of the Nine Bows to him .... lord of strength,
destroying the name of the Meshwesh forever and ever. King Ramses
m, given life, like Re, forever.

IDS* '^Year 11, fourth month of the third season (twelfth month),
day io(+x),^ of King Ramses m. Beginning^^ of the victory of
Egypt, ''which the victorious king established;® who receives accla-
mation, who exercises the kingship of Re, enlarging Egypt, repelling

^This chief, Keper by name, is counted in the enumeration, | iii; see also
1 97, note.

^Lat., **4n drawing {stretching out) when bearing the bow.**

cNot more than ao.

^The form is not the usual one here, and another rendering is possible.

•Or: "recorded:*

62 TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES HI [|io6

the Nine Bows, setting tenor in every land. It was *^e sole lord who
made heaven and earth from the origin of the world, Amon-Re, king
of gods, the mi^ty Bull, with ready horns. Lo, the heart of this god
¥^o created the earth, inclined to establish ^'the boundaries of Egypt,
with great power. He chose a lord, whom he created, *^b^ptten, the
issue of his limbs, a divine boy, an august 3^uth, *9great in mi^t, strong-
armed, full of plans, brave, lord of counsels, firm-hearted, ready in
sodesigns, wise in life, like Thoth, taking account like Shu, son of Re,
Usennare-Meriamon, ^'egg that came forth from Re, Ramses, Ruler of
Heliopolis, youthful, valiant lord, to whom was assigned ^'victory from
birth, the hero of great — like Montu, who has commanded him to
crush 3^the lands, to lay them low, to repel them from Egypt. Montu
and Sutekh are with piim in] ^^every fray, Anath (^nf) and Astarte
(c .S'ty-r^-t) are his* shield. Amon judges ^^his speech, he turns not
himself back, bearing the sword of Egypt over the Asiatics. He is the
example of every land to^ .

Scene^

io6. Battle with the Libyans. The Egyptian heavy in-
fantry, with sword and shield, preceded by the archers, all
in faultless line, have thrown into confusion the Libyans,
among whom Egyptian officers leap forward for the hand-
to-hand fray. Ramses III has dismoimted from his chariot
and binds Libyan captives;"^ by his waiting chariot are his
officers and bodyguard.

The inscriptions are the following:

Before the King

Good God, [great] in victory, lord of mi^t, seizing every land,
encompassing the lands, to seek them that transgress his bound-

*The ancient artist has inserted the pronoun in the wrong place, as belonging
to Astarte.

^Both DCUnichen and de Roug^ have omitted something at the end of the
line, or more probably omitted the last line.

cFirst pylon, rear (west) side of projection, outside of north wall, lowest row;
Baedeker's Egypt, 1902, 303; unpublished; I had a photograph by WcigaU and
another by Beato.

^Dm portion will be found summarily published from Beato's photograph in
Maspero, Struggle of the Nations, 473.

|io7] MEDINET HABU: SECOND LIBYAN WAR 63

aiy, charging into — , slaying hundreds of thousands; before whom
none stands; he is like Baal in his hour (of wrath). He rages like a
hawk among the birdlets and the ^doves^ (ifw) ; valiant upon the battle-
fiddy fighting hand-to-hand upon his feet, seizing the chiefs with his
two hands; (even) King Ramses HI.

Over Captives

Barbarians (^^ i'tyw), whom his majesty took as living captives,
3^53. Slain in their place, 3,175.*

Over the King^s Horses

Great first span of his majesty (named): ''Bdoved-of-Amon," of the
great stable of Usermare-Meriamon (Ramses m).

Over Officers

Charioteers ^ of hb majesty, who are favorites of the Good

God.

Scene^

107. Ramses in his chariot, supported by his chariotry,
charges the discomfited Libyans. The Egyptians are sup-
port^ by archers, who shoot the Libyans from the walls
of two neighboring Egyptian fortresses.

The inscriptions, which are badly weathered and broken,
are these:

Over the King

King great in mi^t, slaying the Meshwesh, smitten and

overthrown before his horses ^

Over the Horses
Great first span of his majesty (named): ''Victory-in-Thebes.''

^These numben are corroborated by | iii, where they are itemized.

^Determinative of men.

^East half of north wall, outside of first court, lower row; unpublished;
Baedeker's Egypt, 1902, 303. I had a photograph by Wdgall.

^The remainder (seven short lines) is badly weathered and not wholly legible
on tfie photograph, but all that is clear consists solely of the conventional epithets
of the Pharaoh.

64 TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES IH [|iog

Over Fortresses
— of the Meshwesh who came into Eg3rpt ^ — ^ "Tjeforc^ •

In One Fortress
Hatsho(9M*^/»>).

Scene""

io8. Ramses III steps into his chariot, dragging Libjran
captives, whom he grasps by the hair.
An inscription** over the horses reads:

The Good God, Set, when he appears He hath — the hearts

of the Meshwesh, their mi^ty men are — , >'seized'> — ^ pinioned before
his horses. His terror ^ — '^ diffuses throu^ their limbst and hb fear
penetrates their members. Amon-Re is with him ^against them^, to
lay them low, overthrown at the fame of him, (even) Ramses m.

Scene^

109. Ramses III, accompanied by two sunshade-bearers
and an adjutant officer, inspects three lines of captives
brought up by three Egyptian officers.

The inscriptions are these:

Before Middle Raw

[Utterance of Pharaoh to the — ], commander in chief of the army,
king's-son: "Say to the vanquished chief of the Meshwesh: 'See how
thy name is obliterated forever and ever. Thy mouth hath ceased con-

*The remainder (consisting of as much again) is broken by a joint in the
masonry along which the horizontal line of text runs.

^>See 1 102. The determinatiTe is a small circle, both here and in | loa;
ignoring the /, which does not mean much in this period (other late examples oi
**samd" written with / are known), we should have a ^^ House of Sand" It is
evident that the Meshwesh invasion had reached and invested this fortress* which
Ramses III is here pictured as relieving.

c£ast half of north wall, outside of first court, lower row; unpubUshed;
Baedeker's Egypi, 1902, 303. I had a photograph by WeigaU.

^^Unpublished.

•East half of nordi wall, outside of first court, lower row; unpublished;
Baedeker's Egypi, 1902, 303. I had photograph by WeigalL

I no] MEDINET HABU: SECOND LIBYAN WAR 65

tnuliction at the mention of Egypt, by the might of my father, the lord

of gods '"

Over Officer

"See how Pharaoh hath obliterated thy name forever. Thy mouth
hath ceased contradiction at the mention of Eg3rpt."*

Scene^

no. King Ramses III, enthroned, with two sunshade-
bearers behind him, addresses a prince of rank and his two
viziers, the court and leaders of the army, while two lines of
captive Meshwesh, preceded by the collected hands severed
from the slain, are presented to him. Over the whole is
the long inscription of fifty lines translated above (§§ 103-5).
The other inscriptions are these:

Before the King

Utterance of his majesty to the hereditary prince, and the two
viziers: ^'Behold ye, the many good things which Amon-Re, king of

gods, has done for Pharaoh, L. P. H., his child, [his] dues,

his possessions, his cattle, the plunder which Egypt carried away, slay-
ing — ." The Pharaoh precorded"*] them victoriously in his

own handwriting.

Over the Viziers

Utterance of the hereditary prince and the two viziers who are in
the presence of his majesty, praising this Good God, Lord of the Two
Lands, Usermare-Meriamon (Ramses III) : ''Thou art Re, shining like
hinL When thou risest, the people live. Thy strength is mighty,
overthrowing the Nine Bows; kindly disposed toward £g3l>t, bringing
victory. The might of Montu is mingled with thy b'mbs. Thy counsels
alnde, thy designs come to pass, for whom Amon finds , establish-
ing the throne of Egypt, whom his heart loves, ruler, enduring in

monuments he — for thee the kingdom. He hath made

as far as the Great Bend, beneath thy feet."

^The officer, who is the king's son, thus carries out the instructions of his
father.

^FitBt pylon, inside, facing first court, north tower. Published partially, but
with the inscriptions complete, by DUmichen {Historische Inschrifteny I, 26, 27).

66 TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES HI [|izi

Over the Hands
III. Total, 2,175* hands.

Over the Libyans

The captivity which the mi^ty sword of Pharaoh, L. P. H., carried
away from the vanquished of the Meshwesh:

Chiefs of the Meshwesh i man^

Chieftains (^ ^) of the — enemy 5 men

Meshwesh i»^5]^ °^cn

Youths 152

Boys 131

Total 1 9494

Their wives 342 women

Maids (if/f 0 65

Girk 151

Total SS8

(Total) of the mighty sword of Pharaoh, as living captives: 2,053^
various persons.

Those whom his majesty slew in their place were 2,175.

Their possessions:

Cattle: bulls ii9(+«)

Swords of 5 cubits (length) 115

Swords of 3 cubits (length) 124

Bows 603

Chariots 93*

Quivers 2,310

Spears 92

Horses of the Meshwesh, and asses 183

^Corroborated by 1 106, on the back of the first pybn, outside the first court.

^here is a reference to this "chief" (wr) in the inscription over the battle
(§103, 11. II, 12).

<The units are restored by calculating from the total given. The bulk of these
prisoners, viz., 971, were enslaved, to care for herds in the vicinity of the battle
(see Harris, 10, 8).

<iThis number is the correct sum-total of prisoners, male and female, above
enumerated, and is corroborated by 1 106.

«The units are uncertain, and may be increased; but 93 is a minimum, and
99 b a maximum.

§113] MEDINET HABU: SECOND LIBYAN WAR 67

Scene^

112. Ramses III, riding in his chariot, drives before him
two lines of Libyan captives, and is greeted by a group of
priests. Beside the horses trots the king's tame lion.

The inscriptions are the following:

By the King

live the Good God, plenteous in valor, lord of might, confident in
his strength ^

Over Upper Line

Utterance of the leaders of the land of Meshwesh, who are pin-
ioned before his majesty: ''Great is thy might, O victorious king.
Sun of Egypt "^

Over Lower Line

Utterance of the vanquished of Meshwesh, who are before his maj-
esty: ''Breath! Breath! O ruler, good and beautiful as king of

Egypt."

Over Priests

Utterance of the prophets : " "^

Scenef^

1x3. Ramses III leads two lines of captive Libyans and
presents them to Amon, who is seated in a chapel, with Mut
standing behind him. The inscriptions before the divinities
contain only the conventional promises usual in such scenes.
The king boasts that in the strength of Amon, "/Ae (sin-
gular) Meshwesh was overthrcwn.^^ Over the prisoners are
the words: ^^ Utterance 0} the fallen 0} Meshwesh who are
in the grasp 0} his majesty: "*

*East half, north wall, outside of first court; lower row; unpublished;
Baedeker's Egypt, 1902, 303. I had a photograph by Weigall.

^nly similar epithets.

cThe usual epithets, without a single specific allusbn.

<lEast half of north wall, outside of second court, lower row; unpublished;
Baedeker's Egypt, 1902, 303. I had a photograph by Weigall.

*The usual prayer.

68 TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES HI [I114

Scene^

114* A line of seven kneeling chiefs (one lost), with arms
pinioned behind them; they are recognizable in features
and costume, and by accompanying inscriptions, as follows:

1. Negro.

The chief of Kush the wretched.

2. Lost.

3. Negro. Inscription lost.

4. Libyan.

The chief of Libya.

5. Negro.

The chief of Terses (Tw-r ^ -ss).

6. Libyan.

The chief of Meshwesh.

7. Negro.

The chief of Terew (Ty-r^ y-w^),

V. THE SYRIAN WAR

115. The materials for this war are solely relief scenes,
which are too meager to afford us more than a hint of its
extent or character. The invasion from Asia Minor had
broken the strength of the North-Syrian peoples. Ramses
III therefore improved the opportunity to invade them.
The reliefs show him storming no less than five strong cities.
One of them is called ''the city of Amor,'' with perhaps the
name of the city lost at the end ; two others are defended by
Hittites ; a fourth is surrounded by water, and is, therefore-
thought to be Kadesh; the fifth stands on high ground, but
offers no other characteristic by which it might be identified.

•Relief on the facade of the left wing of the pavilion; published by Champol-
Hon, Monuments, 202 - Rosellini, Monumenii SUfrici, I42-Lepshi8, Denkmiler,
III, 209, a; pendant to the similar relief on the other wing (| 129).

|ii8] MEDINET HABU; SYRIAN WAR 69

116. It is clear that Ramses III pushed down the Orontes
as far as the Hittite frontier, and Shabtuna just south of
Eadesh is mentioned in his geographical list (§ 131). But
he apparently made no permanent conquests, and the cam-
paign was evidently little more than a plundering expedition,
though it may have been necessary for the preservation of
the Pharaoh's Syrian possessions. The question of the
date of this campaign will be foimd discussed in §§ 132, 133.

Scene*'

117* The king assaults a S3rrian fortress on foot; he has
left his chariot, and shoots with the bow as he advances;
before him are his bodyguard and Sherden mercenaries.
The fortress rises in four successive battlements to a lofty
citadel or tower in the middle, from which waves a triangular
banner. Here stands the chief and his companions. The
walls are manned with bearded Semites, one of whom offers
incense to Ramses from the lowest battlement.

Inscriptions^

In the city: ".4wof" {^ -nirr — ); by a chief beseech-
ing mercy: ^^ Utterance 0} the chief of the city 0} Amor.^^
By the king, only the conventional phrases descriptive of

bis valor.

Scemf^

xx8. The king standing in his chariot with uplifted
swoid, charges the chariotry of the Syrian enemy; before
him Egyptian archers and heavy Sherden infantry are

*FiTBt court, north wall, behind pillars, lower row; unpublished; Baedeker's
Egypt (German edition, 1897), 301. I had a photograph by Weigall.

hUnpublished, except the name of the city and the title of the chief, by Milller
(Asien umd Europa, 226, from notes by Eisenlohr). In my photograph the inscrip-
tion in the dty is concealed by a pillar.

«East half of north wall, outside of first court, upper row; first scene from
east end; published by Champollion, Monuments^ 228; the dty also by MUller,
Alien und Ritropa, 226.

70 TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES III [§119

•

assaulting a fortified city surrounded by water, evidently
a moat. The scaling-ladders are up, and while some of the
assaulting party attack the gate with axes, others have
climbed the ladders, gained a footing on the ramparts, and
are slaying the defenders. From the top of the wall an
Egjrptian trumpeter sounds the victory.*

Scene^

119. The king, having left his chariot, charges the Syrian
enemy on foot, spear in hand. Behind him follow the
chariotry and heavy infantry. The enemy are defending a
walled city, which stands upon a hill. The short inscrip-
tion (mutilated and very incorrectly published) contains the
usual epithets of the king. It refers to enemy as ^^Asiatics^^
{St'tyw).

Scene""

120. The king in his chariot, with drawn bow, storms
two fortresses. Behind him are his bodyguard and adju-
tants. The defenders of the strongholds, who fall in numbers
before his attack, are Hittites. The scene, therefore, com-
memorates the capture of at least two Hittite walled towns
in Syria. The name of one of the fortresses is given as
"£re/A" (^-f^-/^).^ The inscription over the king con-
tains only the customary epithets extolling the king's valor.
The name of the chariot horses is recorded as " Victor y4fh
Thebes.''

*Thc two short inscriptions contain the usual epithets of the king, but they
are excessively incorrect as published, and also fragmentary.

^East half of north wall, outside of first court, upper row; second scene from
east end; published by Champollion, ManumerUs, 227; the dty also by MiUler,
Asien und Europe, 225.

cFirst pylon, rear (west) side of projection outside of north wall, upper row;
unpublished; Baedeker's Egypt, 1902, 303. I had a photograph by WeigalL

<lSo Daressy, Recueil, 19, 18; I could not discern the name on the photograph.

1 122] MEDINET HABU: SYRIAN WAR 71

Scene^

121. The king, standing alone, receives three lines of
Syrian (Semitic) prisoners, each headed by an Egjrptian
c&CGT. The only inscription, that before the king, reads:

The king himself, he said to the hereditary prince, king's-scribe,

commander in chief of the army, king's-son :^ "Collect the

captives whom the valor of Pharaoh, L. P. H., has taken, and place
them [in] the offices in the house (pr) of Amon-Re, king of gods; (for)
it was his hand which captured them."

Sceru^

122. Riding in his chariot, with his tame lion trotting
beside the horses, Ramses III drives before him two lines of
Syrian (Semitic) captives. The inscriptions are these:

Over King

Good (3od, beautiful iii his appearance, like Re, , coming

in triumph . His valor is mighty, he hath taken captive the

lands of the Asiatics (Sftyw) ^

Over Captives

Utterance of the vanquished of every country who are before his
majesty: *' Breath from thee ! O lord of Egypt, Sun of the Nine Bows !
Thy father, Amon, hath put us beneath thy feet forever, that we may
see and breathe the breath of life; that we may hail {brk'ny his
temple. Thou art our lord forever, like thy father, Amon. Every
land is beneath thy feet, like Re, forever, O Lord of the Two Lands,
Usermare-Meriamon."

^North wall, east end, outside, first court, upper row, third scene from east
end (Baedeker's Egypt, 1902, 303); unpublished. I had a photograph by Weigall.

^Left vacant by the scribe; who was to be crown prince was not certain at this
timet

cNorth wall, east end, outside first court, upper row, fourth scene from east
end (Baedeker's Egypt, 1902, 303) ; unpublished. I had a photograph by Weigall.

dCustomary epithets of the king.

*See also 1 127.

7a TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES HI tl

» Scen^

\^ 123. ** Triumphal return of the king in his chariot, fi

* • lowed by two simshade-bearers and his bodygoard;

drives before him three rows of prisoners — Libyans, Sy

ans, Peleset, etc. — whom he holds by cords, and is receiv

Vs by the rejoicing Egyptian grandees." The inscription o\

the king refers to ^^ the chiefs of the countries pinioned be ft
him,^^ but otherwise contains only the usual epithets. T
horses are called: ^^ Great first span 0} his majesty {caUec
^Repulser-of'the-Nine-Bows^^ 0} the great stable of U sermon
Meriamon (Ramses III).^^

•

I 1'

» I

Inscriptions over Grandees^

Utterance of the — , the nobles, and the [lead]ers: '^Come] in pea
victorious king, Horns, rich in years. Thou hast seized the lands, 1
Nine Bows are fettered before thy horses, for thy father, Amon, hi
assigned to thee [all lands] beneath thy feet."

4 . Scen^

i 124. "The king stands in a balcony; behind him t^

>^ sunshade-bearers, two fan-bearers, officers, and priesi

Syrian captives are led before him in three rows," precede
by Egjrptian officers and a group of nobles.
The inscriptions are these:

Before the King

Utterance of King Ramses m to the king's-children, magnates, ^
and attendants: ''Hear ye my words, that I may cause you to know
the might of Amon, lord of eternity, since he crowned me as king,

•First court, north wall, behind pillars, lower row; unpublished; Baedeki
Egypt (German edition, 1897), 302. I had a photograph by Weigall, but 1
speech of the grandees was cut off by a pillar.

W3nly this greeting of the grandees is published by de Roug6> InseripHt
hUroglyphiqueSt 127.

cpirst court, north wall, behind pillars, bwer row; unpublished; Btedekc
Egypt (German edition, 1897), 301. I had a photograph by WdgftU.

I »d] MEDINET HABU: SYRIAN WAR 73

a divine youth, while I sat upon his throne victoriously. His hand

abode with me, destroying [those who invaded] my boundary

were slain in their place "*

Over the Nobles^

Uttenmce of the king's-children, nobles, and leaders in praising this

Good God, Lord of the Two Lands, Ramses III: ''Thou art like Re

when he [riseth], and thy dawning is like him at early morning. Mighty

art thou, valiant in overthrowing the Nine Bows. The heart of £g3rpt

is happy in possession of — . The might of Montu is diffused in thy

limbs "«

Scene^

125. Ramses III leads two lines of S)rrian (Semitic) cap-
tives; before him is an array of elaborate metallic vessels.
He presents all to Amon, seated, with Elhonsu standing be-
hind him ip a chapel.

The inscriptions with the gods are as usual and contain
no reference to the character of the captives. The king's
speech alludes to the war thus: ^^I took captive the peasant-
serfs of — ;" but the name of the land is lost. The captives
are designated as " The chiefs of every country who are in
the grasp of his majesty. ^^

Scene^

126. Before Amon enthroned with Mut and Elhonsu be-
hind him, the king leads by cords two bearded chiefs. A
rich display of splendid vessels stands before the king. The
inscriptions are these :

^Here foUows only a long series of the usual epithets describing the king's vabr.

^The first of the group is the king's eldest son. In the photograph I discern
before him the words: ** Hereditary prince (rp^iy), king*s-scribe, commander [in
chief of the army] ."

^Similar adulation continues, with no specific allusions to the nature of the event

^North wall, east end, outside first court, upper row, fifth scene from east end
(Baedeker's Egypt, 1902, 303); unpublished. I had a photograph by Weigall.

*At the door of the treasury of the temple; published by Dilmichen, Histor^
Inschriften^ I, 28, 29; and Photographische Resuitate, 28, 29.

74 TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES HI [«i.

Over AmoH
Utterance of Amon, lord of Thebes, to his son, Lord of die Tw
Lands, Usennare-Meriamon: "Come thou in peace, O Good God
knd of might, captor of the Nine Bows, at thy return having crushed tb
countries. Thou hast slain their chiefs, who were beginning to trespas
thy boundaries, they fell by thy blade. The countries that knew no
Egypt come to thee, (with) their tribute upon their backs, from th
victories which I have decreed to thee forever."

Before the King

The king himself, presenting the tribute to Amon from the grea
chiefs of every country, being: silver, gold, lapis lazuli, malachite, al
(kinds of) costly stones without limit, from the booty which his majest
carried oS, from that which his valiant sword captured; placed befor
(his) august father, Amon-Re, lord of Thebes, according as he gave t
[him] all valor.

Over Ike Chiefs

137. Utterance of the wretched chief of .Amor (^-m-r>), and th
wretched, vanquished chief of Ubya: "Breath! O Good ruler, strong
armed, great in might. Thou art verily the son of Amon, thy form i
like him. He has assigned to thee every land, together overtiirow]
beneath thy feet. Thou ait like the sun, when he rises; men live a
thy appearance. Give to us the breath, which thou givest, that w
may hail* thy double serpent-diadem, that we may speak of thy ml^
to our sons' sons. They are brou^l low through the fear of thee, 0
which we tell them; O ihou Sun over Egypt, like the one which is 1
heaven. Ring Ramses UI."

Scene^

128. "The king leads two rows of prisoners, before th(
Theban triad."

Inscription over King"
Utterance ol the king. Lord of the Two Lands, Usermare-Meriamoc
before his father, Amon-Re, lord of heaven, ruler of gods: " I went upoi

•B>-r'-t>-S«nilic, TO, "bend the knee;" see Bondi, LeknwtHer, 40, 41
See alM | i3i.

^Fust court, north wall, behind pillars, lower row; Bacdeker'i Egypt (Gennij
editioti, iSg7), 303.

Only the ioacriptioas over the king and priaonen are published ; Roug<
IntcripUons kitra^ypkiqittt, 1 17, 1 18; letter by Piehl, InienfUoia, I, CXLVII. f. A

§129] MEDINET HABU: SYRIAN WAR 75

thy way, I came at thy command, all thy designs come to ,pass, thou

causest the — of the countries to — for fear* of me, overthrown in their

place. I cut [them] down, slain at the fame of me. I carried off their

people, all their possessions, all the splendid costly stone of their country;

they are placed before thee, O lord of gods. Give to thy beloved, grant

thou the participation of thy divine ennead in the might of thy sword.^

I have carried them away: the males thereof to fill thy storehouse;

their women to be subjects of thy temple. Thou causedst that I make

my boundary as far as I desired. My hand was not repulsed; behold,

the lands praised my might like a strong-armed one before them, by

the might of thy sword, O my august father. Thy terror and thy —

overthrew — ."

Over Prisoners

Utterance of the chiefs of all countries who are in the grasp of his
majesty: " Thou an Re

»c

Scefufi^

129. A line of seven captive chiefs kneeling with arms
pinioned behind them. Their racial peculiarities are clearly
depicted in features and costumes, and also indicated by
accompanying inscriptions.

Inscriptions

1. Hittite.

The wretched chief of Kheta as living captive.

2. Amorite.

The wretched chief of Amor.

3. Asiatic.

Chieftain (<= ^) of the foe of Thekel {T ^ -kw-r ^).

*Or possibly: ** because I was ready for battle,**

^The other gods are to receive only as much of the booty of Amon's sword
as he permits.

^Here follow the conventional epithets of praise.

belief on the facade of the right wing of the pavilion of Medinet Habu;
published by Champollion, Monuments^ 20$" Notices descriptiveSf 1, 720, 721
(see also ibid., 1, 709)i-Rosel]ini, 'Monumenti Storici, 143— Lepsius, DenkmOler,
ni, 209, b; Mariette, Voyage dans la haute Egypte, II, 51; pendant to the
Bimilar relief on the other wing (} 1x4).

76 TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES lU [§130

4. Sherden^

Sherden (5 => -r ^ -J ^ -« ^) of the sea.

5. Bedwi.*

Chieftain f ^) of the foe of ShaPsui] (5^-—).

6. Teresh.

Teresh (Ty^uhr^-i^) of the sea.

7. Head lost.

Chieftain of the PeQeset] (Pw ).

Scene^

130. Amon standing at the right extends to the king the
sword, and leads to him 126 captives of the conventional
form, each bearing an oval containing the name of a con-
quered city or country. The king smites with the war-
mace a group of the enemy, whom he holds by the hair.

The inscriptions are these:

Over Amon

Utterance of Amon-Re, lord of Thebes: "O my son, of my body,
my beloved, Lord of the Two Lands, Usermare-Meriamon, rich in
years like Atum — overthrowing his enemies. Thou hast slain every
land that began to trespass thy borders, in thy grasp. Thou hast taken

every land Thou hast — him on the north of him; the great

fame of thee, it has encompassed every land; the fear of thee, it has
penetrated the countries. Thou art like Horus over the Two Lands,
the son of the bow-peoples. I magnify^^ thy victories, I set the fear of
thee in the hearts of the lands of Haunebu. Thy mighty blade is in

*See MUller, Asien und Europa, 139 and 393. This chieftain is therefore to
be connected with the war against the Scirites (} 404).

^First pybn, left hand (southern) tower» front, left half; published by DOm-
ichen (Historische Ifuchriften, 1, 11, 12), but with only the upper portion of the
geographical list, and omitting the king's figure; list entire by Daressy (Recueilf
XX, 1 1 6-1 19, and ibid., XXI, 30-39) and partially by Maspero [ZeUschHft fUr
dgyptische Sprache, 1882, PI. VI). A similar scene at Kamak shows Ramses III
receiving from Amon the countries of *'ReteHU** and the **sotUhem cauHiries,''
while he **[cuts off] the heads of the rebels** before the god.

cDUmichen's lacuna b not in the text (photograph).

|i3i] MEDINET HABU: SYRIAN WAR 77

thdr limbs, thy majesty strikes* them down, thy hands cut off the
head of thy enemy. I make rthee^ lord of — , the Sand-dwellers fcomei],
bowing down to thy name. Dreadful is thy serpent-crest among them;
the war-mace in thy right hand, the — in thy left hand. Thou hast
subdued the hearts of the rebels; the chiefs come to thee, bearing trib-
ute — , every good product of their countries. I give to thee Egypt with
good things, the bow-peoples as subjects of thy palace. The South
comes to thee in fear, and the North bowing down to thy fame. I
open for thee the ways of Punt, with myrrh and incense for thy serpent-
diadem. I lead thee, and my strength is in thy limbs, to destroy the
lands that invade thee "^

By the Victims
Smiting the chiefs of all countries.

131 • The geographical names borne by the captives (who
are alternately Semite and Hittite in features)*^ are largely
taken from the list of Ramses II at Kamak. In the portions
not so borrowed** such a name as Shabtuna (S ^ -bw-dw-n ^,
No. 7s)* indicates the Amorite valley, as we should expect.'
The insertion of such names as Carchemish, Mitanni, and
Arrapachitis* shows clearly the decorative character of the
list. The most interesting name is Levi-El {R ^ -wy- ^ -r ^),
which is parallel with Jacob-El and Joseph-El, which Daressy
would identify with Shiloh.**

*Ilead the / as determinative, misunderstood from the hieratic. "Majesty"
is perhaps to be read **mace.**

^The conclusion contains only the conventional promises.

^Except 8 (at the ends of the rows) who are Negroes; and the names they bear
are taken from the list on the other pylon ({ 138).

<lThe entire Ust of Ramses II at Kamak is not yet excavated, or, if now exca-
vated during the recent work at Kamak, is not yet published, so that the extent of
the borrowing is not yet certain. See Daressy, Recueilt XX, 119.

•Sec III, 310, note.

^e might expect some places from the Edomite war (} 404) also, but there
is not space here for such discussion.

sSee MQller, Asien und Europat 227.

>>See Daressy, Recueily XXI, 37, 38; on the Ibt as a whole, see MUller {Asien
und Europa, 227 f.), who had only Ddmichen's incomplete publication, and Sayce,
BuOetin de la SocUU KhidiviaU de Ciographie, 1892, 661.

TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES HI [|x3>

BLESSING OF PTAH*

ip. This document is the pendant of the one of the year
4 mH Q3~99)- ^^ ^ dated in the year 1 2, and the presence of
:^ d^to would indicate that it records some specific occur-
;y«ht; but it is difficult to determine what this occurrence
«;ji$ fTt)m our inscription, as it is copied from that of Ramses
U At Abu Simbel (III, 394-414).

133- This brings up the whole question of the date of the
VnH^ritc war. The arrangement of the records in the Medi-
net llabu temple in chronological order from rear to front
is si> evident that the location of those reporting the Amorite
war is of the first importance. We find them all (with one
cxa*ption) on walls in front of — that is, later than — ^the
siHHmd pylon (bearing records of the year 8), and among
rtrords of the Libyan war of the year 1 1 . Had the Amorite
campaign immediately followed the defeat of the sea-peoples
in the year 8, it is certain that the very full records of that

year would have contained some reference to it. But the

•

long row of scenes depicting the campaign of the year 8
(outside north wall) contains nothing from the Amorite war,
and the arrangement^ of the whole wall clearly indicates
that the Amorite war is at least as late as the year 11. But
as the second Libyan war occurred in that year, the Amorite
war would have probably been later. We have to remember,

^Inscription at Medinet Habu temple of Ramses III, cut into the front of the
first pylon, on the south (left) tower, just at the left of the entrance. It enctly
matches in form and size the inscription of year ii (}} 93-99) on the right of the
entrance. Published: relief at top and list, by Champollion, Monuments, 204;
Rosellini, MonumerUi Storici, 123; Lepsius, Denkm4Jer, III, 209, c (see also, Und.,
Text, III, 170); complete by DUmichen {Historische Inschriftent I, 7-10); and
Roug< (Inscriptions hiiroglyphiques, U, 131-38, but without the relief at the top).
The geographical list at the top also, by Daressy (Recueil, XX, 120).

^^The reliefs begin at the rear with three scenes from the war of year 5; pro-
ceed toward the front with seven scenes from the war of 3rear 8; and conclude at
the front with a group of scenes from the Lib3ran war of year 11, and the Amorite
war.

§134] MEDINET HABU: SYRIAN WAR 79

however, that on the treasury in the rear of the temple in-
terior (that is, the oldest portion of the building) there is a
relief (§§ 126, 127) showing the king of Amor as a captive.
But he is here in company with a Libyan king, and as we
cannot suppose that the Amorite war occurred as early as
the year 5 (first Libyan war), it is evident that this Libyan
king was taken in the Libyan war of year 1 1 , when Ramses
III actually did capture a Libyan king (§ 97), whereas no
such capture is mentioned in the records of the year 5.
Thus this relief on the treasury again connects the Amorite
war with the Libyan war of year 1 1 . They must thus have
occurred close together, from the testimony of the reliefs.

iM- Returning now to our monument, copied, as we have
stated, from an Abu Simbel stela of Ramses II, we find that
the slight changes in it, necessary to suit the times of Ramses
III, are not in favor of the above conclusion. Especially is
this true in one case, where Ramses II's stela refers to the
Hittites thus, (Ptah speaks): "/ have made far thee the land
0} Kheta into subjects 0} thy palace^^ (III, 410). Here
Ramses Ill's redactor has changed ^^Kheta^^ into ^^ every
land;^^ although, according to the reliefs and the lists,
Ramses III must have fought the Hittites. The relief at
the top of our stela contains a list of names of three African
and ten S)rrian towns, accompan3dng thirteen Asiatic (sic!)
prisoners, and Miiller* refers the latter without hesitation to
the Amorite war. The presence of the African names with
Asiatic figures would lead one to suspect this list to be
nothing more than decorative. Against this stela one must
now weigh the evidence of the reliefs, which seems to me
conclusive for dating the Amorite war in or shortly after
the year 1 1 . This conclusion is thus reached rather in spite
of than because of our stela.

«Miaier» Asien und Europa, 394 (*'S. aa;")-

8o TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES IH [| 135

135* All changes in the version of Ramses II have been
indicated in the footnotes to the translation of the Abu
Simbel stela (III, 594-414), which may therefore serve in
place of a repetition of the document here,

The relief at the top shows Ramses III, ** smiting the
chiefs of all countries^ ^ in the presence of Ptah-Tatenen, who
presents to him a sword, and leads up thirteen Asiatic cap-
tives, represented in the conventional form with ovals, the
first three of which contain the names of African places.

VI. THE NUBIAN WAR

136, The materials for this war, like those of the Amorite
war, are solely relief scenes. These permit no definite con-
clusions regarding it. Nubia had now been so thoroughly
Egyptianized that Ramses Ill's war or wars there were
doubtless confined to quelling unimportant insurrections on
the extreme southern frontier, or to expeditions against the
outl)dng tribes on the east of Nubia.

Besides the material below, see also the Nubian chiefs
represented with the Meshwesh chief captured in the year
II, on the pavilion (§114). There are also unpublished
scenes from this war on the rear (west) side of the temple
(Baedeker's Egypt ^ 1902, 302).

SLAYING OP PRISONERS BEFORE AMON-RE^

137. This relief shows Ramses III ^^ slaying tJie chiefs of
all countries ^^ in the presence of Amon-Re, who extends to
him a sword at the same time leading to him a list of 124
captives, depicted in the usual form, each with an oval con-

*Relief scene on the facade of the Medinet Habu temple, right (northern)
tower, front, first pybn; published by Champollion, Notices descriptiveSf I, 725-28
(list partially); DUmichen {Histarische Inschriften, I, 16-18, without king's figure,
the victims and accompanying inscriptions) and Rougd {Inscriptions hiirogly-
pkiquest 109, no, with same omissions and without list). Roug^ has incorrectly
appended to the bng inscription in this scene twelve lines, from the back of the
same pylon-tower, belonging to the war of the eleventh year, 11. 19-30; Dttrnkheii

ti38] MEDINET HABU; NUBIAN WAR 8i

taining the name of each place or country symbolized.*
Over the god is a poetic inscription of eighteen lines, taken
from the similar scene among the Kama,k reliefs (III, ii6)
of Seti Ij who appropriated it from the Building Inscription
of Amenhotep III (II, 891, 892). It had meantime been
expanded by Seti I (III, 1 13-18); his version was now
siighdy elaborated by Ramses III. ^ His additions, however,
contain nothing of historical importance. Under the god's
arm is an inscription, which has now become stereotyped
in this position. Each strophe begins: "I cause them to
see thy majesty j etc.;^^ and the whole is taken from Thut-
mose Ill's Hymn of Victory (II, 658 ff.), following the
example of Seti I and Ramses II.

138* The list of 124 geographical names is largely a com-
pilation from the lists of Thutmose III, and other earlier
soiuxes, and therefore of little historical importance, save in
restoring the earlier lists where they are fragmentary. They
are chiefly African coimtries;*' but some names repeated on
the other pylon (§131) are evidently Asiatic.**

{Historische Inschriften^ I, 22, 23); also by Lepsitis {Denkmdler, III, 210, a; see
also ibid,. Text, III, 171). None of these publications has the complete geographic
cal list, which has been published by Daressy (Rscueil, XX, 113-16). I also had
a good photograph by Schroeder & C^®., Zihich.

*An unpublished scene on the left (south) tower of the pavilion shows the
king ''presenting two rows of captives before Amon" (Baedeker's Egypt, 1902,
398). The lower row are Libyans, but, according to the inscriptions (ChampolUon,
NoHces descripUves, I, 722 f.), they also include Nubians, for the king says: '' Thou
givesi to me the land of Rush,** Otherwise the inscriptions contain nothing of
historical importance.

^'The beginning of the same inscription is used again by Ramses III accom-
panying a duplicate of this scene in the great Kamak temple (Lepsius, Denhmdler,
m, 207, d). The geographical Ust, however, is limited to fifteen names, chiefly
the Nine Bows.

^The arrangement in Kamak places the southern countries on the southern
pylon-tower; but this arrangement was not retained by Ramses III, who places
this African Ibt on the northern pybn-tower.

dxhe inscription over the god says: "/ cause to come to thee the chiefs of the
southern countries, with their tribute and their children upon their backs, every
good product of their country" This would indicate that the list should be African;
but see the further content of the poem (III, 116).

82 TWENTIETH DYN.\STY: RAMSES HI [§139

MEDINET HABU TEMPLE CALENDAR^

139- This, the most elaborate temple calendar which has
survived from the pre-Ptolemaic age, contains a number of
historic data of the greatest interest. It begins with a long
speech*^ by Ramses III, addressed to Amon. The king
offers the usual praise to the god, and continues with an
enumeration of his own good works for him in Thebes.
These are in general those which we have more in detail in
Papyrus Harris. In mentioning the feasts it is evident that
the Medinet Habu temple was their center rather than
Kamak. Of the property of the Medinet Habu temple, the
king sa)rs to Amon:

140. I have put its possessions into writing, that I mi^t inck)se
them in thy grasp. I made for thee thy property lists, that they mi^t
be ^'forever and [ever] in thy name. I offered to thee the Two Lands
as thy portion, according as thou gavest them to me since I was bom.

141. This is followed by matters of historical importance:

I built strongholds (bf^n' w) in thy name in Egypt '^and f all"^ lands,
likewise the land of Asia. I taxed them for their impost every year,
every town by its name, gathered together, bearing their tribute, to bring

them [to] thy ka, O lord of gods '^ I made these things by my

might, from that which my ka created,^ from my captures *^n the land
of the Negroes, and in the land of Zahi (D^-hy). There was naught
therein for any (other) god, but I gave them to thy ka, that thou mig^test
be satisfied therewith, for thou art my divine father, heir of eternity,
traversing everlastingness as lord of gods. ''Set me in thy heart at all

times, let the land abide like Thebes, thine accustomed house

*'Let thy provision be brought into its midst and all plenty into the

chapel multiplying its children, that they may be prophets and

divine fathers for thee, to call ffor*] thee for thy food, **to praise thee;

*On the outside of the south wall; it has never been properly or exhaustively
published; the publications will be found in the notes on }{ 139^5.

hDaressy, Recueil, XIX, 15-17.

cThe ** generations** or "classes*' of 3routh and captives classified for service
are constantly said to be "created** (s^pr) by the king. So Papyrus Harris often.
The exact meaning is often "brought up, trained, educated" and again, "arganiwed"

ii^I MEHXET HABT TDfPUE CALESIMR %

the nlfiB II iiiiiM Ml the wotfc^ in oider »> s^W^y >1 daJbr
I hftie cnBectBd fee the hods of dl saoJI cOlk. icUs.

o£ kjgh had *^ > ^irdes^ ot wiU fo>«l destccaKKng

inft> the pool; in order tt> Bike festrre thj olibtwiftk vMi pfeokv — I

— al — theapihtDroCBTswxd. ETtor knd oTcrfl>v«d ^ ^

gold, ahcr^ and the possessioas oC di luMh weot into k^ that mr hci«se
be fe)c thee an afl^^OBt s»KtsuT» vkh ^ »i jestr in the nicht

Tbe king's speech then coodudes with fucrtiier pn» and

142. Following this insu iptkai is the act of fstmhKshmeiit ^
of die festal offerings of die ten^de. It begins:

Tear 12, first moolh oC the third seft»ii (ninth month) [tfrcntr^sixdi^
daj, the dxj] of the king^ [ooionation] upon the Hotu»-diroiie« when
he leceived the regpfii of his fithcr. Re.

I4S* The new calendar of feasts was thus introdiKed on
die anniversary of die king's coronation in his twelfth year
at the comi^etion of the temple of Medinet Habu and the
terminati(xi of his wars. The act mooitions several new
feasts founded by Ramses in» to one of which are appended
the wcxds:

Which Ramses m founded for his fidier» Amon-Re« king of gods,
faom the [Tictoiies] which the — mif^t of Pharaoh won» among the
fallen of — in the year — ,^ third month of the third season (eleventh
month) [day] — ^.

144. Now follows the great calendar<^ enumerating all

•So Darassy (AciiitZ, XIX, 17), but the act itself is very mutilated; he pub-
fishes only the opening line, as abo^re, and the names of two feasts mentioned by
the document

^>The day b known from the calendar following.

cEWdenthr the numeral 11 is lo be inserted, as he was out on the campaign
of that year in the eleventh month.

<iDilmichen, AegypHsciu KaUrndtr-lnsckH/im, Taf. NXXXIV; and IHf
kalemdarixken Ofh^ftMsien im Tmmpti vm MMm^ Hahu; Brugsch, Tkfsmmus^
lU 364; Greene, FouilUi i Tkibes, IV-VI.

84 TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES HI [f 144

the old and new annual feasts of Amon, and to each feast is
attached a list of the various offerings to be presented at
that feast. These are so elaborate and extensive that they
cover a large part of the southern wall of the temple. The
particular treasury or source of income from which each
offering or group of offerings shall be taken is also indicated.
It begins with the daily offerings for each of the 365 days,
followed by the eight ^^ feasts of heaveUy^ which were at
monthly, half-monthly, or shorter intervals. This intro-
duces the chief section of the calendar, the portion which
treats of the annual feasts. As of prime importance to the
king, the feast of his coronation on the twenty-sixth of
Pakhons (ninth month) heads the list. It lasted one day,
but was later lengthened by the king to no less than twenty
days.* All the other annual feasts which now follow are
in proper chronological order, beginning with the rising of
Sirius on New Year's Day, and proceeding with the other
three traditional feasts* of the first month. On the nine-
teenth of the second month (Paophi) began the next feast,
that of Opet, the greatest in the Theban calendar. It con-
tinued under Ramses III till the twelfth of the third month,
a total of twenty-four days.*^ The list is preserved only as
far as the seventeenth or eighteenth of the fifth month, but,
besides the above, it contains seventeen more annual feast
da3rs, making in all no less than forty-five annual feast da3rs
during the first 138 da)rs of the year; that is, almost one
annual feast every three days, or more than 1 20 in the year.

•See Papyrus Harris, } 237.

^Wag, Thoth, and the '* Great Going Forth of Osiris,

cin Thutmose Ill's day it was eleven days long (see my remarks, Zeilsehrifi
fUr dgyptische Sprache, 37,126), so that it has been probnged thirteen days since
his reign; in Papyrus Harris it is twenty-seven days long, so that it was extended
at least three days by Ramses III.

1 146] ENDOWMENT OF TEMPLES OF KHNUM 85

at the same rate.* This is not including the minor *^ feasts
of heaven^ ^ which were connected with each month.

145 • Among the names of the new feasts there is one of
historical importance in the fifth month (the day is not
given), called: ^^ Slaying-of-the-Meshwesh.^^^

The lists of objects offered are precisely those enumerated
in Pap)niis Harris, and an exhaustive comparison would
throw much light on the lists in the pap3niis.

ACT OF ENDOWMENT OF THE TEMPLES OF KHNUM*

146. To Sethe's arguments that this document was issued
by Ramses III, may be added the remark of de Roug6 that
the neighboring fragment,** containing the name of Ramses
in, is of the same style. Sethe has shown* that the "yieW,"
r^ularly referred to is the "dodekaschoinos," the field of
twelve schoinoi belonging to Khnum, which extended from
Assuan to Takompso/ This land is by this document of

*The rate for the remainder of the year is not likely to have decreased much,
for Ramses III later prolonged the feast of his coronation to twenty days; it fell
in the ninth month.

^DOmichen, Aegyptische Kalender-Inschriften, XXXIII.

^Blocks built into the quay on the island of Elephantine; published by de
Roug^ Inscripiions hUroglyphiques, 256-58; de Morgan, Caiaiogues des monu-
ments, 1, 118, c, 119, d; see Spiegelborg, Studien und Maierialen^ 94-9^; also trans-
lated by Sethe, Uniersuchungen, II, 27, 28. I have mostly followed Sethe in the
above translation, with some few additions from Rough's copy, which was not used
by Sethe.

^This fragment bearing the name of Ramses III (Roug^, Inscriptions hOro-
glyphiqfseSf 258), records his command "to cleanse all the temples of the South

from all abomination to inspect the treasuries and granaries^ to protect the

people and herds, to double , to bring in truth and to banish falsehood^ to

cause lying to be an abomination; to build ."

^Sethe, Untersuchungen, II, 28.

'According to an inscription in Maharraka, found by Sethe in one of Lepsius'
notebooks, Takompso must be at least as far south as the former town, so that Sethe's
ably defended thesis confining the dodekaschoinos to the cataract between Assuan
and Phils is thus disproved for the Graeco-Roman age at least, and probably also
br the earlier time. See Sethe, Zeitschrift fUr dgyptische Sprache, 41, 60, 62.

86 TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES ni [| 147

Ramses III conveyed for all time to Khnum. That this
was a new gift the late copy of 2k)ser's donation of the same
land shows to be impossible. Hence we here see Ramses
in confirming an old possession of the god, which confirma-
tion he, of course, viewed as a gift, precisely as we find him
doing in Papyrus Harris (§ 222). The enactments of the
document, making the land given, as well as its inhabitants
and products, free from taxation by the crown, or any gov-
ernment requisition by the vizier, are most important.
They confirm the statements in Genesis (47:21-26) that
the priests were not taxed.

Dau

147.

'Decree issued at the court on this day to the vizier, the princes,
the companions, the courts of justice,^ the mayors commanding settle-
ments fand all royal officers; that the inhabitants of this afield be not
taken for enforced labor^] by an officer of the royal estate or any people
sent on a commission to the field; that their ships be not stopped by any
patrol; that their ships be not taken by (lawful) seizure, in order to
carry out any commission of the Pharaoh, by any people sent on a

commission [to the field] « fthat there be not taken^]

any ^ — '^ belonging to them by (lawful) seizure, *by robbery, or ^ — \ by
any mayor, any inspector, any officer sent on a commission to the field.
As for anyone who shall do it, the r — '^ which he took shall be collected
from him ^ .

148. [As for the] fishermen, fowlers, natron-gatherers, salt-gatherers,
all who pursue their callings for the temples of the father^ of all gods
and goddesses, there shall be no Tprocedure^ against them by [any]
one ' .

149. [As for] [any] honey-collectors, any one belong-
ing to a temple, against whom some one shall transgress, and he shall

*That the lost beginning contained the date is evident from the mention of
^ihis day** in 1. 3.

^Lit., "the courts that hear {cases),**

cSethe suggests "Sttick Vieh." ^Khnum.

i 151I PAPYRUS HARRIS 87

say: ''A certain inspector or a certain officer is the one who has trans-
gressed against me," he shall ^see .to it^ that the damage accruing shall
be made good, that the first, which shall be secretly taken from the
temple, shall be made good to the god. And there shall not be col-
lected « Pbut there shall be taken""] all that they

have, n)esidesi what they cultivate for themselves, for their divine
offerings.*

150. And no overseer of cattle, nor any one shall take a beast of
the*herd, to give it to another as ff oodi or by robbery «

to r — ^ it from him secretly likewise ^ \ And no future vizier shall

make requisition upon any prophet of these temples, for silver, gold,

leather, cbthing, ointment " but all people shall

stand and abide in these temples, following their callings [for] their
gods therein .

PAPYRUS HARRIS»>

151 • The invaluable treasure of facts and statistics pre-
served to us in this remarkable document has, with the ex-
ception of one section at the end, never been exhaustively
studied tmtil recently. The closing section, which is a short
historical account of Ramses Ill's reign, has received much

^Temple income.

^Found by the natives at Thebes in 1855. It lay with four other rolls in a
hole in the floor of a common cliff-tomb near Der el-Medineh, beneath a pile of
mummies which filled the tomb. Together with some twenty other rolls, found
by the Arabs at the same time, it was offered for sale to Mr. A. C. Harris, of Alex-
andria, who purchased it; hence its name. The other papjrri, not purchased by
him, seem to have belonged to the series of court records containing the prosecu-
tion of tomb-robbers under Ramses IX. Papyrus Harris is now in the British
Museum, where it was admirably published by Birch, Facsimile of an Egyptian
HieraHc Papyrus of the Reign of Ramses III, new in the British Museum (London,
1876). It is practically in a perfect state of preservation, there being only a small
piece of three lines torn out of PI. i . The Dictionnaire du Papyrus Harris (Vienna,
1882), by Piehl, is invaluable as a concordance, to which I express my general
obli^tion here.

[Since finishing my study of the Papyrus Harris, I have received Professor
Erman's admirable essay, "Zur Erkl&rung des Papyrus Harris" (Sitsungsberichte
der Kdniglichen Preussischen Akademie, der Wissenschaft, 1903, XXI, 456-74).
Additional observations drawn from his study are severally acknowledged in the
notes.]

88 TWENTIEra DYNASTY: RAMSES HI [§152

attention, but the apparently uninteresting gifts and lists,
which occupy 95 per cent, of the space in the document,
have never, until recently, been carefully examined for his-
torical purj)oses.* The following discussion and transla-
tion are not offered as an exhaustive monograph on the
pap)niis; they purpose no more than to enable the reader
to employ the invaluable data furnished by the document, for
historical purposes. The numerous metrological, botanical,
and archaeological questions*^ suggested by the lists do not
fall within our province in the present treatise, and no at-
tempt has been made to settle them.

152. This remarkable manuscript is the largest papyrus
extant, being no less than 133 feet long, and containing
117 colunms,*^ usually of twelve or thirteen lines. Written
in a magnificent hand, it is the most sumptuous manuscript
left us by ancient Egjrpt. The content of the document is
not less remarkable than its external form. It is a detailed
statement of Ramses Ill's benefactions to gods and men
during his entire reign of over thirty-one years. It was
compiled at his death by his son, to be placed in the king's
tomb, and is distinctly mortuary in its character and pur-

^Professor Erman's essay, mentioned above (p. 87, n. b).

^For the metrobgy involved in the historical discussion, I have followed
Griffith. For the reader's convenience, I append the following equivalents:

I deben— about 1,404 grains, or 2.935 troy ounces.

X kidet— about 140.4 grains (^ of a deben).

I sixteen fold heket— about 2.10 to 2.16 imp. bushels.

I heket— about 292 to 300 cubic inches (i bushel —about 7.39 to 7.59 heket).

X hin— about 29.2 to 30 cubic inches.

I Stat— about |} of an acre.

But most of the units of measure employed are unknown, and I have simply
transliterated. Where I have translated botanical names, I have been dependent
for the most part upon Loret's very useful investigations; but in cases of doubt
I have usually transliterated the term without comment. As to the metab involved,
this papyrus uses hm't for both bronze and copper, and unless the alloy is indi-
cated, I have regularly rendered copper (see 14a, note).

<:Published in seventy-nine plates.

§153] PAPYRUS HARRIS 89

pose. It was intended to secure to the departed Pharaoh
the favor of all the gods in the hereafter, by showing them
his numerous benefactions in all their temples, and his
great deeds among men. Prayers for the king's well-being
in the world beyond continually appeal to these good works
as ground for the favor of the gods, on whose good-will the
king's happiness after death depends. Ramses IV, the son
to whom the document clearly owes its preparation, does
not forget to put into his deceased father's mouth long
prayers in his own (the son's) behalf, entreating for him
from the gods, whose companion the departed king now is,
a long and prosperous reign. So prominent are these prayers
for Ramses IV that they must also have formed a strong
motive for the preparation of the document by him.*

153- The document is dated on the day of the king's
death, ^ as will be evident from the following considerations:
The long lists of gifts cover thirty-one years; all annual
traditional feasts of all the temples recorded were celebrated
thirty-one times. It is thus evident that Ramses III died
«) early in the year 32 that the small fraction of gifts presented
during the beginning of that year were not considered;
nor did the king survive long enough in the year 32 to cele-
brate any of its feasts. To this last observation there is
one exception: a certain feast founded by Ramses III
himself was celebrated in the year 32. It began on the

*In precisely the same way the deceased Seti I prays for his son, Ramses II
(III, 380); and we find the latter petitioning his deceased father to pray to the
gods, whose companion he (the father) now is, for his (the son's) welfare (III, 279).

'This was long ago recognized by Birch {ZeUschrift fur dgyptische Sprache,
1873, 1 19 fif.)> although his data, as he took them from the papyrus, were seriously
in error. But, this conclusion of Birch has since been entirely overlooked, and
and it has been generally held that the papyrus was written and dated some time
before the king's death, although it over and over again, with all the euphemisms
known to the Egyptians, states that he was already dead. [Later: See also Erman
on this point (op. cU.).]

go TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES HI [f 154

twenty-sixth of Pakhons, and lasted twenty days. This
feast must therefore have fallen early in the year 32, and
the king lived at least twenty days of that year. Now, in
Ramses Ill's calendar of feasts at Medinet Habu the feast
of the anniversary of his coronation is recorded as b^inning
on the twenty-sixth of Pakhons* (ninth month), so that the
twenty-day feast in our papyrus is the celebration of the
coronation anniversary; its first day, the twenty-sixth of
Pakhons, is the first day of each year of the reign. This
feast, which began the year 32, the old king celebrated in
that year; but no more. When the Feast of the Nile-god,**
which fell just ninety-five days after the dose of the Feast
of Coronation, was celebrated, the Pharaoh had been gathered
to his fathers, for the pap3rrus records this feast no later
than the year 31. We have thus fixed the date of the king's
death within ninety-five days, and the papyrus is dated on
the sixth of Epiphi, which falls within that period.

154- When, furthermore, we remember that the papyrus
continually represents the king as stating that he is deceased,
it is evident that the date at the head of the document is
that of the king's death, the last date which could be recorded
in his reign. The papyrus thus furnishes us the exact
length of his reign, thirty-one years and forty days, or more
exactly, forty-one days, if we include the day of his death. *

•II 142, 143.

^>The date of this feast is not given in the papyrus, but is to be found on
Ramses Ill's stela at Silsileh (Lepsius, Denkmdler, III, 218, J, 1. 15).

cThat Ramses III ruled in round numbers thirty-one years is also shown fay
the Papyrus Mallet (RbcucU, I, PI. I, 11. 2, 3), which contains a statement of pay*
ments made **from year Ji to year j, making 4 years.** Had Ramses III ruled
far into year 32, the above limits would have included more than four years; but
the scribe ignores the forty days of 3rear 32. There is no coregency with Ramses
IV here (Maspero, Struggle of the Nations, 480); and the dates as they stand are
clear proof that there was never any coregency at all. Still less is there a shadow
of proof that the coregency lasted four years (Maspero, Struggle of the Nations^
481), making Ramses HI reign thirty-six years. The document on which this

f 156] PAPYRUS HARRIS 91

X55« The document was evidently put together as rapidly
as possible after the king's death, and the sections furnished
by the three main temples — ^Thebes, Heliopolis, and Mem-
phis— ^were written by three different scribes, as the var3ang
hand and orthography dearly show.* The Theban scribe
wrote also the general introduction, but a fourth scribe had
to do with the records from the smaller temples, while a
fifth furnished the concluding or historical section. One
of these scribes was perhaps also the artist of the three vi-
gnettes. The haste with which the document was Compiled
is evident both from the fact that some of the greatest of
the minor temples are entirely omitted, and from the nu-
merous errors in the footings of the lists, as well as some
glaring omissions. It is evident, also, that the scribes at
Heliopolis and Memphis were unable to render as full re-
ports as that of the Theban scribe; doubtless owing to the
shorter time allowed them because of the delay involved
in the journey from Thebes with their instructions, and the
return thither with the finished report, before the day of
the king's funeral. The entire omission of many of the
more important smaller temples is probably to be accounted
for in the same way; then: reports failed to arrive in time.**

156. The material in the great papyrus is, in the main^
very systematically arranged. To the three great gods of
Egypt — ^Amon of Thebes, Re of Heliopolis, and Ptah of
Memphis — ^the major portion of the space is naturally
devoted. Besides these three great sections is another, of

last conclusion is based contains an encomium of the reign of Ramses V, copied
by a scribe in the 3rear 4. Its attribution to Ramses IV {ibid.y 481) is an oversight,
for it was formerly correctly assigned by Maspero to Ramses V {Mamies royales,
664).

*See Erman (SU9ungsbenckie der Kdniglichen Preussischen Akademiey 1903,
XXI, 459-62) for a table of these differences.

^This will not, however, explain the absence of such temples as Erment and
Dendera, which were but a few miles away from Thebes.

92 TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES IH [| 157

general scope, devoted to the other temples, followed by a
summary of all the temples of Egypt, and a concluding
historical section, reciting the king's great deeds in war,
commerce, and the like.

157- The following table will render this arrangement
clear:*

I. Introduction (i; §§182, 183).

II. Theban Section (2-23; §§ 184-246).

III. Heliopolitan Section (24-42; §§247-304).

IV. Memphite Section (43-S6; §§305-51).

V. General Section (57-666; §§352-82) (small temples).
VT. Summary (67-74; §§383-96).

VII. Historical Section (75-79; §§397-412).

Each of these sections, except the first and last, is arranged
on the same general plan. At the beginning of each of the
sections II, III, and IV is a vignette, showing the king wor-
shiping the gods to whom the following section is devoted.
The text of each section is then introduced by a prayer,
which merges into a recital of the king's buildings and other
benefactions for the god, concluding with an appeal to him,
calling attention to the following lists. These lists contain
six different classes of material: (i) the god's estate; (2) his
income; (3) the king's new gifts to him; (4) grain for the
old feasts; (5) offerings for new feasts founded by him;
and (6) offerings to the Nile-god.

I58, The statement that the first class of material con-
stitutes the god's estate will need some demonstration. It
is clear that the papyrus enumerates old income of the
god merely confirmed to him by Ramses III, in the offerings
of grain for the old annual feasts like that of Southern Opet
at Thebes (166, 13-15); for these are not only separated

*Bold figures indicate the plates of the papjmis.

I i6o] PAPYRUS HARRIS 93

by a rubric from the new feasts founded by Ramses III
(e. g., I7a-2i6), but they refer distinctly to ^^that (income)
which was before^ ^ (i66, 14), which is included in them. If
this be true, we may expect to find old possessions of the god
elsewhere in the lists. Thus among the king's gifts we find
the statement that he "w^kfe" for Amon the great vineyard
called ^^Kanekeme^^ (8, 5). Had we no other information
regarding this vineyard, we must have supposed that it was
a new possession of Amon, equipped and given him by
Ramses III. But we know that it was in existence long
before Ramses Ill's time, and in possession of Ramses H's
mortuary temple, the Ramesseum, also a temple of Amon
at Thebes.* We thus see that Ramses III enumerates as
his own gifts, property long in the possession of the god
before Ramses III was bom, evidently viewing his con-
firmation of it to the god as the conveyance of a gift.^ To
us it is indifferent whether such confirmation really did
constitute a gift; it is enough for us to know that all prop-
erty so confirmed was an old possession belonging to the
earlier estate of the god. With this fact in mind, let us see
if such property as enumerated can be distinguished from
the new donations actually given by Ramses III.

159- The first list in each of the Theban, Heliopolitan,
and Memphite sections is headed thus:

List of things, cattle, gardens, lands, galleys, workshops, and towns,
which Pharaoh*^ gave to the house (pr, estate) of the god X, as property
forever and ever (10, i ff.; 31, i ff.; 51a, i ff.; 6ia, i ff.).

160. The second section of the lists is clearly the god's
annual income or a part of it ; it is headed each time** thus f

•See 8, 5, and note.

''He docs the same in his Elephantine act of endowment (55 146-50).

cSo Thebes; the rest use Ramses Ill's name.

^^The scribe has omitted the heading by mistake in the general section.

*So the sunmiary; the others give the various temples, etc., by name.

94 TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES EI [ix6x

Things exacted, impost of the people and all the serf-laborers of the
houses, temples, and estates which he gave to them as their yearly dues
(X2a, I ff.; 32a, 7 ff.; S^^ 3 S.; 686, 4 ff.).

Yet it is stated that Ramses III ^^gave^^ this income to the
gods, although it is evident that it is income which they must
long before have enjoyed.

x6z. The third section of the lists is five times so headed:

Gold, silver, etc.,* which Ramses III gave as gifts of the king, in
order to provision the house of the god X, from the year i^ to the year

3i>

163. We see that these "^f/te" are distributed through
thirty-one years, while the ^^ property^ ^ "" of the first heading
is, as far as the heading is concerned, each time merely once
given, and is never called ^^ gifts of the king.^^ On looking
at the lists themselves, under the first and third headings,
we find, for example at Heliopolis, lands under both; while
at Thebes we find cattle imder both. Why were these not
put together? Evidently because some of the land was
former ^^property^^ of the god, while the rest was a "g*/f of
the king^ Now, the estate of the god, as Erman has
noticed, is of course given as it was found at the king's
death, using the names then in vogue; hence we find the
keepers of a herd named after Ramses Ill's victory over
the Meshwesh (10, 8) included in the estate. Evidently the
971 Meshwesh slaves who kept this herd were a gift of
Ramses III, and other gifts of his, not discernible because
not accidentally so distinguished, are thus, of course, in-
cluded in the estate. This made no difference to Ramses

•Long series of portable property.

^'The summary has for this phrase, "while he was king upon earth.**

cThe word employed (yMy-pr) b the usual term, both for the document hf
which property is conveyed by mortmain, and for such property itself. The tenn
is therefore of itself sufficient to determine the character of the property to which
it is applied.

i i66] PAPYRUS HARRIS 95

in, while claiming, as he did, to have given the whole estate
to the god.

163. The important point for us is, that we have here
an inventory of the whole estate, and that we can now
determine from the great papyrus the total wealth held by
the three great temples of Egypt — an economic datum till
recently unknown in the study of ancient Egypt or of any
other oriental country of the time. If we thus leave the
total amount of Ramses Ill's new gifts somewhat uncertain,
such uncertainty is of little importance, for it is evident in
any case that the bulk of his alleged donations to the gods
were old and traditional possessions, for a large share of
which the priesthoods were doubtless indebted to the
Eighteenth Dynasty.*

164. The classification of the property of the temples in
the document is shown in the appended table (p. 96).

i6S- We can now proceed to determine what proportion
of the wealth of the country was in possession of the temples
of the land. To do this, we must compile a condensed
sununary of their property, taking first the temple estates
(see table, p. 97).

x66. With these data we can safely deal only in the case
of people and land. The cattle are lumped together with-
out showing what proportion of sheep, goats, etc., the num-
bers contain. We do not know the size of the gardens and
groves, or towns; nor the size and value of the ships and
workshops. But with the people belonging to the temples,
and the lands, we can operate with tolerable precision, as
compared with our former total lack of data. The popu-
lation of Egypt up to within the last five or six years was
reckoned at toward six millions, but the latest census places

*For example, Amon owns but nine S3nian towns, and we know that Thut-
mose III alone gave Amon three Syrian towns (II, 557).

TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES lil

O
P^

m
<

00
CO

•I

fO*^

I-

ill

> i

C/3

• •%

X CO

M M

c
o

C/3

►j5

c/3

00
CO

I-

in **5

M I
I ^

O CO

in*o»

<o
in *^

fOO

inS^

■Pi

<o
in

■«

So
in

• oob
O "*

lolS

• - «

rfi

Oop

•» i

JL^

tfi w

.00

1 «0o

Q «

M atfo

(1*e*

SoO

• ah

CO
O

I,.

3^::

• M

• a^

-^t

•o 1

M
1

<rr

.« Ci

<1 «^

c*5 ^

M «>.

M «

M W

M "^

^"5.

« ^

n «o

• v^

1 «

1 «^

7 «

<r *»

rOO

>»

U£

•»4 "O

^§

3
0

.€&

tJU

be God and Rec
lions in Buildin

"or New Feasla
III

•5

c
o

«0

•»4

•*4

■£

PLI

•i4

•

■■B

-3

PAPYRUS HARRIS

^
^

M
lO

o
o

»o

»o
«o

M
O
CO

•a

CO
»o

f»

;z:

.^^

ctf

r-N

•s

«o

CO
O

1
o

•s

»o

««K

o
H

1
1

CO
O

O^ M

«* 00

« *

M to

CO ..

Tj- I-

CO ^ S*

M to >-<

S iG S

> > >

U 'S) 'Eb

en (A

o. 9* o.

rt n c4

o. o. o.

V V V V V

^ f f f e

98 TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES III [| 167

it above nine millions. It is much to be doubted whether
in its ancient state the land could support as large a popu-
lation as modem improved conditions have produced.
Granting this, we see that one person in about eighty-five
of the population was temple property; or, accepting the
lower figure for the ancient population (Diodorus gives six
million as the population in Roman times), one person in
about fifty-five. But, remembering that the list of smaller
temples is incomplete, we may say that one person in from
fifty to eighty of the population belonged to the temples.
In no case were more than 2 per cent, of the people temple
property.

167. Turning to the consideration of the land, we find
the temples in possession of a total of 1,070,419 stat, or
about 722,533 acres. The archives of modem Egypt con-
tain a registration of about five millions of acres,* whence
it will be seen that the temples owned nearly one-seventh, or
over 14} per cent., of the land. Including the smaller temples^
omitted by the papyrus, probably over 15 per cent, of
the land belonged to the religious foundations. This was
distributed as follows:

Thebes S^3»3i3S7

Heliopolis 108,057.2

Memphis 6»^53*9S

Total 722,532.82 acres

168. The income of the temples is also very instmctive
when tabulated.

u
tt

^'Reports by His Majesty s Agent and Consul-General an ^gyPl o*^

the Soudan, in 1902 (published April, 1903), 24, 25.

^>The scribe does not itemize the land by temples (62a, 8), but as he does not
include Khnum of Elephantine among the list of temple-slaves, he may be omit-
ting the entire dodekaschoinos, which we know was the property of Khnum
under Ramses III ({{ 14^50).

PAPYRUS HARRIS

M ^

^00

•jp to
»o

M O

•4 ro

r ^
to

w *o

tO|4

« to

C/3

8
S

«o
»o

tON

OsO
lO

o\
to

•CO

to'^

to Q

•g

c
o

•2 S

>«• fO
p4N CI

S o

1»

lOO

TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES III

>*
b)

O
I

0<
O
Px

f/i

o
u

-8

c
to

«*i

c
o

52:

»o

«*5

c
o

9
£

•k

B
n
H

£
o

CO
in

■s

♦^
o

T3
oo

•a

•k

a
1

'8)

3
Xi

c
o

e
o

c
o

;z;

«^

♦^
o

•A

■8

c
5

f iTol PAPYRUS HARRIS ton

169. The above table shows the total income for th&ty-^
one years, so that all numbers must be divided by thirty-one.
to obtain the annual income. Egypt's wealth has from the
most ancient times consisted chiefly of grain and cattle,
but especially the former. Yet of cattle the annual income
of all temples was less than thirty-two head a year, and so
great a temple as Memphis is charged with only half a beef
each year. There is no gold in the income of either Heli-
opolis or Memphis, nor in that of the latter any incense,
honey, oil, or flax. Other items are so small that it is im-
possible to believe that these lists contain the total income
of any temple. The numbers would indicate that this
entire list may be the income exclusively from Ramses Ill's
new endowments.* Having abeady credited himself with
giving the hereditary estate of each temple, when he comes
to the income, he probably omits the annual receipts from the
hereditary estate, which formed an old and standing income,
and lists only the income from his own new endowments.

170. This income is annually as follows:

*£rman has also expressed his doubt as to the possibility that this list represents
the entire income of the temple (op. cii., 471), but thinks them possibly "nur
nebensHchliche Steuem."

I«l

TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES III

• • •

a
a

•o o

00
M

^od

-J?

a G

o o

§ *

o
o

c
o

•* O

O fO
lO

to
»o
O

c
o

8
I

«o

>
«*5

•

^fl

d., 6 k.
or 8.14

«o

00 0

»o

•f

»o

c
o

»o

C
V

e
o
Z

0
O

o
Z

to
to

tfl

«|

«o

M S

♦rf >*

e«

9
0

coC

e
?

•* lO

•4* CO

r «

«o

o
X

•s

us
(/3

O i

I'-

c/:

I
I"

§172] PAPYRUS HARRIS 103

171 • The political significance of these lists largely
attaches to the question of Amon's share in them. The
estate of the god embraced over 10 per cent, of the lands of
Egypt, • and at most about i J per cent, of the population, or
perhaps even a little less than i per cent. This meant a
fortune in land of over five times that of Heliopolis, and
over nine times that of Memphis, while in people the dis-
proportion was still greater. That this disproportion was
due solely to Ramses III is impossible. If we are correct
in concluding that the above income was derived from
Ramses Ill's new endowments, there is nothing in these
figures which would indicate that Amon's vast wealth was
due to Ramses III alone. Amon's annual income in gold,
of which the other temples received none, is something less
than 26,000 grains. Of other items Amon received roughly:
17 times as much silver; 21 times as much copper; 3
times as many garments; 2 times as much incense, honey,
and oil; 9 times as much shedeh and wine; i§ times as
much grain; 10 times as much flax; 8 times as many water-
fowl; 7 times as many cattle; about the same number of
geese; 10 times as many ships; as all the other temples
combined. This disproportion, if maintained through the
Eighteenth and Nineteenth D3masties, would account for
the enormous wealth of Amon ;^ but that wealth was not the
result of the donations of one reign.

172. At this point we must examine the list explicitly
stated to contain Ramses Ill's gifts to the temples.

•See Ubie, p. 98.

Mt 18 to be supposed that the old fortune of Amon» if confiscated or depleted
by Amenhotep IV, was restored by Harmhab.

I04

TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES HI

Q
O
O

^■2

• 8

'7s

00 »«

^ o

•k

•Ooo

00 o

,5?

e*5

»^ o

oo2

S.O

«o -

^0 m

^ to
r w

• •

^ 8.
oc **

O O

•J

•

J<""

""^

.M •**

"^S

•d^

M 6

a«^

xn^

..o

t^h.

CC.U

•

-♦ o

« o

•^oc

S O

o o

M
O

00 V

00 hm

00 ^

^ p*
00

»n

w O

»^o

00 N

O ^M

?
•Si

•g

>
00

e
3

•i

•o

3
•c

>
O

>
in

c
o

«>

a
o
U

(ah,

•C

•*4

•«

C/3

«l

1 174] PAPYRUS HARRIS 105

173* This list shows immensely more gold, silver, copper,
garments, cattle, grain, and land given to the other temples
than to Amon, while it is only in a few less valuable com-
modities that Amon is in the lead. Even including Amon's
income with the above gifts, Heliopolis was yearly receiving
twice as much gold as Thebes from all sources. Amon's
superiority is, however, in the aggregate decidedly main-
tained, as a combination of the income and the gifts shows.
It is evident also that, while the gifts of land to other temples
have been enumerated in this list, the lands given to Amon
are not included here, but are counted in Amon's estate,
as it was also clear from the names of the herds that the
cattle given Amon were to some extent included in the estate.
In using the list of gifts, therefore, it must not be forgotten
that in the items of land and cattle it is incomplete, and that
it is impossible to determine exactly the extent of Ramses
Ill's gifts in these two forms of property. But, judging
from those gifts of which we are able to determine the
amoimt, the wealth of Amon in Ramses Ill's day, was not
due to his donations, nor can we aver that the fortune of Amon
of necessity constituted such a menace to the state as alone
to threaten its overthrow — a conclusion now current, and
everywhere accepted.

174. An important question suggested by these lists is
the relation of income and expenditure. The following
tables indicate the total income of three great temples in
grain:

GRAIN FOR OLD FEASTS DURING TmRTY-ONE YEARS

Thebes 2,981,674 16-fold heket

Heliopolis 1,097,624 " "
Memphis 947,688 " "

Small temples Not given

io6

TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES HI

The total annual income in grain was therefore as follows:

f For the old feasts 96,183 16-fold heket

\ Income (from Ramses III)

Thebes

Total

I For the old feasts
For the offerings to the Nile
Income (from Ramses III)

Total

I For the old feasts
For the offerings to the Nile
Income (from Ramses III)

Total

9»99S
106,181

35*407

3,598*
2,487

41,492

30,570
1,211^

1,207
32,988

«<

175- From these figures it will be seen how far the income
of Ramses III was from furnishing enough grain for the
old feasts. They must have been drawn from the old in-
come, which, in view of the vast extent of the temple lands,
was greatly in excess of these amounts contributed to the
offerings. Erman suggests that the surplus was used in
building Ramses Ill's temples,^ like that at Medinet Habu,
Kamak, and other places. But the question arises whether
it was not consumed in the maintenance of the other temples
of the Eighteenth and Nineteenth Dynasties. We know
that some of the Eighteenth Dynasty Theban temples, like
that of Amenhotep III behind the Memnon colossi, had
already perished at the vandal hands of the Nineteenth
Dynasty kings. We can understand, too, how the mortu-
ary temples, which were so largely the personal sanctuaries
of earlier Pharaohs, might be desecrated. Yet, if their
offerings were in some cases maintained, Ramses III would

•Only during the last seventeen years of the reign.
*>Only during the last three years of the reign.
oQp, cU„ 474.

§177] . PAPYRUS HARRIS 107

have been likely to include them in the totals given in the
papyrus, without any remark as to their employment; for
he does not itemize by temples the grain and other offerings
given for the feasts.

176. This brings up the question : What Theban temples
are known to the pap3rrus as sharing in Amon's income and
Ramses Ill's bounty ? They are referred to in three differ-
ent places: the narrative of buildings and good works
(§§ 189-214), the list of people (§§ 223, 224), and the in-
come (§227); and they include six different temples:

No. I.

No. 2.

No. 3.

Temples Built or

People Attached to

Income

Improved^

Medinet Habu temple. Medinet Habu temple. Medinet Habu temple.

Small Kamak temple. Small Karoak temple. Small Kamak temple.

Southern Kamak temple. Luxor temple. Luxor temple.

Great Kamak temple. Southem Kamak temple. Southern Kamak temple.

Khonsu-temple. Khonsu-temple.

177. From this it is evident that the income and the
people of the great Kamak temple must be included else-
where. When we notice that the Medinet Habu temple is
credited with 62,626 people (10, 3), or three-fourths of all
the people belonging to Amon, it is evident where the people
belonging to the Kamak temple are to be found. Again,
when we see that the people attached to the Khonsu-temple

*The Luxor temple is omitted, and yet Ramses III built a chapel on the
river side of this temple. The lower part of a sandstone stela (Recueil, 16, 55, 56),
used in antiquity to prop a falling statue of Ramses II at Luxor, contains a record
of building by Ramses III in the same temple: ** Ramses III, doubling offerings

in Luxor maker of monumenls, profitable to him that begat him

building a house in Luxor on the right of his august father, Amon-Re It is

like the horizon of heaven, made of fine sandstone; it shall endure as long as heaven
endures, a place for the promenade of the lord of gods at his beautiful feast of Opet,

He made {it) as [his"] monument for his father, Amon-Re, presider over his

Yp't; making for him a great and august chapel of the front, of marvelous great
blocks.** The omission of this building in the Theban section is another evidence
of the hastiness with which the document was prepared, and the resulting incom-
pleteness.

io8 TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES HI [§178

are also included somewhere else, we are led to conclude
that the fortunes of the different Amon-temples are not
always kept apart by the papyrus; in other words, the
fortunes of all might be comprehended under one head as
the estate of Amon.

178. Indeed, this common estate is unequivocally men-
tioned, for we find the five herds belonging to the five
temples of No. 3 spoken of as "/Ae iive herds made lor this
hause^^ (i^ta, 3, 4). "TAw house j^^ therefore, comprised the
property of five different temples, and beyond doubt desig-
nates the estate of Amon, irrespective of the different temples
among which it was divided. That other temples besides
the five of No. 3 above may be included under one head is
indicated by a record of restoration in the small Eighteenth
Dynasty temple by Ramses III, which reads thus:*

179. He made it as a restoration of the monument of his father,

"Amon-Re-of -Splendid-Seat,"^ who rests in his temple in the prednct*^
of " The-House-of-Millions-of-Years-of-King-Usermare-Meriamon-Pos-
sessed-of-Etemity-in-the-House-of-Amon"*^ on the west of Thebes, when
his majesty found it beginning to fall to ruin.

180. This small Medinet Habu temple is nowhere men-
tioned in the inscriptions; yet it was clearly restored and
maintained by Ramses III, and is here included in the
precincts of Ramses Ill's great temple, which stood beside
it. Its people were, of course, also included in the 62,626
people of the great temple. Clearly, Ramses III made

^Sharpe, Egyptian Inscriptions^ II, 60; again, less accurately, Lepsius, Deuk-
mdler, Text, III, 163. The inscription occurs twice with unimportant variants.

^This is the name of the Amon of the Eighteenth Dynasty temple of Medinet
Habu. It literally reads: " Amon-Re-Splendid-of'Seat;" compare a similar Amon
on a bronze axe in Alnwick Castle (Birch, Catalogue, PI. B): ** Amon^^ndid-of-
Horiton" in the record of a foundation ceremony by Thutmose III.

cAfr.

<lThe name of Ramses Ill's Medinet Habu temple; see building inscriptions
(If 1-20), where a shorter form is also in use.

|i8i] PAPYRUS HARRIS 109

his temple of Medinet Habu the admmistrative head of
Amon's estate, and counted as belonging to it the property of
the Ka.mak temple, that of the small Medinet Habu temple,
and doubtless of others also, like that of Mut, who is men-
tioned in the headings, but whose fortune is nowhere listed.
This fact once established for Thebes, the same may be
true of Heliopolis and Memphis; and the vast income of
these great sanctuaries, which we may compute from the
temple lands, may have been distributed among far more
temples than those mentioned in the papyrus. This dis-
tributk)n of income we cannot control (even if it were all
counted in each case as income of the chief sanctuary alone),
because the income lists evidently contain only a part of the
income, as we have already shown; and the outgo covers
only the maintenance of feasts, not the support of the great
army of priests and officials.*

This discussion of the lists might be carried much farther,
but doubtless the subject is above sufficiently introduced to
make the importance and proper significance of the lists
evident.

181 • The historical section at the end furnishes a valuable
supplement to the records of Ramses Ill's wars in his
Medinet Habu temple. It is especially instructive, despite
its obscurity, in its account of the anarchy preceding the
rise of Ramses Ill's father. This paragraph, with its de-
scription of civil war and famine, reads like a chapter from
the rule of the Mamlukes in Egypt. The section further
furnishes accounts of an Edomite war, a new well m the
Ayan desert, expeditions to Punt and the Sinaitic Peninsula,

K>rUin things consumed by the priests are included in the g^reat Medinet
Habu Calendar, but only during feasts, like that of Opet, to the offerings of which
is appended a list of the grain, beer, oil, etc., consumed by the priests during the
twenty^cMir days of the feast. Such expenses may therefore be included in the
listf of festal offerings in our papyrus, and evidently are so, e. g., in 1 238, PI. 176.

no TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES III [|i8a

besides new details regarding the wars already known to
us from the Medinet Habu temple. It finally closes with a
brief statement of Ramses Ill's philanthropic measures for
his whole realm, followed by a prayer for the prosperity of
his son, whom all are exhorted to obey.

I. INTRODUCTION
PL I. Date and Introduction

182. 'Year 32, third month of the third season (eleventh
month), sixth day;* under the majesty of the Ring of Upper and
Lower Egypt: Usermare-Meriamon, L. P. H.; Son of Re: Ramses
(III), Ruler of Heliopolis, L. P. II., beloved of all gods and god-
desses; 'king, shining in the White Crown like Osiris; ruler, bri^t*
ening the Nether World^ like Atum; Truleri of ^ — 1 of the great house
in the midst of the cemetery, traversing eternity forever as king of the
Nether World; King of Upper and Lower Egypt; Usermare-Meriamon;
Son of Re: Ramses (III), Ruler of Heliopolis, L. P. H., the Great God.

Content and Purpose of the Document

183. ^He tells, in praise, adoration, and laudation, the many
benefactions and mighty deeds, which he did as king and as ruler on
earth, for:

Gods of Thebes^

1. The house (pr) of his august father, Amon-Re, king of gods^
4Mut, Khonsu, and all the gods of Thebes;

Gods of Heliopolis

2. The house (pr) of his august father, Atum, lord of the Two
Lands of Heliopolis; Re-Harakhte; Saosis (Yws-^^ -st), mistress of
Hotepet and all the gods of Heliopolis;

*A1I words in spaced type are in red in the original.

^Because he is dead, as this and the following phrases show.

cThe following five paragraphs arc the heads of the five great sections of the
papyrus, II, III, IV, V (VL a summary, is not noted), and VII.

|,84] PAPYRUS HARRIS iii

Gods of Memphis

3. The house of his august father, sPtah, the great, South-of-His-
WaU, lord of "Life-of-the-Two-Lands;"* Sekhmet, the great, beloved
of Ptah; Nefertem, defender of the Two Lands and all the gods of
Memphis;

AU Gods

4. The august fathers, all the gods and goddesses of South and
North;

Men

5. As well as the good benefactions [which he did for] the people of
the land of Egypt and every land, to unite them^ all together; ^n
order to inform the fathers, all the gods and goddesses of South and
NcMTth, and all [foreigners],^ all citizens, all (Tcommoni) folk, and all
people, of the numerous benefactions and many mighty deeds, which
he did upon earth as great ruler of Egypt.^

II. THEBAN SECTION
I. INTRODUCTORY VIGNETTE

PI 2, VignetU

184. Ramses III stands praying before Amon-Re, Mut,
and Klhonsu. The accompanying notes are:

Over Atnon
Amon-Re, king of gods, lord of heaven, ruler of Thebes.

^Name of a sacred district in Memphis in which the chief Ptah-temple stood.

^Viz., his benefactions, etc., that is, to make a list of them, as contained in
this document.

cThis list is almost a repetition of that in 78, 13; hence it probably began,
as that does, with foreigners. The whole list would then be: [i^ ' wy\ p^'t, ^by'^*
hwmm'tf and differs from 78, 13, only in the order of p<^'t and rjty'^, which are
there reversed. The exact meaning and relations of these different terms are
unknown except of the first, and the above renderings are purely arbitrary. We
only know that they are all commonly used, with no obvious distinctions in mean-
ing, for the people of Egypt.

^This long sentence may be epitomized thus: In the year 32, etc., of Ramses
m, deceased (11. i, 2), he tells the benefactions and mighty deeds which he did
while king for the gods of Thebes, Hcliopolis, Memphis and of South and North,
as well as for all men, in order to inform gods and men of these deeds (11. 3-6).
It will be seen that this introduction epitomizes the content of the entire papyrus.

112 TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES HI [§185

Over MtU
Mut, the great, mistress of Ishru.

Over Khonsu
Khonsu in Thebes, beautiful rest.

Before the King

I tell the prayers, praises, adorations, laudations, mighty deeds and
benefactions which I did for thee, in thy presence, O lord of gods.

2. PRAYER TO AMON,* AND REQTAL OF THE KING'S BENEFACTIONS

PI, J. IfUroduciion

185. ^Praises, prayers, brave deeds and benefactions which he
did for the hoase {pr) of his augtist father, Amon-Re, king of gods;
Mut, Khonsu, and all the gods of Thebes.

Prayer of Ramses III

186. 'Said Ring Ramses III, L. P. H., the Great God, in praising
this god, his august father, Amon-Re, king of gods, the primordial,
who was at first, ^the divine god, the self-begetter, who sustains the
arm and exalts the etef -crown, maker of what is, creator of what exists,
hiding himself from men and gods:

His Decease

187. Give to me thy ears, O lord of gods; ^hear my prayers which
I make to thee. Lo, I come to thee, to Thebes, thy mysterious dty.
Thou art divine among the gods who are in thy image. Thou hast
gone to rest in '*Lord-of-Life,"^ thy glorious seat, 'before the august
front of thy court ;*^ (so) I have mingled with the gods, the lords
of the nether world, like my father, Osiris, lord of Tazoser. I^ my
soul (b ^) be like the souls of the gods who rest at thy side ^n the eternal

^Although all three of the great gods of Thebes are mentioned in the intro-
duction, the following prayer is really addressed to Amon only. In the other two
sections (Heliopolis and Memphis) the same is true; that is, the prayer is actually
addressed to the great god, although the other gods are mentioned in the beginninj^

^Nb-^ »^, a euphemism for the place of the dead, often applied to the west
side at Thebes.

cLit., "forecourt" a meton3rmy for sanctuary, referring to Kamak, which
faces west.

liSpT PAPYRUS HARRIS 113

horuBon. Give breath for my nostrils and water for my soul (b ^). Let
me eat the oblations, the provisions of thy divine offerings. Make my
majesty to be noble, abiding in thy presence 'like the great gods, the
lords of the nether world. May I go in and go out in thy presence as
they do. Command thou that my fame be like theirs against my ene-
mies; establish my offerings presented to my ^ka, abiding daily unto
eternity.

Retrospect

i88. I was king upon earth, ruler of the living; thou settedst the
crown upon my head, as thou didst; I was inducted in peace into the
august palace; ^I sat upon thy throne with joy of heart. Thou it was,
who didst establish me upon the throne of my father, as thou didst for
Horns on the throne of Osiris. I did not oppress, I did not deprive
'^another of his throne.^ I did not transgress thy command, which
was before me. Thou gavest peace and contentment of heart among
my people {hnmm't), and every land was in adoration before me. I
know of the excellent things "which thou didst as king, and I multiplied
for thee many benefactions and mighty deeds.

PL 4. Medinet Habu Temple^

189* I made for thee an august house of millions of years, abiding
upon the mountain of ^'Lord-of-Life,"^ before thee, 'built of sandstone,
gritstone, and black granite; the doors of electnun and copper in beaten
work. Its towers were of stone, towering to heaven, 'adorned and
carved with the graver's tool,^ in the great name of thy majesty. I

«I am not sure that this is correct. The difficulty is one of interpretation.
He may merely mean: "/ did not oppress, I did not plunder another in his place;"
as the word "throne" may equally well mean "seat, place" as commonly. The
above rendering, however, connects logically with the preceding. "Oppress"
(c»nf >-jb) is Hebrew, ptf9.

t>See Peuillet, Recueil, XVIII, i66ff.; also Daressy, ibid,, XX, 133 ff.

^A general name for the west, which was localized at Medinet Habu; it is
opposite Kamak, Amon's great temple, hence "before thee" An inscription in
the temple itself places it on the same mountain; Amon speaks of "the great house
of Atum, established before me forever, upon the mountain of*Lord-of-Life*" (Cham-
poOioo, Notices descripUves, I, 736). On the later name, see Maspero, Struggle
of the Nations, 507, n. 3.

^^Sec Brugsch, Zeitschrift fUr dgyptische Sprache, 1876, 146-48; and for
correct reading (bsn't), Brugsch, Hieroglyphisch-demotisches Wdrterbuch, Supple-
ment, s, V,

114 TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES IH [{190

built a wall around it, established with labor, having ramps and ''towers^
of sandstone. ^l dug a lake before it, flooded with Nun,^ planted with
trees and vegetation like the Deha.^

Temple Endowment and Equipment

190. I filled its treasury^ with the products of the lands of Egypt:
^gold, silver, every costly stone by the hundred-thousand. Its granary
was overflowing with barley and wheat; (its) lands, its herds, their
multitudes were like the sand of the shore. I taxed for it the 'South-
land as well as the Northland. Nubia and Zahi [came]^ to it, bearing
their impost. It was filled with captives, which thou gavest to me
among the Nine Bows, (and with) classes^ which I trained by the ten-
thousand. ^I fashioned thy great statue^ resting in its midst; '^Amon-
Endowed-with-Etemity " was its august name; it was adorned with real
costly stone like the horizon.^ When it appeared, there was rejoicing
to see it. ^l made for it table-vessek, of fine gold; others of silver and
copper, without number. I multiplied the divine offerings presented
before thee, of bread, wine, beer, and fat geese; ^numerous oxm,
bullocks, calves, cows, white oryxes, and gazelles offered in his slaughter
yard.

Accessary Monuments

191. I dragged great monuments like mountains of alabaster and
hus stone,' Sculptured with labor, and resting on the right and the
left of its portal,! carved with the great name of thy majesty forever;

•These words (« ' -r » -/y and p -ife ' -r ') occur five times together in this papy-
rus, each time as die accessories of an incbsure wall. The first is the Hebrew

n^bj , and hence here an ascent or ramp; see Bondi, Lehnw&rter, 36, 37. The
second is perhaps a Hebrew "VUO, as Bondi suggests {ibid., 88), and means
inclosed towers or strong closures of the gates and windows.

^Celestial water; see II, 888, 1. 20. cLit., ** Northland."

^Ste inscriptions in this treasury, which is still in a perfect state of preservation
(II 25-34).

«The verb has clearly been omitted by error of the scribe.

'See 76, S» 6, I 402.

sThis is the cultus statue; as it was light enough to be carried in processioiit
the adjective ** great** is only conventional.

^Or the horizon-god. ^Ifws, an uncertain stone.

J These are the colossi which were placed on each side of a temple entrance.
They have now disappeared at Medinet Habu.

§194] PAPYRUS HARRIS 115

other statues of granite and gritstone; '^carabs^ of black granite, resting
in its midst. I fashioned Ptah-Sokar,^ Nefertem and all the gods of
heaven and earth, resting in its chapel, wrought with fine gold, "and
silver in beaten work, with inlay of real costly stones, beautified with
labor.

Pavilion and Connected Buildings^

igi. I made for thee an august palace of the king in its midst,
like the great house of Atum which is in heaven. The columns, ''door-
posts, and doors were of electrum; the great balcony for the (royal)
appearances was of fine gold.

PL 5. Temple Ships

193. I made for it^ ships laden with barley and wheat for transport
to 'its granary without cessation. I made for it great treasure -ships
upon the river, laden with a multitude of things for its august treasury.

Temple Lands

194. *It was surrounded with gardens and arbor-areas,^ filled with
fruit and flowers for the two serpent-goddesses. I built their ^ ch&teaux^

*Iike the ooIosmiI scarab in black stone, discovered in Constantinople and
now in the British Museum.

^This statue doubtless stood in the first court by the first pylon, where there
is a votive text to **Ptah, residing in ^The-House-Usermare-Meriamon -Possessed-
ol-El€mUyAn4he-House'Ol-Amon* on the west of Thebes" (Lepsius, Denkmdler,
Text, m, 173).

<rh]s is the palace connected with the Medinet Habu temple, of which the
so<alled "pavilion" formed the monumental entrance. The "pavilion" being of
stone, has survived, but the bulk of the building, being of sun-dried brick, has
perished. It ran at least as far back on the south side of the temple as the middle
of the first court, with which its balcony was connected by a stairway still partially
surviving. See Daressy {Recueilf XX, 81-83), who separates the pavilion from
the building at its rear, to which the stairway bebngs; but it is evident that the
pavilion, the temple, and connected buildings formed one whole, designated by
the same name; for the pavilion and the temple bear the same name (Lepsius,
DenkmUler, Text, 111,167) : **The (hU)-House'Of-Usermare'hferiamon'in4he-House-
of-Amon"

<lThis "it** (feminine in Egyptian) refers to the temple (fem.), and not to the
palace (masc.).

*Lit., "places of chambers of trees,*** cf. f 264.

'See III, 588, 1. 49.

ii6 TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES HI [Izqs

having ^Twindows^; I dug a lake before them, supplied with lotus
flowers.

Small Kamak Temple

195. ^I made for thee a mjrsterious horizon in thy city of Thebes
over against thy forecourt,* O lord of gods, (named): "House (^)-of«>
Ramses-Ruler-of-Heltopolis,-L.-P.-H.rin-the-House-of-Amony" abiding
like the heavens bearing the sun. 'I built it, I laid it in sandstone, having
great doors of fine gold. I filled its treasury with the things vdiich my
hands carried off, to bring them ^before thee every day.

Southern Kamak Temple

196* I adorned^ for thee Southern Opet^ with great monuments;
I built for thee a house therein like the throne of the All-Lord (named):
"Temple-of-Ramses-Ruler-of-Heliopolis,-L.-P.-H.,-^Possessed-of-Jof»
in-Karnak."

*Used here by metonymy aa often for sanctuary as a whole. This small
temple is in front of the great Amon-temple of Karnak, and the later Bubastite
extension inclosed it partially within the said temple. It is identified by Ramaei
III with the great Kamak temple, and bore the same name given above, as is shown
by the following inscriptions in the first court of the small Kamak temple (Cham-
pollion, Notices desert ptives, II, 12-14; Bmgsch, Recueil de monuments, 57, i;
Lepsius, Denkmdler, III, 207, c): "{Ramses III). He made {il) as his manumtmi
for his father y Amon-Re, king of gods; making for him the * House (pr)'Of-RamseS'
Rukr-of-HeliopoUs^n-the-House-of-Amonf^ anew of fine- white sandstone, estab*
lished as an eternal work^ ^wherein^ \JA moh^ appears, to give a multitude — ^- pto*]
King Ramses III" On the other side of the court it reads: "Ramses III, maker
of the monument^ establishing {it) for him that formed him, in the great and splendid
seat, on the divine ground before Karnak, illuminating Thebes wherein Amon rests,
his heart glad, and his great divine ennead follows him, rejoicing to see the beauHfml
pure monument of King Ramses III, beloved of Khonsu-Ne/erhotep" The great
Kamak temple bore the same name as this small temple, as is seen by comparing
5, 7 and 6, 3 with above inscriptions in the small temple. The latter was already
finished in his sixteenth year, as new offerings are recorded on the wall as founded
in Pauni of that year (Bmgsch, Recueil de monuments, I, PI. 40; ChampoUion*
Monuments descriptives, II, 15, 16).

l>Lit., "made festive."

^Southern Opet is usually the name for Luxor, but the temple was counted
as in Kamak (Yp't-ys'wt), as its name shows. It stood, however, on the south
of the great temple, by the temple of Mut, and hence could be spoken of as in
Southern Opet.

1 199] PAPYRUS HARRIS 117

Works in Great Kamak Temple^

197. I again established thy monmnents in '' Victorious Thebes,"^
the place of thy heart's rest, beside thy face (named): ''House (Pf)-of-
Usennare-Meriamon-in-the-House-of-Amon," ^like the shrine of the
All-Lord; built of stone, like a marvel established as an eternal work;
the doorways upon them were of gram'te, doors and doorposts of gold.
I supplied it with classes which I trained, bearing offerings by the
hundred-thousand.

MonolUhic Shrine

198* '®I made for thee a mysterious shrine in one block of fine
granite;'^ the doors upon it were of copper in hammered work, engraved
with thy divine name. ''Thy great image rested in it, like Re in his
horizon, established upon his throne unto eternity in thy great and
august court.

CuUus Utensils

199. "I made for thee a great sacrificial tablet of silver in hammered
work, mounted with fine gold, the inlay-figures being of Retem^-gold,
bearing statues of the king, L. P. H., of gold in hammered work, an
offerii^-tablet bearing thy divine offerings, offered before thee.

PL 6

'I made for thee a great vase-stand,^ for thy forecourt, mounted
with fine gold, with inlay of stone; its vases were of gold, containing
wine and beer, in order to present them before thee every morning.

^This temple is not said to have been built by him, but ** beatUifed" {smnf^ or
** esUMished **\ which indicates embellishment. As to the name of the great Rarnak
temple under Ramses III, it must have contained his name, as above. The word
"Mtt" (in 1. 8) is not finite, but a participle referring to the temple or the embel-
liahments added. The work is also referred to (1. 8) as "them,** showing clearly
that accessory monuments of some sort are meant. Moreover, the following works
are for the Kamak temple, as is shown by 6, 3. Ramses III, however, did some
building, though not extensively, in the great Kamak temple.

^A name for the east side, or a part of the east side of Thebes, probably Kamak
(see II, 329).

cCf. Inscription of Ineni, 1. i (II, 45; Recueil, XII, 106).

<lThe Hebrew D^, "gold;" see DUmichen, ZeUschrifi /«r Agypiische
Slacks, 1872, 44 f.

*The gift of a similar stand is recorded in the Khonsu-temple, thus: ''/ matU
a great vase-stand of gold for thy obUUians** (from a photograph by Borchardt).

ii8 TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES m [t«oo

Feas^ of the Appearance

200. *I made for thee a storehouse for the 'Teast of the Appear-
ance,"^ with male and female slaves. I supplied them with bread,
beer, oxen, fowl, wine, incense, fruit, vegetables, flowers, pure offerings
before thee every day, being an increase of the daily offering whidi was
before.

Ornaments of CuUus Statue, Etc.

30I. 3l made for thee a splendid amulet^ of gold, with inlay; great
collars and tassek of Ketem-gold complete, to bind them to thy body,
every time thou appearest in thy great and splendid seat in Kamak.
4l made for thee a statue of the king, of gold, in hanunered work, resting
in the place which he knows, ^ in thy august shrine.

Record Tablets

303. ^ made for thee great tablets of gold, in beaten work, engraved
with the great name of thy majesty, bearing my prayers. ^I made for
thee other tablets of silver, in beaten work, engraved with the great
name of thy majesty, with the decrees of the house. ^1 made for thee
great tablets^ of silver, in beaten work, engraved with the great name
of thy majesty, carved with the graver's tool, bearing the decrees and
the inventories of the houses and temples which I made in Egypt, Mur-
ing my reign on earth; in order to administer them in thy name forever
and ever. Thou art their protector, answering for them.* ^I made
for thee other tablets of copper in beaten work, of a mixture of six

*A feast at which the god appeared and was carried in procession, as its name
impUes (icm-^>-lit., ** opening or showing the face**),

^In the form of the sacred eye (w4 ').

cQnly the king and the High Priest were admitted to the holy of holies, and
**knew** it. Such statues of the king may be seen standing beside the cultus image
of the god at Medinet Habu (Lepsius, Denkmdler, IIT, 21a, a).

<lThis word (c nw) is different from the one (^ v4) used in the two preceding
cases, and was larger. It was upon an c nw that Ramses II's treaty of peace with
the Hittites was engraved. The golden tablets are not mentioned in the lists later
on, but the silver tablets are mentioned (136, 13, 14), and their weights given,
showing that an cicif weighed about 19I deben, while an ^nw was over 143}
deben.

*The Kamak temple was thus the place of deposit for temple archives of all
Egypt, and the sanctuary of Amon the ecclesiastical capital.

|907l PAPYRUS HARRIS 119

Cparts^,^ of the color of gold, engraved and carved with the graver's
tool with the great name of thy majesty, with the house-regulations of
the temples; likewise '^he many praises and adorations which I made
for thy name. Thy heart was glad at hearing them, O lord of gods.

CuUus Sieve

203. "I made for thee a great vase of pure silver, its rim of gold,
engraved with thy name. A sieve was upon it of beaten work, of pure
silver, a great sifting-vessel of silver, having a sieve and feet.^

Golden Statues

204. "I wrought upon the portable images of Mut and Khonsu,
fashioned and made anew in the gold-houses, made of fine gold in thick
overlay, with inlay of every costly stone which Ptah made, having
collars before and behind, ''and tassels of Ketem-gpld. They rest
with heart satisfied at the mighty deeds which I did for them.

PL 7. Stela

205. 'I made for thee great stelas for thy portal, overlaid with fine
gold, with inlay-figures of Ketem-gold; large bases were tmder them,
overlaid with silver, bearing inlay-figures in gold, to the pavement line.

Grain

206. 'I gave to thee ten ten-thousands of measures of grain, to pro-
vision thy divine offerings of every day, to convey^ them to Thebes
every year, in order to multiply thy granaries^ with barley and wheat.

Foreign Revenues

207. 'I brought to thee the captives of the Nine Bows, the gifts®
of the lands and countries for thy court. I made the road to Thebes
like a cfoot^ to lead^ before thee, bearing much provision.

*Lit.| ** a mixture of a hexad" evidently referring to the proportions of the aUoy;
but the term b not clear. The weight of these tablets is given in the lists (X4a, 3)
as 205} deben; there were four of them, weighing together 832 deben.

^>The weight of these sieve-vases, etc., is given in 136, 6^ (} 231).

^Lit., "raw them" <K>n the granaries of Amon, see f 9.

«B'-r'ib)— a Semitic T^t ^th the connected idea of kneeling in homage
(Bondi, Lshnwdrierf 41, 42).

^"Lead" lacks an object, and the whole passage is obscure.

I20 TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES HI [{908

Periodic Offerings

208. 4l founded for thee oblations at the feasts of the beginmngs
of the seasons, to make offering before thee at thy every appearance.
They were supplied with bread, beer, oxen, fowl, wine, incense, and
fruit without number. They were levied anew upon the princes and
inspectors as an increase of all the benefactions which I did for thy ka.

Sacred Barge

209. 5l hewed for thee thy august ship "Userhet" of 130* cubits
(length) upon the river, of great cedars of the (royal) domain, of remark-
able size, overlaid with fine gold to the water line, like the barge of
the Sun, when he comes from the east, and everyone lives at ^e si^t
of him. A great shrine was in the midst of it, of fine gold, with inlay
of every costly stone like a palace; rams' heads^ of gold from front to
rear, ''fitted^ with uraeus-serpents wearing etef-crowns.

Products of Punt

210. 71 led to thee Punt with m3nTh, in order to encircle thy house
every morning, I planted incense sycamores in thy court; they had
not seen (it) before since the time of the god.

Mediterranean Fleet

211. ^I made for thee transports, galleys, and barges, with archers
equipped with their arms, upon the sea. I gave to them captains of
archers and captains of galleys, manned with numerous crews, without
number, in order to transport the products of the land of Zahi (JP ^ -h)
and the countries of the ends of the earth to thy great treasuries in
"Victorious Thebes."^

Cattle and Fowl

212. ^I made for thee herds in the South and North containing
large cattle, fowl,^ and small cattle by the himdred-thousand, having

•Nearly 324 feet. See II, 32, and p. 222, n. c.

^>There is usually a ram's head at bow and stern of these barges, but here
they were evidently also on the cabin shrine. •

*^See 5, 7, note.

<n!lie word for "herd** (tnntnn) is more inclusive in Egyptian than EngUsh*
and includes also fowl.

laisl PAPYRUS HARRIS itt

orerseors ol cuttlCy scribes^ oiu&ccis ol dit lionis>^ iiispcctofs> and
mnncroas shqpliads in duufc^ ol diem; haTing catdt-lodder; in cutkr
to offer diem to dir ki mt aD dir fcnsts> diat dir lieut miT be satisfied
widi diem, O ruler ol gods.

213. '®I made for diee wine>gardens in die Soudiem Oasis, and
die Nordicm Oasb likewtse widiout number; odiers in die Soudi widi
numeious lists; thej were multiplied in tbe Northland br die hundred-
diousand. I manned them with g^rd^ners from die captives of die coun-
tries; having lakes ^^of my digging^ ■■supplied with fetus flowers, and
with sheddi (Mky and wine like drawing water,*^ in order to present
them before thee in ''Victorious Thebes.** "I planted thy dty, Thebes*
trees, vegetatfens, isi-plants, and menhet flowers for thy nostrils*

Kkams»-T€Mfl4

ai4« '3i buih a house* for thy son, Khonsu in Thebes, of good
sandstone, red gritstone, and black stone (granite). I overiaid its
docurposts and doors with gold, (with) inlay-figures of electrum, like the

PL 8
horizon of heaven. ■! worked upon thv' statues in the gold-houses,
with every splendid cosdy stone whidi my hands brought.

Sanduary in Residence Ciiy

3iS« *I made for thee an august quarter in the city of the North-
land, established as thy property forever; ''House (^)-of -Ramses-

»See Piehl, Zeitschri/t fiir dgypHscke Spracke^ 188$. 60, 61.

^Lit., ''behind tkem,**

cAn intoxicating drink of uncertain character. See p, loi, n. e.

<>See n, 461, L 5. Same figure agidn in 8^ 6.

*This is Ramses Ill's well-known temple of Khonsu at Ramak. It was not
completed by him, but was continued by his successors until the accession of the
high priests of Amon. The dedication in the hypostyle reads: **H$ made (tf) as
his monumeni for Khonsu in Neferhoiep {Thebes% making for him (ike kail caUei):
* ExaUaiion'Cj'Brigktness* for ike fir si Hme of fme wkiie sandstone^ WMking kigk
kis great seat, wiik eiedrum^ adorned wiik every splendid cosily sione** (Brugsch,
Tkesaurus, VI, 1310). But Brugsch does not give the name of the king, and the
dedication may belong to Ramses IV, who also built in this hall.

'Doubtless referring to Khonsu, as the papyrus marks a paragraph at the
end of 1. 1, as we have indicated.

122 TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES HI [|ai6

Ruler-of-Hcliopolis,-L.-P.-H.,-Grcat-in-Victory/' it is called,^ forever,
si conveyed to it Egypt with its^ tribute; the people of evoy land were
gathered in its midst. It was furnished with large gardens and places
for walking about, with all sorts of date groves, bearing ^their fruits,
and a sacred^ avenue, brightened with the flowers of every land,*^ isi-
plants, papyrus, and dedmet flowers, like sand.

Its Vineyard and Olive Garden

2i6« ^I made for it Kanekeme,® inundated like the Two Lands,
in the great olive-lands; bearing vines; surrounded by a wall around
them by the iter;^ planted with great trees ^n all their many paths,
wherein was oil more than the sand of the shore; in order to bring
them to thy ka, to ''Victorious Thebes;" wine like drawing water<
without measure, 'to present them before thee as a daily offering. *I
built for thee thy temple in the midst of its ground,^ established with
labor, excellent in stone of Ayan (^ yn^). Its door and its doorposts
were of gold, mounted with copper; the inlay-figures were of every
costly stone, like the double doors of heaven.

CuUus Imag^

217. 'I fashioned thy august image, wherewith the "Appearance"
is made,) like Re when he brightens the earth with his beams; '* Amon^
of-Ramses-Ruler-of-Heliopolis'' was its great and august name. I
filled its house with male and female slaves, whom I carried off from
the lands of the Bedwin (Sty w), '^The lay priests of the temple were

r "^ children of great men, whom I trained. Its treasury was

overflowing with products of every land; its granaries approached

*Lit., **is said to it for a name"

^ext has "their/* referring to Egypt as pluraL

cThe avenue leading up to the temple door.

<lCompare the flowers of Syria, brought to Egypt by Thutmose III (11, 451).

^Name of an important vineyard of Amon in the Delta; it existed in the days
of Ramses II, from whose cellars at the Ramesseum many sherds from broken
wine-jars have been found, bearing the name of this vineyu^ (Wiedemann, ZMP
schrift far dgyptische Sffrache, 1883, 33 fif. ; Spiegelberg, Ostr&ca, Pis. XIX-X^QOV),

fSee II, 965, note. sSee 7, 11. KTht ground of Kanekeme.

iThis must have been the cultus image in the Tanis temple, the equipment ol
which he has above enumerated.

iWith which the god appears in processions and feasts.

^T 9 ^kmw (or possibly mf ' ^kmw) occurs also in the inscription, year 8 (| 65^
Lai), where it applies to charioteers.

laail PAPYRUS HARRIS 123

heaven, its herds ''were multiplied more than the sand;^ cattle yards,

offered to his ka« (as) divine offerings daily, full and pure before him;

fattening-houses containing fat geese; poultry yards containing wild

fo^; "gardens with wine, provided with their fruit, vegetables and all

kinds of flowers.

Temple in Nubia

2i8« '3i made for thee an august house in Nubia {T^-pd't)^
engraved with thy august name, the likeness of the heavens (named) :
"House-of-Ramses-Ruler-of-Heliopolis,-L.-P.-H.,-Great-in- Victory,"
abiding, bearing thy name forever.

PI 9. Temple in Zahi

aiQ. 'I built for thee a mysterious house in the land of Zahi (P ^ -h ^),

like the horizon of heaven which is in the sky, (named): "The-House-

(ii"/)-of-Ranises-Ruler-of-Heliopolis,-L.-P.-H.,-in-Pekanan,"^ "as the

property of thy name. I fashioned thy great statue resting in the midst

of it (named) : ' * Amon-of -Ramses-Ruler-of -Heliopolis,-L.-P.-H." The

Asiatics of Retenu {Rtww) came to it, ^bearing their tribute before it,

for it was divine.

Miscellaneous

220. I brought the earth, united for thee, bearing their imposts, to
convey them to Thebes, thy mysterious dty. ^j made for thee statues
in the districts of Egypt; they were for thee (^and^ the gods who pre-
serve this land. I built for them temples, gardens containing their
groves, ^lands, small cattle, large cattle, many slaves; they are thine
forever, thine eye is upon them, thou art their protector unto eternity.
^I wrought upon thy great and grand statues which are in their districts
in the bnds of Egypt. I restored their temples 'which were in ruin.
I multiplied the divine offerings presented to their ka's as an increase
of the daily offerings which were formerly.

Lists

221. ^See, I have listed^ all that I did before thee, O my august,
divine father, lord of gods, that men and gods may know of my bene-
factions, ^hich I did for thee in might, while I was upon earth.

^From here to the end of the section the enumeration is simply a list without
syntactical connection with the preceding.

^Ux.,'* the Canaan:'

^lAx.f "coUecUd;** the noun is the common word for list, as on the next plate
(10, i).

124 TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES HI [§222

3. amon's estate

PI 10

222. 'List of things, cattle, gardens, lands, galleys, workshops, and
towns, which Pharaoh, L. P. H., gave to the house (pr) of his august
father, 'Amon-Re, king of gods, Mut, Khonsu, and all the gods of
Thebes, as property forever and ever:*

People Attached to Temples, Etc.

Medinet Habu Temple

223. 5" The -House (A/)-of-King-Usermare-Meriamon,-
L.-P.-H.,-in-the-House-of-Amon,"*> in the South and
North, under charge of the officials {sr) of the temples
of this house {pr), equipped with all its things: heads 62,626

SmaU Kamak Temple

^"House {pr)'Oi - Usermare- Meriamon,- L.- P.- H.,- in-the-
HouseH>f-Amon," in the South and North, under charge
of the officials, equipped with all its things: heads 970

Luxor Temple

5" House (^)-of-Ramses-Ruler-of-Heliopolis,-L.-P.-H.,-in-
the-House-of-Amon," in the South and North, under
charge of the officials, equipped with all its things:

heads 2,623

Southern Kamak Temple

«"The House (A/)-of-Ramses-Ruler-of-Heliopolis,-L.-P.-H.,-
Possessed-of-Joy-in-the-House-of-Amon," under charge
of the High Priest; equipped with all its things: heads 49

*The list now follows, and the ^t series of items is a statement of the numbers
of people ("heads") attached to the various temples, to herds, etc. This list of
people runs to ix, 4.

^This name of the Medinet Habu temple is often found in the temple itself.
Its full form there is: ** House-ol'Usermare'Menanum-Posses5ed--ol-EternUy'in-lhe'
House-ol-Amon-onAhe-West-of-Thehes" (Lepsius, DenkffUUer, Text, m, 173); but
"on-the 'West -of -Thebes** is sometimes omitted {ilnd., 179 and 185), as well as
•^Possejsed-of -Eternity" (ibid., 182, 183, 184, 185).

laasl PAPYRUS HARRIS 125

Five Herds of the Theban Temples

224. 'Herd* of "Usermare-Meriamon,-L.-P.-H.,-in-the-
House-of-Amon," which k (called): "Usermare-
MeriamonrL.-P.-H.,- Captor - of - Rebels - k-a-Great-
NUe:"^ heads*^ 113

^crd (called) : " Usermare - Meriamon,- L.- P.- H. ,- is - the -
Conqueror-of -the-Meshwesh-at- the- Water-of -Re,"<*
under charge of the steward Pay (Py^ y); Meshwesh:

heads 971

•Herd (called): "Ramses-Ruler-of-Heliopolis,-L.-P.-H.,-

in-the-House-of - Amon-is-a-Great-Nile : " heads i ,867

**>Herd (called): "Usennare-Meriamon,-L.-P.-H.,-in-the-

House-of-Amon,^ r y under charge of the

Vizier of the South: heads 34

»«Herd of "Raniscs-Rulcr-of-Heliopolis,-L.-P.-H.,-in-the-
House-of-Amon," under charge of the cattle-overseer
Key (K^ y): heads 279

Royal Residence

225. ""House (^)-of-Rarases-Ruler-of-Heliopolis,-L.-P.-
H.,-Great-in-Victory," the dty which the Pharaoh, L.
P.H., made for thee in the North, in the ownership of

*The following five herds, as the names show, belonged one to each of the
preceding four temples, and the Khonsu-temple, as is shown by 12a, 1-4, where
they follow these five temples in a group.

^>This herd still existed under Ramses IV; see Hammamat Inscription, 1. 14
(I 466).

cThese are not ** heads'* of cattle, but the people in charge of the herd.

<rrh]s canal on which Ramses III defeated the Meshwesh in the 3rear 11,
can only have been in the western Delta. That it was so located is shown by its
occurrence in a list of Delta localities just after Busiris, **ihe western river, the
great river (Canopic branch), the * Water oj Re'" (Gol^nischeff Papyrus, Zeitschrift
far dgypUsche Sprache, 40, 105). It is called the ^* western canal" in f 340 (see
Also 1370)- I^ ^^ the canal passing out of the Fayiim northward as the con-
tinuation of the Bahr Yusuf. It is mentioned in Saitic times on a stela in Berlin
(No. I5393)» recording the gift of a building by Apries (seventeenth year), located
"on the west of the canal named * North,* which is between the highlands and Mem-
phis" In Ptolemaic times it connected Heracleopolis with Alexandria (see {831,
note).

•The rest of the name is uncertain; possibly: "Made: ( '^ called)-' the-People-
Are-a-Great-NUei?).*"

ia6 TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES III [I996

the house of Amon-Re, king of gods, saying: ''As thou
art mighty, thou shalt cause it to abide forever and
ever:" heads 7,872

Khonsu-TempU

»5House (^)-of -Ramses- Ruler-of-HeKopolis,-L.-P.-H.,-in-

the-House-of-Khonsu: heads 294

Ramses IIFs Gifts of People

'^People whom he gave to the house of ''Khonsu in Thebes,

Beautiful Rest," Horus, lord of joy: persons^ 247

'^Syrians, and Negroes of the captivity of his majesty, L. P.
H., whom he gave to the house {pr) of Amon-Re, king
of gods, the house (pr) of Mut, and the house {pr) of
Khonsu: persons^ S9607

**Bows** of "Usermare-Meriamon,-L.-P.-H.,-Establisher-of-
His-House-in-the-House-of-Amon;" people settled,
whom he gave to this house: heads 770

PI. II. Private Statues in Great Kamak Temple

'The processional images, statues, and figures, to which the
officials, standard-bearers, insf^ectors, and people of the
land pay impost, 'which the Pharaoh, L. P. H., gave;
in the ownership of the house of Amon-Re, king of gods,
to protect them and answer for them forever and ever;
32,756 gods,^ making: heads S1164

4Total heads 86,486

Miscellaneous Property

226. ^Large and small cattle, various 421,362

^Gardens and groves 433

•Ut., "times** {sp).

^Meaning foreign archers settled in a temple district.

cit is difficult to determine the exact nature of these statues; they appear here
in the god's estate; the materials of which they were made ( ?) appear independently
following the king's gifts (21&, 11-16); and finally in the general summary (68a,
3-686, 3) they are again included in the sacred estates. Erman suggests votive
statues of the god donated by the king's subjects.

I MS] PAPYRUS HARRIS 137

^Lands, stat

864,i(»i

'Transports and galleys

'Workshops of cedar and acacia

'*Towns of Egypt

"Towns of Syria (^ ^ -rw) and Rush

Total

4. amon's income

PI. 12a

227. 'Things exacted, the impost of all the people and serf-laborers
of "The-House (^*/)L-of-King-Usermare-Meriamony-L.-P.-H.rin-the-
House-of-Amon" (Medinet Habu temple), 'in the South and North
under charge of the officials; the ''House (^)-of-Usermare-Meriamon,-
L.-P.-H.rin-the-House-of-Amon" (small Kamak temple), in the (resi-
dence) dty; the "House (^)-of-Ramses-Ruler-of-Heliopolis,-L.-P.-H.,-
in-the-House-of-Amon'' (Luxor temple); ^the "Plouse (Ic /)-of -Ramses-
Ruler-of-Heliopolis,-L.-P.-H.,-Possessed-of-Joy-in-the-House-of-Amon-
of-Opet" (southern Elamak temple); the "Housc-of-Ramses-Ruler-of-
Heliopolis,-L.-P.-H.,-in-the-House-of-Khonsu'' (Khonsu-temple) ; the
five herds^ ^made for this housc,^ which King Usermare-Meriamon,
L. P. H., the Great God, gave to their treasuries, storehouses and
granaries ^as their yearly dues:

228. <^Finegold

7(jold of the moimtain, of Coptos

«(3old of Kush

^otal, fine gold, and gold of the mountain
»««ilver

"Total, gold and silver
* "Copper

217 (

deben

, S ^^et

3 "

290

8i "

569

6i "

10,964

9 "

^11,546

8 "

26,320

^These are the five herds enumerated in lO, 11. 7-1 1 (f 224).

^* House" is here used, as frequently, in the sense of estate, and means the
estate of Amon, divided among the five preceding temples, there being one herd for
each of the five temples.

clncorrect; correct total is 11,534 deben, 5} kidet.

138 TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES HI {faap

''Royal linen, mek-linen, fine southern linen, colored southern

linen, various garments 3t7^^

*^Yam, deben 3>79S

'^Incense, honey, oil, various jars (^ ^ ^ I1O47

PL 12b

'Shedeh and wine, various jars (^^^) ^SfAOS
'Silver, being things of the impost of the people (rmt) given

for the divine o£ferings^ 3i6o6 deben, i kidet
229. 'Barley c — ^ of the impost of the peasants (yhwiy), 16-
fold heket 3^995^
^Vegetables, bundles 24,650
'Flax, bales 64,000
^Water-fowl from the impost of the fowlers and fishermen 289,530
'Bulk, bullocks of the bulk, heifers, calves, cows, cattle of •' — \

cattle of r — ', of the herds of Egypt 847
'Bulls, bullocks of the nege-buUs, heifers, calves, cows, being

impost of the lands of Syria (ff ^ -rw) 19

Total 866

^Live geese of the exactions 744

'K^edar: tow-boats and ferry-boats 11
'^\cacia: tow-boats, ^canals-boats, boats for the transportation

of cattle, warships,^ and kara-boats: 71

''Total, cedar and acacia: boats 82
''Products of the Oasis*^ in many lists for the divine o£ferings.

5. THE king's gifts TO AMON

PL 13a

230. 'Gold, silver, real lapis lazuli, real malachite, every real
costly stone, copper, garments of royal linen, mek-linen, *fine southern
linen, southern linen, colored garments, jars, fowl, all the things which
King Usermare-Meriamon, L. P. H., the Great God, gave, 'as gifts of

^Silver received from sale of articles delivered to the temples as taxes from
the people.

^T^-^^-^y: see Spiegelberg, Rechnungen, 35.

cThe Northern Oasis (wt), see Kamak Inscription of Memeptah (III, 580^
1. 20).

§23*] PAPYRUS HARRIS 129

the king, L. P. H., in order to provision the house of his august fathers

(sic!), Amon-Re, king of gods, Mut, and Khonsu, from ^the year i to

the year 31, making 31 years.

231. ^Fine Ketem-gold; 42 ^ — '^ {dtnd't), making 21 deben

^Fine gold in ^raised work^;* 22 finger rings, making 3

'Fine gold in inlay; 9 finger rings, making

®Fine gold in ^raised work^,* and in inlay of every

real, costly stone; a Tring^ of the column of

Amon, making
'Fine gold in hammered work; a tablet, making
'^otal, fine gold in ornaments
"Gold of two times; in ^raised worki, and in

inlay; 42 finger rings, making
'*Gold of two times; 2 vases

'^Total, gold of two times

'^White gold: 310 finger rings, making

PL 13b

'White gold: 264 beads, making 48
'White gold in beaten work: 108 finger rings for

the god, making 19 ** 8

^White gold: 155 amulet cords, making 6 '' 2

kidet

((

tt Q ti

4Total, white gold 90 " yi

^Total, fine gold, gold of two times and white

gold 183
^Silver: a vase** (with) the rim of gold, in

^raised work^, making 112 *^ 5

'Silver: a sieve for the vase, making 12 " 3

^Silver: a sifting- vessel for the vase, making 27 " 7

Silver: 4 vases, making 57 " 4^

'^Silver: 31 large panniers with lids, making 105 " 4

tt
" 5= "

tt
tt

it ^ tt

tt ^ tt

•5 « * c.

*>Thcrc should be 7 kidet, an error of 2; but the correct total of 57 deben,
7 kidet was empbyed in obtaining the grand total (13b, 1. 5).

cSee preceding note.

^This and the following are the vases for the sieve, etc., mentioned in 6, 11.

XX "

xa «

13 "

14 "

15 "

i6 «

17 "

ISO TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES IH [§ ,3,

'^Silver: 31 caskets with lids, making 74 deben 4 kidet

"Silver: 6 measuring-vases (^ r^), making 30 '' 3 ^'
'Silver: in hammered work, a tablet (^10^),

making 19 '' 3} **
'^Silver: in hammered work, 2 tablets^ (^ nw)^

making 287 " }

'^Silver in scraps 100 "

'^otal, silver in vessels and scraps 827^ " li

PL 14a

'Total, gold and silver in vessels and scraps 1,010 '' 6^
'Real lapis lazuli: 2 blocks, making 14 '' \

^Bronze,^ in hanunered work: 4 tablets (^mc^),

making 833 '^

332. 4Myrrh: deben 5i>i40

^Myrrh: heket 3

^Myrrh: hin 20

^Myrrh wood: logs 15

^Myrrh fruit in measures {yP'() 100

9 Royal linen: garments {dw) 37

10 « " upper garments (dw) 94

hamen-garments 55

mantles 11

wrappings of Horus 8

— ^ garments t

garments {ydg ^) 690

tunics 489

garments for the august ^statuel of Amon 4

PL 14b

'Total, royal linen, various garments X93S3

'Mek-linen: a robe i

^These are mentioned in 6, 7.

^The exact total is 8a6 deben, 4} kidet

cThese tablets are mentbned in 6, 9, showing that the material was bronie^
though the designation both here and thore is i^mi, the usual word for copper.

<lReading unknown.

2331 PAPYRUS HARRIS 131

sMek-linen: a mantle i

* " " in a ''cover'*: a garment for the august •'statue"' of

Amon 1

7 It a

^ " — ^ garments

8 a a

' " upper gannents (Jw)

9 (1 II

^ *' garments (>^^ ^)

le «< <

' " tunics

11 " «

« kilts

^otaly mek-linen: various garments 3

^Fine southern linen: garment^ {dw) a

4
5

"Total, fine southern linen, various garments 75

''Cblored linen: mantles 876

«4 " " tunics 6,779

'^otal, colored linen, various garments 7»i35^

'^otal, royal linen, mek-linen, fine southern linen, southern

linen, colored linen, various garments 8,586°

PL 15a

333. 'White incense: (mfi)-jars 3»iS9

•White incense: (wfi)-jars** 12

^Honey: (wfi)-jars 1,065

Ofl of Egypt: (mfi)-jars 2,743

soil of Syria {ff^ ^ -rw) : (m-s ^ - Jy)-jars 53

•Oil of Syria (^ ^ -rw) : (wfi)-jars 1,757

^Whitefat: (mfi)-jars 911

'Goosefat: (w«)-jars 385

•Butter: (m»)-jars 20

*«Total, filled jars C ^ ^ 9,ia5*

•iC '-I M^ - nQ9 (Bondi, Lehnwdrter, 82, and 51).

bSame as 14a, 14.

C530 short.

^An uncertain hieratic sign after mn indicates that it is different from that
ofL I.

<The correct total is 9,105.

132

TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES HI

[1 334

'^Shedeh: colored (m«)-jars
"Shedeh: (ife ^ -6w)-jars
'3 Wine: (mn)-jars

'^Total, shedeh and wine: jars (mn and k^bw)

'^Hirset {hrsf) stone: sacred eye amulets
'^Lapis lazuli: sacred eye amulets

PL 13b
'Red jasper: scarabs
'Malachite: scarabs

'Bronze and Minu (mynw) stone: scarabs
^Lapis lazuli: scarabs
5 Various costly stones: sacred eye amulets
^Various costly stones: seals as pendants
'Rock-crystal: seab

8 «

beads

cut: hin-jars
234. »**Wrought wood: seals^
"Alabaster: a block
"Cedar: bp^-ny-ny
''Cedar: tp' t

'^Neybu (N^ y-bw) wood: 3 logs, making (deben)
''Cassia wood: i log, making (deben)
*^Reeds: bundles

PL i6a

'Cinnamon: measures (msty)

'Cinnamon: bundles

'Grapes: measures {msty)

-♦Tlosemaryi {nkp ^ ty) : measures (msty)

'Yufiti (Fx£^/y-/>')-plant: measures (msty)

^Dom-palm fruits of Mehay (M-h ^ -yw) : measures (msty)

^Fruit: heket

^Grapes: crates

KJrapes: bimches

i>377
i,iii

20,078
22,ss6»

185

217

224

165

^SS
31

I
610
800

246
82

5a
"5

lOI

1,809

1,869

■The correct total w 22,566.

^Thebes, Heliopolis and Memphis each received one a year of these objects.

1236] PAPYRUS HARRIS 133

'^om^ranates^: crates 375

"B 3 -jfc 3 .y 5 -plant, in measures (yf i) i ,668

235. "Various cattle 297

»3Live geese 2,940

Miivc turpu (^^c^-r-^)-geese S,aoo

«sUvc water-fowl 126,300

PL J6h

'Fat geese from the ^flocks^ 20

'Natron: bricks 44iOoo

'Salt: bricks 44^000

^Palm-fiber: ropes 180

sPalm-fiber: loads 50

•Pahn-fiber: f— J 77

'Palm-fiber: cords 2

*Sebkhet {sh}^' ty^hnts 60

'Flax (^i'O- bekhen {hlyn) 1,150

'^Ideninu (Ydnynyw) 60

"Hezet (A^'/)-plant: measures (msty) 50

"Pure *■ — \ deben 750

6. GRAIN FOR THE OLD FEASTS

336. '^Clean grain for the divine o£ferings of the feasts of heaven,*
and the feasts of the first of the seasons, which King Usermare-Meriamon
L. P. H., the Great God, founded for '-•his father, Amon-Re, king of
gods, Mut, Khonsu, and all the gods of Thebes, as an increase of the
divine offerings,^ as an increase of the daily offerings,^ in order to mul-
tiply that which was before, ^^from the year i to the year 31, making
31 years: 2,981,674*^ i6-fold heket.

^The offerings for these and the following feasts of 6 and 7 are recorded like-
in the Great Calendar of Medinet Habu ({{ 139-45)1 from which the scribe
coukl copy them, though with some changes. Thus for twenty-one years the
Coronation feast was only one day long, as shown in the calendar (made in year
12), but in year 32 it was made 20 days long. Similarly in year 12 the calendar
gives the Feast of Opet as 24 days long, but our papyrus treats it as 27 days long
for 31 years! The scribe evidently reckoned with Uiese changes, for his numbers
are even multiples of 31, as so commonly with the other temples.

^These words are incorrectly repeated in the text by a dittography.

cThis amounts to 6,360,908 bushels, or 205,190 bushels annually.

134 TWENTIETH DYNASTY: IL\MSES HI [§237

7. OFFERINGS FOR NEW FEASTS FOUNDED BY RAMSES m

PL 17a

237. 'Oblations of the festivals which King Usermare-Meriamon,
L. P. H., the Great God, founded for his father, 'Amon-Re, king of
gods, Mut, Khonsu, and aU the gods of Thebes, during the 20 days of
offering, of the festival (called): 3"Usermare-Meriamon,-L.-P.-H.,-
Making-Festive-Thebes-for-Amon," from the first month of the third
season, (ninth month), day 26,^ to the second month of the third season
(tenth month), day 15; ^making 20 days; from the year 22 to the year
32,^ making 1 1 years; together with the oblations of the ^feast of South-
em Opet (Luxor), from the second month of the first season (second
month), day 19, to the third month of the first season (third month),
day 15, making 27 days;^ ^tom the year i to the year 31, making
^i years.

238. 'Fine bread: large oblation-loaves i>o57

•Fine bread: large loaves {sy^ i»277

9 a u large loaves (ph) i>277

10 a « loaves (ddnU'hr-t ') 440
'"Bread: large oblation-loaves 43»620
'^Papyrus rrindi of the house of incense** 685
*3Beer of the beer-cellar: 4,401 Qslts), making •

*This is the coronation day of Ramses III, the twenty-sixth of Pakhons, being
so recorded in the festival calendar on the south wall of the Medinet Habu temple
(Greene, FouiUes, PI. IV, 11. 9 and 10, twice) : " The first matOh of the third season,
day 26, the day of the royal coronation (^ c stny) of King Ramses III.*' (See also
1 153.) This feast was at first only one day long, but in the year 33 it was nude
twenty days bng.

^As this feast fell within the 40 days during which Ramses III survived in his
thirty-second year, it was, therefore, celebrated in that year also; but none of the
old feasts, as he did not survive to celebrate them in the thirty-second year.

cThis feast was not 37 days bng, throughout the reign, but only 34 at first
(see Breasted, Zeitschrift fUr dgyptische Sprache, 37, 136, where this passage in
Harris was not yet noted). Under Thutmose III it lasted only 11 days {ibid.);
it was an old feast, but because Ramses III lengthened it he includes it among
feasts founded by himself. As he lengthened it from 34 to 37 da3rs, it is not likely
that the lengthening &om 1 1 to 34 days was also due to him. If lengthened further
in later times, it was probnged at the end, for in the Twenty-first Dynasty it still
began on the nineteenth. (Inscriptions historiques de Pinodjem, 1. 13, bebw.)

<lThe numeial must refer to the separate pieces.

^The scribe has omitted the amount in bins.

i23»]

PAPYRUS HARRIS

I3S

*<Fine bread, meat, rahusu* (r^-Ai^jw)-cakes: measures^

(Jjup) for show
'^Fine bread, meat, rahusu-cakes: measures^ (htp) of gold

PL 17b

'Fine bread, meat, rahusu-cakes: measures (htp) for eating^
'Fine bread, meat, rahusu-cakes: measures (/^ y) for the

mouth of the eater^
'Fine bread, meat, rahusu-cakes: vases (g ^ y) of the prince
^Fine bread of the divine offerings: vases {dny^) of gold,

equipped
'Fine bread of the divine offerings: loaves {hy ^' /)

loaves (^-w)

6 «

7 u u

white loaves

•Fine bread:

: large loaves (^ k) for eating**

9 a «

sweet loaves (5 ^ ft)*

ro M «

loaves (^ /^) of the fire

11 « «

large k>aves (^ /;)

It U it

loaves (^5 ^ -^ J) of grain

13 « «

white oblation-loaves

14 u u

pyramidal loaves

IS « "

kyUestis-loaves

X «<

PI. i8a
" loaves (wdnw-fU)
'Kunek (j;ic^)-bread: white loaves (P)
'Fine bread: loaves (p ^' t)

♦Total of fine bread: various loaves (^ k)

165
48s

11,120

9»84S
3»7ao

375

62,540

106,992

13*020

6,200

24,800

16,665

992,750
I7i340

572,000
46,500

441,800

127,400
116,400
262,000

2,844,357'

•Connected by Bond! (Lehnw&rter, 62 and 86), with nVTHta , " pan."

»>Or: ''baskets'* or ''vessels.**

cThese phrases evidently apply only to the loaves, in any case "for eating"
occurs often with loaves alone; see 176, 1. 8, and the lists in Spiegelberg's "Ge-
schlfts journal" (Rgcueilf 17, 143 f.).

'Probably these terms indicate that these things were eaten at the feast. Thus
in L 3, each vessel or vase of food was eaten by a noble; the more plentiful supplies
that follow were then eaten by the people.

•See Piehl, Zeitschrift fUr dgyptische Sprache, 1886, 80 ff.

'The real total is 2,806,407, not counting 25,710 "measures^" etc. (17a, 14-
176, 4). Even including the fine bread of 17a, 11. 7-10, which make 4,051
loaves, the scribe is still nearly 34,000 in excess of the real sum. The difference
must lie in the "measures,** etc (17a, i4-i7^» 4)*

136

TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES HI

[|>39

^Rahusu-cakes: measures (t^im)
^Cakes: measures (yP't)
7Rahusu (R^ -hw-sw): measures (yP't)
® Flour: vessels (^

239. ^Shedeh: jars (mit)
»^hedeh: jars (k ^ -bw)
"Wne: jars (m»)

"Total, shedeh and wine: jars {mn and k ^ -bw)

*3Beer: various jars
*^Sweet oil: jars {mn)
"'Sweet oil: hin

PL i8b

'White incense: jars (mn)

■Incense: various measures {yP' i)

^Inflammablei incense: jars {mn)

*Red oil Q)k) : jars (mn)

'Oil (nhh) : jars (mn)

60il (nhh) : hin

'Honey: jars (mn)

* White fat: jars (mn)

^Olives: jars (mn)

"^Southern linen: garments (dw)

"Southern linen: garments (rdw)

"Colored linen: garments (yfd)

'^Colored linen: tunics

Total

240. »^Wax: deben

"5 All (kinds of) fine fruit: measures (k ^ -hw-s ^)
*^A11 (kinds of) fine fruit: measures (P y)

344
48,420
28,200

3»i30
2,210

310
39»Sio

42,030

219,215

93
1,100

304i093*
778

93
110,000

310

93
62

31
31
44

261

3iK»
620
620

PI iga

'Fruit: measures (hip)
'Fruit: measures (dnyt)

SS9,Soo
78,550

•The scribe has written ** making** after this numeral, intending to add the
weight in deben, but forgot it, as in 17a, 13.

ia4i]

PAPYRUS HARRIS

137

3Figs of the impost: measures (yp'O

4 " " " weights (mf^ ^)

* " " " measures (msty)

^Fi^: in measures (yp't)

'Figs: measures (P y)

•Mehiwet {Mhywf) :* fcakesi {$^4^)

^Qmiamon: measures QUp)

'K^imiamon: measures {msty)

"Semu (5^iftw)-plant: measures {Jup)

««fCabbage^ {S^w()i hekct

«3Khithana (9y-P^^)-fruit: heket

«4Khithaiia (^y-| ^ ^ ^)-fruit: tbundles^ (^ nbw)

'^Grapes: measures {msty)

'Hjrapes: measures (P y)

PI 19b

'Southern fruit: heket

*Enbu (^ nbw) : measures {d ^ mw)

241. ^Papyrus sandak: pairs

^Salt: 16-fold heket

^SaH: bricks

^Natron: bricks

Thick stuff: garments (dw)

•Flax (pS): measures (sbf^'i)

*Tamariski(y^«'): bundles

'^Reed-grass: bundles

"Leather sandab: pairs

««Q>>m-palm irmO^^w-kw-kw) : in measures (yP't)

«3cpomegranatesi: in measures (yp't)

^Pomegranates"': crates (pdr)

'^Olives: jars (g^ y)

'^Jars and vesseb of the mouth of the Heliopolitan canal^

PL 20a

'Papyrus Trindi: measures (yP't)
■Nebdu (nbdw): measures (yP't)

310
1,410

310

3iia>
220

^SS

hSSo

620

310

6y200

117

x»SSo

8,985
620

15,110

1,515
69,200

7S»4oo

150
265

3>a7o

4,200

3,720

449,500

^5»5oo

1,240

310

9,610

3,78a
930

^Unknown fruit.

Perhaps the place of the workshop where the jars were made.

138 TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES III [124s

243. 3Bulls 419

^Bullocks of the bulls 290

50xen (ng ^) 1 8

^Heifers a8 1

'Two-year-olds (cattle) 3

^Calves 740

<>Bullocks (Tpw) 19

*®G)ws 1,12 a

"Total, various cattle ^»^9^

"Male of the white oryx i

»3White orjrxes 54

^^^Male gazelle^ {nr ^w) 1

<5Gazelles 81

»^otal 137

'H'otal, various cattle (y^'() 3iOa9

PL 20b

"Live geese (r ^) 6,820

« " fowl (ii/- ^ =») 1,410

3 " turpu (/Trf^)-geese hSS4

^Cranes 130

^Live hatching-fowl 4to6o

*Live water-fowl 25,020

'Pigeons (mny't) 57y3io

®Live pedet {p^d' /)-birds ^ijoo

•Live sesha (5 ^ - ^ i ^) birds i>24o

"®Doves 6,510

"Total, various fowl 126,250*

343 • "Jars Cof the canal^ filled with fish, having wooden Hids^ 440

*3White fish 2,200

"^Dressed shene (in ^)-fish iS>Soo

»5Fish cut up iSiSoo

PL 2ia

'Fish, whole 441,000

^Lacking four of being conrct.

lM5l

PAPYRUS HARRIS

139

344. 'Blossoms* of the impost of flowers: sunshades^

3Blossoms:^ tall bouquets

^Blossoms* of the unpost of flowers: "garden fragrance"*^

'Isi-plant: measures (yP'i)

^Flowers: garlands

^Flowers: ^strings^ (k^ -r^ -hw-ty)

•Blue flowers: ropes

^Flowers for the hand

'•Flowers: measures (4dm' t)

"Lotus flowers for the hand

" '* " bouquets

»3 " " forthehand<»

'^Papyrus flowers: bouquets

*5Papynis: fstems"* (^

PI. 2lb

'Large bouquets of the unpost of flowers

'Dates: measures (m4^ yw)

^Dates: ''cut branches^

^V^etables: measures (4dm' t)

'V^etables: bundles

^Isi-plant for the hand

'Com: bouquets

•Ears of grain for the hand

^Blossoms: bouquets

'•Blossoms: measiures (htp)

8. PRIVATE STATUES OF AMON«

124

3>ioo

"4,351
60450

620

12,400

46,500

144,720

3»4io

110,000

68,200

349»ooo

191I50
65,480

3»ioo

2,170

770,200

128,650

11,000

31,000

i,975»8oo

245. "The amount belonging to the 2,756 statues and figures which
are above:'

^Rnpy; it probably means blossoms or flowers here, but in some passages it
may mean vegetables; see 37a, 8, 9.

bxhe sunshades were made of green plants and flowers.

<^Name of a plant or kind of bouquet ?

^L. II has sin for lotus, while 1. 13 has sSnyny, indicating some difiference.

*See XX, 1-3, and note.

'See XX, 1-3. In the final summary (68a, 3-6) the proportions of gold and
gihrer are given, viz., 7,205 deben, i kidet of gold, and 11,047 deben, } kidet of
sihrer, being roughly two parts gold to three parts silver, the usual proportion for
dectrum, of which the statues were therefore probably made.

140 TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES HI [|s46

<*Fine gold and silver 18,252 deben, i{ kidet

'^Real costly stones: various blocks 18,214 " 3 "

*^Black copper, copper, lead, ''tin^ 112,132 "
'^Cedar: various bgs 328

«*Mastic tree' (S^ -w^ -bw) : various logs AA^S

9.^ RAMSES' CONCLUDING PRAYER TO AMON

PL 22

346. 'How happy is he who depends upon thee I O god, Amon,
Bull of his mother, ruler of Thebes. Grant thou that I may arrive in
safety, landing in peace, 'and resting in Tazoser like the gods. May
I mingle with the excellent souls of Manu, who see thy radiance at early
morning. ^Hear my petition 1 O my father, my lord, I am alone among
the gods who are at thy side. Crown my son as king upon the throne
of Atum, establish him ^ mighty Bull, lord, L. P. H., of the two
shores. King of Upper and Lower Egypt, Lord of the Two Lands:
Usermare - Setepnamon, L. P. H.: Son of Re, Lord of Diadems:
Ramses (IV)-Hekma-Meriamon, L. P. H., emanation ^that came forth
from thy limbs. Thou art the one who didst designate him to be king,
while he was a youth. Appoint thou him to be ruler, L. P. H., of the
Two Lands over the people. Give to him a reign of millions of years,
%is every limb being whole, in prosperity and health. Place thy crown
upon his head, seated on thy throne; and may the serpent-goddess^
alight upon his brows. Make him divine 'more than any king, and
great like thy reverence, as lord of the Nine Bows. Make his body to
flourish and be youthful daily, while thou art a shield behind him ^or
every day. Put his sword and his war-mace over the heads of the
Bed win (St' tyw) ; may they fall down in fear of him like Baal. Extend
for him the boundaries as far as he desires; ^'may the lands and coun-
tries fear in terror of him. Grant for him that Egypt may rejoice,

*This numbering does not conform with the scheme in the Heliopolitan section,
where No. 8 is devoted to the offerings to the Nile-god, which were not given at
Thebes. This is another evidence of the late origin of Theban power. The
official offerings of the king to the Nile became a fixed custom in the days when
Heliopolis was the seat of power and Thebes was an obscure village of Upper Egypt.
The offerings to the Nile-god at Memphis were not old, but were founded by Ramses
ni in his twenty-ninth year.

bThe uraeus serpent-crest.

§247] PAPYRUS HARRIS 141

ward off all evil, misfortune and destruction. '^Give to him joy abiding
in his heart, jubilation, singing and dancing before his beautiful face.
Put love of him in the hearts of the gods and goddesses; his kindness
and his terror ''in the hearts of men. G)mpiete the good things of
which thou hast told me on earth for my son, who is upon my throne.
Thou art the one who didst create him, confirm his "kingdom to the
son of his son, thou being to them a protector, answering for them and
they being to thee servants with their eyes upon thee doing benefactions

PI. 23

for 'thy ka, forever and ever. The things that thou ordainest, they
come to pass, abiding and established; the things that thou sayest,
they endure like gritstone. 'Thou didst adjudge to me a reign of 200^
years; establish them for my son who is (still) upon earth; make ^his
life longer than (that of) any king, in order to repay the benefactions
which I have done for thy ka. Let him be king by reason of thy com-
mand; ^even thine, who crownest him; let him not ("reverse that which
thou hast donei, O lord of gods. Give great and rich Niles in his time,
in order ^to supply his reign with plentiful food. Give to him the princes
who have not known Egypt, with loads ^upon their backs for his august
palace, King of Upper and Lower £g3rpt, Lord of the Two Lands:
Usermare-Setepnamon, L. P. H.; Son of Re, Lord of Diadems:
Ramses (IV)-Hekma-Meriamon, L. P. H.

m. HELIOPOLITAN SECTION
I. INTRODUCTORY VIGNETTE

PL 24. VigneUe

247. Ramses III stands praying before Harakhte, Atum,
SaosiSy and Hathor. The accompanying notes are :

Over Harakhle
Harakhte, great god, lord of heaven.

Over Alum
Atum, lord of the Two Lands of Heliopolis.

•This must refer to some priestly oracle, attributed to Amon, in which he had
promised Ramses III a reign of 200 years. The deceased king prays for the ful-
filment of this promise to his son.

142 TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES m [{248

Over Saosis
Saosis, mistress of Heliopolis.

Over Haihor
Hathor, mistress of Hetep (J^/^).

Before the King

I tell the prayers, praises, adorations, and laudations, mighty deeds,
benefactions, which I did for thee, in thy presence, O great prince.

2. PRAYER TO RE AND RECITAL OF THE KING'S BENEFACTIONS

PL 25. IfUroduction

248. 'The prayers, praises, laudations, mighty deeds, and bene-
factions which King Usermare-Meriamon, L. P. H., the Great God,
did 'for his father, Atum, lord of the Two Lands of Heliopolis, Re-
Harakhte, Saosis, the mistress of Hetep (Hathor), and all the gods of
Heliopolis.

Prayer

349. Said the King Usennare-Meriamon, L. P. H., the Great God,
^in praising his father, this august god, Atum, lord of the Two Lands
of Heliopolis, Re-Harakhte:

Praise to thee, Re-Atum, All-lord, creator of that which is, rising
^in heaven, illuminating this land with his rays. The hidden ones,
dwelling in the West,^ turn their faces to thee; they rejoice to behold
thy beauty. All people jubilate at 'the sight of thee. Thou it is who
madest heaven and earth; and thou didst appoint me to be king over
the Two Lands, and Ruler, L. P. H., on thy great throne. Thou didst
assign to me all the lands as far ^as the circuit of the sun. They feared,
and fell down to my name, as they do to thy name. I was diligent in
pursuit of benefactions and numerous great deeds 'for thy house

Buildings and Temple Gifts

2^0. I extended thy wall in the house of Re, I filled his treasury
with the products of the lands of Egypt; I loaded his granaries with
barley and spelt, ^which had begun to stand (empty) since the (former)

•The dead.

1 253] PAPYRUS HARRIS 143

kings. I made great designs for thy ^ — i,* I caused them to rest in the
shrines of thy temple; I made the regulations for ^e priests (w ^ b)
in the house of Re. I made him more divine than formerly, '^I cleansed
HeUopolis for his divine ennead. I built his temples, which were gone
to ruin, I fashioned their gods in their mysterious forms of gold, silver,
and every costly stone, as everlasting works.

Sanctuary in the Hdiopolis Tern fie

251. I'l made for thee an august house in the midst of thy temple,
like the heavens, abiding and bearing the sun, before thee, founded

PL 26

with gritstone, laid with limestone, established ^with good work, en-
during in thy name. It is the great and mysterious horizon of Har-
akhte, the "Great Seat" is of gold, the double doors of Ketem-gold,
while thy mother rests 'in the midst of it, rejoicing and satisfied at seeing
it. I equipped it with the classes^ which I trained, personal property,
lands, and herds without number.

Colossi in the HdiopcUs Temple

252. 31 made for thee great monimients in the house of Re, of
gritstone, which Atum shaped into great images, sculptiured with toil,
dragged up, and ^resting in their places forever and ever, in thy great,
august and lovely forecourt, carved with thy divine name like the
heavens.

Amulets for the Statue of Re

253. si made for thee august amulets of fine gold, with inlay of
real lapis lazuli and real malachite. I attached them to thy body in
the great house of thy protection and thy magnificence, ^in thy splendid
seat, that they might protect the august limbs as rperenniaP amulets
for thy great, grand and lovely form.

*The word {rj^'nf) is plural, as shown by the possessive article; it must indi-
cate divine statues, and literally translated means "thai which he knows** perhaps
an esoteric priestly term for statue. Compare a similar expression in a(^ 4.

^* Classes** (4^m), a word later meaning "generations," and here referring
to the successive "classes" into which the youth were divided as they became of
age liable to conscription for enforced service. See 76, 5, note, 1 402.

144 TWENTIETH DYNASTY: R.\MSES III [|s54

Granite Shrine

254. 'I made for thee a mysterious shrine of granite, wherein Atom
and Tafnut rest. The double doors upon it were of copper, mounted
^th gold, engraved with the great name of thy majesty, forever and
ever.

Steke with Temple Regulations

255. 9i made for thee great decrees for the administration of thy
temple, recorded in the hall of writings of Egypt; stebe were made,
with outlined figures,* carved with the graver's tool, 'Abiding for thee
forever, nor is there destruction for them.

Temple Balances

256. "I made for thee splendid balances of electrum;^ the like of
which had not been made since the time of the god. Thoth sat upon it
as guardian of the balances, "being a great and august ape^ of gold in
beaten work. Thou weighest therein before thee, O my father. Re,
when thou Cmeasurest^ of gold and silver by the hundred -thousands,

PL 27

brought as tribute 'before thee from their coffers, and given to thy august
treasury in the house of Atum. I founded for \\^ daily divine offerings,
in order to supply its altar at early morning.

Storehouses for Feasts

257. »I made for thee a storehouse for the "Feast of the Appear-
ance," being built upon pure ground, on the land of Heliopolis, divine
in workmanship. I filled it with beautiful slaves of the choicest, and
clean grain by the ten-thousand, in order to supply them.

Storehouse for Tetnple Income

258. 3l made for thee a pure storehouse containing divine offerings
more than were before me, since (former) kings. I equipped it widi

*The decrees were drawn with the pen upon stone steUe, and then cut into
the stone.

^he amount of gold and silver which went into these balances will be found
in i 285.

<^The ape was the sacred animal of Thoth, and a figure of this ape was regularly
mounted upon the balances, of which Thoth was the presiding god.

^Namely, for the balances; evidently offerings were made to it

1 263] PAPYRUS HARRIS 145

everything, it suffered no lack; in order to supply thy offerings at early
morning.

Special OhUUion- Storehouse

259. 4i made an oblation-storehouse for thy forecourt, filled with
divine offerings, and plentiful food, and containing great oblations of gold
and silver, in order to offer them to thy ka, O brd of gods. I equipped
them, 51 completed them with barley and wheat, filled with the spoil
which I carried away from the Nine Bows. They were for thy ka,
O sole brd, maker of heaven and earth, that the feasts of the first of
the seasons might be doubled before thee.

CatOe and Poultry Yards

260. ^I made thee cattle yards, equipped, containing bulls, and
bullocks; fattening-houses anew, containing fat geese.

Cleansing of Sacred Lakes

261. 71 cleansed the sacred* lakes of thy house, I removed all the
filth that was in them, which had been the fashion of them formerly
since the earth began. Thy divine ennead was satisfied in heart and
rejoiced over them.

Vineyards and Shedeh Gardens

262. ^I gave shedeh and wine as daily offerings, in order to present
the land of Heliopolis in thy splendid and mysterious seat; groves, and
verdure, with their plants anew. The lords of the land of life are satis-
fied therewith. ^I made for thee great gardens, equipped, containing
their groves, bearing shedeh and wine in the great house of Atum;
and the divine ennead of Heliopolis rejoice in feasts to satisfy thy beauty
daily.

Olive- Lands

263. '^I made for thee olive- lands in thy city of Heliopolis, I
equipped them with gardeners and numerous people, to make pure oil,
the best of Egypt, in order to light^ the flame in thy august house.

•Text has **goddesses** {fUry'i)t which would read "lakes of the goddesses of
thy house" which is probably an error for (tUry) "sacred, divine."

^lit., "send up,"

146 TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES IH [§264

Graves and Flower Gardens

264. "I made for thee groves and arbors,^ containing date trees;
lakes supplied with lotus flowers, papyrus flowers, isi flowers, the flowers
of every land, dedmet flowers, myrrh, and sweet and fragrant woods
for thy beautiful face.

New Temple Domains

265. ''I made for thee domains anew, with pure barley; I doubled
their lands which had been waste, in order to double the divine offerings

PL 28

in numerous lists, for thy great, august and lovely name. 'I made for
thee nimierous lands in the New Isles, in the southern and northern
districts, by the ten-thousand. There were made for them stels^
engraved with thy name, abiding for thee, bearing decrees forever.

'I made for thee a poultry yard^ containing wild fowl; I conducted^
the pools to thy city, Heliopolis, in order to present them to thy ka,
O my father, conducted to thee and to thy divine ennead which follows
thee.

Officials, Servants, and Slaves

266. 3l appointed for thee archers and coUectors of honey, bearing
incense to deliver* their yearly impost into thy august treasury. *I
appointed for thee hunting archers to capture white oryxes, in order to
offer them to thy ka at all thy feasts. 'I made for thee boatmen and
tax-officials (m-i ^-k^ -bwyY of the people, whom I created to collect
the impost of the Two Lands, the taxes and the exactions, in order to
transport them to thy treasury in the house of Re, in order to double
thy divine offerings more than a million times. ^I appointed slaves as
watchmen of thy harbor, in order to watch the harbor of theHeliopolitan
canal in thy splendid place.^ ^I made door-keepers of the slaves,

*See I loax for the same phrase (^'Z n/ ji/); also 1 194.

^Boundary stele, demarldng the lands.

cSee Spiegelberg, Ruhnungen, 34, 35.

^lit, "/ caused that the pools should he drawn to thy city,** not referring to
water-supply, but meaning that the fowl of the pools were thus brought.

*F 5 y. See Spiegelberg, Rechnungen, 53.

'See Spiegelberg, Recueil, XV, 143 f.

sThis is the temple, so that the canal probably passed close by the temple
indosure.

laTi] PAPYRUS HARRIS 147

manned with people, in order to watch and ^protecti thy court. H
made slaves as watchmen of the canal-administration, and the watch-
men of the pure barley, for thee Ukewise.

Granaries Restored

267* ^I made for thee granaries filled with grain, which had begun,
to fall to waste, and they became millions.

Golden Statues

268. <^I made for thee statues of gold in beaten work, kneeling upon
the ground^ before thee, bearing divine offerings. I made others like-
wise, of pure silver, in order to satisfy thy two serpent-goddesses at every
time.

Vessels of the Temple CuU

269. "I made a great vase-stand in thy forecourt, bearing
vases of gold and silver, containing shedeh, supplied with divine offer-
ings in numerous lists, in order to offer to thy ka, O great prince.
'*I made for thee table-vessek without number, of silver and gold with
inlay, engraved with thy name; a censer, nemset (nffi5'/)-vases, great
denya (dfi^^)-vases, enkhy (^ n^)f)-vases, hesy (hsyti4)'V2Lses, and nimier-
ous bowk (^ wy), in order to convey them into "^thy presence with liba-
tions of wine; thy divine ennead was satisfied in heart and rejoiced over
them.

PL 29, Temple-Ships

270. 'I made for thee transports, and galleys manned with people,
in order to transport the products of God's-Land to thy treasury and
thy storehouse.

Restoration of Horus-Chapel and its Grove

271. «I restored the "House-of-Horus-Presider-over-Temples;" I
built his walls, which were in ruins. ^I made to grow the august grove,
which was in its midst; I planted it with papyrus in the midst of the
Delta marshes, (though) it had begun to decay^ formerly.

*Such a statue is depicted in the Medinet Habu treasury (DOmichen, His-
torische Inschrijten, II, 30), and described in { 26, note.

^lit, "to rest:'

148 TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES HI [i»y9

Temple Grave

272. 4i made to grow the pure grove of thy temple, I put it in its
accustomed conditioii when it had gone to waste; I equipped it with
gardeners to cultivate it, to make libations of shedeh in the "Place-
Which-He-Knows."*

'I made for thee great festival oblations for thy court, as an increase
of that which was done formerly since (former) kings, suppUed with
bulls, bullocks, mountain cattle,^ oil, incense, honey, ^edeh, wine,
gold, silver, royal linen, numerous garments, plants, and all flowers for
thy beautiful face.

Offerings in Hapi Temple

273. 'I made for thee great festival oblations in the house of Hapi,
and all the gods of Khereha (l^r-^ ft ^) were in festivity.

Tem^ of Re North of Heliopolis

274. ^I made for thee an august house north of Heliopolis, estab-
lished as an everlasting work, engraved with thy name, viz. : '' The-House-
(^'/)-of-Millions-of-Years-of-Ramses-Ruler-of-Heliopolis-L.-P.-H.-in-
the-House-of-Re-on-the-North-of-HeUopolis."^ I equipped it with
people and property, in order to convey into thy house gardens,
containing flowers for thy forecourt.

Temple Herds

275. •! made for thee a herd (called): ''Doer-of-Benef actions,''
supplied with plentiful cattle without number, in order to present them
to thy ka at all thy feasts. I doubled those who belonged to them in
classes,^ belonging to thy name. '°I made for thee another herd for
thy august hotise, in order to supply thy temple with plentiful provisions
(called) : "Herd-of-Ramses-Ruler-of-Heliopolis,-L.-P.-H.,-Doubling-
Offerings-in-the-House-of-Re." I filled it with cattle, and herdmen
likewise. They shall not pass away, forever, bcbnging to thy ka.

^A name for the place of the cultus. See also p. 143, n. a.
t>Small cattle, goats, and the like.

cThis is probably the beautiful incrusted temple at Tell-el-Yehudiydi.
^See 26, 2, note.

i379l PAPYRUS HARRIS 149

Restorations

276. ''I made thee works, with workmen, builders, and stonecutters,
In order to fashion thy house, in order to restore thy house.

Temple 0} Re^

277. "I made for thee the "House (^)K)f-Ramses-Ruler-of-Heli«
opolis,-L.-P.-H.,-in-the-House-of-Re," equipped with people and prop-
erty, like the sand.

PL 30, New Saosis Temple

278. <I made for thee an august house, west of the Heliopolitan
canal, for thy mother, Saosis (Yws-^^s), mktress of Heliopolis.

SeUlemefU of Foreign Captives

*I made for thee a pure settlement of numerous classes;^ whose
sons I brought into thy house (called): ''Taking-of-the-Foreigners."

Sacred Bulls

'I raised the black cattle^ and great bulls, purified from every evO
in their fields.

Barge of Saosis

^I hewed a large barge for thy great daughter, Saosis, mbtress of
Hetep (TcaUedi): "Sep-in-Heliopolis;"^ «of cedars of f— 1, the best of
the royal domain, which were covered with gold like the barge of
millions of years.

Lists

279. ^Behold, the list of them® is before thee, O my father, my
krd, in order to inform thy divine ennead of my benefactions.

*Tbis is evidently the chief temple at Heliopolis, to which Ramses III could
have done no more than make some additions or restorations. It is probably the
second in the list, 31, 4; as the first (31, 3) b called a ^'1, and this temple is a ^.

^>See a6, 2, note.

<^See Spiegelberg, Zeiischrift fOr dgypUsche Sprache, 1891, 81, 83.

^Or the barge may also have been for the god Sep, as a second object of the
preposition.

^Ramses Ill's pious deeds.

ISO TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES HI [{ate

3. re's estate

PI jr

280. 'List of things, cattle, gardens, groves, lands, galleys, woriL-
shops, and towns which King Usermare-Meriamon, L. P. H., die
Great God, gave to *his august father, Atum, lord of the Two Lands of
Heliopolis, Re-Harakhte, as property, forever and ever.

People Attached to Temples, Eu.

281. *3"The-House (&0-of-Ramses-Ruler-of-Heliopolis,-
L.-P.-H.,-in-the-House-of-Re," under charge of the
''Great Seer"^ and the officials, with all possessions:

heads i»485

^People whom he gave to the house of Atum, lord of the
Two Lands of Heliopolis, Re-Harakhte, who were in
the ownership of the house, imder his charge: (heads) 4»583

*Those belonging to "The-House-of-Ramses-Ruler-of-Hdi-
opolis,-L.-P.-H.,-in-the-House-of-Re-North-of-Heliopo-
lis," under charge of the scribe, and chief inspector,
Perehotep {P^ -R^ 'blp)t eqiupped with its possessions:

heads 2,177

^The rch&teau^ of Pharaoh, L. P. H., which is in this place^
imder charge of the chief scribe, Thutmose and the
officials: heads i»779

»"The r— i^-of-Ramses-Ruler-of-Heliopolis,-L.-P.-H.,-Sus-
taining -Alive -the -Two -Lands," under chaige of the
scribe, and chief inspector, Hori: heads 247

•Orderlies, children of chiefs, nobles, epru (*^-^^c^•^^),• and

people of the settlement/ which is in this place: heads 2,093

^otal heads '12,963

*A list of people like that in xo, 3-xx, 4, q, v.

«>Title of the High Priest of Heh'opolis.

^"This place" can only mean the temple just mentioned on the north of
Heliopolis; on the chAteau, see III, 588, 1. 49. It must here have been attached
to the Re-temple, as was the palace at Medinet Habu with the temple there; other-
wise, the personnel would not have belonged to the god.

^M > u4, with the determinative of land, is perhaps some temple estate.

These are the people supposed by Chabas to have been Hebrews, a theory
long since exploded.

'See 30, 3. cThe correct total b 12,364.

|a83l PAPYRUS HARRIS 151

PL 32a. MisceUaneaus Property

282. 'Various cattle 4S>S44

'Gardens and groves 64

'Lands: Stat i6o,o84|i

^Workshops of cedar and acacia 5I*

nVansports and galleys 3

^owns of Egypt 103

4. re's inoome

283. ^Things exacted, impost of the people of ''The-House (^'0*
of-Ramses-Ruler-of -Heliopolis,-L.-P.-H.,-in-die-House-of-Re ;" Hhose
of "The Hou^ (IrO-of-Ramses Ruler-of-HeliopolisrL.-P.-H.,-in-the-
House-of-Re-on-the-North-of-Heliopolis," the temples (r^-pr) and
herds of this house (Jmt), ^nder charge of the officials, as their yearly
dues:
<<>Silver 586 deben, 3! i kidet

PI. 32b
'Copper 1,260 deben

'Rdjral linen, mek-linen, double-fine southern linen, fine

southern linen, southern linen, colored linen: various

garments ^P^9

'Incense, honey, oil: various jars (^^^) 482

^Shedeh, wine: various jars (^^^) ^tS^S

'Silver^ from the things of the impost of the people for the

divine offerings: 456 deben, 3^ kidet

^Clean grain of the impost of the peasants: 16-fold heket 77»ioo

7 Vegetables: bundles 4»8oo

^Flax: bales 4tO0o

'Water-fowl from the impost of the fowlers and fishermen 37*465

'''Bulls, bullocks of the bulls, heifers, calves, cows, cattle of

r— 1, cattle*^ of r— i of the herds 98

''Live geese of the exactions 540^ (sic!)

'«Cedar: a ferry-boat 1

'^Acada: transports and kara (ife ' -r ') -boats 7

'^Products of the oasb in numerous lists for the divine offerings. '

*Tbe fracdon applied to such an object is quite inexplicable, unless the noun
be read as singular and 5} be measures of timber.

bSee 126, 2. cG)rrected from 126, 7. .

152 TWENTIETH DYNASTY; RAMSES HI [I384

5. THE king's gifts TO RE
PI' 33a

284. ^Gold, silver, real lapis lazuli, real malachite, every splendid,
costly stone, black copper, garments, 'of royal linen, mek-linen, fine
southern linen, southern linen, colored garments, jars of everything,
3 which King Usermare-Meriamon, L. P. H., the Great God, gave, as
gifts of the king, L. P. H., [in order to provision the house of his august
father],^ Atum, lord of the Two Lands of Heliopolis, Re-Harakhte,
<from the year i to the year 31, making 31 years:

285. ^Fine mountain gold and gold for the

balances^ i»37S deben, 9} kidet

^Fine gold, gold of two times, and white gold

in vessels and ornaments: 198 " 3J "

'Total, gold

•Crude silver for the balances and silver in

vessels
•Silver in beaten work: i tablet, making
«**Total, silver
"Total, gold and silver
''Real lapis lazuli: i block, making
'^Lapis lazuli and malachite: a great scarab
'^Black copper for the balances
'^Copper in beaten work: 2 tablets, making

PI. 33b
'Copper in vessels i>4i6 deben, i

"Total copper 1,819 deben, — (sic!)^ Iddet

286. ^Royal linen, mek-linen, fine southern linen, southern

linen, colored linen; various garments 18,793

^Myrrh: deben i>787

i»479

i,89i<i

((

€t

394

^f^SS^

3»734

400

^Something has fallen out here, by error of the scribe; the restoration is from
the parallel passage 130, 3.

^Meaning the balances above mentioned in 26, 1 1-27, i (§ 256). The gold
amounts to some 311} pounds, troy.

cThe fraction ()) is ignored.

<lNearly 461 pounds, troy. "Thirty short.

'The scribe has omitted the number; the real total is 1,883 deben, 7 kidet.

ia«n

PAPYRUS HARRIS

IS3

^Myrrh: heket
^Myrrh wood: logs
y Myrrh fruit in measures (yp't)
^Incense, oil, honey, fat: various jars (*^^')
^Shedeh and wine: various jars (^^ ^)
«**Incense: kararuti (J ^ -f ' -na-/y)*
"Incense: large measures {yp't)
"Good manna of Punt: deben

287. '^Ubat (tcA^ /) stone: seab mounted in gold
'^Hirset {hrs) stone: deben

PL 34a
'Green feldspar^: deben
'Red jasper: deben
sMarvelous^ stone: offering-table
^Ubat i^wb ^' /) stone: seab
^Rock-crystal, and costly stones: various pendants

cut: bin

beads

^Sticks^ of cinnamon: measures (msty)
'Reeds:® deben
'^Syrian barley: heket
"Cumin: heket

288. ''Wrought wood: seals

'^Meru (tnry) wood, with ebony: a ^staffi
'^Hewn wood: a block (for) the balances '
'^Carob wood: a log of 4 cubits (length)^

PL 34b

'Persca'tree cut: (a log) of 2 cubits
'Mera (ifir^) wood: a post for the balances of 3 cubits, 4
palms

((

100

3»740

i03»SS0

530

300
II

SO
SO

I
aoo

ID
22,450

17
2,000

s
31

I
I
I

'Probably a weight.

^Nim'tf see Catalogue Alnwick Casile, 230.

^N-by^y't, apf>arently not gritstone (byy't),

<>Lit., "reeds/* meaning the reedlike pieces of curled bark.

*Thi8 is perhaps also some similar aromatic bark in curled sticks or reeds;
otherwise it would not be weighed by the deben.

'Probably for the beam of the balances, as we have the post in 346, 2.

154 TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES HI U^

»Wood and H^ark: handle^ of a f — '^ i

^Olive land, equipped, one (grove), making 54} stat

'Gardens of aU (kinds of) trees, equipped 2

6. GRAIN FOR THE OLD FEASTS

The Old Feasts

289. ^Clean grain of the divine ofiferings, of the feasts ct heaven
and the feasts of the beginnings of the seasons, which ^King Usennare-
Meriamon, L. P. H., the Great God, founded for his aiqpist father,
Atum, lord of the Two Lands of Heliopolis, Re-Harakhte, 'being an
increase of the divine ofiferings, and an increase of the daily ofiferings,
in order to double that which was before me, L. P. H., 4rom the year i
to the year 31, making 31 years: 16-fold heket, 1,097,624.

7. OFFERINGS FOR NEW FEASTS FOUNDED BY RAMSES III

290. 'K)blations of the festival ofiferings which King Usennare-
Meriamon, L. P. H., the Great God, founded for this house, "as an
increase of the festival ofiferings of former time, year by year, from the
year 9 to the year 31, making 23* years:

391. "Fine bread: large oblation-loaves of gold 460

''Fine bread: loaves (bk) 4fteo

PI. 35a

'Fine bread: large oblation-loaves 33iOOO

* '' '' oblation-measures QUp) 80,500

3 " " loaves (^ *) of the fire 920

4 " " large loaves (^ i) 460,000

5 « « tall white loaves 80,500

6 '' '' white oblation-loaves 920,000

7 " '' white pyramidal baves lOSiSOO

8 a a kyllestfa-loaves 34>50C

9 « << loaves {wdnuhfU) 80,500
'^'Runek {hwnkyhresA: white loaves 80,50c

"Total, fine bread: various loaves (^ ^) 2,760,420^

*Hence the following quantities are all evenly divisible by 23. This divisioii,
carried through the entire list, furnishes a complete list of the annual offeringi
presented at this feast.

AReal total b 1,668,980.

{394] PAPYRUS HARRIS 155

"Cakes: f— i 69,000

''Cakes : kMtves (by f) : 1 1 ,500

PL 35b

'Rahusu (r^ 'kuhsw)<Bkes: round kMtves a,87S

'Rahusu (r^ 'kuhsw)-€akes: measures (|m^) 46

393. 'Beer: measures (f^f) 198,260

^Shedeh: cobred jars (mn) i>38o

'Sheddi: jars (k ' hw) 3,990

^Wine: jars (mn) 16,100

^otal, shedeb and wine: jars (mn and k ^ bw) 20^470

393. 'Bulls 966

•BuOocks of the bulls i ,886

*K)xen(n^^) 703

"Heifers it34a

"Calves 1,243

*5Cows SfQii

food-jars (ffrw)

white loaves

measures (hip)

20 "

meastires (dny'i)

11 "

jars ( ^ ^ ^ bw)

'^Total, varioas cattle 1 1 ,960

''Males of the white oryx 330

PL 36a

'Live geese i>i5o

'Live hatching-fowl 3,300

3Live water-fowl 13,800

<Total, live water-fowl 17,350

394. 'Honey: jars (g^ y) 93

^Incease: jars (k ^ -hr-k ^) 9,3oo

4,600

1,150

34,S<»

136,500

36,500

"Papyrus Crind^, worked into incense: various measures (yP't) 34,500
''Fruit: measures ((idnU) 690

'4 " " (py) 23,000

" " " (hSphr^nmtf) 34,500

lO
XI

156 TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES IH [1995

PI S6b

'Fruit: various measures (hip) 1,150,000

• " measures (d^ -w^ -r ^) 4»6oo

3 " measures (dny) 23,000

^Papjnus rrindi: various measures (yP'f^ 33iOOO

5n>om-palm fruit^: measures {hip) 4f6oo

^Figs: Tpyramids^ (/<^f) 4f6oo

^Katha^ fruit and katha flowers: heket 33,000

295. ^Lotus flowers for the hand 46,000

'Isi-plant: various measures (yp'l) 483,000

Isi-plant: for the hand 331,500

Flowers: garlands 46,000

'•Papyrus (flowers) : bouquets 483/xx>

PL 37a

'Papyrus: large pools^ 6,900

•rFlax^: measures (dydy) 93,000

3lsi-plant: fmeasures^ (dydy) 69,000

^Menhet (mnA)-plant in measures (ypi) 36,500

^Dates: measures (m4^) 341,500

^Miik: measures (gs-r^) 8,600

^Clusters of n[)erries^ for the hand 93,000

^Blossoms:^ bouquets i,i5o/xx>

^Bbssoms:^ measures (htp) 1,150,000

'«Herbs: bundles (hlp'f) 4,600

"Sehetep (ship) of carob-pods 93,000

"Fire wood: Clogs')^ ii»5oo

'^Charcoal: measures (gs-r^) ^^300

8. OFFERINGS FOR THE NILE-GOD

PL 37b, Old Offerings

296. 'Oblations for the "Books of the Nile-God,"« which he
founded anew in the house of the Nile-god, father of gods; 'together
with the "Books of the Nile-God" which are presented in the Pool of

•/C'p. *»Perhapa papyrus-producing pools? cSee 2x0, 2-4.

<UI>r some measure implied as a matter of course; cf. Maspero, RecueU^ !» 59.

«The " Books of the Nile-God" were lists of the offering^ presented to him twice
a year. The first record of such offerings is under Ramses U, who estabUshed a

§998] PAPYRUS HARRIS 157

Kebeh {fbh) in the house of Re-Harakhte; 3the ''Books of the Nile-
God," which are presented in the house of Anubis, lord of designs in
Neni (Nr ' w), being an increase of their (bfiferings) that were formerly,
4year by year, from the year i to the year 31, making 31 years.

Offerings Founded by Ramses III

397* '''Books of the Nile-God," which King Usermare-Meriamon,
L. P. H., the Great God, founded 48 3rears, making 31 years :^ ^272
''Books of the Nile-God," making:

^Flne bread of the divine offerings: various loaves (by^'f) 470,000
*FTne bread of the divine offerings: persen (^-5n)-loaves,

white baves, and seshu (5J^)-loaves 879,224

Klakes: various measures (yp't) 106,910

'^Runek (^imA)-bread: loaves (wdnw-nf) 46,568

''Beer: various jars 49)433

Making *>

"Qean grain: 16-fold heket 61,172^

398. <3Bul]s 291

'^Bullocks of the bulk 1 7

PL 38a
'Calves 51

•Cows 2,564

Total . 2,923

semiaimual feast of the Nile-god at Silsileh and recorded the fact, together with
a fine hymn to the gpod, on the rocks at Silsileh (Stem, ZeUschnft fUr dgypiische
Spracke, 1873, 139-35). These were renewed by Memeptah, and again by Ramses
in, both ojf whcm had duplicates of Ramses II's stela carved beside it. The
"Books'* were thrown into the stream, and doubtless also the offerings themselves,
of which the " Books'* contained the lists. Ramses Ill's stela is dated in Phamenoth
of the sixth year, and, like Ramses II, he celebrated the two feasts on the fifteenth
of ThoCh and the fifteenth of Epiphi (Lepsius, Denkmdler, III, a 18, J, 1. 15).

^I am unable to explain this addition: "making J/ years" unless it is a dittog-
r^hy from the end of the I. 4. Evidently the 48 years is a total of annual offerings
obtained by adding 31 years of old offering^ and 17 years of Ramses' newly founded
offerings, for the 272 books of 1. 6 are exactly divisible by 1 7 (sixteen times). Hence
the list beginning 1. 6 refers to the 17 years of Ramses' new foundation, as all such
lists in this papyrus refer to hb new fqundations, e. g., 346, 10 ff. The items of
the list following (37^, 7, to 4x6, 6) are almost all even multiples of 17.

^The scribe has omitted the number of bins which these jars make.

158 TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES HI [{999

*Goats Xf089

^Fat geese 19a

5Live geese and fowl ( J^ ^ ^) 3f938

^Hatching-fowl 364

^Water-fowl 2,653

^Pigeons 68

•Sesha <5 ^ - ^ i 5)-birds 19,928

***Total, various fowl 27,143

399. "Shedeh: jars (k^-bw) 209

"Wine: jars (mn) 7fiS4

'^White fat: 3,513 jars (f), each one i hin, making: hins 627^*

'^Onions: measures O 12,712

PI. 38b

»Salt (spr): jars O ia»7ia

•Natron: jars (^ 12,712

'Dried dates: jars (^ 1I9872

^Dried myrrh: jars (^ 1I9872

'Uz (ic^-mineral: jars (^ 1X9872

*Eye-paint: jars (*0 ">872

^Incense: censeriuls 848

8 « measures (5^) 424

^ " ^7)344 j^^ 0> making incense: deben 23,008

«o " measures (({n>^' 0 6,420

" " jarsO a.S68

" " jars(^'^6w) 1,304

''White incense: hin 85

'40il: hin 85

300. >sFruit: measures (mh'ti) ^S4f^40

Pl.39

*Fruit: measures {dny't) 2,672

•Fruit: jars (0 1541672

'Berries: jars O "1872

^Raisins:^ jars O "1872

•The scribe has made a bad miscakulation, 3,513 quarter-hin jan^SyS} hin.
^Lit., "raisifhberriest** meaning the individual grapes, phicked from the stcou

l3oal

PAPYRUS HARRIS

159

'Best fruit: jars (g^y) 9>6oo

^Honey: ao,8oo jars iPw-g^)^ each one i bin, making: hin 5,aoo
'Honey: 1,040 jars (mji'^, each one x bin, making: hin 1,040

^Honey for cakes: hin 7>050, halves 2$

^White fat for cakes: hin i»4i9» halves 35

'K^innamon: logs 3*036

'*Best ofl: 848 jars (bp^)^ each one | hin, making: hin 424

'*Best ofl: 3,036 jars (0, each one { hin, making: hin 758

301. ^'Shelled beans: jars (0 ii>998

PL 40a
'Raisins: jars (0
'Raisins in measures (yP'f)
'Carob-pods in measures {yP'i)
4Herbs:* bundles (j^l)
'Herbs:* bundles (hip'i)
^Cyperus of the shore, for the hand
'Palm-fiber: measures (msty)
•White fruit: jars (g^ y)
•Live ''garden fragrance"**
'•Scncb (5iift)-bcrries: jars (^
''Butter: jars (nms'i)

"Ifilk: jars(iiiffj'0
"Mflk: jars (rnhn)
'^rPomegranates^ in measures (yp' /)
>'Apples (dpi^' f) : baskets (A ' -r ' 'hw4y)

PI. 40b
'Isi-plant: measures {idnU)
*Isi-plant: for the hand
'Flowers: garlands
^Ousters of grapes for the hand
'Blossoms:^ bouquets
^Bkssoms:^ clusters {htp't)
302. 'GoU: a statue of the Nile-god, nusa {fiws ')
^Sflver: a statue of the Nile-god, nusa {wws ^)
•Real lapis lazuli: a statue of the ^e-god, nusa {fiws ^)

11,872

106,000

159,000

11,872

71,200

43»9oo
4,240

106,000

11,872

12,040

198
96,000

848

848
8,480

43»640

74,000

114,804

6,784

•Or vegetables.

*>See2Xa,4.

cSee aza, 2-4.

i6o TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES HI [§303

"Real malachite: a statue of the Nile-god, nusa (nws ^) 6,784

"Qron"*: a statue of the Nile-god, nusa (nws ') 6,784

"Tlaisedi copper: a statue of the Nile-god, nusa (nws ') 6,784

*3Lead: a statue of the Nile-god, nusa (nws ^) 6,784

«^n;*in"*:* a statue of the Nile-god, nusa (nws ') 6,784
**Menit-uz (mny't-wd)'}^ a statue of the Nile-god, nusa

(nws ^) 6,784

PL 41a

«Minu (mynw) stone: a statue of the Nile-god, nusa 6,784

'Shesmet (Ism't) stone: a statue of the Nile-god, nusa 6,784

^Green feldspar (fUttn't): a statue of the Nile-god, nusa 6,784

^Alabaster: a statue of the Nile-god, nusa 6,784

sRed jasper: a statue of the Nile-god, nusa 6,784

^EQrset (hrs't) stone: a statue of the Nile-god, nusa 6,784

^Kenmet (knm't) stone: a statue of the Nile-god, nusa 6,784

^Mesdemet (msdrnt) stone: a statue of the Nile-god, nusa 6,784

^Seher (shr) : a statue of the Nile-god, nusa 6,784

***Tur (twr): a statue of the Nile-god, nusa 6,784

"Bronze: a statue of the Nile-god, nusa 6,784

303. ''Various costly stones: a statue of the Nile-god, nusa 13,568

'^Rock-crystal: seals 10,196

'^ " " bracelets 10,196

'5 " " Tarmletsi 10,196

PL 41b

'Sycamore wood: statues of the Nile-god 5*096

'Sycamore wood: statues of the Nile-goddess St098

^Southern linen: kilts 10,196

*Stone: ubas (wb^) 3^9650

^Firewood: (Qogsi)*^ 510

^Charcoal: measures (gs-r^) 17

9. RAMSES' CONCLUDING PRAYER TO RE

PL 42. Ramses IIPs Prayer for His Son

304. 'Complete thou for me the mighty deeds, which I did for thee,
O father. I have reached the West** like Osiris; grant that I may

•Sec Bnigsch, Zeilschrift fOr dgypOsche Sprache, 1892, iioff.

^Some unknown metal.

cScc 37a, 12, note. ^The place of the dead (ymy vfr'i).

1 305I PAPYRUS HARRIS i6i

receive ofiferingSy* which come forth before thee; that I may smell
"incense and myrrh like thy divine ennead, Grant that thy radiance
may bathe^ my head daOy; that my soul may live, that he may behold
thee at early morning. Do thou the ^desire of my heart, O august
father, for I was a benefactor of thy ka, while I was upon earth.
Hear my petition, do that which I say, which gods as well as ^men
announce to thee. Establish my son to be king, as lord of the Two
R^ions, that he may rule the Two Lands, like thee, as sovereign,
L. P. H., in Egypt: ^Usermare-Setepnamon, L. P. H., whom thou
hast chosen for thyself, to be heir, to magnify thy name. Set the white
crown and the divine double crown upon his head, like as thou wcrt
crowned ^pon earth, as Horus, wearer of the double diadem. Make
sound his every limb, make to flourish his bones and his eyes, flourish-
ing in bdiolding the love of millions.^ Make liis diuration ^upon earth
like the Pole Star; ready, like a mighty Bull, seizing the Two Lands.
Give to him the Nine Bows, united under his two feet, saluting^ %is
name, while his sword is over them. Thou art the one who createdst
him, when he was a child; thou didst appoint him to be hereditary
prince upon the double throne of Keb; thou didst say: "Let him
become king ^pon the throne of him who begat him." The things
wbidi thou ordainest, they come to pass, abiding, and established.
Give to him a great and prolonged reign, and jubilees great and mighty,
like Tatenen; ^^King of Upper and Lower Egypt, Lord of the Two
Lands: Usermare-Setepnamon, L. P. H.; Son of Re, Lord of Diadems:
Ramses (IV)-Hckma-Meriamon, L. P. H.

IV. MEMPHITE SECTION
I. INTRODUCTORY VIGNETIE

-P/- 43' Vignette

305- Ramses III stands praying before Ptah, Sekhmet,
and Nef ertem. The accompanying notes are these :

*The word (fup) is determined with a flower like the word htp'i, '*bouquei,
chisUr" but i^p, "offering," is meant. The same error is found in 44, 9.

^Ut, '* anoint:*

cut, "miOions of lave."

^Lit., "in the posture of saldm to his name"

i62 TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES HI [{506

Over Ptah

Ptah the great, " South-of-His- Wall." lord of "Life-of-thc-Two-

Lands."

Over Sekhmet

Sekhmet the great, beloved of Ptah.

Over Nefertem
Nefertem, protector of the Two Lands.

Before the King

I tell the prayers, praises, adorations, laudations, mi^ty deeds, and
benefactions, which I did for thee in thy presence, O Resi-u

2. PRAYER TO PTAH AND REaTAL OF THE KING'S BENEFACTIONS

PL 44, Introduction

306. 'The prayers, praises, adorations, laudations, mighty deeds
and benefactions, which King Usermare-Meriamon, L. P. H., the
Great God, did for »his father, Ptah, the great, "South-of-His-Wall,"
lord of "Life-of-the-Two-Lands;" Sekhmet, the great, bebved of Ptah;
Nefertem, protector of the Two Lands; and all the gods of Memphis.

Prayer of Ramses III

307. Said King Usermare-Meriamon, the Great God, 'to his father,
thk august god, Ptah, the great, " South-of-His-Wall," lord of "Life-of-
the-Two-Lands," Tatenen, father of the gods, lofty-plumed, ready-
homed, beautiful-faced, upon the great throne:

Praise of Ptah

308. "Hail to thee! Great art thou, revered art thou, *0 Tatenen,
father of the gods, great god of the first time, former of men, maker of
gods, beginning that became the first primeval being, after whom
happened all that came to pass, who made heaven after^ the conception
of his mind, ^who suspended it by the elevation of the atmosphere,^

•The epithet of Ptah; *' Soulh^l-His-WaU:' »><>: "6y."

^Swi, It has the determmative of "heaven" (Piehl gives "der')i hut the
context demands "air or atmosphere/' and I render it so, by connecting it with Sw^
the air-god, who according to the myth crept between heaven and earth, separated
them, and lifted the heavens.

isii] PAPYRUS HARRIS 163

irtio founded the earth by that which he himself did, who surrounded
it with Nun,* and the sea; ^o made the nether world, who satisfied
the dead, and caused the sun to come to prosper them, ^as ruler of eter-
nity, krd of everlastingness; krd of life, who fiUs the throat and gives
breath to every nostril; ^o preserves alive all men by his sustenance,
lifetime, destiny and bringing up are under hb authority, men live by
that which comes out of his mouth; maker of ^offerings for all the gods,
in his form as Nun, the great; lord of eternity, everlastingness is under
his authority; breath of life for all people; leading the king to his great
throne in his name: King of the Two Lands. I am thy son whom
thou hast installed as king ^ the place of my father in peace. I ^f oUow^
thee, thy plans are before me.

The Kin^s Decease

309* Thou didst multiply good things for me, while I was upon earth,
thou hast led me to rest by thy side in the western heavens like all the
mysterious gods of the Nether World, and I am associated ^th thy
divine ennead in thy mysterious seat, h'ke Apis, thy august son, who is
by thy side. Grant that I may eat food^ of thy divine ofiferings, of

PI. 45

bread, incense, beer, shedeh, and wine. Grant that 'l may live again
in Tazoser, seeing thee every day like thy divine ennead.

The Kififfs BenejacHons

3x0. While I was ruler, L. P. H., upon earth as lord of Egypt, did

I not incline my heart mightily to thee, 'in order to seek all benefactions

for thy august house, in order to present them before thee in thy dty of

Memphis?

New Ptah'Temple

31 z« 9l made for thee a house^ anew in thy court, the place of thy
heart's rest at thy every appearance (called): ''The-House (fph-oi-

^The primeval ocean. ^'See 42, i.

^So little of Memphis has survived that this temple of Ramses III has dis-
appeared. See a fragment in Bnigsch, Recueil de monuments^ I, PI. IV, 3, 4; and
another in Annales, III, 26, 27. A mortiiary temple of Ramses III at Memphis
called: **House-ol'RamsesrRuler -of 'HeUopoliSf-of -the -Temple -of -Memphis" in
Ptolemaic times (British Museum Stela, Young, Hieroglyphics, 77, 78; Brugsch,
Thesawrus, 908; the same temple on Berlin sarcophagus, No. 18, Und., 910).
On our passage, see Naville, Transactions of the Society oj BUUical Arckaology, VII9

134 f-

i64 TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES HI [{3x1

Ramses-Ruler-of-Heliopolis,-L.-P.-H.,-m-the-Hoase-of-Ptah," in the
♦great and mysterious cx)iirt of "Him-Who- is -South -of -His -Wall,"*
founded in granite, laid in limestone. Its great doorposts bore linteb
of Elephantine granite; the doors upon it^ were of copper in a mixture
of six Cpartsi).*^ The great doorways were of gold, with inlay of stone;
the bolts^ of black copper, overlaid with gold, bearing figures of Ketcm-
gold, with gold in inlay. Its monuments were sculptured and estab-
lished with labor. Its towers were of stone, approaching 'heaven. Its
''Great Seat" was enlarged like a ''Great House," having a door of
gold like the double doors of heaven.

Divine Image

312. I wrought upon thy image, testing in its shrine, in gold, silver,
and real, costly stone, established witli labor.

EndawmetU

313. I equipped it with serf-laborers in nimierous lists, having lands
and herds in South and North.

PI. 46

'Its storehouses were overflowing with numerous possessions, naval
archers, collectors of honey, delivering incense and delivering sihrerp
'merchants without number, deliveries of clean grain by die ten-
thousand; numerous gardens, plentiful in shedeh and wine; cattle
yards, bulls, bullocks, and ^fattening-houses; the products of Eg3rpt|
God's-Land, Syria and Rush. I made them more numerous than the
sand, in its august storehouse, the magazine containing di\ine offerings,
supplied ^with food, without lack in any of its places. They were for
thy ka, O sole lord, maker of what is, Ptah, " South-of-His-Wall," ruler
of eternity. ^I gave to thee 20,000 16-fold heket of grain, to.oonvey
them to thy house each year, in order to provision thy temple with
divine offerings, in addition to the daily offerings which were bef(Nre me.

•Sec § 305 (last word).

^Masculine, referring to the lintel, not to the temple, which is here feminine.
The doors were mounted in lintel and threshold, and not from the doorposts.

^See 6, 9. note.

<iOr possibly all the mountings, including hinges.

1 317] PAPYRUS HARRIS 165

Older Ptah-Temple

314. ^ restored the house of Ptah, thy great seat, I caused it to be
like the horizon, wherein Re is. I filled its stordiouses with numerous
possessions. I loaded its granaries with barley and spelt.

CuUus Image and Us Portable Shrine

3x5. ^I made a design for thy processional image, in the gold-house
anew, of thy temple, wrought* of gold, native silver, real lapis lazuli,
malachite, and every splendid costly stone. H made its august shrine
like the horizon of heaven, in^ thy barque in the midst of it, resting
upon it. I set up its great >— '. ^The shrine was with a >roofl, tiK^
columns, and an upper rcomice^ of the 'roof*; they were of gold in
'raised work^, in real, costly stone. I wrought upon its great carrying-

Pl.47
poles, 'overlaid with fine gold, engraved with thy name. When thou
appearest with glad heart in Ineb-Sebek (Ynb-Sbk)^ in thy great and
mysterious form of ''ffim-Who-is-South-of-His-Wall (Ptah)/' thou fillest
thy dty of Memphis with the radiance of thy limbs, and the people
rejoice to see thy beauty.

Restoration of Hatkeptah

3x6. *I cleansed Hatkeptah,^ thy splendid seat; I built its temples,
which had gone to ruin; I fashioned its gods in their augtist forms, of
gold, silver, every costly stone in the gold-houses.

Silver Tablets

317. 3l made for thee great tablets of silver in hammered work,
engraved and carved with the graver's tool, in the great name of thy
majesty, with the adorations and prayers which I offered before thee,
and bearing the decrees for the administration of thy house forever.

^Adjective, referring to the image.

^The shrine stood in the center of the model of a 'SUe boat, and the whole
borne on poles, supported on the shoulders of the priests.

cLit., " WaU-o/Sebek" a sanctuary in Memphis, whence the god is carried in
the shrine, amid rejoicing multitudes.

^Lit., "House-cl-the-Ka-cf-Ptahy** an ancient name of the Ptah-templeof Mem-
phis, frequently also applied to the city itself.

i66 TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES m (| 318

Bronze Tabids

318. 4l made for thee two tablets of a mixture erf six (^parts'),*
being of the oobr of fine mountain gold, engraved and adorned with
thy name, carved 'with the graver's tool, with the excellent praises
Yihid^ I offered to thy ka.

Amulets

319* ^ made for thee august amulets for thy body, (rf fine Ketem-
gold, and of silver, in beaten work, in ("raised work^ with inlay of real
lapis lazuli, in order to put them upon thy limbs in thy '' Great Seat,''
and all the gods of the house of Ptah were contented therewith.

MonclUhic Shrine

330. I made for thee a mysterious shrine of Elephantine granite,
established with work forever, of a single block, having double doors
of bronase, of a mixture of six (^parts^,* engraved with thy august name,
forever. ^Ptah, Sekhmet, and Nefertem rest in it, while statues^ of
the king are by their side, to present offerings before them. I founded
for them divine offerings presented before them, enduring for thee for-
ever, before thy beautiful face.

Temple Regulations

321. ^I made for thee great decrees with secret words, recorded in
the hall of writings of Eg3rpt, made into stete of stone engraved with
the graver's tool, for the administration of thy august house, forever;
and the administration of thy pure settlement of women. I brou^t
their children who were forsaken, being people of the serf -laborers, (Hni)
the hands of others. I put them for thee into the offices in the house
of Ptah, and there were made for them decrees forever.

Storehouses for the Feasts

322* '^I made for thee storehouses for the "Feasts of the Appear-
ance" in thy divine house. They were built upon the (temple) soil,
and established with labor. I filled them with slaves whom I had carried
off as captives, to serve for thy divine offerings, full and pure, in order

*AUoy of bronze, see 6, 9.

^uch statues are shown in the relief at Medinet Habu (Lepsius, Denkmdkr^
m, axa, a).

iaaS] PAPYRUS HARRIS 167

'*to provision the house of Ptah with food and provisions, in order to
double that which was before thee, O Resi-inbef (Ptah); and thy
divine ennead was glad of heart, and rejoiced over them.

PL 48, CaUle and Poultry Yards

323. *I made for thee cattle yards, filled with bulls and bullocks;
fattening-houses likewise, containing fat geese; poultry yards ''of the
exactions^ containing wild fowl, in order to ofifer to thy ka every day.

Collectors

334. *I made for thee archers and collectors of honey, delivering
incense; I established for them tax-officials {mi^ k^bwy) to conduct
them and to collect their annual impost for thy august storehouse, in
order to fill the magazines of thy house with numerous possessions, in
order to double thy divine offerings, for presentation to thy ka.

Granaries

325. >! made for thee granaries filled with barley and spelt, con-
taining many grain-heaps, towering to heaven, in order to provision thy
temple every day, before thy lovely face, O maker of heaven and earth.

Statues of the King

326. 4l made for thee statues of the king, L. P. H., of gold in beaten

work; others of pure silver in beaten work likewise, kneeling upon the

ground before thee,* bearing a vase and an offering-tablet, containing

divine offerings of bread and beer, in order to offer them before thee

everyday.

Cultus Implements

327. «! made for thee a great vase-stand for thy court, over-
laid with fine gold, with labor; its vases were of gold and silver, carved
with thy name, supplied with divine offerings and with every good
thing, in order to offer (them) before thee at early morning.

Red Sea and Mediterranean Ships

328. ^I made for thee transports and galleys^ in the midst of the sea,
manned with galley-crews in numerous lists, in order to transport the

^See a8» 10, note.

^According to $ia, 1$, there were but two ships: evidently one on the Medi-
terranean and one on the Red Sea.

i68 TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES HI [jaap

products of God's-Landy and the impost of the land of Zahi (P ' -h ')
to thy great storehouses in thy dty of Memphis.

Festival Oblations

339. 71 made for thee great festival oblations as new foundations,
in order to offer (them) to thy ka at each of thy appearances. They
were supplied with bread, beer, oxen, fowl, incense, fruit, vegetables,
shedeh, wine, royal linen, plentiful mek-linen, fine southern linen, ^il,
incense, honey, dried myrrh, every good aromatic wood, sweet in fra-
grance, before thy lovely face, O lord of gods.

Feast of the *' First'Of-the-Flood"

330. 9i made for thee a great festival oblation of the ^'First-of-the-
Flood"* for thy great, august and lovely name, Ptah-Nun, the great,
father of the gods. They were supplied with food like water in thy
great and august court of Ineb-Sebek,^ '^or all thy images, and the gods
of the deeps. They ''were paid^ dues and c — ^ from the storehouses,
magazines, granaries, cattle yards, and poultry yards each year, in
order to satisfy the great council of Nun, so that they are satisfied and
rejoicing in the feast at the sight of them.

Sacred Barge

331. "I hewed thy august barge, O lord of eternity, of 130^
cubits length upon the river; of great new^ cedars, of the best of the
royal domain. Its '^ Great House" was of gold, and of real costly
stones, as far as the water; and of gold on each side of it. Its bow

PL 49

^bore a pair of hawks of fine gold, with inlay of every costly stone, more
beautiful in work than the evening-barque. The stem was of fine
gold, its two steering-oars ^wrought^ in fine gold. Ptah, the beautiful
of face, South-of-His-Wall, appeared, 'in order to rest in its "Great
House," like the horizon-god, while his heart was satisfied and glad at

»A feast (tp-mvy) on the canal of Memphis. Compare the feasl of the '^Ftrst'
of-the-River" {tp-ytr) at Thebes, e. g., on the Lateran obelisk (II, 838).

**5^ 47, I. c About 217 feet.

^^Text has "real** (m»«w), which must be an error for the usual adjective,
"new" (m»w).

1 3351 PAPYRUS HARRIS 169

the sight of it, making his beautiful voyage upon the flood, to his daughter,
the mistress of the sycamore (Hathor), ^on the south of Memphis.
The people* rejoice at the sight of him, and there b jubilee before him
to^ his august house.

Sacred CaUU

332. 41 protected the sacred cattle of Apis, male and female, which
had been neglected in the herds of every house. I made them all more
divine than their^ sacred cattle. ^I extended their boundaries to their
accustomed places, which others had taken from them for fields. Their
landmarks were set up, engraved with thy name; and there were made
for them decrees for administering them on earth.

Supplies of Incense

333* ^I brought to thee plentiful tribute of myrrh, in order to go
around thy temple with the fragrance of Punt for thy august nostrils
at early morning. ^1 planted incense and myrrh-sycamores in thy
great and august court in Ineb-Sebek,^ being those which my hands
brou^t from the country of God's-Land, in order to satisfy thy two
serpent-goddesses every morning.

CuUus Vessels

334* ^I made for thee table-vessek for thy "Grreat Seat," being cen-
sers, vases (nms'l), altar-vessek bearing gen (^)-vases, heset (hsyw'()'
vases, ekhu (^ jric')-vessek, enkhi (^nl^y'w')'yaseSf and great altar-
vessek for oblations, ^bearing divine offerings. They were of fine
gold and silver, in beaten work, with inlay of every costiy stone without
number, in order to present them to thy ka every day, O Ptah, father
of gods, former of men.

First Jubilee

33S* '^I celebrated for thee the first jubilee (hb-^dQ of my reign,^
as a very great feast of Tatenen. I doubled for thee that which was
done in the midst of the court, and there was offered to thee "a festival
offering, consisting of numerous oblations of bread, wine, beer, shedeh,
v^etables, bulls, bullocks, calves by the hundred-thousand, cows by

^Original has two words for "people," r^y't and f^nmm'L
^Till he reaches his house. <>See 47, z.

^o whom "their" refers is not evident. *See || 4x3-15.

I70 TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES HI II336

the ten-thousand, without number: the products of '*the lands of
Egypt like the sand of the shore. The gods of South and North were
gathered in the midst of it.* I restored thy temple, the jubilee-houses

PL 30
'which were before in ruins, since the (former) kings. I wrought upon^
thy divine ennead, the lords of the jubilee {hb'Sf)^ in gold, silver, and
costly stones, as formerly. 'I made for them clothing of royal linen
and mek-linen; I mixed for them ointment for their serpent-crests.
I founded divine ofiferings, offered to their ka's, abiding as daily offer-
ings for their ka's forever.

Lists

336* ^Behold, I have, listed^ the benefactions which I did before
thee, O Ptah-South-of-His-Wall, lord of the White Wall (Memphis),
that the gods of the house of Ptah may know of my benefactions.

3. ptah's estate

PL 51a

337. 'List of the things, cattle, gardens, lands, galleys, workshops,
and towns, which 'King Usermare-Meriamon, L. P. H., the Great God,
gave to his august father, Ptah, the great, " South-of -His- Wall," lord of
"life-of-the-Two-Lands," as property forever and ever.

People AUached to Temples, Etc.

338. 3"The- House (ltO-of-Ramses-Ruler-of-Heliopolis,-L.-
P.-H.,-in-the-House-of-Ptah," under charge of the officials:

♦" Herd-of -Ramses-Ruler-of -Heliopolis,-L.-P.-H. , -in-the-Hou.se,
of -Ptah," under charge of the overseer of herds, Huy:

heads 1,361

5"House (^)-of-Usermare-Meriamon,-L.-P.-H.," the town*
upon the western road and western canal, under charge
of the steward, Penithtowe (Pn-ytt-t ^ wy) : heads 40

^This exactly accords with the record of the vizier Ta's visit to the South,
**to take the gods of the South" (§§ 413, 414).

*>Upon their images. «See 9» 8. ^Sec 10, 2, note.

*This is the town mendoned as the Umit of the pursuit of the Libyans (f zoa).
The "western canal" is probably the "Water of Re" (10, 8). It is mcntioiicd
again in § 340.

f 341] PAPYRUS HARRIS 171

''House (^)-of-Ramses-Ruler-of-Heliopolis,-L.-P.-H.,-in-the-
Hoiise-of-Ptah/' under charge of Huy, who is chief of the
bouse heads 16

'People whom he gave to the house of Ptah, the great, ''South-
of-His-Wall," lord of "Life^f-the-Two-Lands," who were
on account of the house, under charge of the High Priest
and the officials: heads 841

•" Ptah - of - Ramses - Ruler - of - Heliopolis,-L.-P.-H.,-Finding-
Place-in-the-House-of-Ptah,"* under charge of the deputy,
Ptahmose: heads 7

^3rrians and Negroes of the captivity of his majesty, L. P. H.,

whom he gave to the house of Ptah: persons^ 205

***Total, heads 3*079

Miscellaneaus Property

339* ** Various cattle 10,047

"Gardens and groves S

'^Transpprts and gaUeys^ 2

PI 51b
'Lands: stat 10,154

■Town I

4. ptah's income

340. ^Things exacted, impost of the people of ''The-House (h'^-
of - Ramses - Ruler-of - Heliopolis,-L.-P.-H.,-in - the - House - of - Ptah ; "
*"Herd- of - Ramses- Ruler- of- Heliopolis,- L.-P.-H.,- in- the- House- of-
Ptah;** "House (^)-of-Usermare-Meriamon,-L.-P.-H.,-the-Town-5on-
the-Westem-Canal;" "House (^)-of-Ramses-Ruler-of-Heliopo]is-in-
the- House -of -Ptah;" and the temples {r'^-pr) of this house; which**
was delivered into ^their treasuries as their dues:
341. 'Silver 98 deben, 3} \ kidet

^Fine southern linen, southern linen, colored linen: various

garments 133}

•Wine: jars (mn) 390

*The name of some partiailar statue of Ptah.

^'See 10, 14 and 15. ^See 48, 6.

^The antecedent of this pronoun is "impost** in 1. 3.

lya TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES HI [{341

'Silver, in things of the impost of the people, for the divine

offerings: 141 deben, 3-^ kidet

''Clean grain of the impost of the peasants: 16-fold heket 37f40O
"Vegetables: bundles 600

'3Bulls, bullocks, calves, cows, cattle of ^ — \ and cattle of

r — ^ of the herds 15J

PL 52a
'Live geese of the exactions 135

'Products of Eg3rpt, products of God's-Land, products of Syria,
products of Kush ^and of the oasis,* for the divine offerings in numer-
ous lists.

5. THE king's gifts TO PTAH

343« ^Gold, silver, real lapis lazuli, real malachite, every splendid^
costly stone, copper, black copper, ^garments of royal linen, mek-linen,
fine southern linen, southern linen, colored garments, jars,^ cattle,
fowl, and everything, ^hich King Usermare-Meriamon, L. P. H., the
Great God, gave as gifts of the king, L. P. H., to ^the house of Ptah,
the great, "South-of -His- Wall," lord of "life-of-the-Two-Lands,'' and
(to) the temples in his ownership, from the year i to the year 31, "ftking
31 years:
343. ^Fine gold, gold of two times, white gold in

vessek and ornaments 263 deben, 5} kideC

'Gold: ornaments of the prince 2 "

'^Silver in vesseb and scraps 34a " 7I "

"Silver in beaten work: a great tablet of i cubit,

6 palms' length, i cubit, i palm, 3 fingers' width :

I, making 173 " 8|J"

"Total, silver in vessels and ornaments 516 '' 6 ''

PI 52b

'Total, gold and silver in vessek, ornaments and

scraps 780 deben, 1} kidet

*Real lapb lazuli, mounted in gold and fastened!

with 2 strings of ni)eadsi: i, making 3 **

•Sec 12b, 13.

^Jan of oil, wine, shedeh, honey, etc.

1 5451

PAPYRUS HARRIS

173

'Real lapis lazuli

4Real malachite

^Green feldspar (nhn' /)

^Lapfa lazuliy and real malachite: scarabs mounted
and pivoted in gold

'Lapis lazuli: large scarabs

Malachite: large scarabs

•Bronze in hammered work, of a mixture of 6
(Tparts^: a great tablet, making

'^Bronze in beaten work, of a mixture of 6 (Tpartsi) :
a great tablet, making

"Bronze in vesseb and scraps

'Total, bronze in vessels and scraps

344* 'sRoyal linen, mek-linen, double-fine south-
em linen, fine southern linen, southern linen,
and colored linen, various garments

'^Myrrfa: deben

'^White incense, honey, oil, fat, butter: various
jar8(>«^)

'^edehy and wine: various jars (^^^)

PL 53a

'Total, various jars (*^^)

'Ivory: tusks

^Nenybu (N-n-y-bw) wood: deben

K^assia: deben

'Gnnamon wood: bundles

Sticks* of cinnamon: measures (fi^y)

'Sjrrian bariey: heket

"TRosemary^: measures (msty)

•Yufiti {Yvhfy4y)'plB,nt: measures (msty)

><*Semu (5^mic;)-plant: measures (msty)

"Fruit: heket

34S. "Cedar: planks

'^Mesdemet (msdrn't) stone: deben

'^Dedmet (ddm'() flowers: measures (dm^w)

'^Natron: deben

3 deben, 2 kidet
a
10

36
46
46

245 deben

65
1,708
a,oi8

it
ti

7,026
1,034

1,046
25,978

27,024

72s
894

45
28

40
80
II

14
8

14,400

•See 34a, 8.

174 TWENTIETH DYN.\STY: RAMSES HI H346

PI. 53b

'Rock-crystal: beads

31,000

• " " cut: hin

441

3 " " sf«.ls

3>«a>

♦Wrought wood: seals

^Bulls, bullocks, heifers, calves, and vanous cattle

979

^Live geese

369

'Live turpu (hvrpygeesc

ISO

^Live Urdu (wrdwyhMs with golden beaks

i>o3S

•Live Urdu (2£T(/2£;)-birds

41,980

"Live water-fowl

576

"Total, various fowl 44,010

6. GRAIN FOR THE OLD FEASTS

346. "Clean grain of the divine ofiferings of the feasts of heaven
and the feasts of the beginnings of the seasons, which ''King Usermare-
Meriamon, L. P. H., the Great God, founded for his father, Ptah, the
great, "SouthK>f-His-WaU," lord of "Life-of-the-Two-Lands," ^^as
increase of the divine offerings, and as increase of the daily offerings,
doubling that which was before me, L. P. H.

PI. 54(^
'from the year i to the year 31, making 31 years: 16-fold heket: 947,688

7. OFFERINGS TO THE NILE-GOD

347. '^' Books of the Nile-God," which King Usennare-Meriamon,
L. P. H., the Great God, founded for his august father, ^Ptah, the
great, "South-of-His-Wall," lord of " Lif e-of-the-Two-Lands," from the
year 29 to the year 31, making 3 years:

♦Fine bread of the divine offerings: loaves (by^'t) 73>3oo

s " " " " " loaves (^-5«) 191,14a

6 " " " " " pyramidal loaves 6,150

^Cakes: pyramidal loaves 14,760

*Beer: jars (ds) i>396

•Dried dates: jars (^ ) 2,396

»®Dates: measures (m4^) 2,396, making »

K>initted by the scribe.

f 349] PAPYRUS HARRIS 175

"Qcan grain f—1: 16-fold heket 3*633 J tV
"Bulk 41

^^Cows 164

Total 205

PL 54b

'Various goats 205

•live geese 574

3live fowl ( j^ <" ^) S4

^live hatdiing-fowl 164

^live water-fowl 287

^Sesha {s^-^l ^)-birds 3iO^S

^To t a 1 , various fowl 4>339*

348. Millie: jars {mn) 820
•ViTme: jars (^ ) 2^66
'K)iiions: measures (^) 2,366
"Sak {sp): measures (^) 2,366
'^Incense: censerfuls 164
*3 " measures (spr) 82
»* " iars(<^) 19,892
>s " dcben 4,469

PI' 55a

'Best oil: jars (^bp ^^ 164

"Best oil: jars (^ ) 574

^Cimmmon: logs 574

^Myrrh: jars (^ ) 2,396

^Eye-paint: jars (^) 2,396

^Uz (ti^-mineral: jars (^) 2,396

349. 'Gold: statues of the Nile-god 656
^Gold: nusa 656
•Gold: nusa*> 656
■^Silver: statues of the JWe-god 656

•The correct total is 4,134.

^'This is evidently a dittograpby; for the silver stataes are followed only by
the same number of nusa of silver (1. ii), so that the repetition of the gold (L 9)
is superfluous.

176

TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES IH

H3SO

* 'Silver: nusa

656

''Every real, costly stone: statues of the Nile-god

15.744

«3Every real, costly stone: nasa

IS.744

'^Sycamore wood: statues of the NOe-god

984

'^Sycamore wood: statues of the Nile-goddess

984

'^Rock-crystal: bracelets

a,968

«^Rock-crystal: seab

2,968

PI 55b

■

350. 'Southern linen: kilts

>,9«

•Honey for cakes: hin

3 " jars (mhU)

164

4 " jaxs (pw-g^)

3.»8o

'White fat for cakes: hin

as©

<^ White fat: jars(^)

574

^Shelled beans: jars (^)

a.396

^Natron: jars (^)

a.396

•Seneb (5ii5)-berries: jars (^)

2,396

'®Every fine fruit: jars (^)

aa,96o

"Milk: jars(fw»wO

9.396

'•Butter: jars(ifiiwO

a.396

'3Best fruit: jars(^'y)

2.396

'^Fruit: jars (g^ y)

».396

'5Fruit: jars (mhU)

4S.IOO

PI. 56a

'Raisins in measures {yP'()

21^000

•Carob-pods in measures {yP'()

21^000

3Herbs: bundles (hip)

2.396

^Cyperus of the shore, for the hand

14.350

Pomegranates^ in measures {yP'()

21,000

*Live "garden fragrance*'*

21,000

»Isi-plant, for the hand

1,640

^Flowers: garlands

2.970

'Blossoms:^ bouquets

21,000

'<>Blossoms:^ clusters {hip'()

2I«00O

"Stone: uba(i£*#^)

15.150

'•Palm-fiber: measures {msty)

15,150

»See axa, 4.

^*See aio, 3.

1353] PAPYRUS HARRIS 177

8. CONCLUDING PRAYER OF RAMSES m

PL 5«

351. 'Give to me thy eyes and thy ears, O lord, Ptah, father of
fathers, former of the gods; and hear *my plea, which I make before
thee. I am thy bekved son, great in benefactions. Install ^my son
to be kingy establish him upon thy throne as ruler x>t every land over
the people, Usermare-Setepnamon, L. P. H., the child ^who came forth
bom thy limbs. Grant that he may be crowned upon earth like the
son of Isis (Horns), when he took the etef-crown, bearing the i* — 3.
Grant ^that he may rest upon thy throne as king of the Two Lands, as
Horns, the mighty Bull, beloved of Mat. Give to him my kingdom
According as thou makest his life happy upon earth, possessed of joy.
Make his sword victorious, while the lands and countries fall 'beneath
his feet forever. Let him take possession of Egypt as ruler, L. P. H.,
of the Two Lands; let him be divine ^before thee, possessed of thy
favor. Extend for him the boundaries of the Nine Bows; let them
come because of his might, that they may do obeisance to him. ^Give
satisfying life, united with his limbs, and health for his members at
every season, '^King of Upper and Lower Egypt, Lord of the Two
Lands; Usermare-Setepnamon, L. P. H., Son of Re, Lord of Diadems;
Ramses (rV)-Hekma-Meriamon, L. P. H.

V. GENERAL SECTION

(small temples)

I. PRAYER TO THE GODS AND RECTTAL OF THE KINO'S BENEFACTIONS

PL S7' Introduction

353. 'The praises, prayers, adorations, laudations, mighty deeds,
and numerous benefactions, which King Usermare-Meriamon, L. P. H.,
the Great God, did for his fathers (sic!), all the gods and goddesses of
South and North.

Prayer of Ramses III

353. *Said King Usermare-Meriamon, L. P. H., the Great God,
in praising and magnifying all the gods of South and North:

Praise of the Gods

^Hail to you, gods and goddesses, lords of heaven, earth, and the
Nether World, great of foot in the barque of millions of years, by the

178 TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES HI [§354

side of your* father, Re. His heart is satisfied when he sees their
beauty, in order to make prosperous the land of Egypt, bringing a Nile
that overflows from their mouth, heading it from their mouA, that the
lords of eternity and everlastingness may eat. Under their charge is
the breath of life, and the term of life is (under) their seal, whidi their
father made, on coming forth from their mouth. He rejoices, and
flourishes at the sight of them, the great in heaven, the mighty 'in earth,
giving breath to nostrils that were stopped up. I am your son whom
your hands created, whom ye crowned as ruler, L. P. H., of every land.
Ye wrought for me good things upon earth, that I mi^t assume my
office in peace.

Benefactions to the Gods

354. Was not my heart constant in seeking out mighty benefactions,
^or your temples ? I equipped them with great decrees, recorded in
every hall of writings; with their people, their lands, their herds; with
their galleys and ships upon the Nile. I restored their 'temples whidi
formerly were in ruin. I foimded for you divine ofiferings, as an increase
of that which was before you. I wrought for you in the gold-houses,
in gold, silver, lapis lazuli, and malachite. I made plans for your
storehouses. I completed them with numerous possessions. ^I filled
your granaries with barley and spelt, in heaps. I built for you houses
and temples, carved with your name forever. I provided their serf-
laborers, I filled them with numerous people. I did not take people
as,a tithe, ^rom the temples of any gods, since those kings ;^ doing it
in order to appoint them to the infantry and chariotry. I made edicts
for administering them upon earth, for the kings who shall be after me.
I presented to you oblations before you, 'Supplied with every good
thing. I made for you storehouses for the ''Feast of the Appearance;^'
I filled them with plentiful food. I made for you table-vesseb of
gold, silver, and copper by the hundred-thousand. I hewed your
barges upon the Nile, "bearing a "Great House,"*^ overlaid with
gold.

^Original has "their" as iisual in such constructions in Egyptian.

^He means that he did not levy upon the people presented to the temples bj
former kings, in order to secure troops.

cShrine.

ta56] PAPYRUS HARRIS 179

Temple of Onouris at Thinis

355* I made an august [house]* of stone of Ayan (^ yn^) in the
house of my father, Onouris-Shu, son of Re (called) : "The-House {h' /)-
of-Ramses-Ruler-of-Heliopolis,>L.-P.-H.,-the-Judge-in-the-House-of-
Onouris." I filled it with people and slaves of the choicest. ''Its
stordiouse contained plentiful possessions; the granaries contained
grain. I founded for it daily divine offerings, in order to offer them to
thy ka, O Shu, son of Re. I surrounded the house {pr) of Onouris
with a wall, built with 30 Ccoiurses^ in tlje groimd foimdation, and a
hd^t of 30 cubits; having '^ramps, i^towers^,^ and battlements on its
every side. Its doorposts and lintels were of stone of Ayan (^yn ^), bear-
ing doors of cedar moimted with copper, excluding^ the Asiatics and
Tdienu who transgressed their limits of old.

PL 58. TempU of Thoth cU Hertnopolis

356. 'I did numerous benefactions in Hesret msr ^) for my father
Thoth, dwelling in Hermopolis. I built for him a house anew in his
court; it was 'a mysterious chapel for the AU-Lord. I inade for him
another house as a dwelling-house; it was the horizon of heaven before
him. When he appeared, he was contented in heart, to rest in them;
>he rejoiced and was glad to see them. I supplied them with food and
provisions, containing the products of every land; niunerous slaves
whom I brought into the offices over them. I doubled the divine
ofiTerings presented before him from the storehouse of the "Feast of
the Appearance,'' containing provisions. I made for him festal offer-
ings, and oblations of the feasts of the first of the seasons, in order to
satisfy his two serpent-goddesses %t every season. I surroimded the
liouse of Thoth with a wall, built with twenty ''courses^ in the ground
foundation, and a height of 30 cubits, having ramps, ^towers^and
battlements on its every side. ^Its doorposts and lintek were of
stone of Ayan (^ yn^)^ bearing doors of cedar, moimted with copper,
in order to exclude the Asiatics and Tehenu, who trod their limits from
of old.

*Some similar word has been omitted by the scrilie.
*>Sce4, 2.
cSeeSS, 6.

i8o TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES HI (§357

Temple ef Osins at Abydos^^

357. 'I restored Abydos, the district of Osiris^ by benefactioiis^ in
Tow^r. I built my house^ of stone in the midst of his tempky like
Atum's great house ^of heaven. I settled it with people bearing numer-
ous offices, rich and Cpoor^ of all that exist. I made for it divine ofiTerings,
the gifts of its altar, O my father, ^Osiris, lord of Tazoser. I made for
him a statue of the king, L. P. H., presenting monuments and taUe
vessels likewise, of gold and silver.^ I surrounded the house (pr) of
Osiris '^and Harsiese with a great wall, towering like a mountain of
gritstone, with Tramps^ and rtowers^;® bearing battlements, and
having doorposts of stone and doors of cedar. ''I hewed a great
barge for Osiris, like the evening>barque which bears the sun.

Temple of Upwawet at Siut

358. "I restored the walk in the house of my father, Upwawet,
of the South, lord of Siut (5 ^ yw' /). I built my house therein, of stone
of Ayan (^yn^)^ inscribed and engraved with the graver's tool in his

PI. 59

august name. 'I completed it with the good things of every land.
I assigned to it serf -laborers in niunerous lists. I made for it a store-
house anew containing divine offerings, in order to present them to his
ka daily. I hewed for him «a great barge of the "First-of-the-River,**
like the morning-barque of Re which is in heaven. I walled about his
house with a wall, established with labor, with twenty roourses* in the
groimd foimdation, and with a height of 30 cubits; having ramps,
sTtowers^® and battlements in its whole circumference; great doorposts
of stone, and doors of cedar, fitted with moimtings (of bronze) of a
mixture of six f parts'),' engraved with the great name of thy majesty,
forever.

Temple of Sutekh at Ombos

359. 4l restored the house of Sutekh, lord of Ombos; I built its
walls which were in ruin, I equipped the house in its midst in his divine

*See Mariettei Abydos, 1, 4, 5, 10, for the name of this temple, of which on^
fragments have survived.

*>Lit., "examples of benefaction."

cHis palace, as at Medinet Habu. ®See 4, 3.

<^The statue bore sacrificial vessels, etc. 'See 6, 9.

1 361) PAPYRUS HARRIS 181

name, built with excellent work, ^forever. "House-of-Rainses-Ruler-of-
Heliopolis,-L.-P.-H.,-in-the-House-of-Sutekh-of-Ombos," was its great
name. I equipped it with slaves, the captives and people, whom I
created. I made for him herds in the North, in order ^ present them
to his ka as a daily offering. I made for him divine offerings anew,
being an increase of the daily offerings which were before him. I gave
to him lands, high and low, and islands, in the South 'and North, bearing
barley and spelt. His treasury was supplied with the things which my
bands brought, in order to double the feasts before him every day.

Temple of Horus <U Athribis*^

360. ^I did nimierous benefactions among the great sacred cattle
before my father, Harkhentikhet. I restored the walls of his temple,
built and made anew, smoothed and polished. The divine offerings
were doubled for him as daily offerings before his lovely face every
morning. I brought for him tribute of male and female slaves, silver,
gold, xoy2l linen, fine southern linen, oil, ^<4ncense, honey, bulls, and
bullocks. I made for him a herd^ anew with niunerous cattle, in order
to present (them) to his ka, the great prince. I arranged the adminis-
tration of his august house on water and land; it was made "into great
great decrees^ in his name, forever. I set the prophets and inspectors
of his house over them, to administer its serf-laborers, and to offer to
his house.

Deposition of the Rebellious Vizier in Athribis

361. I cast out the vizier who had entered "into their midst, I took
away all his people who were with him. I made it like the great temples
in this land, protected and defended, forever and ever.^ I brought

PL 60

(back again) all its people ^who had been cast out, with every man and
every inspector, appointed to carry on their administration in his august
bouse.

*See the rare titles of the priests of Athribis, Bnigsch, Thesaurus, VI,
1,414.

^*See 62a. 4.

<The adjective would indicate that the stels containing the decrees arc meant

^Read ^n < H; so Piehl and others.

i8a TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES HI [{36a

TempU^^ of StUekh in the Residence City

362. 'I made a great temple, enlarged with labor, in the house of
''Sutekh- of -Ramses (lI)-Meriamon,-L.-P.-H./' built, laid, smoothed,
and inscribed with designs; having doorposts of ^stone, and doors of
cedar. " House-of-Ramses-Ruler-of-Heliopolis,>L.-P.-H.,-in-the-House-
of-Sutekh,'' its name was called forever. I assigned to it serf-laborers
of the people whom I created, male and female slaves whom I carried
off as captives of ^my sword. I made for him divine offerings, full and
pure, in order to offer them to his ka every day. I filled his treasury
with possessions without number, with granaries of grain by the ten-
thousand, herds with cattle ^like the sand, in order to offer them to thy
ka, O thou great in might.

Good Works for All Gods and Goddesses

363. ^I did mighty deeds and benefactions, a niunerous multitude,
for the gods and goddesses of South and North. I wrought upon their
images in the gold-houses, I built that which ^had fallen to ruin in their
temples. I made houses and temples in their courts; I planted for
them groves; I dug for them lakes; I founded for them divine offerings
of barley %nd wheat, wine, incense, fruit, cattle, and fowl. I built
the '* Shadows of Re"^ for their districts, abiding, with divine offerings
for every day. I made great decrees for the administration of their
temples, Recorded in the hall of writings forever. "Behold, the list is
before you, O gods and goddesses, that ye may know of the benefactions
which I did for your ka's.

2. THE gods' estates

PL 6ia

364. 'List of things, cattle, gardens, lands, galleys, workshops,
towTis, and everything, 'which King Usermare-Meriamon, L. P. H.,
the Great God, gave^ to his fathers (sic!), the gods and goddesses, the
lords of South and North:

•This temple was in the residence city of Ramses II (as is shown by 62a, 3).

^ee II, 1017, and my remarks in Zeiischrift fUr dgyptische Sprache, 40, in.

cThe designation **as property, etc.** which is found in the other headings
(§§ 280, 337, etc.), is omitted here.

1 367I PAPYRUS HARRIS 183

PeopU AUached to the Temples, Etc.

365. 3"The-House (fcO-of-Ramses-Ruler-of-Heliopolis,-L.-P.-
H.,-the-Judge-m-the-House-of-Ononris: " heads 457

^People whom he gave to the house of Onouris of the tall

plximes, residing in Thinis: heads 160

5"The-Housc (h' /)-of-Ramses-Rtiler-of-Heliopolis,-L.-P.-H.,-

in-the-Ho\ise^f -Osiris," lord of Abydos: heads 682

^People whom he gave to the house of his august father, Osiris,

lord of Abydos: heads i6a

y** House {P' r)-of-Ramses-Rtiler-of-Heliopolis,-L.-P.-H.,-in-the-

House-of-Sutekh-of-Ombos:" heads 106

^People whom he gave to the house of Min-Horus, Isis, and

all the gods of Coptos: heads 39

366. ^People whom he gave to the house of Hathor, mistress

of Aphroditopolis: heads 12

'^People whom he gave to the house of Sebek, lord of Neshit-

Crocodilopolb: heads 2a

''People whom he gave to the house of Min, Horns, Isis, and

the gods of Panopolis:* heads 38

«•" The - House (A* /) - of - Ramses - Ruler-of -Heliopolis-in-the-
House-of-Min," lord of Panopolis, under charge of Inu-
shefenu (Ynw-Jtfnw), who is a commander of the army:

heads 203

'^People whom he gave to the house of rZebuii,^ lord of Aphro-
ditopolis: heads 38

'♦People whom he gave to the house of Khnum, lord of

Sheshotep (S ^ s-htp) : heads 1 7

'^People whom he gave to the house of Upwawet, leader of the

Two Lands: heads 4

• ' PL 6ib

367. »"The-House (fcO-o^-I^amses-Ruler-of-Heliopolis,-L.-P.-
H.,-Appearing-at-the-Jubilee-in-the-House-of-Upwawet,"
under charge of Thutemhab, who is a commander of the

army: heads 157

^ypw,

^K}od of the AnUeopolite nome. The reading (fi>^wy) is uncertain (see
Bnigsch, Dictionnaire gSographiquet 889-^1).

i84 TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES TH [{366

«" The- House (fc* 0-of-Ramses-Ruler-of-Heliopolis,-L.-P--H.,-
in-This-House/' under charge of Inushefenu (Ynw-ifuw),
who is a commander of the army: heads 122

3'*The-House (h' 0-of-Ramses-Ruler-of-HeliopolisrL.-P.-H.,-

in-the-House-of-Thoth/' lord of Hermopolis: heads 89

^" House (pr)- of- Ramses- Ruler- of - Heliopolis,-L.-P.-H.,- in-

This-House:" 66

^People whom he gave to this house: persons* 484

^People whom he gave to the house of Khnum Hatweret

{^'t-wr't): heads 54

368. ^People whom he gave to the house of Amon-Re, lord of

Yered (Y^-rd): heads 44

^People whom he gave to the house of Thoth of Pauzy (P^ -

wdy) : heads 65

^People whom he gave to the house of Amon of Mewetkhent

(M ^ wt'fpfUy) : heads 44

'^People whom he gave to the house of Sebek, lord of Mesha

(Mi ^) : heads 38

'^ People whom he gave to the house of Anubis, lord of Sep:

heads 78

"People whom he gave to the house of Set, lord of Oxyrhyncus:

heads 99

'^People whom he gave to the house of Hrishefyt (^ry-Sfyw),

King of the Two Lands: heads 103

369. *^People whom he gave to the house of Sebek of Shedet,
Horns, dwelling in the Fayiim: heads 146

^^People whom he gave to the house of Set of ^Sesui (Sssw):

heads 35

'^People whom he gave to the house of Amon-Re, lord of
" Thrones-of-the-Two- Lands," of the back-lands (Fayiim) :

heads 62

'^People whom he gave to the house of Hathor, mistress of

Aphroditopolis: heads 124

PL 62a

***The-Herd-of-Ramses-Ruler-of-Heliopolis,-L.-P.-H.,-Doer-of-

Benefactions-for-his-Mother-Bast:" heads i>S33

*Sce 10, 14 and 15.

1373]

PAPYRUS HARRIS

«8S

*Peoide whom he gave to the house of Bast, mistress of Berset,
on "The-Water-of-Re: "• heads

^''Hoiise (^)-of-Ramses-Ruler-of-HeliopolisrL.-P.-H.,-m-the-
House-of-Sutekh," in the "House^ (^)-of-Ramses (11)-
Meriamon,-L.-P.-H. : '' heads

4" The- Herd- of- Ramses- Ruler-of - Heliopolis,-L.-P.-H.,-the-
Benefactor-of-His-Father-Harkhentikhet (J0^r-frirf-tey)-of-
Athribis:'' heads

'People whom he gave to the house of Mut-Khent-ebui-enteru
(^fU-^ bwy-fUfw) : heads

•Total

370. 'Varioiis cattle
'Lands: stat
^Gardens
'^Workshops

Miscellaneaus Property

169

106

124

beads $>8ii

I3i433
36,012

3. THE GODS' INCOIIES

371. "<*Clean grain r—i: 16-fold heket
**Vegetables: bundles
«3Flax: bales (n eft)

73»aso
3»3«>
3»oa>

4. THE king's gifts TO THE GODS

PL 62b

372. 'Gold, silver, real lapis lazuli, real malachite, every real, costly
stone, 'copper, garments of royal linen, fine southern linen, southern
linen, and colored linen; myrrh, cattle, fowl, and everything ^ which

^f. 10, 8. Benet (Bp > -r > -ys'i) has nothing to do with Belbds.

brfhis means the dty of Ramses (II).

cReal total b 5,686.

^That the following three items belong to the income will be seen by comparing
the other lists, e. g., S2b, 7-9. Furthermore, they are in the proper place between
the estate and the royal gifts; but the scribe has given them neither title nor rubric;
and he has recorded no gold, silver, etc., which we find in the other sections (e. g.,
32a, 7-326). Erman {op. cU., 465) is certainly correct in inferring that the scribe's
memoranda were too incomplete for him to insert here the usual rubric, as, e. g.,
320,7-

i86

TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES HI

[1 373

King Usennare-Meriamon, L. P. H., the Great God, gave to them,*
as gifts of the king, L. P. H., ^from the year i to the year 31:
373. 'Gold in vesseb, ornaments and scraps 1,719 deben, 8^ kidet
Silver in vesseb and scraps ^A^^ ** Si "

4,148 deben, 3} kidet

'Total, gold and silver

^Gold combined with rock-crystal: collars

^Gold combined with rock-crystal: tassek^

'^Gold garlands for the head

''Silver overlaid with gold: a sacred eye amulet^ for Thoth

'*Real lapis lazuli

''Real malachite

MTimhy (Tymhy) stone of Wawat

''Black copper overlaid with gold: Ccorseletsl

'^Black copper

PL 63a

'Copper in vessek and scraps

»Lead

'Incense

374. 4Royal linen: garments {dw)

'Royal linen: upper garments {dw)

wrappings of Horns

mantles

— « garments

garments (^nky)

garments (yd[g ^] )

tunics

various garments

4
4

X
X

7
8

9 «

10 «

11 "
la «

''Total, royal linen : various garments

'^Fine southern linen: upper garments (dw)

" " " " krge tunics

'* " " " garments (dw)

'7 " " " — « garments

10 deben, 6 kidet

260 deben, 6 kidet

14,130 deben, 3 kidet

2»i3o
782

17
as

179
168

439

2
2

234
29

•The gods.

^Hung down the back as counterpoises for the four collars.

cSee 686, 10. <lNumber omitted by the scribe. ^See 14a, 14.

1 376) PAPYRUS HARRIS 187

PL 63b

'Fine southern linen: garments (yd[g ^]) 428

« ** " " garments (A ^ w-mn) i

3 " " " tunics 399

4 " " " kilts *37

5 " " " various garments 44

^otal, fine southern linen, various garments x,2i6*

375* ^Southern linen: mantles 23

'Southern linen: — ^ garments i

9 " " garments (dw) 218

" " " garments (yd[g ^]) 181

" " " tunics 43

" " " garments (k^'4^ -fn-r ^) 49

«3 " " kilts

"4 " " garments (yfd) 40

*^otal, southern linen, various garments 556^

'K!oIored linen: mantles 60

"'Colored linen: — • garments X2

PI. 63c

'Colored linen: garments (dw) i

« " " garments (yfd) 4

3 " " tunics 567

* " " various garments 92

'Total, colored linen: various garments 736

^otal, royal linen, fine southern linen, southern linen, colored

linen: various garments 3*047^

'Yam: deben 900

"Yam: various hanks 19

376. 'White incense: jars (mn) 601

"Honey: jars (mn) 567

«»Oil (nhh) of Egypt: jars (mn) 513

•Real total, 1,176. cReal total, 578.

^>See 14a, 14. <S0ne hundred and eighteen too diucIl

i88 TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES HI (§377

"Oil (nhh) of Syria: jars (mn) 54a

»30a (bk) : jars (mn) i

»^Red oil (bk) : jars (mn) i

*5White fat: jars (mn) 273

'^Goose fat: jars (mn) 44

»^Butter: jars (mn) 31

PL 64a

'Oil (5//) : jars (mn) 1

>Total, filled jars 9,688*

^Shedeh: jars (mn) 134

^Shedeh: jars (* ^ -bw) 287

^Wne: jars (m ^ dydy) 2

^Wine: jars (^mrsvfl and mn) 2,864

^Total, shedeh and wine: various jars ('^^) 3>H7*^

*Total, various jars 4>97S

377. ^Babay (b^ -b^ -y ^) : ^rings' mounted in gold 124

"Various costly stones: sacred eye amulets 51^73

" " " " scarabs 1,562

" " " " seals as pendants 1,643

»3 " " " images of the king, L. P. H. $57

»^ " " " Tnaophorsi^^ 62

'^Malachite: finger rings 331

»^Ubat (wb^'i) stone: seals 6,278

PL 64b

*Rock-crystal:

bracelets

seals

scarabs

sacred eye amulets

beads

6 it it

beads: clusters

7 " "

finger rings

*Real total, 2*5 74-
*>Real total, 3,287.
<:Lit., " hearers of the lumse of the arm.

4,i8S

930

6,583
825,840

31
4,247

1 378] PAPYRUS HARRIS 189

**^Sparklingi lapis lazuli 73 deben, 3 kidet

^Sparklingi malachite 34 ** 3 "

'°Red jasper: finger rings 31

" " " scarabs 93

" " " deben 19

«3Uz (tcx^-mineral: deben 17

'-•Irer (Frr) stone: semdets (smd'() 35

*^Rock-crystal: semdets 136

'^Hirset (hrs'() stone: semdets 28

'^Red jasper: semdets 7

PI. 64c

'Hukamu (hvhk ^ -m ^ -mw) stone: semdets 160

^All costly stones: semdets 160

378. 3Meru (tnry) wood: baskets and measures (P y) 496

'•Reeds: measures (msty) 3

'Cinnamon: measures (msty) 30

Cinnamon: bimdles 37

'Yufiti (ywfyiy)'plaint: measures (msty) 2

^TRosemaryi: measures {fnsiy) 2

^Semu (5^ mu;)-plant: measures (msiy) 4

'•Incense: measures (k^4^ -ruhty) 100

"Mehiwet^ (mhyw^ : ^cakes* (^ ^ -/ ^) 100

>'Manna: measures (tnsiy) 10

'^Grapes: measures (msty) 22

'Various fruit: heket 212

'^Ibenu (ybnw): measures (fnsty) 3

PL 65a

'Gums: heket 2

"Qdinium*: jars {mn) 3

3Rhenti (i^nty) : jars (sny) 380

♦Shesa (Ss ^) : measures (msty) 72

'Shesa (Ss^): deben 33,500

^nX)m-palmi fruit: ^dusters' 3,548
7Palm leaves: bimdles 46.040

•Palm leaves: measures (ps^) 320

•See Annals, year 31, L 15 (11, 473). ^>See 190, 8.

I90 TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES III [1379

^Banu (b ^ tiw) : Hni cubes (s ^ s) 351

'«*Clean grain r — "^i 16-fold heket ^1231

"Fruit of the South: 16-fold heket 95

379* "Various cattle I9I43

'^Cow-hides 37

'^Cedar wood: various logs 336

^^Mera (mr^) wood: poles 2

'^Cassia wood: debea 100

PL 65b

'Natron: bricks 31842

'Natron: 16-fold heket 62

^Salt: bricks 49242

^Salt: 16-fold heket 166

^Olive: heket ii3Sa

^Dedmet (ddm't) flowers: measures (dm^mw) 97

7Enbu (^ n6ic^)-plant: measures (dm ^ mw) 99

^Grapes: crates 253

^Grapes: garlands So

'orPomegranates^: crates 66

"Fruit: heket 87 J

"Flax (pi): measures (sbf^'t) 93

*3ldeninu (ydnynw)-plaLDXs 118

'^Flax (pi) : bekhen 198

'^Tamarisk: bimdles 390

PL 65c

'Southern flax: measures (htp) 46

*Palm-fiber: ropes 37

380. 3Fat geese from the ^flocks* 4

'^Live geese 190

5 Live water-fowl 153

^Water-fowl, cut up i»9ao

^Fish, cut up 6,500

*Fish, whole 139I00

^Beni (b ^ n>')-plant in measures (yP't) 2,300

"Date-palm fiber* a>30o

*Unit of measure ?

isM PAPYRUS HARRIS 191

'Fire wood: (logs) 200

'Charcoal: measiires (gsr^) 50

3Vine gardens 2

^Sycamore gardens 2

'House, equipped with timbers (f^y)^ 1

^Lands: stat 1,361

PL 66a

381. 'Clean grain, r — ^i for the divine offerings of the feasts of
heaven *and the feasts of the first of the seasons, which he gave to them^
as increase of ^the divine offerings, and as increase of the daily offerings,
in order to double that which was before, ^from the year i to the year
31, m^lring 31 years: 16-fold heket: 250,326.

5. CONCLUDING PRAYER OF RAMSES m

PL 66b

382. 'Hear ye, O great divine ennead, ye gods and goddesses!
Put in your hearts the benefactions which I did, while I was king upon
earth 'as ruler of the living; grant that I may be divine like one of the
divine ennead, that I may go in and out among you in Tazoser, 'that
I may proceed, while I am with you, before Re, that I may behold the
radiance of his disk every morning. Grant that I may breathe the
4air like you, that I may receive bread upon the offerings before Osiris.
Let my heart be glad, hear that which I say, 'establish my son as king
on the throne of Horus, he being ruler, L. P. H., on the earth as Lord
of the Two Lands, set the diadem upon his head like the All>Lord,
^join to him the uraeus like AtuuL Let him celebrate jubilees like
Tatenen, having a reign as long as the Beautiful-Faced (Ptah). ^May
his sword be victorious against all lands, may they come for fear of him,
bearing their tribute. Put the love of him %i the hearts of the people,
may the whole land acclaim over him at the sight of him, may Egypt
rejoice over him ^with jubilation, united under his feet, forever; (even)
the King of Upper and Lower Egypt, Lord of the Two Lands ; Usermare-
Setepnamon, L. P. H., '<^n of Re, Lord of Diadems, like Amon:
Ramses (IV)-Hekma-Meriamon, L. P. H.

Hjomptae ffty in the building inscription of the High Priest, Amenbotep
(I 489, 1. 8).

^The gods and goddesses in general.

192 TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES TH (§383

VI. SUMMARY

I. TOTAL OF THE GODS' ESTATES

PI 67

383. 'List of the things of the gods and men:* gold, silver, real
lapis lazuli, real malachite, aU real, costly stones, 'cattle, gardens, lands,
galleys, workshops, towns, festal offerings,^ oblations, "Books of the
Nile- God,'' and all the things, which ^King Usermare - Meriamon,
L. P. H., the Great God, did for his august father, Amon-Re, king of
gods; Atimi, lord of the Two Lands of Heliopolis, Re-Harakhte;
4Ptah, the great, "South-of-His- Wall," lord of "Life-of-the-Two-Lands,"
and all the gods and goddesses of South and North; while he was
king upon earth:

384. 'The processional images, statues, and figures of Amon-
Re, king of gods: being 2,756 gods:*^ %eads 113,433**
'Various cattle 490,386
^Lands: stat 1,071,780
^Gardens and groves 514
'<n!Vansports and galleys 88

PL 68a
'Towns of Egypt 160

'Towns of Syria* 9

Total 169

385. ^The amount belonging to the 2,756 statues' and figures:
-•Fine gold 7,205 deben, i kidet

sSilver 11,047 " \ "

^otal, gold and silver 18,252 " ij "

•The portion referring to men b the narrative in Pis. 75-79, q, v,

^>The scribe has here incorrectly inserted some of the income in this heading,
but he has properly not included any of such items in the list following.

cThe scribe has here inserted one of the minor items from the Anum-temple,
where he should have given a general head, as the number following b the total of
all people held by all the temples recorded in the papyrus. Iffis total should be
108,338, not correcting earlier errors.

<iFor the correct numbers in the summary, see the table on p. 97.

^These all bebnged to Amon, and are given (11, 11), as also in Kush.

'See 3i6, II, note, and 11, 1-3.

1 587] PAPYRUS HARRIS 193

7Real lapis lazuli 47 deben, 6 kidet

^Black copper 10,001 " 8 **

K>opper in vesseb and scraps 97ii48 ** 3 "

"Lead 4,896 "

"tTini 95 "

PL 68b

'Various costly stones ^ — ^ 18,168 [deben],** i kidet

'Cedar: various logs 338

sPersea: various logs 4»4i5

3. TOTAL OF THE GODS' INCOMES

386. ^Things exacted, impost of the people and all the serf-laborers
oi the houses, temples, and estates, ^which he gave to them as their
yearly dues:
^Fine moimtain gold and gold of two times in

vessels, ornaments, and scraps 2)289 deben, 4^ kidet^

^Silver [in] vessels and scraps i4>o5o " ^ "

^otal, silver and gold in vessels, ornaments,

and scraps i<^>339 " ^h "

^Gold combined with costly stones: collars,

tassels, and cords q

'Silver overlaid with gold: sacred eye amulet

of Thoth I

"Copper: deben 27,580

387. "Royal linen, mek-linen, fine southern

linen, southern linen, colored linen: various

garments 4,S7S

K)mitted by the scribe, or else he has incorrectly Inserted yp't for dbn.

«The only temple with gold in the income was Thebes, which received yearly
569 deben, 6) kidet. Hence this total is incorrect by over 1,700 deben. As a
mistake in addition is impossible where only one item b concerned, the scribe has
added items which do not belong here in the income. Adding the i»7i9 deben,
8} kidet, £rom the king's gifts to the small temples (636, 5), we obtain the scribe's
total of gold here. Hence he has incorrectly inserted here in the income the gold
and silver of the king's gifts to small temples. So also 11. 9 and 10, which are taken
from 62^, 9-1 1. The copper is correct.

194 TWE>rriETH DYNASTY: RAMSES HI [1388

PL 69

'Yam: deben 3»79S

•Incense, honey, oil: full jars (^^^) 1*529

3Shedeh and wine: varioiis jars {^^^) 28,080

^Silver in things of the impost of the people 4,208 deben, 7} -^ kidet

sClean grain of the impost of the peasants: 16-fold heket 460,900

^Vegetables: bundles 32>7So

'Flax: bales 7ifOOo

^Water-fowl of the impost of the fowlers and fishermen 4^6,995
^Bulls, bullocks of the bulls, heifers, calves, cows, cattle of ^ — "^

cattle of r — ^1 of the herd: (cattle) of Egypt 961
'^Bulls, bullocks of the bulls, oxen, heifers, calves, and cows

of the impost of the lands of Syria 19

Total 980

''Live geese of the exactions if92o

**Cedar: tow-boats and ferry-boats 12
'3 Acacia: tow-boats, ^canal^boats, boats for the transportation

of cattle, warships,* and kara {k ' -r ')-boats 78

PL 70a
'Total, cedar and acacia: boats 90

•Products of Egypt, products of God's-Land, products of Syria,
Kush and the Oasis, for the divine offerings in numerous lists.

3. TOTAL OF THE KING'S GIFTS TO ALL GODS^

388. 3Gold, silver, real lapis lazuli, real malachite, all real,
costly stones, copper, garments of ^royal linen, mek-linen, fine southern
linen, southern linen, garments of colored linen, jars,*^ fowl, and every-
thing which he gave to them, ^as gifts of the king, L. P. H.; festal
offerings, oblations, and ''Books of the Nile-Grod," while he was king
upon earth:

•See lib, 11.

^'This section includes also the offerings, as the scribe was unable to separate
them. The totals contain the most incredible errors in addition, which can be
controlled for the most important items by comparing with table of the king^a
gifts, §172.

cThis means the wine, oil, incense, etc., which were put Into jais.

§391] PAPYRUS HARRIS 195

389. ^Fine gold, gold of two times, and white

gold in vessek, ornaments, and scraps 1,663 deben

^Silver in vesseb and scraps 3)59^ *^ ^ kidet

^Total, gold and silver in vessels and scraps 5,261 '' 8 "
9Real lapis lazuli, real malachite, real green feld-
spar (nlm'O stone 30 " 9J "
'^Real lapis lazuli, real malachite: scarabs 72
«»Timhy {Tymfny) stone of Wawat 3 kidet

PL 70b

'Black copper 327 deben, 9 kidet

*Black copper overlaid with gold: corselets 2

^Copper in vesseb and scraps 18,786 deben, 7 kidet

^Lead: deben 2,130

390. ^Myrrh: deben 7>709
^Myrrh: heket SJ
'Wood of the myrrh tree: (logs) I1O59
^Fruit of the m3rrrh in measures aoo
^Royal linen, mek-linen, fine southern linen, southern linen,

cokred linen: varioiis garments 50,877
"Incense, honey, oil {nhh), oil (bk ^) ; various jars ( ^ ^ ^ ) and

measures (yP' f) 33 1 ,702

''Incense: ^ — ^ in measures (yP't) 35>i30

'•Incense: large measures {yP't) 62

'3Shedeh and wine: jars (mn and k^bw) 228,380

»*Fine manna of Punt: deben 300

'sManna: measures (msty) 10
'^All costly stones: sacred eye amulets, scarabs, and seab of

various measures 1)075,635

PI. 7i(^

'Alabaster: a block i

•Yam: deben 700

3 Yam: hanks 19

391. ^Wrought wood: cases and seals 92
sMem (mry) wood and ebony: ''staves* 497
^Wrought wood: block for the scales i
'Gurob wood: a log i

196 TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES HI [139a

*Persea, a log of 2 cubits i

^Mera (mr^) wood: post for the scales i

»®Mera (mr^) wood: poles a

**Cedar: various logs 351

"Nenybu (N-n-y-bw) and cassia: deben 3>i*9

*3Reeds: bundles and measures (msty) 37

'^Cinnamon: 843 measures {msty) and bundles: deben 9,000

PL 71b

'Barley of S)nria: heket 45

*Ivory: a tusk i

3Eye-paint: deben 50

392. ^TRosemaryi: measures (msty) 167
sYufiti {Ywfytyyp\aini: measiures {tnsty) 183
^Mehiwet {Mhywt) :» ^cakesi (5 ^ -i ') 3,100
'Sernu (5^mii;)-plant: measures (htp) i»664
^TDom-palm"! fruit, grapes, figs, ^pomegranates^ and various

fruit: crates of various measure {yP'i) 21382,650

^Bulls, bullocks of the bulls, oxen, heifers, calves, cows, goats, 20,602

*°White oryxes, ^male gazelles"!, gazelles 367

'^Fat geese, live geese, various water-fowl 3S3>9i9

"Salt and natron: 16-fold heket I1843

*3Salt and natron: bricks 3SS}084

»*Palm-fiber: various ropes 345
*sSebkhet (56j^'0 -plant, flax {pi) and ideninu (ydnynw):

16-fold heket i>944

PL 72

'Tamarisk and reed-grass: bundles 7i86o

'Southern flax: measures {)ilp) 46

393. 3Fine bread: large oblation-loaves, 5>v^- loaves, and
frift-loaves of various measures 161,287

*Fine bread, meat, rahusu (r ^-ifeu^jw) -cakes: large measures
{)ilp) of the fcourti (w^), measures (*/#) of gold,
measures {)ilp) for eating, and measures ({ ^ y) for the

mouth of the eater^ 25,335

•Sec 19a, 8.

^>See 176, I and 3, note.

i395l PAPYRUS HARRIS 197

^Flne bread: large loaves (^i) for eating, 'sweeti loaves

(^ j^), and loaves of every size 6,2729421

^Rahusu-cakes of every baking, measures (yP'if) ^^SfS^S

^Beer: various vessels (kniw) 468,303

•Olives: jars (mn and g^ y) i>726

•Wax: deben 3,100
'^Cabbage*!, khithana-fruit, southern fruit, measures (yP' /),

and rbundles^ ( ^ nbw) 390,215

''Dedmet flowers and enbu (^ nbw) : measures (d ^ mw) 866

'^Papyrus sandals: pairs iSfiio

'^Papyrus rind: measures (yP't) 26,782

'^Storea: measures (yP'f) 930

394* '^Thick stuff: garments (dw) 150

PI 73

'Leather sandak: pairs 3>72o

^Jars and vessels of the mouth of the Heliopolitan canal* 9,610

^Varioiis fish 494,800

4jars ^of the canali filled with fish, having wooden Hids^ 440
^Blossoms, flowers, isi-plant, papyrus, and herbs: measures

(jidm' /), bouquets, and for the hand 10,130,032

^Olive-lands equipped: i, making, stat 53^

'Gardens of all (kinds of) trees, equipped 6

•House equipped with timbers^ i

•Fire wood: (Hogs^ 3,260

"Charcoal: measures (gsr^) 3,3^7
"Incense, honey, oil {nhh)^ best oil, fat, fruit, every costly

stone, cinnamon, vegetables, and milk: measures (^)

of various capacity 2,933,766
39$. **Gold, silver, every real costly stone: statues of the

Nile-god: nusa 48,236
'^Real lapis lazuli, real malachite, every costly stone, copper,

lead, Csparklingi costly stone: statues of the Nile-god 193,370
'^Sycamore wood: statues of the Nile-god, and statues of

the Nile-goddess 12,158

*5Stone: uba (wb^) 31,650

*^Ibenu (yhnw): measures (msty) 60

*See igb, 16, and note. ^From 206, xa. ^See 65c, 15.

198 TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES IH [| 596

PL 74
'•"Minium"!: jars {mn't) 3

•Khenti {ffnty): jars {sny) 380

sShesa (^5'): measures {msty) 72

^Shesa (3^5 ^) : deben 33>5oo

sPalm leaves: bimdles 46,040

^Palm leaves: pesa {ps^) 310

'Banu {h ^ nw) : cubes (5 ^ s) 351

^Cow-hides 37

•Beni (b ^ ny)-plant 23,

'^Date-palm fiber 23,

396. "Clean grain, r — 1 for the divine offerings of the feasts of
heaven and the feasts of the first of the seasons, which he gave to these
gods, ''as an increase of the divine offerings, and as an increase of the
daily offerings, in order to double that which was before me:
16-fold heket 5»^79>5S3

Vn. HISTORICAL SECTION

PL 7S' Introduction

397* 'Said King Usermare-Meriamon (Ramses III), L. P. H., the
Great God, to the princes, and leaders of the land, the infantry and
chariotry, the Sherden (5 ^ -r ^ -<i ^ -n ^), the numerous archers, *and all
the citizens* of the land of Egypt:

Former Anarchy

398. Hear ye,^ that I may inform you of my benefactions which
I did while I was king of the people {rhy i). The land of ^Egypt was
^verthrown*^ from without^, and every man was (Tthrownl out) of his
right; they had no chief mouth {r^ -hr) for many years formerly untO
other times. The land of Egypt was ^in the hands of chiefs*^ and of

»(5 nfr* w). These are the same as the **« »^* w of the army,** e. g., already in
the Middle Kingdom (I, 681), and in the Eighteenth Dynasty, espedally in the
Decree of Harmhab (III, 45-67).

^ext has "we!** which is, of course, an error.

c^ < V on the meaning " banish,** see Brugsch, Oase, 85 ; same usage in RecueU,

x\ii, i47» n. 13. 14?

<*The hieratic sign is that for "chief** (wr), not "prince** (*r), which occun
quite differently written in 1. i of this same plate.

|4oo] PAPYRUS HARRIS 199

rulers of towns; one slew his neighbor, great and small. Other times

having come after it, with empty years, Yarsu,* a certain Syrian (^ ^ -rw)

'was with them as chief .^ He set the whole laud tributary before him

together; he united his companions and plundered their ^ possessions.

They made the gods like men, and no offerings were presented in the

temples.

Ruk of Setnakhi

399* ^But when the gods inclined themselves to peace, to set the
land (Tin^^ its right according to its accustomed manner, ^they estab-
lished their son, who came forth from their limbs, to be Ruler, L. P. H.,
of every land, upon their great throne, (even) Userkhare-Setepnere-
Meriamon, L. P. H., Son of Re, Setnakht-Mererre-Meriamon, L. P. H.
^He was Khepri-Set, when he is enraged ; he set in order the entire land,
which had been rebellious; he slew the rebels who were in the land of
Egypt; he cleansed ^he great throne of Egypt; he was Ruler, L. P. H.,
of the Two Lands, on the throne of Atum. He gave ^ready faces,
which had been turned awayi.® Every man knew his brother who had
been walled in.^ '^He established the temples in possession of divine
offerings, to offer to the gods (psd't) according to their customary
stipulations.

Rise of Ramses III and Death of Setnakhl

400. He appointed me to be hereditary prince in the place of Keb,
I was the great chief mouth (r ' -hr)^ of the lands of Egypt, and com-

•The words (* yr-sw), read as a proper name, of which Arisu or Arsu have
become current forms, means "made himself" Hence Spiegelberg has proposed
to render them so, explaining the foreign determinative which follows them by
supposing that the name of liie Syrian, to whom the determinative bebngs, has
fallen out. We should then render: "X, a certain Syrian with them, made himself
chief." The preposition before "chief" fits this rendering well (see Spiegelberg,
OrienlaUslische LiUeraturteitungt II, 263-65).

^Not ** prince" but "chief" as in 1. 4; see above, note a.

cThe Egyptians.

^The preposition {hr in rdy l^r ^k'>) seems to have fallen out.

*Or: "turned hack;" perhaps meaning that those who had formerly been in
hiding now came forth, and accepted service with him, that is, were "ready of
face;" see inscription of Amenemhet (Ameni) 1. 10 (I, p. 251, n. d).

'Sta3ring within fortified walls during the previous hostilities, when each
town was against its neighbor.

sThe same office as that also claimed by Ramses II as crown prince, in the
Kubb&n SteU, 1. 17 (III, 288).

200 TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES HI [I401

PI 76

mander {shfC) of 'the whole land united in one. He went to rest in his
horizon,^ like the gods; there was done for him that whidi was done
for Osiris; he was rowed in his king's-barge upon the river,^ *and
rested in his eternal house west of Thebes.^

Accession of Ramses III

401. Then my father, Amon-Re, lord of gods, Re-Atum, and Ptah,
beautiful of face,^ crowned me as Lord of the Two Lands on the throne
of him who begat me; I received the office of my father ^with joy; the
land rested and rejoiced in possession of peace, being jo3rful at seeing
me as ruler, L. P. H., of the Two Lands, like Horns when he was called
to rule the Two Lands on the throne of Osiris. I was crowned ^with
the etef -crown bearing the uraeus; I assumed the double-plumed
diadem, like Tatenen. I sat upon the throne (tnt^'f) of Hajrakhte.
I was clad in the regalia, like Atum.

Internal Organization

402. ^I made® ^gypt into many classes,^ consisting of: butlers of
the pakice, great princes, numerous infantry, and chariotry, by the
hundred-thousand; Sherden (5^-f ^-rf^-n ^), <Hind Kehek {l^hi), with-
out number; attendants by the ten-thousand; and serf-laborers of
Egypt.

^Poetic for the death of the king; cf. similar phrases for the death of Thut-
mose I and of Thutmose II in the inscription of Ineni (II, 108, and xi8, 1. 16),
and of Thutmose III in the inscription of Amenemhab (II, 593, 11. 35-37).

**The funeral procession crosses the river.

cHis tomb in the Valley of the Kings' Tombs, No. 14 (Baedeker's Egypt, 270).
He appropriated it from Queen Tewosret, wife of King Siptah. It had alr^idy
been appropriated by Set! II, who finally had not used it. Setnakht took it, and
enlarged it for his purpose (Lepsius, DenknUUer, III, 209-14; Mimoires de la mis-
sion franfaise au Caire, III, 137 ff.). He had been unable to finish his own tomb
(No. II, Baedeker's Egypt^ 268), which was then taken over and completed by his
son, Ramses III.

<lThe three great gods and the three great priesthoods, viz., of Thebes, Heli-
opolis, and Memphis, are here introduced. "Father** ought to be in the pluraL

eOr: "I trained" {i^pr).

<Not classes in the sense of c^istes of society, but classes for successive servkse
in the army or civil offices, or state works or royal estates; with which meaning this
word {i^m'w, Coptic, ^^generations'*) is common in the historical texts. See also
26, 2, note.

|4os] PAPYRUS HARRIS aoi

War with Northern Asiatics

403. I extended all the boundaries of Egypt; I overthrew those
who invaded them from* their ^lands. I slew the Denyen (D^-yn-
yuhn ^) in^ their isles, the Thekel (T ^ -k-r ') and the Peleset (Puhr ^ -
s^-iy) were made ashes. The Sherden and the Weshesh (W^-S-S)
of the sea, Hhey were made as those that exist not, taken captive at one
time, brought as captives to Egypt, like the sand of the shore. I settled
them in strongholds, bound in my name. Numerous ^ere their
classes like hundred-thousands. I taxed them all, in clothing and
grain from the storehouses and granaries each year.

EdamiU War

404. I destroyed the people of Seir (5^-^^-f^), of the tribes of
»®the Shasu {S'^'Sw)f I plundered their tents of their people, their
possessions, their cattle likewise, without number. They were pinioned
and brought as captive, as tribute of Egypt. "I gave them to the gods,
as slaves into their house[6].

Libyan Wars^

405. Bdiold, I will inform you of other things, done in Egypt
since my rdgn. The Libyans 'and the Meshwesh (if -1 ^-w^-S ^)

PI. 77

were dwelling^ in Egypt, having plimdered the cities of the western
shore,' from Memphis to Kerben {f^-r^-b^ -« ^).« They had reached

•Or: "sH."

^Meaning "who are in;" not that the victory took place in their isles.

«See the Bedwi chief as prisoner on the front of the pavilion ({ 139) with the
chieb of Asia Minor.

^The Libyan aggressions are here naturally treated as one subject, and the
long continuance of the struggle to.czpel them, extending through two wars, must
be drawn from the other sources.

•lit, ''sUUng** (ifi^m).

'Memeptah also makes use of the same rare word (rwd), **share,** in his Libyan
campaign (Kamak Inscription, I. 30, III, 583).

fidentified by Brugsch, with some probability, as the place near Abukir,
called by the Greeks, Heracleum (Brugsch, Diaionnaire giographiq^e^ 854 ff.).
It is the place called Karbaniti in the annals of Ashurbanipal, to which Tirhaka
marched from Memphis.

202 TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES HI [1406

the great river* on both its banks.^ *They it was who plundered the
cities of Egwowe (G-wt-wty during very many years, while they were
in Egypt. Behold, I destroyed them, slain at one time. I laid low
3the Meshwesh, the Libyans, the Esbet (^-s^-b^-t^),^ the Keykesh
(^^-y-ir^-i^), the Shai (5^-y),« the Hes (H^-s^) and the Beken
(B^ 'k^ -n^) ; they were overthrown in their blood and made heaps.
I turned them back ^from trampling the border of Eg3rpt. I carried
away those whom my sword spared, as numerous captives, pinioned
like birds before my horses,^ their wives and their children by the ten-
thousand, ^their cattle in number like hundred-thousands. I settled
their leaders in strongholds in my name. I gave to them captains
{hry w) of archers, and chief men of the tribes, branded and made into
Slaves, impressed with my name; their wives and their children were
made likewise.^ I led their cattle into the house (pr) of Amon; they
were made for him into herds^ forever.

Well in Ayan

406. I made a very great well ^in the country of Ayan (^ yn ^). It
was surrounded by a wall like a mountain of gritstone, with 20

*The At^at rora/iftf of Ptolemy, called by Strabo the Canopic branch of
the Nile (Bnigsch, Dictionnaire giographique, 856). See occurrence in exactly
same connection in Memeptah's Libyan war (III, 580, 1. 19).

^lit., "(m Us every side** {ruty^'t); this word is used by Ramses 11 for the
bank or side of the Orontes (III, 311, 1. 21).

cThis is px)ssibly Canopus (Pr'g'W^4y), as Brugsch thinks {Dic^ionnairt
giograpkique, 820 f!.).

<>Possibly to be read M-s ^-b^-t^; this and the following are Libyan tribes of
uncertain location. Petrie has attempted to find these names among the place-
names still surviving in north Africa {Proceedings of the Society of Bi^ical Arckm'
ology, XXVI, 40, 41).

•Or: S^-y-tpf

'Compare the reliefs of the return from the Libyan wars (|| 56 and xia).

8 A further indication of the occupation and employment of these captives is
contained in an inscription behind Medinet Habu, referring to various negroes,
Peleset(?), and Shekelesh (Lepsius, DenkmOler, III, 218, c); **He causes thiU
they cross the river^ brought to Egypt, they are placed in strongholds of the king

. When they reach the district of the king they are made chariot-dnvers,

charioteers, attendants, sunshade-bearers, attending the king,**

hit b doubtless one of these herds which is mentioned in xo, 8, and given a
name commemorating the victory over the Meshwesh.

|407l PAPYRUS HARRIS 203

'courses'! in the ground foundation, and a height of 30 cubits, having
battlements. Its doorposts and doors ^were hewn of cedar, their bolts
were of copper, with mountings.

PufU Expedition

407. I hewed great galleys with barges before them, manned with
numerous crews, and attendants in great number; their ^captains of
marines* were with them, with inspectors and petty officers, to com-
mand them. They were laden with the products of Egypt without
number, being in every number^ like ten-thousands. They were sent
forth into the great sea of *®the inverted water, *^ they arrived at the
countries of Punt, no mishap overtook them, safe and bearing terror.^
The gaUe3rs and the barges were laden with the products of God's-
Land, "consisting of all the strange marvels of their country: plentiful
myrrh of Punt,® laden by ten- thousands, without number. Their
chief's children of God's-Land went before their tribute "advancing
to Egypt. They arrived in safety at the highland of Coptos;^ they
landed in safety, bearing the things which they brought. They were
loaded, on the land- journey, upon asses and upon men; and loaded
Into '3vessek upon the Nile, (at) the haven of Coptos. They were sent
forward down-stream' and arrived amid festivity, and brought (some)
of the tribute into the (royal) presence like marvels. Their chief's

•Lit., " gaUey-^chers."

^Probably meaning that "every number** in the lists was a large one.

c"The inverted water** is the Euphrates (see Tombos Stela, 1. 13, II, 73);
hence "the great sea of the inverted water** is the Indian Ocean, of which the Persian
Gulf (into which the Euphrates flows) is a part. The Egyptians doubtless counted
the Red Sea as a part of this "great sea of the inverted waier** for the antique maps
even far down into Arab times show the vaguest knowledge of the proper relations
of these waters. It is possible to infer from this passage that Punt extended beyond
the straits of Bab el-Mendeb.

<>For all who might oppose them; it is a military expression, meaning that they
were in efficient condition.

^See the trees of Punt in the Medinet Habu treasury, { 29.

'The "highland or desert of Coptos** here refers to the Red Sea end of the
Coptos route, where the cargoes are unloaded from the vessels, and the land trans-
port to the Nile begins.

iiShowing that Ramses III did not live at Thebes (which is up-stream from
Coptos), but in the north, in the Delta.

204 TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES HI [{408

PI. 7S

children were in adoration before me, 'kissing the earth, prostrate before
me. I gave them to all the gods of this land, to satisfy the two serpent-
goddesses every morning.

Expedition to Atika

408. I sent forth my messengers 'to the country of the Atika (^ ' -iy-
ka)y^ to the great copper mines which are in this place. Their galleys
carried them;^ others on the land- journey were upon their Masses. It
has not been heard before, since kings reign.^ Their mines were found
abounding in copper; it was loaded by ten-thousands into their galleys.
*They** were sent forward to Egypt, and arrived safely. It was carried
and made into a heap under the balcony,® in many bars' of copper,
like hundred-thousands, being of the color of ^gold of three times, t
allowed all the people to see them, like wonders.

Sinai Expedition

409. I sent forth butlers and officials to the malachite-country, to
my mother, Hathor, mistress of the malachite. There were brought
for her silver, gold, royal linen, mek-linen, and many things ^into her
presence, like the sand. * There were brought for me wonders of real
malachite in numerous sacks, brought forward into my presence.
They had not been seen before, ^since kings reign.

Ramses IIPs Good Works at Home

410. I planted the whole land with trees and verdure, and I made
the people dwell in their shade. I made ^e woman of Egjrpt to go
^ "^ to the place she desired, (for) no stranger nor any one upon the

^Uncertain region, accessible both by sea and land from Egypt, hence probably
in the Sinaidc Peninsula, where so much copper was obtained. See MliUer.
Asien und Europa, 133 and 393.

^Lit., **were laden with them;" meaning, of course, the messengers.

cLit., ** since the reign; " viz., '* since the reign of kings began"

dOr: "«(," the copper.

®The copper is piled up under the palace balcony.

'Lit.. *' bricks.''

sThe two words literally mean: "her ears being extended;" but the signifi-
cance of this statement is obscure. It may refer to the fact that her head and
ears were uncovered; compare the similar statement in the inscription of the year

5. 1- 73 (§ 47).

§411] PAPYRUS HARRIS 205

road molested her. I made the infantry and chariotry to dwell (at
home) '*>in my time; the Sherdcn (S^-r^-d^-n^) and Kehek (^hk)
were in their towns, lying the Hength** of their backs; they had no
fear, (for) there was no enemy "from Kush, (nor) foe from Syria. Their
bows and their weapons reposed in their magazines, while they were
satisfied and drunk with joy. "Their wives were with them, their
children at their side; they looked not behind them,^ (but) their hearts
were confident, (for) I was with them as the defense and protection of
their limbs, '^i siistained alive the whole land, whether foreigners,
(kommoni) folk, citizens, or people, male or female.^ I took a man

PI 79
out of his misfortune and I gave to him breath; 'I rescued him from
the oppressor, who was of more account than he.^ I set each man in
his security, in their towns; I sustained alive others in the hall of peti-
tion.® *I equipped the land in the place where it was laid waste. The
land was well satisfied in my reign. I did good to the gods, as well as
the men, ^and I had nothing at all belonging to any (^other^ people.
I exercised my sovereignty over the land as ruler of the Two Lands,
while ye were my servants under my feet, without i" — \ Ye were
^well pleasing to my heart, for ye did excellently, and ye were zealous
for my commands' and my commissions.

Ramses IIPs Death

41 X. Behold, I have gone to rest in the Nether World, like (my)
father Re, ^I have mingled with the great gods in heaven, earth and,
the Nether World. Amon-Re has established my son on my throne;
he has taken my office in peace, as ruler of the Two Lands, sitting on
the throne ^f Horns as lord of the two shores. He has assumed the

"Lit, '*th€ heigfU of their hacks.''

*>In fear.

«An enumeration which seems to begin at the bottom; k^wy, r^y't, p^'t,
f^nmm't; but see PL z, 6, note.

^Lit., **ihe mighty who W(u weightier (or heavier) than he;'* compare the
Hebrew, Vp and ISO.

•Or: *'the hail of the Nether World'' (dw^t); referring to his mortuary obla-
tions?

'Lit, " Ye were filled with my commands, etc."

2o6 TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES TU [§4x2

etef-crown, like Tatenen, as: Usermare-Setepnamon, L. P. H., first-
born son of Re, the self -begetter: Ramses (IV)-Hekma-Meriainon ;
^the child, son of Amon, who came forth from his limbs, shining as
Lord of the Two Lands; he is like a true son, praised for his father's

sake.

FaUhftdness to Ramses IV Urged

412. Be ye attached to his sandals, ^kiss the earth in his presence,
bow down to him, follow him at all times, adore him, praise him, mag-
nify his beauty as ye do ^o Re every morning. Present to him your
tribute (in) his august palace, bring to him the gifts* of the lands and
countries. Be ye zealous for his commissions, '^e commands which
are spoken among you. robeyi his behests, that ye may prosper under
him. Labor for him as one man in every work; drag for him monu-
ments, dig for him "canals, do ye for him the work of your hands, that
ye may enjoy his favor, in possession of his provision every day. Amon
has decreed to him his reign upon earth; he has doubled to him his
lifetime "more than (to) any king; (even) the King of Upper and Lower
Egypt, Lord of the Two Lands; Usermare-Setepnamon, L. P. H.;
Son of Re, Lord of Diadems: Ramses (IV)-Hekma-Meriamon, L. P. H.,
given life forever:

RECORD OF THE ROYAL JUBILEE

413. Ramses III commissioned his vizier, Ta, to take
charge of the jubilee in the year 29, and it perhaps took
place in that year. In that case he was made crown prince
a year^ before his father Setnakht's death.*^ Accepting this,
it could not have been long before the celebration that the
vizier left the capital (Tanis?) and went south to make
preparations for it, as the following paragraph^ shows:

Year 29, month [one] of the third season, day 28. The vizier Ta
sailed north, after he had come to take the gods of the South for the
Sed Jubilee.

*See § 207. ^'See § 400 on Ramses Ill's relations with his father.

cThis accords with the only date of Setnakht's reign, "year /" (Papyrus
SalUer, I, 6).

<lSpiegelberg, Recueilf 68, 69; from Papyrus Turin 44, 18 f.

§415] RECORD OF THE ROYAL JUBILEE 207

414- At El Kab the High Priest of Nekhbet, Setau, re-
corded in his tomb, as one of the great events of his life, the
visit of the vizier on the occasion of the latter's southern
voyage (as above) and his visit there, as follows:*

pVeai 291 under the majesty] of King Ramses III; first occurrence
of the Sed Jubilee. His majesty commanded to commission the gov-
ernor of the (residence) dty, the vizier, Ta, to carry out the customary
regulations^ in the houses of the Sed Jubilee, to go to the ''House-of-
Ramses-Meriamon (Ramses n),-the-[Good-God]." Reception of the
bow of the barque of the Divine® Hand by the king himself, when Qiei
WIS pn] the Southern City.**

4X5« This same Setau, in whose tomb the above occurs,
was still Hijgh Priest of Nekhbet at El Kab in the year 4 of
Ramses IX, when his tomb was decorated;* so that one
man's tenure of a high oflSce (attained, at the earliest, in
middle life) includes the period from year 29 of Ramses III
to year 4 of Ramses IX. Accepting thirty years for Setau's
tenure of the oflSce we have left, after deduction of the
known dates of other kings, some fifteen years for the three
Ramses, VI, VII, and VIII.'

^Brugsch, Recueil de monumerUs, II, PL 72, No. 2 (attributed to Ramses II);
Brugsch, Tkesaunu, V, 11 29 (properly attributed); Champollion, Notices descrip-
iiveSt I, 271; Lepsius, Denkm^ler^ Text, IV, 49.

^There is a feminine singular possessive with this word, **her regulations,**
but the Sed Jubilee is masculine.

^Same as Divine Votress, a kind of high priestess of Amon.

dThis disconnected conclusion is preserved only by ChampoUion, and it reads
as if it surmounted a scene depicting the king receiving the barque.

^Lepsius, Denkmdler, TV, Text, 50; Spiegelberg, Recueilf 24, 185; Maspero's
date for the construction of this tomb, as under Ramses III (Momies royales,
667), must be modified in accord with this new datum.

'Remainder of Ramses IIPs reign 2 years.

Ramses IV 6 years.

Ramses V 4 +x years.

Ramses IX (last date in Setau's term) 4 years.

Total 16 years.

Leaving some fifteen years to insert between Ramses IV and Ramses IX.

2o8 TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES HI [§416

RECORDS OF THE HAREM CONSPIRACY*

416. Fragmentary and brief as these documents are, they
afford a glimpse into the court intrigues and conspiracies of
the Orient three thousand and two himdred years ago,
which is as picturesque and interesting as it is important.
Here are all the materials for a novel or a drama, with the
full dramatis personae all present. The first question which
arises is : Against whom ,was the conspiracy, here unfolded,
directed? The king who empowers the prosecuting court
to try the conspirators is called ^^ ruler of Heliopolis^^ (§ 423),
a term applied to several kings, but especially to Ramses HI.
One of the conspirators, in the course of their machinations,
secured a ^^magic roll 0} Ramses III . ... his lord.^^ It is
clear, then, that the conspiracy was directed against this
king, and, as we shall see, toward the close of his reign.
One of his queens,^ named Tiy, plots to make way with the
old king and to place her son Pentewere*" upon the throne.

*These records are contained in two documents: (a) the Judicial Papyrus of
Turin; and (6) Papyrus Lee and Pap3mis Rollin, both parts of one document
The Judicial Papyrus of Turin is a magnificent document, containing six columns,
the first being but a mere fragment of the ends of all the lines. The papyrus roll
is about twenty inches high, the letters about an inch to an inch and a quarter
high, and the horizontal lines are two inches apart. It was published, and for that
time well treated, by Dev6ria in the Journal asiatiqye, in 1865-68, (but see Chabas*
valuable corrections, MSlanges d'archMogie Sgypiienne, 3"« s6r., Tome I, 5-47),
and again revised by the author, as a "Urage d pari" in 186S. The last was
republished in the author's collected works {Biblioihique igyptologique^ V).
Papyrus Lee contains the bwer part of two columns, published by Sharpe
{Egyptian Inscriptions, II, 47, 48) in 1855 ; shortly after by Lee (Hartwell House
Catalogue, PI. II); by Chabas, Papyrus Magique, Harris, 169-74; and M&amgu
tParchiologie igyptienne, I, 9, 10; by Dev6ia, op. cU.; and by Newberry {Amhersi
Papyri, PI. 11 and III, and pp. 19-^2); Papyrus Rollin (No. 1888) in the BMi&-
thique Nationale at Paris contains one short but complete colunm, published by
Chabas, op. cU., by Dev^ia, op. cU., and by Pleyte, Les Papyrus RoUin, PL XVL

^he may have been the mother or stepmother of Ramses lU; see Ennan,
Aegypten, 87 (Mariette, Catalogue ginSral d'Abydos, 11 70).

cThis was not his name, but a name given him in the court records, wbdch.
call him ** Penteufere, who bore that other name." The chief conspirators are given
assumed names by the records, as we shall see.

§4x8] RECORDS OF THE HAREM CONSPIRACY 909

The '^ chief of the chamber ^^^ Pebekkamen, and a royal
butler, named Mesedsure, were her chief coadjutors. The
former prooued from the overseer of the royal herds,
Penhuibin, a number of magic wax figures of gods and
men, which were able, in the belief of the owner, to
disable or enfeeble the limbs of people. Two other men
furnished similar materials, which were smuggled into
the harem, and by such agencies the conspirators were
empowered, as they thought, to disable or evade the people
of the guard, who might otherwise have discovered and
betrayed the plot.

417* Pebekkamen and Mesedsure secured the co-opera-
tion of ten harem officials of various ranks, four royal butlers,
an overseer of the treasury named Pere, a captain of archers
in Nubia named Binemwese, who was inveigled by the influ-
ence of a sister of his in the harem ; Peyes, a commander of
the army, three royal scribes in various offices, Pebekka-
men's assistant, and several subordinate officials. As most
of these people were in the personal service of the Pharaoh,
the dangerous character of the complot is evident. Six
wives of the officers of the harem-gate were used in securing
the transmission of messages, and outside relatives of the
inmates, not mentioned by name, are clearly implicated.
Binemwese's sister sent him a letter urging him to incite the
people to hostility against the king, and such was the pur-
port of all the messages which left the harem. Evidently a
revolution outside of the palace was intended to accompany
their own coup within it. That the latter involved the
assassination of the king is nowhere stated, but is self-
evident.

418. Before their plans could be carried out, the conspira-
tors were, in some way, betrayed, and ample evidence of their
guilt was obtainable. The king ordered their prosecution.

210 TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES HI (§4x9

but before they came to trial he died.* It would almost
appear that he knew his days were numbered when he gave
instructions for the prosecution of the conspirators, for at the
close of the commission constituting the special court there-
for, he uses the remarkable words : (Go on with the prosecu-
tion, etc.), ^^ while I am protected and defended forever^ while
I am ^among^ the just kings wJw are before Aman-Re ....
and before Osiris, ruler of eternity; ^^ that is, while I am
among my deceased fathers. That the plot went so far that
the king was injured, and survived his injuries only long
enough to direct the prosecution of his assassins, is improb-
able, in view of a remark in the records, that Re did not per-
mit the hostile plans to succeed ;^ but we may easily believe
that it hastened the old king's end, even if he escaped
unscathed.

4ig. The court commissioned to try the conspirators
received its instructions directly from the king, and was
given not only full discretion as to the verdict, but also final
power to execute punishment, which was otherwise usually
fixed by the Pharaoh after trial (§ 541). At the same time
Ramses cautioned the judges to be certain of guUt, by the
usual procedure in every case, and to punish none but the
guilty. The court, thus constituted with such unusual
powers, consisted of fourteen ofl&cials, viz., two overseers of
the treasury, tWo standard-bearers of the army, seven royal
butlers, a royal herald, and two scribes. Among them were
a Libyan, a Lycian, a Syrian named Maharbaal {^^Baal
hastens^^), and another foreigner, Kedendenna by name, of
uncertain nationality. The unhealthy character of the con-
ditions at the court of Ramses III are thus patent. Foreign

•He is called *'the Great God** in the records of the trial, a term applied at this
time only to deceased kings. See Papyrus Lee, col. i, 1. 3 (§ 455)*

^Rollin, 1. 3, § 454; but see note.

1 420] RECORDS OF THE HAREM CONSPIRACY 211

Stewards and butlers, whose fidelity is purchased,, are now
the reliance of the Pharaoh. Their flaccid character and
the dangerous persistence, of the conspirators are shown by
the fact that two of the judges, the butler Pebes and the
scribe Mai, after their* appointment, together with two
officers having the prisoners in charge, received in their
dwelling some of the women conspirators and the general
Peyes, with whom they caroused. These two judges,
together with the two officers and another judge, Hori, the
standard-bearer, were immediately put on trial for their
indiscretion, and the first four were condemned to lose their
noses and ears. On the execution of the sentence, Pebes
committed suicide ; Hori was found to be innocent.

420. The fate of the queen, Tiy, is unknown, as the
records preserved do not contain her trial. The records of
four different prosecutions are preserved. The judges were
not all present at these four prosecutions. Six of them car-
ried on the first, and condemned twenty-two persons, includ-
ing the arch-conspirators Pebekkamen and Mesedsure, Bin-
emwese, the captain of archers in Nubia, and Pere, overseer
of the treasury; besides the six wives of the officers of the
harem-gate. The penalty is not defined, but it was certainly
death. The second prosecution, the judges for which are
not mentioned, resulted in the condemnation of six persons,
including Peyes, the army commander. All were permitted
to commit suicide without leaving the court. Three butlers
alone conducted the prosecution of the third group of four
conspirators, among whom was the guilty young prince
Pentewere. All four were found guilty, and were allowed to
take their own lives. These three prosecutions disposed of

^That their indiscretion occurred only after their appointment is, of course,
evident They never would have been appointed had their intimacy with the
cofis|Mrators occurred before. The object of Peyes and the women could only
have been the corruption of the judges in their own interest

aia TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES in [U^x

the capital cases.* The fourth prosecution was that of the
indiscreet judges and their two companions.

421. In the documents containing the above facts, the
chief conspirators are given fictitious names, indicative of
the abhorrence in which they were held. Thus Mesedsure
means ^^Re hates him,^^ and Binemwese is *^ Wicked in
Thebes. ^^ Pentewere, the name applied to the guilty prince,
who was in all probability only an imfortunate tool, is not
a term of opprobrium, but is not his real name (G)l. V, 1. 7,

§447)-

422 . As to the character of the following records, the first

document (Turin) omits the evidence, and is, therefore, not
a full record of the trials, but forms merely an abstract of the
proceedings, evidently for filing in the royal archives. The
second document (Lee and RoUin), far less imposing in
appearance, is fuller, and may have been part of the original
scribal record of the prosecution.

I. APPOINTMENT OF THE COURT.

Col. I, Introduction

423. * Ruler of Heliopolis ^ • tpie]

wh[ole] land ^ the whole land *

their cattle * to bring them * all

— before them ' for them; the — arc

Col 2,

* people saying ^ they are 'the abhorred

of the land.

Commission of the Court
I commission:

The overseer of the White House, Mentemtowe (Mnho-m-t^ wy);

*For the three people tried and executed for pracddng magic, whose names
are lost in the full account of their trial (|§ 454-5<^)> are probably included in the
list of capital prosecutions without designation of their crime as magic "Col"
lusion** Is a quite sufficient definition of their guilt in the abstract (Turin).

^iThe lo^ at the ends of the lines is of uncertain length; the last line joins
Col. 2 without break, but it is perhaps a short line.

§425] RECORDS OF THE HAREM CONSPIRACY 213

The overseer of the White House, Pefroi (P^yf-r^wy);

■The standard-bearer, Kara (K ^ -r ') ;

The butler, Pebes (P^y-B^ -s ^) ;

The butler, Kedendenna {Kdndnn ^) ;

The butler, Maharbaal* (M-h ^ -r ' -6- <^ -r =>) ;

^The butler, Payemu (P ^ -yr-nw) ;

The butler, Thutrekhnefer (Dhwty-rl^nyr) ;

The king's-herald, Penrenut {Pn^rnwi) ;

The scribe, Mai {My) ;

*The scribe of the archives, Peremhab {P^-R^ -m-hb) ;

The standard-bearer of the infantry, Hon; ^saying:

Instructions to the Court

424. "As for the words which the people have spoken, I know
them not. Go ye and examine them. ^When they^ go out, and they^
eioumne them, they^ shall cause to die by their own hand, those who
should die, ^without [my] knowing it. They shall execute the punish-
ment [upon] the others, likewise without my knowing it. When [^ye^
^go^ [^see to^ it] that ye give heed, and have a care lest ye execute punish-
ment 'upon unjustly^ ^ \ Now, I say to you** in

CoL 3

very truth, 'as for all that has been done, and those who have done it,
let all that they have done fall upon their (own) heads; ^ while I am
protected and defended® forever, ^while I am >^among^' the just kings,
who are before ^Amon-Re, king of gods, and before Osiris, ruler of
eternity."

n. THE CONDEMNED OF THE FIRST PROSECUTION

CoL 4. First Prosecution

425. 'Persons brought in because of the great crimes which they
had committed, and placed in the courts of examination before the great
nobles of the court of examination, that they might be examined by:

*bja intt ''We should expect "ye."

^Gwif **to bend, crook, break;** it has also been thought to refer to torture.

dText has ''them:*

«See same phrase, I, 768, and IV, 528, 1. 7.

<{fr, *' under,** local. ffLit., ** seat or place of examination.**

214 TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES HI [|4a6

Composition of the Court

426. The overseer of the White House, Mentemtowe;
The overseer of the White House, Pefroi;
The standard-bearer, Kara;
The butler, Pebes;
The scribe of the archives, Mai;
The standard-bearer, Hori.

They examined them; they found them guilty; they brought their
punishment upon them; their crimes seized them.

The Condemned and Their Crimes

437. *The great criminal,* Pebekkamen {P^ y^^ ky-k ^ mn),
formerly chief of the chamber.

He was brought in because of his collusion with Tiy and the
women of the harem. He made common cause with them, and began
bringing out their words to their mothers and their brothers who were
there, saying : '' Stir up the people I Incite enemies to hostility against their
lord." He was placed before the great nobles of the court of examina-
tion; they examined his crimes; they found that he had committed
them. His crimes seized him; the nobles who examined him brought
his punishment upon him.

428. ^The great criminal, Mesedsure {Msd-svhR ^,^ formerly butler.
He was brought in because of his collusion [with] PebdLkamen,

formerly chief of the chamber, and with the women, to stir up enemies
to hostility against their lord. He was placed before the great nobles
of the court of examination; they examined his crimes; they found
him guilty; they brought his pimishment upon him.

429. *The great criminal, Pejmok (P^ -ynywk),^ formerly overseer
of the king's f — "^ of the harem, I'in the suite^.^

He was brought in because of his making common cause with
Pebekkamen and Mesedsure, to commit hostility against their lord.

*This word (jw^) literally means "fallenf miserabie" and is the term regularly
applied to rebels, foreign foes, and criminals. Chabas' objections (MUanges
SarchMogie Sgyptiennet 3™* s^., I, 14) to translating "criminal" seem to me
rather pedantic and unfair to Dev6ria.

^Meaning " Re haies him;** see introduction, } 421.

<:''TheserpetU.**

dUt., "while following** (the king ?).

§4351 RECORDS OF THE HAREM CONSPIRACY 215

He was placed before the great nobles of the cx>urt of examination;
they examined his crimes; they found him guilty; they brought his
punishment upon him.

430. 5The great criminal, Pendua (P-n-dw^u^, formerly scribe of
the king's ^ — ^ of the harem, ''in the suited*

He was brought in because of his making common cause with
Pebekkamen and Mesedsure, the other criminal, formerly overseer of
the king's ^ — \ and the women of the harem, to make a conspiracy
with them, to commit hostility against their lord. He was placed before
the nobles of the court of examination; they examined his crimes; they
found him guilty; they brought his punishment upon him.

431. *The great criminal, Petewnteamon (P^-t^vMndy-Ymn),
formerly inspector of the harem, fin the suite^.*

He was brought in because of his hearing the words which the
people discussed with the women of the harem, without reporting them.
He was placed before the great nobles of the court of examination;
they examined his crimes; they found him guilty; they brought his
punishment upon him.

432. 7The great criminal, Kerpes (K^-r^ -pw-s ^), formerly inspec-
tor of the harem, ^in the suited. *

He was brought in because of the words which he had heard and
had concealed. He was placed before the nobles of the court of exami-
nation. They found him guilty; they brought his punishment upon
him.

433 • 'The great criminal, Khamopet (J^^-m-yp't)^ formerly
inspector of the harem, rin the suite^.*

434* »The great criminal, Khammale {ff ^ -m-m ^ ^ -n-r '), formerly
inspector of the harem, Hn the suited. *

He was brought in because of the words which he had heard and
had concealed. He was placed before the nobles of the court of exami-
nation; they found him guilty; they brought his punishment upon him.

435. »<>The great criminal, Setimperthoth (Sty-m-pr'Dhwty)^ for-
merly inspector of the harem, ^in the suited.*

•Lit, **while foUaufing" (the king ?).

2i6 TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES HI [§436

He was brought in because of the words which he had heard and
had concealed. He was placed before the nobles of the court of exami-
nation; they found him guilty; they brought his ptmishment upon him.

436. "The great criminal, Setimperamon (Seiy-m-pr-Ymn), for-
merly inspector of the harem, ''in the suited.

437. "The great criminal, Weren (W^ -r^ -n ^), who was butler.
He was brought in because of his hearing the words from the

chief of the chamber, and when he had ^withdrawn from^ him, he con-
cealed them and did not report them. He was placed before the nobles
of the court of examination; they found him guilty; they brought his
punishment upon him.

438. »3The great criminal, Eshehebsed (^i^-hlhSi), formerly
assistant of Pebekkamen.

He was brought in because of his hearing the words from Pebekka-
men ; and when he had left him, he did not report them. He was placed
before the nobles of the court of examination; they found him guilty;
they brought his punishment upon him.

43g. »*The great criminal, Peluka (P ' -no-ife ^),* formerly butler
and scribe of the White House.

He was brought in because of his collusion with Pebekkamen,
having heard the words from him, without reporting them. He was
placed before the nobles of the court of examination; they found him
guilty; they brought his punishment upon him.

440. ^5The great criminal, the Libyan, Yenini (Y-ny-ny)^ formerly
butler.

CoL 5

441. ^ Wives of the people of the harem-gate, who united with the
men, when the things were discussed; who were placed before the

»Lit., *'ihe Lycian."

§445] RECORDS OF THE HAREM CONSPIRACY 217

noblesof the court of examination; they found them guilty; they brought
their punishment upon them: six women.

442. *The great criminal, Pere (P ' y-yry), son of Rmna (Rw-m '),
formerly overseer of the White House.

He was brought in because of his collusion with the great criminal,
Penhuibin (Pn-hwy-byn), making conmion cause with him to stir up
enemies to hostility against their lord. He was placed before the
noblesof the court of examination; they found him guilty; they brought
his pimishment upon him.

443. 3The great criminal, Binemwese {Byn-tn-W^ s't),^ formerly
captain of archers in^ Nubia.

He was brought in because of the letter, which his sister, who
was in the harem, >^in the suited, had written to him, saying: ''Incite
the people to hostility! And come thou to begin hostility against thy
lord." He was placed before Kedendenna,^ Maharbaal,^ Pirsun
(P'-yr-5Wf), and Thutrekhnefer;^ they examined him; they found
him guilty; they brought his pimishment upon him.

in. THE CONDEMNED OF THE SECOND PROSECUTION

444* ^Persons brought in because of their crimes and because of
their collusion with Pebekkamen, Peyes (P^ y-yi), and Pentewere
(Pn4 ' -wr). They were placed before the nobles of the court of exami-
nation in order to examine them; they found them guilty; they® left
them in their^ own hands in the court of examination; the/ took theii^
own lives; and no punishment was executed upon them.

445« ^The great criminal, Peyes, formerly commander of the army.

The great criminal, Messui (Ms-swy), formerly scribe of the house
of sacred writings.

The great criminal, Perekamenef {P^-R^-k^ mn' /), formerly chief.

The great criminal, Iroi (Yy-r^ y)y formerly overseer of the ^ — 1 of
Sekhmet.

'"Meaning: '* Wicked in Thebes:*

^Lit, **ol Nubia;** he was probably in Nubia at the time. The phrase, "of
NubiOf'* may possibly bebng to "archers:* but such a rendering is against the
usual custom.

cSee coL 2, L 2. •The judges.

^Ibid,, L 3. 'The condemned.

ai8 TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES HI [| 446

The great criminal, Nebzefai (Nlh4f^w)f formerly butler.
The great criminal^ Shedmeszer (S ^ A-midr)^ formerly scribe of the
house of sacred writings.
Total, 6.

IV. THE CONDEMNED OF THE THIRD PROSECUTION

446. ^Persons who were brought in, because of their crimes, to
the court of examination, before Kedendenna, Maharbaal, Pirsun,
Thutrekhnefer, and Mertusamon {Mrty-wsy-Ymii).^ They examined
them concerning their crimes; they found them guOty; they left them
in their place; they took their own lives.

447. 'Pentewere, who bore that other name.

He was brought in because of his collusion [with] Tiy, his mother,
when she discussed the words with the women of the harem, being hos-
tile against his lord. He was placed before the butlers, in order to
examine him; they found him guilty; they left him in his place; he
took his own life.

448. ^The great criminal, Henutenamon (H ^ n-wtn-Ymn)^ formerly
butler.

He was brought in because of the crimes of the women of the
harem; having been among them and having heard (them), without
reporting them. He was placed before the butlers, in order to examine
him; they found him guilty; they left him in his place; he took his own life.

449. •The great criminal, Amenkha (Fm»-j^^w), formerly deputy
of the harem, Hn the suited.

He was brought in because of the crimes of the women of the
harem; having been among them, and having heard (them), without
reporting them. He was placed before the butlers, in order to examine
him; they foimd him guilty; they left him in his place; he took his
own life.

450. **^he great criminal, Pere, formerly scribe of the king's ^ — ^1
of the harem, ■'in the suited.

He was brought in because of the crimes of the women of the
harem; having been among them, and having heard (them), without
reporting them. He was placed before the butlers, in order to examine
him; they found him guilty; they left him in his place; he took his
own life.

^According to 1. 7, these are all butlers.

§4531 RECORDS OF THE HAREM CONSPIRACY 219

V. THE CONDEMNED OF THE FOURTH PROSECUTION

Col. 6

451. 'Persons upon whom punishment was executed by cutting
off thdr noses and their ears, because of their forsaking the good testi-
mony* delivered to them. The women had gone; had arrived at their^
place of abode, and had there caroused^ with them and with Peyes.
Their crime seized them.^

452. 'This great criminal, Pebes {P^ y^^-s^)^ formerly butler.
This punishment® was executed upon him; he was left (alone) ; he took
his own life.

^The great criminal, Mai, formerly scribe of the archives.
<The great criminal, Teynakhte (r^y-nj^/), formerly oflacer* of
infantry.

*The great criminal, Oneney (^'-n^-«^y), formerly captain' of
police.

VI. THE ACQUITTED

453. ^Person^ who had been connected with them; they had
contended with him, with evil and violent words; he was dismissed;
punishment was not executed upon him:

TThe great criminal,^ Hori, who was standard-bearer of the infantry.

*The king's instructions. ^^The condemned.

cLit, **made a beer-haU** ("^U-hfii); the same word in Piankhi, 1. 134 (§ 880).

^The constitution of the court is not given.

^Cutting off nose and ears; mentioned in 1. z; afterward in despair he kills
himself. The others lived and endured the disgrace. Pebes and Mai, the follow-
ing prisoners, were judges appointed on this trial by the king.

f The question arises why these men (not judges) are implicated. The analogy
of the case of the two judges shows that they must have had something to do with
the trial. Looking at their titles, one a military officer and the other a captain of
poUce, it becomes exceeding probable that we have in them the explanation of
another difficulty. How could Peyes and the women, already in custody and
awaidng trial, gain their freedom to go to the dwelUng of one of their judges ? The
two officers Tejmakhte and Oneney must have been in charge of them; and they
secredy went with their charges to the judge's house. They were thus eqxially
guilty with the two judges.

sAs the rubric shows, this is the title of the following list, consisting of one person.

^So-called, although innocent, his name being here cited from the court docket
where it appeared with the above words before it. He bears the same name and
dtle as one of the judges (col. 2, 1. 4). If he be the same man, then we may doubt-
less understand the language of 1. 6 above as indicating an altercation in court, in
which the prisoners had attempted to implicate one of the judges, an attempt
which was diwarted by putting him on trial, and acquitting him.

220 TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES IH [§454

Vn. THE PRACnCERS OF MAGIC
First Case of Magic

454. *'He began to make magic rolls for Hiinderingi and terrifying,
and to make some gods of wax, and some people, for enfeebling the
limbs of people; 'and gave them into the hand of Pebekkamen, whom
Re made not to be chief of the chamber, and the other great criminals,
saying: ''Take them in;" and they took ^them in. Now, when he set
himself to do the evil (deeds) which he did, in which Re did not permit
that he should succeed,^ he was examined. Truth was found in every
crime *and in every evil (deed), which his heart had devised to do.
There was truth therein, he had done them all, together with all the
other great criminals. They were great crimes ^f death, the great
abominations of the land, the things which he had done. Now, when
he learned^ of the great crimes of death which he had conmiitted, he
took his own life.

Col, I, Second Case of Magic

455. ^*' *the king, L. P. H., for provisioning ^ '^

"any — of my place of abode, to any person in the world."

Now, when Penhuibin (Pn-hwy-byn), formerly overseer of herds, said
to him: ''Give to me a roll for enduing me with strength and migiht,"
^he gave to him a magic roll of Usermare-Meriamon (Ramses III),
L. P. H., the Great God,® hb lord, L. P. H., and he began to

^Papyrus RoUin begins here, but the beginiiing of the case is lost, so that the
name and office of the accused are unknown.

^It is not quite certain whether this remark refers to the failure of the whole
conspiracy or only to this man's part in it. The former is more probable.

cThat is, when he learned of what crimes he was charged with. The pronoun
is sw, which is possibly for se, "^hey" viz., the judges; though the papyrus does
not contain another example of such an error.

<iHere Papyrus Lee begins; the beginning (top of the column) of the report is
lost, and it is uncertain who is speaking. The name and office of the accused
are also unknown.

«" The Great Cod" is applied at this time only to deceased kings, though it is
used in the Old Kingdom of living kings. It regularly designates the deceased
king in Papyrus Harris (passim), but is never applied to him in the vast inscriptions
of Medinet Habu made during his life. In Papyrus Abbot, of the same age» the
term always designates a deceased king; see also § 471 and commonly. A living
king as presiding god of a distinct region or temple may receive the words **grwU
god** in his formal cultus titulary (e. g., II, 894), but not otherwise. At the time

§456] RECORDS OF THE HAREM CONSPIRACY 221

■^anploy the magic powers of a god'* upon people. He arrived at the side
4of the harem, this other large, deep place.^ He began to make people of
wax, inscribed,^ in order that they might be taken in by the inspector,
Errem (^-ry-w),^ srhinderingi one troop and bewitching the others,
that a few words® might be taken in, and others brought out. Now,
when he was examined ^concerning them, truth was found in every
crime and in every evil (deed) , which his heart had devised to do. There
was truth therein, he had done them all, together with the Mother great
criminals, the abomination of every god and every goddess all together.
The great punishments of death were executed upon him, of which the
gods have said: "Execute them upon him."

CoL 2. Third Case of Magic

^6, f 1 jn the upon the measure. He went away

his hand enfeebled* . Now, when 'Pie was examined

concerning] them, truth was found in every crime and in [every] evil
(deed), which his heart had devised to do. There was truth ^[therein,
he had done them all, together with the othe]r great criminals, the
abomination of every god and every goddess all together. They were
great crimes of death, the great abominations of ^[the land, the things
which he had done. Now, when he^ learned of the] great [crim]es of
death, which he had committed, he took his own life. Now, when the
nobles, who examined him, learned that he had taken his own life

5 Re, altogether, of which the sacred writings say: "Execute

it upon him."

this court record was made, then, the king was dead; but at the time when the roll
was procured he was still living; hence the addition *%is hrdy** meaning "his then
lord." The king therefore lived to give the instructions for these prosecutions.

^While the rendering is doubtful in details, there is no doubt about the mean-
ing in general, that he began to use the charms in the book.

hSome retired place by the wall of the harem, mentioned before in the lost
portion of the papyrus, as the demonstrative shows.

«With the names of the persons represented, and the necessary charms.

«He evidently was thought to have bewitched the watch, that the intercourse
with the harem might not be discovered.

'The second column of Papyrus Lee begins here; the name and office of the
accused are lost with the missing top of the colunm.

sThis is some official who has been the victim of the magical arts of the con-
denmed; see Papyrus RoUin, 1. i (§ 454).

J»See I4S4, 1. S-

REIGN OF RAMSES IV

HAMMAMAT STELA

457» These records on the rocks in the Wadi Ham-
mamat bring us knowledge of the only considerable achieve-
ment of Ramses IV known to us.

I. THE FIRST STELA

In the first stela* the king narrates how, by direct revela-
tion of the god, he has been guided in a personal visit to the
quarries of the Wadi Hammamat, which lie three days'
journey from the Nile, on the road from Coptos to the Red
Sea. In commemoration of this visit the first stela was
then cut in the rocks. Its date shows that the king imder-
took this arduous desert journey only a little over a year and
three months after his accession. The document is as follows :

458* At the top is a relief, in two fields, showing Ramses
IV oflFering an image of Mat, the goddess of truth, to "ilmon-
Re, lord 0} Thebes, lard 0} the highlands and mountains ;^^
" Min, lord 0} the highlands;^^ and " IsiSy mistress of heavenV
Behind him stands Mat. Below this, in the second field, the
king appears, making the same oflfering to Onouris, Osiris of
Coptos, Isis, and Harsiese. Behind him is Thoth, writing.

4SQ- Below the reliefs is the following inscription:

^Year 2, second month of the first season (second month), day 12^
under the majesty of ^ 'King Ramses IV

•Lepsius, DenkmdleTf III, 223, e.

^He succeeded his father on the sixth of the eleventh month (| 182), just z year,
3 months, and 1 1 days before this date.

cpull fivefold titulary; see following stela (| 463).

^l have omitted the usual epithets following the king's dtulary, as they contain
purely conventional reference to the Pharaoh's power, mentioning Retenu and the
Asiadcs (« ' mw).

922

1462] HAMMAMAT STELA 223

460. Lo, this Good God, exceUent in wisdom, like Thoth, he has
entered into the annals t— " — \ he has perceived the records of the
house of sacred writings, hb divine heart does excellent things for the
lord of gods, his understanding conceives pleasing things like ^ — \
'^which Re has repeated to him in his heart, that he might find the place
of truth, C^where^* this monument is founded, forever, hereafter.^ He
gave command to the king's-companions, those who enter in^ to his
majesty, the princes, '^and the great authorities of the South and North,
all of them; the scribes and wise men of the house of ^sacred writings^,
to make this monument for the place of eternity in this mountain of
Bekhen, '^before God's-Land. King Ramses IV, beloved of Amon-Re,
Haiakhte, lifin, lord of the desert. Horns, son of Osiris, and Eswere
(Isis, the great) ; given life.

n. THE SECOND STELA^

461. The king's personal investigation of the quarries
early in the year 2 was followed by an expedition of his offi-
cers thither, over a year and nine months later, toward the
dose of the year 3. The second stela was erected by this
expedition which, according to the statements of the stela,
was the second largest expedition of the kind in ancient
Egypt, of which we have any knowledge.* It contained no
less than 8,362 men, not including 900 who died from the
hardships incident to such a desert journey, and the labor of
the quarry in the fierce heat of the desert.

4fa. After the date and introduction (§463) the stela
naturally reverts to the king's visit (§ 464) and the prelimi-
nary search for suitable monumental blocks (§ 465). It then
records in full the persoimel of the expedition. It was led

*Or: "the true place of this tnanumerU, founded, etc,**
^o mark the place.

cc ^ tfr, lit., ** enter upon;** c6mpare Arabic ^c^ J^^ • ^^ probably is
not connected with ^ jb/br, Sethe, Untersuchungen, I, 46, note i.
^Lepsius, Denkmdler, III, 219, e,
*The largest expedition was that of Mentuhotep IV (I, 442).

334 TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES IV [§463

by the High Priest of Amon, Ramsesnakht, whose son
Amenhotep succeeded to the same great office (§§486ff.).
He had under him 9 civil and military officers of rank (Nos.
2-10), 362 subordinate officers (Nos. 11-16, 18, and 21), 10
trained artificers and artists (Nos. 23, 24, 26, and 27), 130
quarrymen and stonecutters (No. 25), 50 gendarmes as
police and overseers (No. 22), 2,000 slaves (No. 20), 5,000
infantry (No. 17), who, of course, assisted in the work, and
800 men of Ayan (No. 19). Their supplies were brought
from Egypt by a train of ten carts and many pack-bearers.

Date and Introduction

463. The relief at the top shows Ramses IV oflFering Mat
to the Theban triad and Bast. Behind him stand Min,
Harsiese, and Isis. Below are the following twenty-two lines :

^Year 3, second month of the third season (tenth month), day 27,
under the majesty of Horns: Mighty Bull, Living Truth, Lord of Jubi-
lees, like his father, Ptah; Favorite of the Two Goddesses: Protector
of Egypt, Binder of the Nine Bows; Golden Horus: Rich in Years*
Great in Victory, Sovereign, Bom of the Gods, "Creator of the Two
Lands; Ring of Upper and Lower Egypt, Ruler of the Nine Bows.
Lord of the Two Lands, Lord of Might: Hekmare^-Setepnamon; Son
of Re, Lord of Diadems: Ramses (IV)-Meriamon, beloved of Amon-
Re, king of gods, Harakhte, Ptah- South-of* His -Wall, lord of "Life-

of -the-Two- Lands," Mut, Khonsu, Min, and Harsiese; given life.
8 b

His heart is vigilant in the pursuit of benefactions for his father, the
creator of his body, who opens for him ^the way to God's-Land. No
one who lived (lit., was) before knew it, (for) its way is far before the
'^peoplei, and they had no desire to enter it.

*The first half of this name is usually Usermare, as regularly in Papjmis
Harris.

^he omitted portion (11. 3 to beginning of 8) contains only conventional
epithets in praise of the king. It is highly improbable that any of these refer to
specific occurrences, as stated by Brugsch (Geschichie, 620). This praise merges
gradually (1. 8) into specific reference to the Hammamat expedition.

1 466I HAMMAMAT STELA 225

King^s Journey

464. Lo, his majesty took account in his heart like his father Har-
siese, and he led* the way to the place he desired. '^He went around
the august mountain, in order to make marvelous monuments for his
father^ and his fathers, all the gods and goddesses of Egypt. He set
up a stela^ upon this mountain, engraved with the great name of Ring
Ramses IV,^ given life like Re.

Preliminary Search^

465. "Lo, his majesty gave command to the scribe of the house of
sacred writings, Ramses-eshehab (R^-mS'SW-^S^-hb); the scribe of
I'crown possessions^, Hori; the prophet of the house of Min-Harsiese
in Coptos, Usermare-nakht, to seek the ^ — '^ for "the "Place of Truth,"'

in the mountain of Bekhen (Bhn), after which were very

good, being great and marvelous monuments.

The Expedition

466. Then his majesty commanded to commission: i. the first
prophet of Amon, the chief of works, '^Ramses-nakht, triumphant, to
bring them to Egypt. The butlers and nobles who were with him,
were:'

2. The king's-butler, Usermare-sekhepersu.

3. The butler, Nakhtamon.

4. The deputy of the army, Khamtir (-gf^-m-Zy-r ^).

•Qr: "that he might lead, etc." The rendering of Bnigsch: "how he might
lay out a road, etc." {Geschichie, 621), cannot be gotten out of the text.

• ^Either Amon or Horns (Harsiese) of Coptos.

cThis is probably the stela of the year 2 above ({{ 459, 460).

^Double name.

*It is probable that this search took place on the first expedition at the time
of the king's visit.

f A cc^nmon name of the Theban cemetery, where the building for which the
materiak were intended may have been located. But the reference in the stela
of the year 2 (above, { 460, 1. 13) would indicate that the phrase is rather a designa-
tion of some spot in the mountain at Hammamat The uncertain word (wp)
preceding the phrase occurs in the same connection in a short inscription left by
the same expniition near our stela (Lepsius, DenkmOler, III, 222, i): "Year j,
second month of the third season (tenth month); his majesty commanded to bring
the unknown r— i of the 'Place of Truth;' King Ramses IV."

cOn the following list, see Brugsch, Aegyptologie, 228 fiF.

326 TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES IV [{466

5. The overseer of the White House, Khamtir.*

6. '^The chief of the quarry-service, mayor, Amonmose, of the dty
(Thebes) >

7. The chief of the quarry-service, overseer of herds of "The-House-
of-Usermare-Meriamon,"^ Beknekhonsu.

8. The charioteer of the court, Nakhtamon.

9. The scribe of the army-lists, Sule (Sw-n-r^).

10. ^^The scribe of the deputy of the army, Ramses-nakht.

11. Scribes of the army 20 men

12. Chiefs of the court stables 20 men

13. The chief of the commandants of the army, Kha-
male (jgf ^ -m-m ^ ^ -n-r ')

14. Commandants of the infantry

15. Charioteers *^of the chariotry

16. Chiefs of prophets, overseers of herds, prophets,
scribes, inspectors

17. People of the infantry

18. Officers of the divisions of the court fishermen

19. Eper (^ pr) of the foreigners of Ayan (^ nw)

20. People of the Ccrown possessions^ of the house of
Pharaoh

21. A chief deputy

22. Mazoi gendarmes (Md^ y)

23. Chief artificer, Nakhtamon

24. Master workmen of the works of the '^quarrymen

25. Quarrymen and stonecutters

26. Draughtsmen

27. Scxilptors

28. The dead who are excluded from this list®

Total 8,368^

(i man)

20 men

somen

S,ooomen

'^200 men

800 men

2,000 men

I man

somen

(i man)

3 men

130 men

2 men

4 men

900

i^This treasurer is mentioned also in a letter in Pap3rrus Mallet {RtcmeS, 1, $1,
Planches V, 1. 5) from the fourth year of Ramses IV.

^Whether it is meant that he was mayor of Thebes, or merely belonged in Thebes,
is not to be determihed from the text; but there probably was not a mayor of all
ThebeSi which had a dty governor, a mayor of the east, and a majfor of the west.

<This is the temple of Ramses III at Medinet Habu; the herd Is mentioned
in Papyrus Harris, 10, 7.

^Brugsch, Aegypiologie, 330, note; it is possible to render "temples,**

«See Spiegelberg, Recueil, XXI, 4^.

f The correct total, including the ten important officials at the head (the leader

1 469] ABYDOS STELA 227

Sup^ies

467. '^There were transported for them supplies* from Egypt in
ten carts, there being six yoke of oxen to (each) cart, drawing (them)
from Egypt to the mountain of Bekhen. *°[There were] many colpor-
teurs laden with bread, meat, and cakes, without number.

Offerings

468. There were (also) brought the oblations for the satisfaction
of the gods of heaven and earth from the Southern City (Thebes).
They were pure with great purity, they were ^ — ^ " ''com-
manded^ the chiefs "^that the priests might^ give ^ — \ Bulls were
slaughtered; calves were smitten; incense, it rstreamed** to heaven;
shedeh and wine, like a flood; beer ^overflowedi^ in this place; the
ritual priest, his voice rpresented'i the pure offering to Min, Horns, Isis,
'"[Amon, Mut, Khonsu]^ and all the gods of® this mountain. Their
hearts were glad, they received the oblations, that they might requite
with myriads of jubilees, for their beloved son. King Ramses IV, given
life forever.

ABYDOS STELA'

469* This document, while it contains no important his-
torical facts from the reign of Ramses IV, is of great psycho-
logical interest, and gives us, furthermore, one invaluable

and 9 subordinates), is 8,362. The 900 dead, as stated in the monument, are not
inchided in this totaL The scribe has made an error of 6 in the addition. Spiegel-
bog makes the discrepancy only 4 (Recueil, XXI, 49), but this is due to an error
of 3 which has crept into his figures; viz., he inserts among the items two 3's,
whereas there is but one 3 in the entire list. He also excludes the leader, which
reduces his error to 2, making his discrepancy 4 Instead of 6.

^Whether this word (Ifr'O refers to food supplies or equipment in tools and
the like is not evident The colporteurs may have carried the food, and the ox carts
the heavy tools.

*>Chief (nU) of a priestly order or phyle (5>). c^ c ^ ?

^Restored from the relief at the top of the stela ; so also Brugsch (GeschichU, 623) .

^Brugsch emends so, or reads from a better copy; Lepsius' text is quite unintel-
ligible.

'Stela now in Cairo, found by Mariette in Abydos; Mariette, Abydos, II,
Pis. 34i 35 "- Roug^ Inscriptions hiSroglyphiques, 156 fiF. The stela is badly
weathered, and the copy of Mariette is excessively inaccurate and incomplete;
Roug< is much better. I had a collation of the original by Schaefer, which he
kindly placed at my disposal.

228 TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES IV [I470

datum, the length of Ramses II's reign, sixty-seven years.
The petition of Ramses IV is that he may reign as long as
did Ramses II, and the manner in which he reasons with
Osiris regarding his desire is of unique interest.

470. 'Year 4, third month of the first season (first month), day 10,

under the majesty of King Ramses IV» ^ "^And thou

shalt give to me health, life, long existence, a prolonged reign, endur-
ance to my every member, sight to my eyes, hearing to my ears, pleasure
to my heart daily. '^And thou shalt give me to eat until I am satisfied;
and thou shah give me to drink until I am drunk; and thou shalt
establish my issue (as) kings in the land, forever and ever. '^And thou
shalt grant me contentment ever}- day, and thou shalt hear my voice
in every sapng, when I shall tell them to thee, and thou shalt give them
to me with a loving heart. And thou shalt give to me '%igh and
plenteous Niles, in order to supply thy divine offerings, and to supply
the divine offerings of all the gods and goddesses of South and North;
in order to preserve alive the '^dixdne buUs;*^ in order to preserve calive
the people of all thy lands, their cattle and their groves, which thy

' hand has made. '°For thou art he who has made all, and thou canst
not forsake them to carry out other designs with them; (for) that is
not right.

471. And thou shalt be pleased with the land of Egypt, t[hy] *»land,
in my time; and thou shalt double for me the long duration, the pro-
longed reign of King Ramses II, the Great God ; for more are the [mi^ty]
''deeds, and the benefactions which I do for thy house in order to
supply thy divine offerings, in order to seek every excellent thing, evoy
sort of benefaction to do them for thy sanctuary '^daily during these
four years,^ than those things which King Ramses II, the Great God,
did for thee in his sixty-seven years. And thou shalt give to me the
long existence **with the prolonged reign which thou gavest [him] as

•Full fivefold titulary.

*The remainder of the first fourteen lines contains only conventional prayers
of mortuary character, addressed to Osiris.

cOf Athribis (kmr [sic !) wr tUry); see Spiegelberg, Zeitschrift fUr dgypUsche
Sprocket 1891, and Papyrus Harris, 30, 3 (J 278).

^The four years which he has thus far reigned.

§472] KHONSU-TEMPLE BUILDING INSCRIPTION 229

piung^ upon — his* child** — while I sit upon his throne. For

thou art he, who hast said it with '^thy own mouth, and it shall not be

reversed .^ For thou art the great lord of Heliopolis, for thou

art the '^great lord of Thebes, for thou art the great lord of Memphis.
Thou art he in whom is might, and that which thou doest is that which
shall come to pass. Give to me ''the reward of the great deeds which
T have done for thee, even life, prosperity and health, long existence,
and a [prolonged] reign; and thou shalt make — the limbs and preserve
the members, '^being with me as my good guardian and excellent pro-
tector. And thou shalt "^give to^ me every [Hand''] and every pcountryij

that I may present their tribute to thy ka and to thy

name.

BUILDING INSCRIPTION OF THE KHONSU-TEMPLE

472. Ramses III left the Khonsu-temple at Karaak, for
the most part, mcomplete. The chambers in the rear were
then finished by Ramses IV, ** including the smaller hypo-
styles, which contain the following dedication : *

Lord of the Two Lands: Hekmare-Setepnamon; Son of Re, Lord
of Diadems: Ramses- Meriamon (Ramses IV); he made (it) as his
monument for his father, Khonsu; making for him a temple, excellent,
beautiful, enduring forever.

•Marictte has "thy;" Roug^ "his.'

^This passage is now lost as far as "sU," inclusive.

cTiraccs.

^See Lepsius, Denkmdler, Text, III.

•Champollion, Notices descripHveSt II, 339; ceiling in the "galerie de droite"
of the inner hypostyle. The remains of a sandstone obelisk found in Cairo, and
DOW in the museum there, contain a dedication by Ramses IV, as follows: **He
made (U) as a monument for his father ^ Re, making for him a great obelisk^ the name
ef which is * Ramses-ts-a-Child^f-the-Cods' " (Daressy, Annates, IV).

REIGN OF RAMSES V

TOMB DEDICATION

473- Of the nine Ramessids who ruled after Ramses III
the tombs of six* in the Valley of the Kings' Tombs are
known. As a specimen of the dedication inscriptions the
following of Ramses V may serve :^

Live Horus: Mighty Bull, Great in Victory, Sustaining Alive the
Two Lands; Favorite of the Two Goddesses: Mighty in Strength,
Repulser of Millions; Golden Horus: Rich in Years, like Tatenen
(Ptah), Sovereign, Lord of Sed Jubilees, Protector of Egypt, Filling
Every Land with Great Monuments in His Name; King of Upper and
Lower Egypt, Lord of the Two Lands: Nibmare-Meriamon; Son of
Re, of His Body, His Beloved, Lord of Diadems: Amonhirkhepeshef-
Ramses (\0-Neterhekon, given life, like Re, forever. He made (it) as
his monument for his fathers, the gods of the Nether World, making
for them a new title, *^ in order that their names might be renewed;
that they may give very many jubilees upon the Horus- throne of the
living, every country beneath his feet, like Re, forever.

^According to Baedeker (1902), these are numbered as foUows: Ramses
IV (Hekmare), No. 2; Ramses VI (Nibmare), No. 9; Ramses IX (Neferkere),
No. 6; Ramses X (Yetamon-Neterhekon), No. i; Ramses XI (Khepennare),
No. 18; Ramses XII (Memnare), No. 4. In Baedeker's list the name of Ramses
XII (given as Neferkere) is to be corrected to Menmare.

^Lepsius, DenknUUeff III.

^Syp't (see I, 178), meaning a title to land.

ajo

REIGN OF RAMSES VI

TOMB OF PENNO*

474' This official of the Pharaoh lived at Derr in Nubia,
where there was a temple to Re or Horus built by Ramses II.

Pernio was * ^deputy of Wawoi^^ as his chief office; but he
was also ^^ chief of the quarry-service, steward of Horus, lord
of Miatn^^ (My^-t),^ so that he had charge of the quarry
operations in Wawat, as well as the administration of the
property of the Horus-temple at Derr, called at that time
Miam {My^m).

His relatives filled important local offices at Ibrim: two
of them were ^ treasurer of the Lord of the Two Lands in
Miam (Ibrim) ^'^^"^ another was ^^ scribe of the White House
and mayor of Ibrim.^^'' They thus had charge in the local
administration of the treasury, which we see was organized
in Nubia just as in Egypt at this period. The inscriptions
in the tomb furnish a valuable glimpse of the life of the local
£g3rptian official in Nubia, as well as of the organization of
the country and the conditions under Egpytian rule.

475* Penno had erected a statue of Ramses VI, which
stood in the temple of Ramses II at Derr; and as a reward
the Pharaoh sent him two vessels of silver. This great dis-
tinction is portrayed by Penno in his tomb.*^ He shows
there, not merely his own reception of the two vessels from
the viceroy of Kush, but the latter also, in the act of receiv-
ing the vessels from the Pharaoh, to be conveyed to Nubia.

*Hewn in the cliff at n)rim, in Nubia; published by Lepsius, as indicated
bdow. I am also indebted to Steindorff for a collation of Lepsius' plates with the
original.

^Lepsius, Denkmdler, III, 229, b. ^Ihid,, 231, a. ^Ihid.^ 230.

231

232 TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES VI [§476

Relief Scenes

476* Before Ramses VI enthroned, stands the king's-
son of Kush, and the accompanying inscriptions record the
the following :

Inscriptions

Said his majesty to the king's-son of Rush: ''Give the two silver
vessels (0w) of ointment of gums, to the deputy."

To which the king's-son of Kush replies :

'' I will do (so) ; lo, the happy day shall be celebrated in every land."

Relief Scene

477- We now see the viceroy, after his arrival in Ibrim,
presenting the two vases to Penno. The viceroy stands
before the statue of Ramses VI, of which Penno has charge.
Behind him is his steward, bearing a roll of papyrus. Penno,
accompanied by two priests, stands before them, bearing in
his uplifted hands two bowls containing cakes of ointment,
which must be the vessels referred to in the inscriptions.
The viceroy addresses Penno as follows:

Inscriptions

May Amon-Re, king of gods, favor thee! May Montu, lord of
Hermonthis, favor thee! May the ka of Pharaoh, L. P. H., thy good
lord, favor thee, who caused thee to fashion the statue of Ramses VI,
son of Amon, lovely like Horus, lord of Miam {My ^ m) .•

Hearken, O deputy of Wawat, Penno, to Amon in Kamak. These
things were spoken in the court of Pharaoh, thy good lord: ''May
Amon-Re, king of gods, favor thee! May Harakhte favor thee! May
Montu favor thee! May the ka of Pharaoh, L. P. H., thy good lord,
favor thee, who is satisfied with that which thou doest in the countries
of the Wegroes^ and in the country of Akati (^-k^ -ty). Thou causest

*Here the artist has neglected to engrave the signs of nearly an entire line,
leaving them only painted. They have now disappeared, leaving at the bottom
of the line the isolated words: "he slays the rebellious.**

biV*y.

1 4791 TOMB OF PENNO 233

to bring them as captives before Pharaoh, L. P. H., thy good lord, in
gjving thy payment ^ — V* Behold, I give to thee thy two vessek
(fffw) of silver, that thou mayest anoint thyself with gums. Increase
thou ^ ^^ in the land of Pharaoh, L. P. H., wherein thou art.

478. The response of Penno, which is very brief, is badly
preserved, but contained only a greeting ^^for Pharaoh,
L. P. -H"., my good lord.^^

The lands furnishing the income for the maintenance of
the oflFerings presented to Ramses VTs statue v^ere also
recorded by Penno in his tomb, the inscription* doubtless
being a copy of the official records regarding them. The
lands comprised five different parcels, each of which is care-
fully demarked by four boundaries, enumerated as East,
South, North, and West.

Tide

479. 'Domain of the statue of Ramses VI,^ which rests in Miam

First District

District north of " Ramses- Meriamon-*in- the- House-of- Re,"** the
town; opposite the house of Re, lord of the eastern bend.®

Boundaries

The South is the lands of the domain of the ^King's-Wife, Nefretiri,
which rests in Miam {My ^ ' (),

^Ijcpshis, DenkmOieTf lU, 239, c; I was able to control Lepsius' copy and to
fiU up some of the lacuns from a photograph by Graf Grilnau, but it was too small
to estabUsh a final text in badly preserved places.

bpoii name given is: "Amonhirkhepeshef'RanueS'Nuter'Ruier'Of'Heliopolis"

^Unquestionably identical with the form My^m (Lepsius, Denkmdier, III, 115,
tomb of Huy; cf. II, 1037). See also Brugsch, ZeUschrijt fUr dgypHsche Sprache,
1882, 31.

<n*hi8 is the name of Ramses II's temple at Derr (see III, 503, and Brugsch,
DicUonmoke giographique, 247); the words, **the iovm," are added to distinguish
it from the temple. The scribe means the town, and not the temple.

«The Nile makes an immense bend to the east just below Derr; the "Houu-
0f'Re** may be the temple of 1. 1, or some small, now vanished chapel of the local Re.

234 TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES VI [§480

The East is the desert.

The North is the flax fields of Pharaoh, L. P. H.

The West is the Nile.

Area
Three khet.

Second District

480. ^District of the r— 1 behind the land of Miyu {My-yw) in the
lands of the deputy of Wawat.*

Boundaries

The South is the lands ^of the domain of the statue under charge of
the first prophet, Amenemopet.

The East is the great mountain.

The North is the flax fields M Pharaoh, L. P. H., which are in the
lands of the deputy of Wawat.

The West is the Nile.

Area
Two khet.

Third Distria

481. ^District of the house of the goddess, east of the lands which
are ^ — \ and east of the great mountain.^

Boundaries

The South is the lands ^of the domain of the statue under charge of

the deputy of Wawat, Meri.

The East is the great mountain.

The North is the lands «of the herdman, Bahu (JS'-jne^).

The West is the Nile.

Area
Four khet.

Fourth Distria

482. District of the domain of Tehenut (Tyhnwif) '<^t the western
limit of the nome of Tehenut, in the flax fields of Pharaoh, L. P. H.,
together with "the lands which are * — >.

^Meaning among the lands rented by or under charge of the deputy; die
same in 1. 6.

bThis datum seems a contradiction of the one in 1. 8, that the mountain was
the eastern boundary of the land.

I483I TOMB OF PENNO 235

Boundaries

The Blast is the great mountain.

The South is the flax fields of Pharaoh, L. P. H., east ''of the great
mountain.

The North b the field of the Arasa {^-r^-s ^),
The West is the Nile.

Area
Six khet.

Summary

Total lands '^given ''toi it:» fifteen khet,*> which makes ^ — '^ upper
fields. The scribe ^oO its domain, the deputy, Penno (Prp-nw'f), *^on
of Herunofer (Hrw-nfr) of Wawat, has ^ — "^ (them), as fields ^rented!
to him, to pay*^ ''to it one ox, slaughtered yearly.

Fifth District

483. District in the ^ — ^i fields which are under control of '^e
deputy of Wawat, not on the roll (above).

Boundaries

Its West is in ffront"*^ of the gravelly ground of the deputy, Penno.
''The South is the gravelly ground of the deputy, Penno.
The North is the ^ — '^ fields which are in the irdomaini of the Pharaoh,
L. P. H.

'*The East is in front of the gravelly [ground] of the deputy, Penno.

Area
^ght< khet.

Curse on Violator

As for anyone who '^hall disregard it, Amon, king of gods, shall
pursue him, Mut shall pursue his wife, Khonsu shall pursue '^his
children; he shall hunger, he shall thirst, he shall faint and sicken.

•The statue.

^Mr. Griffith's statement {Proceedings of the Society of Biblical ArchtBology,
14, 418), that the "spaces between the notches'' are to be counted, seems to be an
oversighti for the total amounts to 19 by so counting. The notches themselves,
however, amount to 15.

cQn f\ **pay,** see Spiegelberg, Rechnungen^ 53.

^SteindorfF has a sign like grg^ which may be h^'t, "front**

REIGN OF RAMSES VH

STELA OF HORI»

484. This little stela records a commission intrusted by
this almost unknown Pharaoh to Hori, his personal scribe,
who is dispatched from Busiris to Abydos to pray at the great
temple of Osiris, that the king may be given a long reign.

Above is a mortuary prayer in the name of Osiris of
Abydos, Onouris of Thinis, Osiris of Busiris, Harendotes,
and Eswere on behalf of King Usermare-Ikhnamon, Ramses
(VII)-Menthirkhepeshef-Meriamon, who is also represented
oflFering in a relief at the top. Then follows Hori's state-
ment.

485. The scribe of Pharaoh, L. P. H., Hori, triumphant; he says:
"I am a servant of thy^ city (nw't), Busiris, thy dty (dmy)^ which is
in the Northland (Delta). I am the son of a servant of thy house,
the scribe of Pharaoh, L. P. H., the favorite of Abydos, Pakauti (P ^ -
k^wtyw), son of Seny (5ny), thy servant. I have been brought from
my city of the Northland to thy city, Abydos, being a messenger of
Pharaoh, L. P. H., your*^ servant. I have come to worship before you*^
and to beseech for him jubilees. Ye will hear his prayers, according
as he b profitable to your ka's, and ye will accept me from the hand of
Pharaoh, L. P. H., and my lord, L. P. H., and ye will give to me favor
before him daily. HVfake your designs, I will cherish (them)^. It is said :
* Who can reverse your plans ?' Ye are the lords of heaven, earth, and
the Nether World, and men do as ye say. And ye will give mortuary
offerings of bread and beer, and a sweet north wind for my father,
Pakauti, and his son, the scribe of Pharaoh, Hori, triumphant."^

^Unpublished stela in the Berlin Museum, No. 2081 (AusfUhrliches Verteich-'
niss des Berliner Museums, 133). I had my own copy of the original.

^Meaning Osiris, whom he addresses.

cPlural.

^Names of other relatives follow.

236

REIGN OF RAMSES IX

INSCRIPTIONS OF THE HIGH PRIEST OF AMON

AMENHOTEP

486. The high priests of Amon continued to extend their
power and influence under Ramses IX. This process was
sometimes accompanied by violence and insurrection. A
woman testifying in a case which occurred in this reign, and
desirous of dating a theft in her father's house, refers very
significantly to the occasion when the theft took place :

'Examination: the Theban woman, Mutemuya, the wife of the
sacred scribe, Nesuamon, was brought in; the oath of the king, L. P. H.,
not to lie, was administered to her. She was asked: ''What hast thou
to say?" She said: "When the revolt of the High Priest of Amon
took place, this man stole some things of my father."

487. This may have been our High Priest Amenhotep, or
possibly the affair belongs before his time. The records left
by this powerful official significantly continue those of the
High Priest of Amon, Roy, at the dose of the Nineteenth
Djmasty (III, 618-29). No connection can be traced be-
tween Roy and the high priests of the Twentieth Dynasty,
unless we find it in the fact that the second prophet, who
accompanies Roy on the Kamak wall, was named Bekne-
khonsu (§620), while the High Priest of Amon under
Ramses HI was also a Beknekhonsu.^ The latter must
have been succeeded by Ramsesnakht, whose father, Meri-
bast, was not High Priest, and must have belonged to a col-
lateral branch of the family. Ramsesnakht was the father

^Papyrus, British Museum, No. 10053; Spiegelberg, Recueil, 19, 91.
bSee his statue found in the Mut-temple (Benson and Gourlay, The TempU
oj Mul in Asher, 343-47)-

237

238 TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES IX [J488

of our High Priest Amenhotep (§ 489, 11. 23, 24). He lived
under Ramses III and IV, appearing as High Priest in year
3 of Ramses IV (§466), and was succeeded in the high
priesthood by his son Nesuamon, whose brother, our Amen-
hotep, a second son of Ramsesnakht, followed Nesuamon in
the great office. *

I. BUILDING INSCMPTIGNS

488. In continuance of the privilege already gained by the
high priests of Amon under the Pharaohs of the end of the
Nineteenth Djmasty, Amenhotep, High Priest under Ramses
IX, undertook the rebuilding of the High Priest's dwelling,
connected with the Kamak temple of Amon. It had been
erected by Sesostris I, some eight hundred years earlier.
The kitchen, or refectory, had been solidly rebuilt by Roy,
nearly a hundred years before, but the dwelling itself was
now in a ruinous state. It stood on the south of the sacred
lake (1. 7), east of the southern pylons, and its scanty remains
were found there by Mariette.** At the east end of the
neighboring pylon (VIII), by the similar record of Roy
(III, 619-26), Amenhotep inscribed the following record*
of his building:

*See Legrain, Recueil, 27, 71.

t>See Mariette, Kamak, 11. This must be the strange building south of the
lake (Mariette's plan, PI. 2, R), the puri>ose of which was left uncertain by Man-
ette. He afterward {op. cU., 62, 63) suggests this building as the one meant in our
inscription, but strangely states that our inscription furnishes no indication of the
location of the building, although it clearly states that the building overlooked the
southern lake (1. 7). See also the following note, and Maspero's remarks {Mamies
royakSt 670, 671).

cMariette, Kamakf PI. 40; Roug^, Inscriptums hiiroglyphiques, 202, 203;
Brugsch, Thesaurus f 1322-24; Maspero, Mamies royaleSf 669, 670 (pardally);
the inscription is on the inside (west) of the wall connecting pylons VII and VIII,
at the point marked h on Mariette's plan {Kamdkf PI. 2). Other references to the
High Priest Amenhotep's buildings have recently been discovered (by Legrain,
AnnaieSy V, 21) in which he refers to *^ bringing artifkers in every great work, thai
I might build the great place south of the \!lahe^ —. / buiU this r—i (determina-

i489l INSCRIPTIONS OF fflGH PRIEST AMENHOTEP 239

489. 'The assistant* whom his majesty taught, the Hi^ Priest of
Amon-Re, king of gods, Amenhotep, triumphant, made it; to wit: I
found this pure dwelling of the hi^ priests 'of Amon of former time,
which b in the house of Amon-Re, king of gods, beginning to fall to
ruin, indiile that which had been made in the time of King ^Kheperkere,
Son of Re, Sesostris (I), was ^(still) completed <^Then P built it anew
with fine work and excellent workmanship. *I made thick its walls from
its rear to its front. I built thoroughly upon it, I made its columns
%nd doorposts of great stones of excellent workmanship. I set up
great doors of cedar, bound. I built thoroughly upon its ^great lintel
of stone which looks ^outward^, built — Hiigh — "^ the High Priest of
Amon, who is^ in the house of Amon. I ^mounted^ its great door of

— ^ 'with bolts of copper and inlay-figures of fine gold and fsilverij .

I built its great ''courses''*^ (4'd^w) of stone, which opens toward
.the southern lake, upon the piure — M the house of Amon. I siu:-
rounded pit with a walli] of brick. I erected its great f carvings!^ of stone

^at the doorposts* — Moors of cedar. I of great stones, dragged

and cut as V" ' — with *°the royal titxilary in the great name of

Pharaoh, my [lord. I] built a treasury of ^brick^ anew in the great hall,

the name of which is " columns of stone, and doors

of cedar, inscribed with *" — '^ '* his majesty; it

was the rear of the storehouse of the dues of Amon **

the great and august court, each High Priest of Amon

'^ every[thing] good and pure. I appointed its chiefs

IS r 1 16 taking the •

»' of stone, doors of cedar. I '* Ishru, they

were ^planted with"*] treses '^ *° Pharaoh,

my lord, to cause them to be given to Mut, the great, the — , that she
might receive them, " as benefactions for Amon-
Re, king of gods, my lord. I know that he is great, that he i^teaches

tive, two houses) of the House of Amon anew; I made Us double doors, wrought of

meru wood, the inlay-figures of fine gold ." The "great place*^ must be

the refectory, and its location is probably indicated as south of the lake.

•See the same phrase, II, 28. ^See } 355, 1. 12.

bOr: "shaU be." ^^ty; see } 380, 1. 15.

•Three lines are here lacking, not noted by Mariette (Maspero, M amies royales,
670, n. i); but according to Roug6 four lines are here lost (Roug6, Inscriptions
kUroglyphiques, 303); for convenience I have retained Mariette's numbering.

240 TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES DC [{490

^1 aasajdng: "Thou art the Lord of the Two Lands, Lord of [Dia-
dems] rRamses (JX)\ L. P. H., a long term of life ^ — '^ for King Ramses
DC, and may he grant to me life, health, a long term of life, '^an old
age of favor before Pharaoh, my lord. The High Priest of Amon-Re,
king of gods, Amen-'^hotep, son of the High Priest of Amon, Ramses-
nakht, made (it)."

490. Another building inscription,* which almost cer-
tainly belongs to our High Priest, records works in the mor-
tuary temples of the Ramessids, especially those of Ramses
III and Ramses VI. Fragmentary as the inscription is, it
shows that the High Priest's title, ^^ chief of all the works of
the kingj^^ gave him full charge of the building connected
with the old temples.

491. * his way, doing excellent things in the house [|"of

Amoni] his pfather"*] * myriads of — after old age * ^1

3 Amon-Re, king of gods — of "The-House-of-

Millions-of-Years-of-King-Ramses VI" < ["The-House-of

Millions-of-Years]-of-King-Usermare-Meriamon (Ramses ni)-in-the-

House-of-Amon" repeating « ["The-House-of-

Millions-of-Years-of-King] in-the-House-of-Amon-on-the-West-of-

Thebes." His majesty repeated ^ the f place^

of rest which my father made on the west of Thebes in of

Pharaoh ^ within of fine gold, genuine lapis lazuli and mala-
chite marvels * great and august amulets which

I made for Amon-Re, king of gods, the ^ likewise, in the

name of Amon-Re, king of gods, correct ^ '^ " great

f works'" which I made, established^ in — forever *» ip am he

who gives '"oil^, incense, honey, — garland^ " giving '' — ^1 to

his ""every temple storehouse^ *3 r 1 j

"■finish! it, praise ptoi] Re "^ . It is for the

gold-house of Amon-Re, king of gods, in order to give

"5 which they made. The high priests of Amon-[Re, king of

*Found by Marietta in the chapel of the high priests, east of the sacred lake
at Kamak (^ on his plani Kamak, PI. 2); published by Mariette, Kamak, PI. 39;
corrections by Maspero, Momies royales, 668.

^Smn^ is probable from the photograph.

1493] INSCRIPTIONS OF HIGH PRIEST AMENHOTEP 241

gods] have not fdone the likei ] »^ fwhich I havci

done during five years that Amon-Re, king of gods, my lord, might
give to me, life, h^th, long existence, and a good old age ''fas reward
for^] the many benefactions and ^ — ^ fatigues which I have made for

him in his house ** it. He spends eight months of days

therein, while I karry"" it ^around^, bearing him excellently — . I

»» pThou art myi] lord, I am thy servant, while I endure

fatigues for thee *** Amon-Re, king of gods, hear

my voice ^draw near^, let him not tiun back — ^ — "^ ** the

transgressor,* I will report to Pharaoh, my lord, [^whoi] will give

" ["The-House-of]-King — Mn-the-House-of-Amon," "The-

House-of-Usermare-Meriamon (Ramses ni)-in-the-House-of-Amon-on-

the-West-of-Thebes," the place ** the high priests of

Amon who shall come after me. Do not do this ^^^ trans-
gressing against it, the transgressor who shall come, he shall not hinder

*5 many generations in his house f "^

*^ — 5° 31 of the gods of Ramses (II)-Meriamon

[in] Memphis, king's-scribe, steward — '' — i .

n. RECORDS OF REWARDS^

492* As a reward for his pious worlc of rebuilding in the
Kamak temple, Amenhotep was summoned by the king
to the temple court, where, at the hands of the nobles and
the chief treasurer, by the personal orders of the king, he
was decorated with gold collars in the conventional manner.
Splendid vessels of gold and silver, costly unguents, food and
drink were also given him. In the king's address of praise

H!>r: "he (him) who transgresses against me."

The vertical cartouche shows an n at the bottom.

cQr: "who shall come after me in doing these things** (the duties of the office).

<lKamak temple, wall scene by Pylon VIII, on east side of wall, connecting
east ends of Pybns VII and VIII; published by DUmichen, Historische Inschriften,
II, PL 43; the inscriptions abne; Roug^, Inscriptions hiiroglyphiques, 300, 301;
Bnigsch, Thesaurus^ 1318, 1319. None of the publications shows the lower
portions, only recently excavated. For these I had a photograph by Borchardt
(Berlin, No. 5461), which was on too small a scale to insure certain readings, but
enabled me to trace the drift of the newly uncovered portion.

242 TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES DC [§493

to the first prophet, certain dues formerly paid to the palace
are now to be paid to the High Priest. Unfortunately this,
the most important portion of the document, is so obscurely
worded that it is difficult to discern its exact purport.
But it probably refers to the portion of the royal impost
which, when collected by the king's officers and paid into
his treasury, had then formerly been paid to Amon. Such
impost is now placed directly in the hands of the High
Priest, who can collect it from the people into the temple
treasury, without its passing through the royal treasury.
This enactment was either twice recorded, or it was repeated
and made more sweeping in its scope; for Amenhotep has
twice represented the scene of his royal rewards on the tem-
ple walls, each time accompanied by this enactment of the
king, though in varying language. • In both scenes, con-
trary to the immemorial custom that the representations of
the king should show him of heroic stature, towering far
above his court and officers; the High^ Priest is here repre-
sented with the same heroic figure as the king. The high
priests are gradually rising to equal the power and state of
the Pharaoh. In keeping with this is the special mention by
Amenhotep, in both scenes, of the fact that he inherited his
office from his father, Ramsesnakht.

Scene

493- King Ramses IX^ stands, scepter in hand, addressing
two officials, who are supposed to be hanging golden collars
upon the neck of the High Priest of Amon, Amenhotep.

*I have not given the duplicate separate treatment, but the variants from it have
been inserted in the notes indicated by " variant." The inscriptions are published
by Brugsch, Thesaurus, 131Q f. For the bwer portions, not accessible in Brugsch's
day, I had a photogp'aph (Berlin, No. 5463), which was too small to insure certain
readings everywhere.

^His throne-name, Nfr-k « U « Stp-n-R c, is engraved over his head.

1 495] INSCRIPTIONS OF HIGH PRIEST AMENHOTEP 243

The latter is represented, however, with the same heroic
stature as the king,* and is, therefore, so tall that the two
officials are able to reach but a short way above his waist.
Before the king are six stands, bearing sacks of gold, metal
vessels, collars, etc. The inscriptions are these :

Before the King

494. 'The king himself, he said to the princes and companions
who were at his side: ^'Give many favors and numerous rewards of
fine gold, silver, 'and myriads of all good things, to the High Priest
oi Amon-Re, king of gods, Amenhotep, triumphant, because of the
many excellent monuments which he has made in the house of Amon-
Re, king of gods, in (hr) the great name of the Good God."^

By the High Priest

495* Hereditary prince,^ count, High Priest of Amon-Re, king of
gods, Amenhotep, trimnphant, is in the place of his father, the High
Priest of Amon-Re, king of gods, in Kamak, Ramsesnakht, triumphant.

Over the High Priest

'Year 10, third month of the first season (third month), nineteenth
day, in the house of Amon-Re, king of gods. The High Priest of Amon,
king of gods, Amenhotep, triumphant, was conducted to^ the great
forecourt of *Amon, called: "One-Tells-His-Praise,'*' in order to praise
him with goodly and choice speech.^ The nobles who came forth to
praise him were:^

The treasurer of Pharaoh, ^the king's- butler, Amenhotep, trium-
phant.

^Diimichen wrongly represents him as smaller than the king.

Wariant inserts : " May A man-Re, king of gods, favor thee"

cThe concluding words were not read by Brugsch in the first relief, but
Dtkmichen has as above. The variant confirms it, as the photograph shows "his
majesty."

<*The second relief inserts : " favorite of his lord. * *

•jp'r; variant, r. ^ffrtw hswl-f^ Brugsch's ffrtw-f is incorrect.

tVariant connects the preceding and the following, and had a different list
of persons, thus : " goodly and choice {speech], by the scribe, Khonsu

^These are the same offidab whom we find in Papyrus Abbott ((511).

t»

244 TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES DC [I496

The king's-butler, Nesuamon.

The scribe of Pharaoh, the king's-butler, Neferkere-em-Per-Amon,
^the herald of Pharaoh.

496. The things said to him as favor and praise on this day, in the
great court of ^Amon-Re, king of gods, saying:

"May Montu favor thee I May the ka of Amon-Re, king of gods,
Pere-Harakhte, ^^Ptah, the great, "South-of-His-WaU," lord <rf "LifeH)f-
the-Two-Lands," Thoth, lord of divine words, the gods of the heaven,
and the gods of the earth favor theel ^May the ka of Ramses DC favor
thee, the great ruler of Egypt, the beloved child ^>f all the gods,* because
of the fcompletioni of every work!"

497. ^"The harvests, the exactions of the impost ^f the people
of the house of Amon-Re, king of gods, shall be under thy charge, and
thine shall be the tribute in full according to their smns.^ Thou shalt
give^ "^their — , causing that they should form rpart""* of the court of the
treasuries, storehouses, and granaries of the house "of Amon-Re, king
of gods; thus from the tribute of the heads and hands ^shall be^ the
sustenance of Amon-Re, king of gods, '^which thou didst (i^formerlyi)
cause to be delivered to^ Pharaoh, thy lord, the deed of a good servant,
profitable '^to Pharaoh, his lord; he being mighty to do benefactions
for Amon-Re, king of gods, **the great god; and to do benefactions

*From here on, variant was evidently quite different. It has: "

the beloved child of [all\ the [gods] gold, the vessels gold, ihs

the deed of a \jgood\ servant " cf. 1. 12 bebw); while in the con-
text of 1. 12 (bebw) were the words: " thy completion ." The

praise in 1. 8 has, in the variant, been partially transferred to 1. 12; and that in 1. xa
has, in the variant, been partially transferred to 1. 8.

Wariant, " The harvests and exactions of the house of Amon ."

cOr: "heaps.**

^The variant of this passage was not uncovered in Brugsch's day; the photo-
graph is very indistinct, but it will be seen that the variant shows important diver-
gencies here; and has transferred this passage to the end. It has: "

He fills the ^breweries^ with all his things^ ^he being the lord op heaps of things,

together with the gifts ^which^ Pharaoh, thy lord, makes in the house of

the fgreal^ god . Thus from the tribute of [the heads and hands] hhatt be^ the

sustenance, which thou didst {^formerly) caused to be delivered into the halls of the
king's-house. The many, mighty deeds, the many, many benefactions, which thou
doest in the house of the great god ^ ^i."

•The uncertain word represents two in the original, viz., **the side;" thdr
connection here is quite obscure.

f Variant, " Pharaoh, for his treasuries and storehotues ."

1 4991 RECORDS OF ROYAL TOMB-ROBBERIES 345

for Pharaoh, his lord — "^ — which thou doest. Now, behold, command
has been given to the overseer of the White House, the butler of Pha-
raoh,* *^d all fthe princes^,^ to give to thee praise, to anoint thee
with sweet oil of gums, and to give fto thee''] the i^vessels^ of gold and
silver, fthe reward of] the servant of Pharaoh, thy lord, given to him
as a favor fof the king's-presence"*] — the — of Amon on this day .

Bdow the Scene^

498. Given as a favor of the king's-presence to the great favorite
of the Lord of the Two Lands, the High Priest of Amon, king of gods,
Amenhotep, triumphant:

Fine gold in —

Total, fine gold —

Sweet beer *" — ^ — '"jars* 40

Sweet oil of gtuns: hin 2

That which was said to him: one (viz., the king) spake to cause the
Pharaoh's scribe of rolls to come forth. One spake f to^ the overseers

of the granaries of Pharaoh in — of this — by Amenhotep,

triumphant, .

THE RECORDS OF THE ROYAL TOMB-ROBBERIES

499- The pap3niis records which inform us of the rob-
beries among the ro)ral tombs of this period, while they are
strictly legal documents, afford so many valuable glimpses
into the historical conditions under the later Ramessids that

•Here follow two lines below the uplifted arm of the High Priest, of which
Brugsch saw only the first three words, now app)earing at the end of his copy, in the
wrong place.

^'The legs of the figure for "prince" (sr) are probable in the photograph.
**Thy lord** (following "Pharaoh**) is impossible, owing to lack of determinative
after it (nb)^ as regularly in this inscription.

cThis inscription of three lines is unpublished. It is badly mutilated, and
from the small-scale photograph little can be made of it. The variant also shows
three simi^r lines below the scene, which contain a list of the gifts; but it is badly
mutilated and not readable in the photograph. It begins quite differently from
the above list.

246 TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES IX [I500

they cannot be omitted from this historical series. The
riches lying in the royal tombs, in the form of splendid
regalia adorning the dead, rich coffins, and elaborate furni-
ture, which had been accumulating for five hundred years,
furnished an irresistible motive for the violation of such
tombs. How far the corrupt officials, by indirect con-
nivance, may have been involved in such robberies we can-
not now determine. In our first document there are indica-
tions that all was not as it should have been among the
officials of the government. Their apparent helplessness,
and total inability properly to protect the necropolis, how-
ever interpreted, are clear evidence of the decadence in gov-
ernment now in progress. A coffin in the British Museum,
doubtless of this age, furnishes significant evidence of the
conditions in the Theban necropolis, as shown by the follow-
ing remark, • recorded upon it by a scribe :

Year 3, fourth month of the first season, day 15; day of renewing
the burial of Osiris, Tesitnakht (T^-s^' t-nl}t) ; after it had been found,
the children of the cemetery having taken its coffins and violated the
name thereof. They were restored again.

500. While Thebes as a whole was under the vizier as its
governor, the main city, on the east side, was under a mayor;
at this time a noble, named Peser. The west side was, like-
wise, imder the control of a second mayor, who was also
responsible for the necropolis. Under Ramses IX he was a
certain Pewero. Peser, mayor of the east side, had in some
way gained information of robberies among the royal tombs
and he promptly handed in his information to the vizier, as

^British Museum coffin, No. 15659; Budge, Catalogue of the EgypHan Coi-
lection in the FUtmrittiam Museum, Cambridge, 1893, 18. An inspection of a file
of court doomients recording prosecution of tomb-robbers took place in year 6^ of
an unknown king, and the scribe's report on the inspection of the two jars contain-
ing the file is preserved in a papyrus in Vienna (Brugsch, Zeitschrift fUr dgyptiuke
Sprache, 1876, Taf. i; Erman, Aegypten, 167).

i 502] RECORDS OF ROYAL TOMB-ROBBERIES 247

was his duty. The duty was probably not an unwelcome
one, for he seems to have had no love for his rival, Pewero,
whose administration of the necropolis he was thus able to
compromise.

501. Pursuant to this information, the vizier sent a com-
mission to inspect the cemetery, on the eighteenth of Hathor,
in the sixteenth year of Ramses IX. Their report covered
ten royal tombs, four tombs of the singing-women of the
Amon-temples, and a number of tombs of the nobles and
people, the exact number of which is not stated. The last
were all found to have been plundered; two of the four
tombs of the singing-women were in the same condition;
but of the royal tombs, only one, that of Sebekemsaf , had
been robbed, although two had been unsuccessfully mined
into by the robbers. The part of the royal cemetery visited
was the district of Drah abu-'n-Neggah, on the northern
margin of the western plain of Thebes, and the royal tombs
inspected were those of the Eleventh, Thirteenth, Seven-
teenth, and early Eighteenth D)masties. The report on
them, besides being historically valuable, aflfords a most
interesting glimpse into the royal cemetery at this time.
Perhaps the most remarkable reference in it is the descrip-
tion of the stela of Intef I's pyramid, bearing in relief the
figure of the king, with his hound Behka between his feet
(§ 514, 11. 9-1 1). This very stela was found by Mariette still
bearing the figure of the king, and the hound with the name
Behka inscribed beside it (I, 421 flF.), as described in the
report of three thousand years ago.

5<». Luckily for Pewero, he was able to locate the thieves,
in any case he handed in to the vizier a list of their names.
The next day, the nineteenth of Hathor, the vizier, Kham-
wese, and the Pharaoh's secretary, Nesuamon, examined the
eight men accused of robbing the tomb of Sebekemsaf.

248 TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES DC [§503

They confessed, and their story of the robbery is one of the
most remarkable documents surviving from ancient Egypt
(§ 538). To make the matter certain, the vizier and the
Pharaoh's secretary crossed the river with them and made
them show where the tomb of Sebekemsaf was located
(§517). A similar test applied to a coppersmith who had
confessed to robbing the tomb of Queen Isis, wife of Ramses
III, indicated that the man knew nothing of this queen's
tomb, and had evidently confessed that he might be momen-
tarily relieved of the torture. As a matter of fact, the tomb
of Queen Isis had been robbed by eight thieves, who can
hardly be any other than the eight robbers of Sebekemsaf's
tomb, although this fact was not discovered until the next
year (§§ 542, 543). Then followed an inspection of ^^The
Place of Beauty, ^^ a portion of the cemetery where the fam-
ilies of the Pharaohs were buried; they were found to be
uninjured. Regarding the royal tombs as the most impor-
tant, the officials of the necropolis considered the fact that
nine of the ten reported robbed were found uninjured, as
a great victory for the administration of the necropolis.
They therefore sent the whole body of the necropolis em-
ployees over to the east side as an embassy of triumph.
Some of these rejoicing subordinates went to the house of
the mayor of the east side, Peser, who had furnished the
information against them to the vizier, and loudly exulted
before his door. Meeting three of them in the streets in the
evening, Peser was unable to control his anger and, in the
presence of witnesses, quarreled with them, told them their
inspection of the necropolis was a farce, and accused them
vaguely in grave charges, of which he said he was about to
send notice to the Pharaoh. This was irregular, as all such
charges could legally be reported only to the vizier.

503. Hearing of his enemy's charges immediately, Pewero

Isosl RECORDS OF ROYAL TOMB-ROBBERIES 249

was quick to see the opportunity of again humiliating
Peser. He reported the whole aflFair in a long letter to the
vizier, dated the next day, the twentieth of Hathor. The
vizier called the case the following morning, the twenty-first
of Hathor, and, incensed at Peser's reflections upon an
inspection which had been sent out from his office and par-
tially conducted by him, the vizier quickly brought the pro-
ceedings to a close by summoning the three coppersmiths
whom Peser had accused of robbing the ten royal tombs, and
placed them at the disposition of the court; at the same time
introducing the evidence of his own personal knowledge,
gained on his visit to the necropolis. The unhappy Peser,
who was himself a judge, and sitting on the bench with his
colleagues in this case, was obliged to see the coppersmiths
acquitted in * their examination, which now followed.
Whether he suffered any penalty for his indiscretion is not
evident, but his allegations regarding the cemetery were all
declared untrue, while the vague charges which he had
threatened to make to the Pharaoh were ignored, as they
had no legal status at all, unless presented in writing before
the vizier.

504- It is clear that the state of affairs in the cemetery was
sufficiently bad to justify charges against the officials of the
necropolis, and although all the tombs indicated by Peser
had not been robbed, the investigation had overlooked the
robbery of at least one tomb, that of Queen Isis, so that the
action of the vizier in completely exonerating Pewero was
not justifiable, and arouses the suspicion that there was
some reason for such action not apparent on the surface. It
certainly was not calculated to preserve the royal burials
from similar depredations in the future.

505. The results were, therefore, what might have been
anticipated. Three years later, in the nineteenth year of

2SO TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES DC [§506

Ramses IX, just after he had associated with himself his son
Ramses X as coregent, Pewero, the mayor of the West,. who
had learned wisdom, handed in to the vizier a list of sixteen
people to be tried for robbery in the necropolis; while less
than two months later he reported twenty-nine more, whom
we find on the docket. Twenty days later six* of these men
were convicted of robbing the tombs of Seti I and Ramses 11.
This robbery, therefore, carries us for the first time^ from the
western plain of Thebes to the Valley of the King's Tombs
behind the western cliflfs. The robberies were, therefore,
spreading from the modest pyramids of the kings just before
and after the Twelfth Dynasty in the plain, to the magnifi-
cent and, of course, more richly equipped cliff-tombs of the
great emperors in the valley behind. Five more men were
tried two days later and foimd innocent.

506. Eight months now elapsed wit];iout apparent dis-
turbance among the royal tombs; but the usual contingent
of tomb-robbers then appears on the court docket, this time
numbering twenty-two persons (two women), who had
robbed ^^the tomb of Pharaoh. ^^ Which royal tomb is thus
designated we do not know, but a thief, whose confession
follows the above list of names, states that he robbed the
tomb of a Queen Nesimut, and also that of Queen Bekurd,
wife of Seti I. Twenty-seven days later a long list of rob-
bers, the wives of eleven of whom were also implicated, and
imprisoned, fills the docket, and a fragmentary record of
uncertain date refers to the robbery of the tomb of Amen-
hotep III.

507. It is evident from these facts that not only the mor-
tuary furniture, but also the very bodies of the greatest kings
of Egypt were threatened with destruction. The robberies

aMaycr Papyri ({{ 544 ff.)t iTom which all the following is taken.
t>But sec III, {} 32A-32C.

i5o81 RECORDS OF ROYAL TOMB-ROBBERIES 251

had demonstrably now been going on for more than five
years at least, and probably much longer. When Pharaohs
like Ramses II and Memeptah were guilty of wholesale
appropriation of the mortuary equipment of their great
ancestors, the officials were naturally not above conniving at
similar robberies for their own profit. The occasional prose-
cution and conviction of the "small fry" were, therefore,
of no avail. Such were the conditions under the last three
Ramessids in the royal cemetery at Thebes. The pious,
and evidently sincere, efforts put forth on behalf of the royal
bodies at the close of the Twentieth and the beginning of the
Twenty-first D)masties (§§ 595 flF., 636 5.) saved them from
destruction only after they had been bereft of their splendid
furniture and stripped of their rich regalia, by the thieves
whose prosecution is narrated in the following documents.
So persistent and thorough was their work of plunder that
of all the Pharaohs buried at Thebes, only one, Amenhotep
II, has been foimd still in his sarcophagus in his own tomb.
But his body had, in ancient times, already been stripped
of aU valuables. The tomb was securely closed with an iron
grating and locked door by the modem government of
Egypt, and the body of the great king left undisturbed in its
ancient resting-place, where it had slept 3,400 years.

508. Hearing rumors of fabulous wealth on the person of
their great ancestor, the tomb-robbers of modem Thebes,
doubtless with the connivance of the necropolis guard,
forced the tomb door, entered, and subjected the body of
Amenhotep II, after an interval of three thousand years, to
a second rifling, which was to all appearances entirely fruit-
less. Perhaps we shall be inclined to judge more charitably
the government of Ramses IX and his successors, when
it is added that Mr. Howard Carter, the efficient inspector
of the government, after having identified and arrested the

252 TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES DC [1509

guilty parties by tireless zeal in their pursuit, was unable to
secure their conviction and punishment at the hands of the
modem government. Mr. Carter's official report* on the
whole matter is a striking modem commentary on the
ancient conditions exposed in the following documents, and
forms the last chapter in the long and dramatic history of the
royal tombs at Thebes.

I. PAPYRUS ABBOTT^

509. This document is really the vizier's abstract, taken
from his files, recording the case between the two mayors,
Peser and Pewero, as narrated above (§§ 499-504). The
condition of the royal necropolis is, therefore, only incidental
to the demonstration of the tmth or falsity of Peser's charges
against the necropolis administration. The whole case is
concluded with the defeat of Peser, recorded at the end.
The conditions in the necropolis, revealed in the document,
led the scribe to consult it again after it had been Isdng for
three years in the vizier's files, and on this occasion he
recorded upon the back of the roll a list of tomb-robbers
then awaiting trial, which had been handed in by Pewero,
the mayor of the West. Nearly two months later he took
down this same roll, to record a similar list beside the first

(§ 535)-

PL I. Date

510. '[Year 16,^ third month of the first season, day 18], under
the majesty of the King of Upper and Lower Egypt, the Lord of the

^Annales,

^A papyrus found at Thebes (?)» and acquired by the British Museum in
1857 by purchase from Dr. Abbott, of Cairo. The roll is 17 inches high, and
contains on the recto 7 columns from 10 to 14 inches wide. Two columns on the
verso (8 and 9), containing only hastily written lists of thieves, are 6 to '7 inches
wide. It is published in facsimile by the British Museum authorities in Seied
Papyri (London, i860). Part II, Pis. I-VIII.

cAll spaced words are rubrics.

1513] RECORDS OF ROYAL TOMB -ROBBERIES 253

Two Lands: Neferkere-Setepnere, L. P. H., Son of Re, Lord of
Diadems: "[Ramses (IX)-]Meriamon, L. P. H., beloved of [Amon]-Re,
king of gods, and of Harakhte; given life forever and ever.

First Commission of Inspection

511. 3[There were sent] the inspectors of the great and august
necropoUsy the scribe of the vizier and the scribe of the overseer of the
White House of Pharaoh, L. P. H., ^in order to inspect the] sepulchers
of former kings, the tombs and resting-places of the nobles, ^[located
on] the west of the city; by: (i) the governor of the dty and vizier,
Khamwese; (2) the king's-butler, Nesuamon ([iV5-5ti;-] Ymn), the
scribe of ^haraoh]; (3) the major-domo of the house of the Divine
Votress, L. P. H., of Amon-Re, king of gods, king's-butler, Neferkere-
cm-Per-Amon,» the herald of Pharaoh, L. P. H., ^[because of the]
thieves [on] the west of the dty, concerning whom the mayor, the chief
of police of the great and august necropolis ^of] Pharaoh [on] the west
of Thebes, Pewero (P^ -wr-^^), had reported to the vizier, the nobles
and butlers of Pharaoh, L. P. H.

List of Members of the Commission

512. people] sent on this day:

The mayor and chief of police of the necropolis, Pewero;
»*»^Chief of polic]e of this house, Beknurel (Bk-n-Wr-n-r^).

"^ of the [necropolis]>

'•• of this house.

'*• of this house.

i4« -amon.

'*»K3iief of police of this house, Menthirkhepeshef (MntW'[hr]'

»»bThe scribe of the vizier, Penebik (P^ - ^ -n-hywk),^
»«*>Chief scribe of the magazine of the overseer of the White House,
Paynofer (P^y-nfr).

'^^Prophet of the House of (King) Amenhotep, L. P. H., Pe ^ enkhew

^This offidal and Nesuamon (No. 2 above) also figure in the relief scene
showing the reward of the High Priest Amenhotep (} 495).

hDeterminative preserved. N. B. — ^Letters a and b with line numbers are not
to be confused with letters of footnotes.

cThis man's name means "the claw of the hawk**

«S4 TWENTIETH X>YNASTY: «AMSES DC [| 513

'^^Prophet of the wine-cellar of the house of Amon, Uramon (Wr-
Ymn),

'^The police of the cemetery, who were with them.

PL 2. List of Tombs Inspected

513. 'The pyramids, sepulchers, and tombs, investigated on this
day, by the inspectors:

Tomb of Amenhotep I

'The eternal horizon of King Zeserkere, L. P. H., son of Re, Amen-
hotep (I), L. P. H., which is 120 cubits Meep* (measured) from its
superstructure, which is called: "The-High-i'Ascenti," north of the
"House^-of-Amenhotep,-L.-P.-H.,-of-^the- Garden," concerning which
the mayor of the city, Peser {P'^ 'Sr)y had reported to the governor of
the city and vizier, Khamwese; Hhe king's -butler, Nesuamon, the
scribe of Pharaoh, major-domo of the house of the Divine Votress,
L. P. H., of Amon-Re, king of gods; *the kang's-butler, Neferkere-em>
Per-Amon, the herald of Pharaoh, L. P. H., and the great nobles, sa3dng:
"The thieves have broken into it." Inspected on this day; it was
foimd uninjured by the inspectors.

Pyramid of King Intef I

514. *The pyramid of the king, the son of Re, Intefo (I^«-[//-] ^^),
L. P. H., which is on the north of the "House-of-Amenhotep,-L.-P.-H.,-
of-the-Court (w6^)," ^pon which the pyramid is destroyed, before which

*This can only be the depth of the passage into the mountain, measured from
the building at its front. This passage has never been found, but its entrance
was certainly located on the plain, by the tombs of the Eleventh and Thirteenth
Dynasties here investigated. A temple of Amenhotep I was found here by Spiegel-
berg {Zwei Beitrdge, 1-5). The tomb of Amenhotep I was the last to be located
on the front of the western cliffs; his successor, Thutmose I, excavated his tomb
in the valley behind, thus for the first time separating sepulcher and chapel. Hat-
shepsut's terraced temple, piercing into the cUff, brought her temple and her tomb
behind it again close together; but those of following kings were again widely
separated.

^his is not the mortuary temple of Amenhotep I, which was called " House-
of 'Zeserkere {Amenhotep I)-on4he-Wesi-of-T)uh€s** (Lepsius, DefUtmdler, Text, III,
238). With " Amenhotep'Of-the-Garden** compare ** AmenhoUPt-ihe'Image-u^on-
r— 1" (nU) (ibid., 282), and " Amenhotep^f-the-Court,** in II, 8, of our document.
These are doubtless all different Amenhoteps. Sec Sethe {GSlHnf^scht GeUhrU
Anuigen) and Spiegelberg (Zwei Beitrdge, 3).

1 5171 RECORDS OF ROYAL TOMB -ROBBERIES 255

its stela (still) stands; the '^'figure of the king stands* upon this stela,
his hound being between his feet, ''named^ Behka (Bh-hvhk^). It
was inspected on this day; it was found uninjured.

Pyramid of King Nubkheprure-ItUef^

515. "The pyramid of King Nubkheperre (Nb-f^pr-R^), L. P. H.,
Son of Re, Intef , L. P. H., it was found in course of '^being tunneled
into by the thieves; they had tunneled 2^ cubits into its ^masonry^ {drw),
I cubit (distant) '^from the outer chamber of the tomb of the chief of
the oblation-bearers of the House of Amon, Yuroi (Yw-r^ -y), which is
in ruins. It was uninjured; the thieves had not been able to enter it.

Pyramid of King Sekhemre-InUf

516. »*The pyramid of King Sekhemre-Upmat (Sf^m-R'^-Wp-
m^^/), L. P. H.; Son of Re, Intefo {Yntw'f'^^), L. P. H. It was
found '^in coiu'se of being tunneled into by the thieves, at the place
where its stela of its p3n:amid was set up. '^Inspected on this day; it
was found uninjured ; the thieves had been unable to enter it.

PI. J. Pyramid of King Sebekemsaf

517. "The pyramid of King Sekhemre-Shedtowe (Sf^m-R^ -Sd-
i^wy), L. P. H., Son of Re, Sebekemsaf (Shk-m-s^' f), >It
was found, that the thieves had broken into it by mining work through
the base^, of its pyramid, from the outer chamber of the tomb of the
overseer of the granary of King Menkheperre (Thutmose III), L. P. H.,
Nebamon. The burial-place of the king was found void of its lord,
L. P. H., as well as the burial-place of the great king's- wife, ^Nubkhas
(iV6-^^5), L. P. H., his royal wife; the thieves having laid their hand
upon them. The vizier, ^he nobles, and the inspectors made an
examination of it, and the manner in which the thieves had laid their
hands 'upon thb king and his royal wife, was ascertained.

^Engraved in relief upon the stela, which still survives (I, 421 ff.)» showing
not only this dog with name as above, but also five others, which the scribe has
not taken time to note.

bThe name of the dog; the disconnected order of words is also in the original

cOf the Thirteenth Dynasty; see I, 773 ff.

^Nfr»; see Petrie, Medum, PI. VIII.

2S6 TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES IX [§518

Pyramid of King Sekenenre-Tao

518. «The pyramid of King Sekenenre {Skn(y)'n-R^)y L. P. H.,
Son of Re, Tao (r^-^^), L. P. H. Inspected on this day <>by the
inspectors; it was found uninjured.

Pyramid of King Sekenenre -Taoo

'oThe pyramid of King Sekenenre, L. P. H., Son of Re, Taoo
(r 5 - c D . c D)^ L. p, H., the second King Tao, L. P. H., II. "Inspected
on this day by the inspectors; it was found uninjured.

Pyramid of King Kemose

5ig. "The pyramid of King Uzkheperre (W^^-f^pr-R^), L. P.
H., Son of Re, Kemose (if -fiw), L. P. H. Inspected on this day;
it was uninjured.

Pyramid of King Ahmose-Sepir

''^The pyramid of King Ahmose-Sepir {Y^ h-ms-s^-p^-yr), L. P.
H. Inspected; found uninjured.

Pyramid of Mentuhotep II

520. '^^The pyramid of King Nibhepetre (Nh-hp' t-'^R''), L. P. H.,
Son of Re, Mentuhotep (II), L. P. H., which is in Zeseret (Psr-T/i); it
was uninjured.^

Summary

''Total of pyramids of the former kings, inspected on this day by
the inspectors:

Found uninjured 9 pyramids

Found broken into i

Total 10

*This is now known to be the reading of this word, formerly read }frw (see
Naville and Hall, and Proceedings of the Society of Biblical Archaohgy^ 1905).

*>On a Mentuhotep tomb at Thebes, see Carter, AnnaleSf II, 201 ff. The
tomb designated in our document was, of course, connected with the mortuary
temple of Mentuhotep III, found by Naxille and Hall at Der el-Bahri (Egypt
Exploration Fund Arc/ueological Report, 1903-4, i ff.); and Hall, Proceedings of
the Society of Biblical Archmology, XXVII, 173-^3. It5 name was y c ffw-yS't (or
yS'wt). Zeseret was the name of the immediiate locality in the Theban cemetery.

§523] RECORDS OF ROYAL TOMBROBBERIES 257

Tombs of Queens and Noble Families

521. »^he tombs of the singing-women of the house of the Divine
Votress, L. P. H., of Amon-Re, king of gods:

Found uninjured 2

Found broken into by the thieves 2

Total 4

PI 4

'These are the tombs and sepulchers in which the nobles, the ^ — ',
the Theban women, and the people of the land rest, *on the west of
the dty; it was foimd that the thieves had broken into them all, that
they had pulled out their occupants ^from their coverings and coffins,
they (the occupants) being thrown upon the ground; and that they
had stolen their articles of house-furniture, which ^had been given them,
together with the gold, the silver, and the ornaments which were in their
coverings.*

Report of the Commission

522. 5The mayor and chief of police of the great and august necrop-
olis, Pewero, together with the chiefs of police, and ^he inspectors of
the necropolis, the scribe of the vizier, and the scribe of the overseer
of the White House, who were with them, made a report upon them
(the tombs) to:

^The governor of the dty and vizier, Khamwese;

The king's-butler, Nesuamon;

The scribe of Pharaoh, I^. P. H., the major-domo of the house of
the Divine Votress, L. P. H., of *Amon-Re, king of gods, king's-butler,
Neferkere-em-Per-Amon, the herald of Pharaoh, L. P. H.;

And the great nobles. ^The mayor of the West, chief of police of
the necropolis, Pewero, handed in the names of the thieves in writing
'^'before the vizier, the nobles and butlers. They were seized and
imprisoned; they were examined, and confessed the facts.

Vizier's Inspection

523. '"Year 16, third month of the first season, day 19; day
on which there went to inspect the great seats^ of the king's-children.

•Evidently the scribe has forgotten the statement of the number, as given at the
dose of the preceding paragraph.

*>Tombs.

258 TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES DC Usm

the king's-wives, "and the king's-mothers, which are in "The-Place-of-
Beauty:"*

The governor of the dty and vizier, Khamwese; and the king's-
butler, Nesuamon, the scribe of Pharaoh, L. P. H., '^after the copper-
smith,^ Pekharu,*^ of the west of the dty, son of Kharu, his mother,
being Mitshere^ (Myi-iry), a serf of *^" The-House-of-Usermare-
Meriamon (Ramses III),-L.-P.-H.,-in-the-House-of-Amon," iinder
charge of the High Priest of Amon-Re, king of gods, Amenhotep, (being)
the man® who was found there '^and arrested, while he was with the
three people of the (said) temple, beside the tombs, whom the vizier,
Nibmare-nakht, had ' ^examined ^ in the year 14, had told, saying: ''I
was in the tomb of the king's- wife, Isis,^ L. P. H., of King Usermare-
Meriamon (Ramses HI), L. P. H.; I carried off a few '^things from it;
I took possession of them."

Examination of the Coppersmith
524. Then the vizier and the butler had the coppersmith taken

Pi- 5

before them to Hhe tomb, while he was blindfolded as a man r \

He was permitted to see*^ (again), when he had reached them.* The
officials^ 'said to him: "Go before us to the tomb, from which you
said: *I carried away the things.'" The coppersmith went before the
nobles^ to one of the ^ — ^i tombs of the king's-children of King User-
mare-Setepnere (Ramses II), L. P. H., the Great God, in which no one
was buried, which was left open, ^and (to) the hut of the workman of

•The name of a part of the necropolis.

^*'The coppersmUh*' is the subject of the verb "had told" (I. 16). All that
follows "the coppersmith" is merely the usual identification of such a serf, as found
in the invoices of temple property.

«^Lit., " The Syrian;" a very common name from the Eighteenth Dynasty on.

AUi., " Little Cat."

^Apposition with "the coppersmith."

'He was therefore an old criminal, who had been tried ("examined") two
years before, under a different vizier, the predecessor of Khamwese.

8lt is highly probable that this tomb, although unknown to the coppersmith,
had been robbed by the eight thieves of Sebekcmsaf s tomb (see §§ 538, 539).

^Lit., "his eye was given to him."

* The tombs. J The vizier and the butler.

§526] RECORDS OF ROYAL TOMB-ROBBERIES 259

the necropolis, Amenemyenet {Ymn-m-yn' t), son of Huy, which was in
this place, saying: '' Behold, the tombs in which I was.'' The nobles
examined the coppersmith with a Csevere^* examination in the great
valley, (but) he was not 4ound to know any place there, except the
two places upon which he had laid his hand. He took an oath^ of the
king, L. P. H., that he should be mutilated (by cutting ofiQ his nose
'and his ears and placed upon the rack (if he lied), sa3ring: ''I know
not any place here among these tombs, except this tomb which is open,
together with the hut upon which I have laid your hands."

Conclusion of Inspection

525. The officials examined the tombs of the great seats which are
in "The-Place-of -Beauty," in which the king's-children, king's-wives,
king^s-mothers, the goodly fathers and mothers of Pharaoh, L. P. H.,
rest. They were found uninjured. The great officials caused the
inspectors, the administrators,^ the workmen of the necropolis, the
chiefs ''of police, the police, and all the serf -laborers of the necropolis
of the west of the dty to go aroimd as a great deputations^ to the dty.

The Indiscretion of the Mayor of the City {East Side)

526. "Year 16, third month of the first season, day 19; on
this day, at the time of evening, beside the House of Ptah, lord of Thebes
there came along the king's-butler, '^Nesuamon, the scribe of Pharaoh,
L. P. H.; and the mayor of the dty, Peser; and they came upon the
chief workman, Userkhepesh (PTsr-ftpi) ; the scribe, Amennakht; '^and
the workman of the necropolis, Amenhotep. The mayor of the dty
spoke to the people of® the necropolis in the presence of the (said)
butler of Pharaoh, '^saying: "As for this deputation which ye have

*The bastinade, or some form of torture, is certainly meant; compare the
examinations in Papyrus Mayer (§§ 544-557)-

^Involving the name of the king, and hence the royal salutation.

cThis is probably the same word (f^wtyw) which occurs in the long inscription
of Paynozem II (t 671, 1. 8), and the stela of Sheshonk (t 676, 1. 3), where it applies
to dishonest necropolis offidab.

<iTo celebrate the triumph of the mayor of the west side.

•This shows that the first designation "of the necropolis^* (in 1. 14) bebngs
to all three of the preceding names.

26o TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES DC [I537

made this day, it is no deputation at all.* It is (only) your jubilation,
which '^e have made ?" So spake he to them. He took an oath of
the king, L. P. H., in the presence of the (said) butler of Phaiaoh, L.
P. H., saying: "The scribe of the necropolis,^ Horishere (^ry-iry),
son of Amennakht, '^and the scribe of the necropolis, Pebes, have told
me five very serious accusations worthy of death against you. '^ea, I
am writing concerning them to Pharaoh, L. P. H., my lord, L. P. H.,
that a man of Pharaoh, L. P. H., may be sent to take you all in
charge.'' So spake he.

Pewero^s LeUer of ComplaitU

527. '^Year 16, third month of the first season, day 20. Copy of
the letter which the mayor of the west of the dty, the chief of police of
the necropolis, Pewero, sent to the vizier, ***conceming the words, whidi
the mayor of the city, Peser, spoke to the people of the necropolis, in
the presence of the butler of Pharaoh, L. P. H., and of the scribe of the
overseer of the treasury, Paynozem.

528. "'That which the mayor of the west of the dty, Pewero, said,
to wit:

*^"The king's-butler, Nesuamon, the scribe of Pharaoh, L. P. H.,
happened by, when the mayor of the city, Peser, **was with him, while
he (the mayor) stood quarreling with the people of the necropolis,
beside the House of Ptah, lord of Thebes. The mayor of the dty spoke

PL 6

to the people 'of the necropolis, saying: * Ye exidt over me at the door
of my house! Oh, indeed! Although I am the mayor who makes
report^ to "the ruler, L. P. H., and ye therefore exult over him. Ye
were there; it® was inspected; ye found it uninjured! Broken into

*Here and on { 528, 1. 8, see Gardiner, ZeUschrift fUr dgyptische S^aclUj 41,

^This necropolis is given a special designation (n-^ny-j^ny), and is therefore
distinguished from the ordinary necropolis to which the second scribe is attached.

cAll the titles and conventional forms regularly introducing such a letter are
here omitted and only the actual facts communicated are quoted by the recording
scribe.

<iPerhaps meaning that he only did his duty in reporting the robberies in the
cemetery.

®The necropolis.

1 530] RECORDS OF ROYAL TOMBROBBERIES 261

were (the tomb of) ^Sekhemre-Shedtowe, L. P. H., Son of Re, Sebek-
emsaf , L. P. H., and (that of) Nubkhas, L. P. H., his royal wife; one
great ruler, L- P. H., while he ^makes ten reports. (I invoke) the
Tseverityi of Amon-Re, king of gods, this great god, on behalf of his
monuments, standing in his hall this day.'* ^Then spake the work-
man, Userkhepesh, who is under the hand of the chief workman of the
necropolis, Nakhtemhet, saying: 'But all the kings, together with their
^king's- wives, king's- mothers, and king's-children, who rest in the
necropolis, together with those who rest in " The- Place-of -Beauty,"
they are uninjured, »they are protected and defended forever.^ It is
the goodly designs of Pharaoh, L. P. H., their son, which protect them
and examine them "''doselyl' The mayor of the dty spake to him,
saying: 'Are thy deeds as great as thy speech ?' For this is indeed
no little word which this ^mayor of the dty spake.

529. "This mayor of the dty spake to him again, a second word,
saying: *The scribe of the necropolis,*^ Horishere, son of Amennakht,
»«came to the chief side*^ of the dty, to my place of abode, and he told
me three very serious accusations. "My scribe and the scribe of the
two districts of the dty put them in writing. Moreover, the scribe of
the necropolis, Pebes, told me two other "matters; in all five. They
were put in writing likewise. He that hath them cannot keep silence.
Forbid, for they are great and capital crimes, '^worthy of bringing to
the block, and of executing every penalty because of them. Now, I
shall write concerning them to Pharaoh, my lord, L. P. H., »*that a man
of Pharaoh, L. P. H., may be sent to take you all in charge.' So spake
he to them, this mayor of the dty. He made ten oaths of the king,
L. P. H., saymg: »5*So will I do.'

530. " «I heard these words which the mayor of the dty spoke to the
people of the great and august necropolis of millions of years, of
"•Pharaoh, L. P. H., on the west of Thebes ; and I report them to my lord,
for it were a crime for one like me '^to hear (such) words and conceal
them. But I was not able to apprehend^ the very serious words which

*The meaoing of this last sentence is very uncertain. It may be that he calls
upon Amon to protect the other monuments of Sebekemsaf, thus indicating the
danger in which he thinks they are.

^The same words used of a cemetery in I, 768.

<: Again defined as above. *" / " is Pewero, the writer of the letter.

<lThat is, the east side. 'For myself.

262 TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES DC [§531

the mayor of the city spoke; '*the scribes of the necropolis* who stood
among the people told me them, (but) my ''©feet were not present with
them. I report them to my lord, that my lord may bring in one who
apprehended^ the words, which the mayor of the city spake, '^nd the
scribes of the necropolis told me. 'I am writing of them to Pharaoh,
L. P. H.,' said he. This is a crime '*of these two scribes of the necrop-
olis, that they should have applied to this mayor of the dty, to report
to him; for their fathers did not report to him, '*but they reported to
the vizier when he was in the South. When he was in the North, how-
ever, the necropolis-police of the suite of '^his majesty, L. P. H., went
North to the place where the vizier was, bearing their writings. 1 havei
made (this) deposition in the year 16, third month of the first season,
day 20, *^f the words which I have heard from the mayor of the dty.
I put them in writing before my lord, that those who apprehended them
may be summoned for tomorrow."^

PI. 7. Hearing of Pesetas Accusations

531. 'Year 16, third month of the first season, day 2i;on this

day in the great court** of the dty, beside the two stdae of the

forecourt of Amon in the gate (called): "Praise."

Composition of the Court

'People and nobles who sat in the great court of the dty on this day:

1. 3 Governor of the dty and vizier, Khamwese.

2. The High Priest of Amon-Re, king of gods, Amenhotep.

3. The prophet of Amon-Re, king of gods, ''scribe^ of "The-
House-of-Millions-of-Years-^f-King-Neferkere-Setepnere,-L.-P.-H.,"
Nesuamon.

4. The king*s-butler, Nesuamon, the scribe of Pharaoh, L. P. H.

5. The major-domo of the house of the Divine Votress, L. P. H.,
of Amon-Re, king of gods, sking's-butler, Neferkere-em-Per-Amon, the
herald of Pharaoh, L. P. H.

*>Lit., "<wi« who reached {ph) the wards."

^Conclusion of Pewero's letter to the vizier. The closing greetings, etc., arc
omitted. As will be seen by the following date, the case really came on the next
day.

dOf justice (M*/ *=''0.

535] RECORDS OF ROYAL TOMB-ROBBERIES 263

6. The deputy of ^—\ Hori.

7. The standard-bearer of *the marines, Hori.

8. The mayor of the city, Peser.*

532. The governor of the city and vizier, Khamwese, had brought
in the coppersmith, Pekharu, son of Kharu; ^the coppersmith, Tharoy
{T^-r^-y), son of Khamopet; and the coppersmith, Pekamen, son of
Tharoy, of "The-House-of-Usermare-Meriamon (Ramses III),-L.-P.-
H.," under charge of the High Priest of Amon.

533 • ^Said the vizier to the great nobles of the great court of the
dty: "This mayor of the dty said a few words to the <dnspectors and
workmen of the necropolis, in the year 16, third month of the first
season, day 19, in the presence of the king's-butler, Nesuamon, the
scribe of Pharaoh, L. P. H., '^delivering himself of slanders concerning
the great seats,^ which are in * The -Place-of- Beauty.' Now, I, the
vizier of the land, have been there, "with the king's-butler, Nesuamon,
the scribe of Pharaoh, L. P. H. We inspected the tombs, where the
mayor of the dty said that the coppersmiths "of 'The- House- of -
Usermare-Meriamon (Ramses III),-L.-P.-H.,-in-the-House-of-Amon,'
had been. We found them uninjured; and all that he^ said was found
to be untrue. Now, behold, '*the coppersmiths stand before you;
let them tell all that has occurred." They were examined. It was
foimd that the people '^did not know any place in the seat^ of Pharaoh,
L. P. H., of which the mayor had spoken the words. He was found
wrong* therein.

534. *5The great nobles granted life to the coppersmiths of "The-
House-of -Usermare-Meriamon,- L.-P.-H.,-[in-the-House-of]-Amon."
They were reassigned to the High Priest of Amon-Re [king of gods],
»*Amenhotep, on this day.

The documents thereof are: one roll; it is deposited in the office of
the vizier's archives.

Later Dockets

PL 8

535. 'Year i, first month of the first season, day 2, corresponding
to the year 19. Copy of the records of the necropolis- thieves, *the

*The mayor thus bek>nged to the court which was to try his case.
*>Tomb8. cThe mayor of the dty. ^Xhe necropolis.

«Both here and above (1. 12) the word used («rf') literally means "guilty,
in a criminal case, and in a suit "defeated."

264 TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES IX [§536

thieves of the tombs, which was placed before Pharaoh, L. P. H., by
the mayor of the west of the city, Pewero:

Here follow the names of sixteen people, forming the list
of thieves, of which the above is the title.

^^Year i, second month of the first season, day 25, corresponding
to the year 19. Copy of the records of the necropolis-thieves, ***which
was laid before the vizier, Nibmare-nakht,* by the mayor of the west
of the city, Pewero:

Here follow the names of twenty-nine people, forming the
list of which the above is the title.

n. PAPYRUS AMHERST^

536- This fragment, unlike the Abbott papyrus, is part
of the court record of the prosecution of the tomb-robbers
guilty of the robbery of the tombs on which Peser had
reported. It contains the remarkable confession of the
eight men who robbed the tomb of Sebekemsaf and his queen,
Nubkhas, and the record of their identification of the tomb,
on being conducted to it, in the presence of the vizier. All
this is omitted in Papyrus Abbott, and only the trial of the
innocent coppersmiths is there recorded. A list of prisoners
awaiting trial is also appended.

537. Column I is too fragmentary to jdeld any connected
content; but it would appear that someone is mentioning

*This vizier is mentioned as having been in office in the fourteenth year of
Ranises IX (Abbott, 4, 15), while in the year 16 we have the vizier Khamwese.
Here we find Nibmarenakht as vizier again in the nineteenth year, and he appears
also in Papjmis Mayer in the same year. We must either suppose that there were
two viziers of the South, or that Nibmarenakht's term of office was interrupted
for a time.

hPart of a roll containing three columns and part of a fourth, now in the collec-
tion of Lord Amherst of Hackney. Published by Chabas {Milanges d^archiologie
igypiienne, 3«« sA"., Tome II, Pis. I-IV), and by Newberry, The Amkera Papyri
(London, 1899), Pis. IV-VIL

§5381 RECORDS OF ROYAL TOMB-ROBBERIES 265

^Hhieves with thee,^^ perhaps admonishing one of

the culprits to confess the names of his companions; for we
next find someone speaking in the first person, referring to
people of the High Priest of Amon (1. 3), and especially to

* ^quarrymen who were with me when I was ."

The next two lines continue the mention of people who are
known to be implicated in the robbery: Hapi and Setnakht,
and reference is made to the ^^year jj," perhaps the date of
some earlier theft.

538. In the next column (2) the common confession of
all is in progress, having begun in the lost upper portion. It
is as follows :

Col 2

*»" King's-Wife, Nubkhas, L. P. H., his royal wife in the

place of *his — , it^ being protected — its — with mortar, covered with
blocks. We penetrated them ^alli, we f oimd her ^resting likewise. We
opened their coffins and their coverings in which they were. We found

this August mummy of this king ^ \ There was a numerous list

of amulets and ornaments of gold at its throat; ^its head had a ^mask^
of gold upon it; the august mummy of this king was overlaid with gold
throughout. Its ^coverings were wrought with gold and silver, within
and without; inlaid with every splendid costly stone. We stripped off
the gold, which ^we found on the august mummy of this god, and its
amulets and ornaments which were at its throat, and the coverings
wherein it rested. *[We] found the King's- Wife likewise; we stripped
off all that we found on her likewise. We set fire to their coverings.
'We stole their furniture, which we foimd with them, being vases of
gold, silver, and bronze. We divided, '*^nd made the gold which we
found on these two gods, on their mummies, and the amulets, orna-
ments and coverings, into eight parts.''

*The number of lines lost above is uncertain, but, judging from the next
column, there were at least four.

^The place.

266 TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES DC [§539

CoL J. List of Thieves

539. »'|TList of the thieves^:

" (Lost name, etc.)

3 (Lost name, etc.)

^ (Lost name, etc.)

^The stonecutter of the "House-of-Amon-Re,-King-of-Gods,*' Hapi,
under charge of the High Priest of Amon.

*The artisan of the **House-of-Amon-Re,-King-of-Gods," Iramon,
of the master of the hunt, Nesuamon.

7The peasant, Amenemhab, of the house of Amenopet, who admin-
isters in the district of Amenopet, under charge of the High Priest of
Amon.

*The water-carrier, Kemwese (K ^-m-W ^ si) oi the shrine of King
Menkheprure (Thutmose IV), L. P. H., under charge of .*>

<>Ehenefer (^ A^-n/r), son of Nakhtemmut (iV^-m-if w /), formerly
in the hand of Telamon {Ty-n-r^-Ymn), the negro slave of the High
Priest of Amon.

'°Total of the people who were in the pyramid of this great god:
eight men.

Examination of the Robbers

540. Their examination was held, by beating with a double rod,
smiting their feet "and their hands. They told the same story. The
governor of the city and vizier, Khamwese; the king's-butler, Nesu-
amon, the scribe of Pharaoh, L. P. H., caused the thieves to be taken
before them, "to the west of the dty, in the year 16, third month of the
first season, day 19;^ and that the thieves should put hand upon the
P3n:amid of this god, in whose sepulcher-chamber they had been. Their
examination and their ^ — ^i were put into writing; and the vizier, the
butler, the herald, and the mayor of the city reported to Pharaoh con-
cerning it.

*The confession of the thieves is perhaps concluded here. If so, the next
column began with a list of the thieves, of which the title occupied one line, and
the three lost names, three more lines (each name with its titles occupying a line),
making a total loss, at the top of the column, of four lines at least.

K)mitted by the scribe.

cThis is the date of the expedition of the vizier and Nesuamon, as also related
in Papyrus Abbott (col. 4, U. 11, 12, above t 533); but no mention is there made
of bringing out the robbo^ of Sebekemsafs tomb, to make them identify it

1 54a] RECORDS OF ROYAL TOMB-ROBBERIES 267

Col. 4

3 men

Thief r ^i i man

Total 4

Thieves Awaiting PunishmerU

541. Thieves of this p3n:amid of this god, who took to flight,^ having
been delivered to the High Priest of Amon-Re, king of gods, to have
them taken and placed among the prisoners at the gate of the "House-
of-Amon-Re-King-of-Gods," with their companions secretly,*^ that
Pharaoh might determine their punishment:

The artisan of "The-House-of-Usermare-Meriamon (Ramses HI),-
L.-P.-H.,-in-the-House-of-Amon,'' Setnakht, son of Penanuket, under
charge of the High Priest of Amon-Re, king of gods, the sem priest of
" The-House - of -Usermare - Meriamon, - L. - P. - H., -in - the-House-of -
Amon," Nesuamon.

in. TURIN FRAGMENT**

542. The coppersmith Pekharu, accused of robbing the
tomb of Queen Isis (§§ 523, 524) was found to know nothing
about it. It was hence supposed to be uninjured. But in
the year 17 our fragment shows that it was found to have
been robbed by eight thieves. These can hardly have been
any other than the eight thieves of Sebekemsaf *s tomb, who
must have robbed the tomb of Isis before their arrest in the
year 16. Hence it had been robbed when the vizier's inspec-
tion was made (§ 523), but he failed to discover the fact.
Hence it would appear that Peser's charges against Pewero

*The number of lines lost is uncertain, but at least three-fourths of the page
18 lost.

^Whether this flight took place before the trial, or some of them escaped
afterward, is uncertain.

«» p i£< for m p w*.

^A fragment of hieratic papyrus in the Turin Museum, published in transcrip-
tion by Spiegelberg, with translation {Zwei Beitrdge, 12, 13).

a68 TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES IX [§543

were later gradually being verified, and that further exami-
nation was being made.

543. Year 17, third month of the second season, day 22. The
workmen of the necropolis ceased work, and the butler, governor of
the dty, and vizier, Khamwese; the workmen of the necropolis and
their overseers, went up to the ^place^ of the (female) singers,* to inspect
(the tomb of) the king's-daughter, king*s-wife, Isis, L. P. H. They
opened her tomb, they found the granite block,^ the eight thieves having
done damage in the ^^-X They had wrought evil destruction on all
that was therein; and they had damaged [its] owner.^

IV. MAYER PAPYRI^

544* These two documents are the court records of the
prosecution of the tomb-robbers, whose names are recorded
on the back of the Papyrus Abbott, in the first year of
Ramses X (nineteenth of Ramses IX), and of others in the
next year, eight months later. The contents of the docu-
ment will be found sufficiently indicated above (§§ 505 ff.)
without further summary here.

Trial of Robbers of Ramses II and Seti Ps Tombs

545. 'Year i, of Uhem-mesut (Whm-mi'wi),^ fourth month of the
third season, day 15. On this day occurred the examination of the

*Queens. *The sarcophagus, as Spiegelberg has seen.

«Thc mummy.

^These two documents are in the Free Public Library Museum of Liverpool,
in the Mayer collection. They are called Mayer A and Mayer B. Majrer A has
twelve columns varying from 20 to 27 lines; B has but one column (in a difFennt
hand) of 14 lines. Many years ago Goodwin published some notes on the two
{ZeUsehrift fUr dgyptische Sprache, 1873, 39 flf.; ibid., 1874, 63 flF.), but both are
still unpublished. I was unable to use them when I visited the Mayer collection,
as they were then in London; hence I owe a great debt to Spiegelberg, who without
reserve placed his transcription of the original at my disposal. Spiegelberg has
also published a translation of the doctunents (Free Publie Library Museum, Mayer
Collection, .... Liverpool, Museum Report, No. 5. Mayer Collection Report,
No. I. Translatum of Hieratic Papyri Mayer A and B, Liverpool, l8gi), which
I found very useful.

*Lit., "Repeating birth,** and meaning "Bom again,** a name often applied
to the king, as Goodwin already saw. It Is here Ramses X who is meant

1 5471 RECORDS OF ROYAL TOMB-ROBBERIES 269

thieves of the tomb* *of King Usermare-Setepnere (Ramses II), L. P.
H., the great god; and the tomb^ of ELing Menmare, L. P. H., Seti (I),
L. P. H., which are frecordedi in the treasury of 3" The-House-of-ELing-
Usermare-Meriamon (Ramses III),-L.-P.-H./' concerning whom the
chief of police, Nesuamon, had reported, in this roil of ^names; for he
was there, standing with the thieves, when they laid their hands upon
the tombs; ^who were tortured at the examination on their feet and
their hands, to make them tell the way they had done exactly.

Composition of the Court

546. ^By the governor of the city and vizier, Nibmarenakht;
Overseer of the White House and overseer of the granary, Menmare-

nakht;

Steward and king*s-butler, Inii, the Qierald"* of Pharaoh, L. P. H.;

^Steward of the court, king's-butler, Pemeriamon {P'^-mry-Ymn),
the scribe of Pharaoh.

Testimony of the Prisoner, Paykamen

547. ^Examination. The Xy^ Paykamen {P^y-k^mn), under
charge of the overseer of the cattle of Amon, was brought in; the oath
of the king, L. P. H., was administered to him, not to tell ^a lie. He
?ras asked: ''What was the manner of thy going with the people who
were with thee, '^hen ye robbed the tombs of the kings which are
^recorded! in the treasury of 'The-House-of-ELing-Usermare-Meriamon,-
L.-P.-H. ?'* "He said: ''I went with the priest Teshere (r=> -hry), son
of the divine father, Zedi, of 'The House;' Beki, son of Nesuamon,
of this house; ''the X, Nesumontu of the house of Montu, lord of
Erment; the X, Paynehsi of the vizier, formerly prophet of Sebek of
Peronekh (Pr -^ «W ; Teti {T ^-ty) f— i «3who belonged to Paynehsi,
of the vizier, formerly prophet of Sebek of Peronekh; in all six."^

•Lit., "house of the corridor."

^Judging from the connection, this word must mean "tomb,*' but it is other-
wise unknown to me; it is written with the gs-^ga and the determinative for a
building or tomb.

cThis is a title ('c<) common among the people of the necropolis, and often
occurring in these prosecutions. We have no hint as to its meaning, and I indicate
it by X.

^Co\mting the speaker.

27© TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES DC (§548

Testitnony of the Chief of Police

548. The chief of police, Nesiiamon, was brought in. '^He was
asked: ''How didst thou find these men?" He said: "I heard that
these men had gone to ^'rob this tomb. I went and found these six
men. That which the thief, Paykamen, has said is '^correct. I took

testimony from them on that day '^The examination of the

watchman of the house of Amon, the thief, Paykamen, under charge of
the overseer of the cattle of Amon, was held by beating with a rod, ^^e
bastinade was applied to his feet. An oath was administered to him
that he might be executed if he told a lie; he said: 'That which I did
is '^exactly what I have said.' He confirmed it with his mouth, saying:
'As for me, that which I did is what [they] did; I w^s w[ith the]se six
men, I stole '°a piece of copper* therefrom, and I took possession of it."'

Testimony of the Prisoner^ Nesutnontu

549. ''The X, the thief, Nesumontu, was brought in; the examina-
tion was held by beating with a rod; the bastinade was applied on (his)
feet and his hand(s) ; ''the oath of the king, L. P. H., was administered
to him, that he might be executed if he told a lie. He was asked: ''What
was the manner of thy going to rob '^in the tomb with thy companions ?"
He said: "I went and found these people; I was the sixth. I stole a
'Apiece of copper^ therefrom, I took possession of it."

Col, 2. Testitnony of Karu

550. *The watchman of the house of Amon, the X, Ram (^ ^ -rw),
was brought in ; he was examined with the rod, the bastinade was applied
to his feet and his hands; 'the oath of the king, L. P. H., was admin-
istered to him, that he might be executed if he told a lie. He was asked:
"What was the manner of thy going ^with the (sic!) companions when
ye robbed in the tomb?" He said: "The thief, <the X, Pehenui, he
made me take some grain. I seized a sack of grain, and ^when I b^an
to go down, I hearb the voice of the men who were in this storehouse.
I ^ut my eye to the passage, and I saw Paybek and Teshere, who were
within. I ^called to him, saying, 'Cornel' and he came out to me,
having two pieces of copper in his hand. He ^gave them to me, and I

^M ^ y Wf with determinative of metal.
^Same as in 1. 20.

§553] RECORDS OF ROYAL TOMB -ROBBERIES 271

gave to him i^ measures of spelt to pay for them. I took one of them,
and I •gave the other to the X, Enefsu (^ nf-sw).

Testimony of Nesuamon

551. '^The priest, Nesuamon, son of Paybek, was brought in,
because of his father. He was examined by beating with the rod.
''They said to him: ''Tell the manner of thy father's going with the
men who were with him." He said: ''My father was truly there.
I was (only) a little child, and I know not how he did it." '^On being
(further) examined, he said: "I saw the workman, Ehatinofer (^h^ty-
nfr), while he was in the place where the tomb is, '^with the watchman,
Nofer, son of "Merwer (Mr-ivry, and the artisan, ^ — \ in all three (men).
They are the ones I saw '^distinctly. Indeed, gold was taken, and they
are the ones whom I know." On being (further) examined with a rod,
he said: "These three men are the ones I saw distinctly."

Testimony of Wenpehti

552. ''The weaver of "The House," Wenpehti (Wn-phty), son of
^ — \ was brought in. He was examined by beating with a rod, the
bastinade was applied to his feet and his hands. '^The oath of the
king, L. P. H., was administered, not to tell a lie. They said to him:
"Tell what was the manner of thy father's going, '^hen he committed
theft in the tomb with his companions." He said: "My father was
killed when I was a child. "^My mother told me: 'The chief of police,
Nesu^tmon, gave some chisek of copper to thy father; then the captains
of the archers and the X *'slew thy father.' They Qieldi the examination,
and Nesuamon took the copper and gave it to ^^me^. It remains ^in the
possession of my mother."

CoL J. Testimony of Enroy

553. 'A Theban woman, Enroy (Yn-n-r^ -y)^ the mistress of the
priest, Teshere, son of Zedi, was brought in. She was examined «by
beating with a rod; the bastinade was applied to her feet and her
hands. The oath of the king, ^L. P. H., not to tell a lie, was admin-
istered to her; she was asked: "What was the manner of thy husband's
going 4when he broke into the tomb and carried away the copper from
it?" She said: "He carried away some ^copper belonging to thb
tomb; we sold it and devoiured it."

272 TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES DC [§554

Second Trial

554. ^Fourth month of the third season, day 17; was held the
examination of certain of the thieves of the cemetery.

Here follows the trial of five men, with the usual formulae,
only slightly varied from those used above. The tomb
which they were accused of robbing is not mentioned. All
five were found innocent. The prosecutions which follow
(Columns 5-6), do not refer to any particular tombs, but
they are followed in turn by a list (Col. 7), headed:
^'Year 2, first month of the first season , day jj; the names of
the robbers of the tomb of Pharaoh. ^^ This list contains the
names of twenty-two persons (two women), among whom
are some of those above prosecuted.

555- After a gap of a few lines Column 8 proceeds with
an important trial, of which the beginning is lost in the gap.

Col, 8

He was again examined by beating with a rod. 'They said to him:
"Tell what were the other places which thou didst break into." He
said: "I broke into the tomb of the King's-^Wife, Nesimut." He said:
"It was I who broke into the tomb of the King's- Wife, Bekurel
{Bk'Wr-n-r'^)i wife of <King Menmare (Seti I), L. P. H., in all, three
(tombs)."

556- After enumerating some of the things stolen, in
response to a question of the vizier, the examination of the
next man shows him to have been innocent. The fisherman
who carried the thieves over to the west side is next examined
(Column 9) and discharged; and of the three men whose
trial follows, one was innocent. A list of twenty-five thieves
fills the next colunm (10) which is headed: " The thieves of
the cemetery whose examination was heldy concerning whom
it was found that they had been in the tombs.^^ Column 11
contains a similar list entitled: '' The thieves of the tomb, in

§556] RECORDS OF ROYAL TOMB-ROBBERIES 273

the second months tenth day^^^ while the margin bears a list of
* ^ihe women who were imprisonedj^^ being eleven of the wives
of the thieves. The document then closes with proceedings
in which some of the accused in the first trial reappear.

The second document (Papyrus Mayer B) is in a dif'
ferent hand, but records proceedings of the same sort. In a
connection which is not entirely clear, the tomb of "Awen-
hotep III J the Great God,^^ is mentioned, and it is evident that
it had been robbed.

REIGN OF RAMSES XII

THE REPORT OF WENAMON*

557- This unique document is our most important source
for the position of Egypt in S)Tia at the dose of the
Twentieth D)masty. It belongs to the fifth' year of the last
of the Ramessids, when he is but the shadow of a king.
Hrihor, the High Priest of Amon, although not called king,
is in control at Thebes, and Nesubenebded (Smendes), after-
ward the first king of the Twenty-first D)masty, living at
Tanis, rules the Delta. Under these circumstances Hrihor
dispatches one of his officials, named Wenamon, to procure
cedar from the Lebanon forests, for the construction of a new
sacred barge for Amon. In accordance with an oracle of
Amon, the messenger was intrusted with a certain image of
the god called ^^Amon'Of'the-Way,^^ which he was to take
with him as an embassy to the prince of Byblos. As the
envoy met with extraordinary difficulties in the execution
of his commission, he made out an elaborate report^ on his
return home to explain the long series of accidents which

^Papyrus found in 1891 by fellahin at el Khibeh, opposite Feshn in Upper
Egypt, now in the possession of M. W. Gol^nischefif, of St. Petersburg. It consists
of a part of one column, and another almost complete. It was published in tran-
scription by M. Gol^nischeif in a collection of essays in honor of Baron V. de
Rosen's jubilee, with a facsimile of the first twenty-one lines; and again by Gol6n-
ischeff in revised transcription {Recueil, XXI), with translation. It was translated
without alteration of Gol6nischeff*s arrangement of the fragments, by W. M.
Milller {MiUheilungen der Deutschen Vorderasiatischen Gesellschaft, 1900, i);
and by Erman {Zeitschrift fUr dgypUsche SpracJu^ 38, 1-14) with a rearrangement
of the fragments which seems to me unquestionably correct. The following
translation, based largely on Erman, I published first in the American Journal of
Semitic Languages and Literatures, 1905.

**That our document is Wenamon's authentic report there seems to me, after
a study of its characteristics, not the slightest doubt; but there is not space here
to discuss the question. See Erman {Zeitschrift fUr dgyptische Sprocket 38, 2),
who reaches the same conclusion.

274

§559] THE REPORT OF WENAMON 275

had interfered with the success of his mission. Although a
large fragment is lacking from the middle of the first column,
and the loss of another fragment at the end leaves the narra-
tive unfinished, yet this report is, nevertheless, one of the
most interesting and important documents yet discovered
in Egypt.

558. On the sixteenth of the eleventh month, in the fifth
year, probably of Ramses XII, Wenamon left Thebes and,
presenting his credentials to Nesubenebded at Tanis, he was
kindly received. Fifteen days after leaving Thebes (on the
first of the twelfth month), he sailed from Tanis ( ?) into the
Mediterranean in a merchant ship, commanded by a S)Tian.
Arrived at Dor, the gold and silver which he had brought
with him as payment for the timber was stolen from him.
Dor was now a petty kingdom of the Thekel, who, with the
Peleset-Philistines, had begun entering S)Tia under Ramses
III seventy-five or eighty years before. They had con-
stantly pushed southward after their defeat by Ramses III
in his eighth year, and had settled along the eastern coast of
the Mediterranean as subjects of the Pharaoh. After the
death of Ramses III they must have soon gained their inde-
pendence. The Thekel chief of Dor gives Wenamon little
satisfaction for the loss of his valuables, and after waiting
nine days he sails northward to T)Te.

559- The accoimt of the voyage from Dor to T)Te is lost
in a lacuna. On the way from T)Te to Byblos he in some
way met some of the Thekel with a bag ( ?) of silver. It
weighed thirty deben, and, as he had lost thirty-one* deben
of silver, he seized it as security. He arrived at Byblos four
months and twelve days after his departure from Thebes,
but, as he came in an ordinary merchant ship, and not in a

•About 7i lbs., troy.

276 TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES XH [§560

special ship of Nesubenebded, and was without rich gifts and
the customary externals of former Egyptian envoys, Zakar-
Baal, the prince of Byblos, would not receive him, and
ordered him to leave. After nineteen days, one of the noble
youths in attendance upon the prince fell into a prophetic
frenzy and demanded that Wenamon and his god, "Amon-
of -the- Way," be summoned and honorably treated,

560. About to return to Egypt, Wenamon was summoned
to Zakar-BaaPs palace, but, being without money and with-
out credentials, which he had foolishly left with Nesubeneb-
ded at Tanis — having only the above-mentioned image of
Amon, supposed to confer ^^life and healthy^ but not likely
to impress the S)Tian — he was treated with scant respect.
The claims of Hrihor and of Amon upon the Lebanon were
scouted, and Zakar-Baal proved from his records that his
fathers had been paid for their timber. Wenamon therefore
sends to Nesubenebded for money, and the prince shows his
good- will by dispatching to Egypt at once the heavy timbers
of the hull. The messenger returned from Nesubenebded
within forty-eight days (perhaps only nineteen or twenty
days) with partial payment of the timber desired, whereupon
Zakar-Baal sent three hundred men and three hundred oxen
to fell and bring the rest of the timber.

561. Some eight months after Wenamon left Thebes the
timber was ready. Zakar-Baal delivers it to him, and with
grim humor tells him that he has been better treated than the
last envoys from Egypt, who were detained at Byblos seven-
teen years and died there. The prince charges an attendant
to conduct Wenamon to their tomb and show it to him.
But Wenamon demurs and takes his leave, promising to see
that the balance due on the timber is paid. As he is about
to sail, a number of Thekel ships appear, for the purpose of
arresting him, doubtless for his seizure of the silver. The

1 562] THE REPORT OF WENAMON 277

unlucky Wenamon sits down upon the beach and weeps,
while Zakar-Baal, hearing of his plight, sends him reassur-
ing messages, with food, drink, and a female singer. In the
morning the prince interviews the Thekel and sends Wena-
mon to sea. In some way he evades the Thekel, but is
driven by a contrary wind to Cyprus (Alasa), where he is
about to be killed by the Cyprians, when he finds someone
who speaks Egyptian, succeeds in gaining the favor of the
Cyprian queen, and is spared.

562. Here the remarkable report is broken off, and how
Wenamon reached Egypt we do not know. It will be seen
that in the Lebanon region, once conquered and controlled
by the Pharaohs, they are no longer feared. Thus, at the
close of the Twentieth D)masty Egypt, while respected as a
source of civilization (§ 579), cannot secure even ordinary
protection and civility for her messengers in Syria, and this
state of affairs had already existed, probably as early as the
reign of Ramses IX, a generation earlier.

Besides the earliest known instance of prophetic ecstasy
known to us, the document contains also another significant
datum, viz., the princes of Byblos had, for two generations,
been keeping their daily business records in a book or roll
( ^ f). Moreover, among the gifts brought to the prince of
Byblos from the Delta were five hundred rolls of papyrus
paper. Of course, the Phoenician did not write cuneiform
with pen and ink upon these rolls; for a script worse suited
to such writing materials than cuneiform can hardly be
imagined. It is evident that he wrote upon papyrus the
hieratic hand customarily written upon it in Egypt, the only
method of writing then known which contained alphabetic
signs for the whole alphabet. It thus becomes clear that by
HOG B. C. the cuneiform had been displaced in Phoenicia,
and before the tenth century the Phoenician scribes, discarding

278 TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES XH [§563

the innumerable syllabic signs of the Egyptian hieratic, had
accustomed themselves to employ only its alphabetic signs.

PL I. Departure from Thebes

563. *Year five,* third month of the third season (eleventh month),
day 16, day of the departure of the ''eldest of the hall," of the house of
Amon, '[the lord of the] lands, Wenamon, to bring the timber for the
great and august barge of Amon- Re, king of gods, which is on [Tthe
riveri] (called): "Userhet"^ of Amon.

Arrival at Tanis

564. On the day of my arrival at Tanis (D ^ n), at the ^place of
abode of Nesubenebded (Ns-sw-b ^ -nb-dd)^ and Tentamon, I gave to
them the writings of Amon-Re, king of gods, which they 'caused to be
read in their presence; and they said: ''I will do (it), I will do (it)
according to that which Amon-Re, king of gods, our ^lord, saith." I
abode until the fourth month of the third season,^ being in Tanis.

Voyage to Dor

565. Nesubenebded and ^Tentamon sent me with the ship-captain,

Mengebet {M-n-g-b-ty), and I descended into *the great Syrian {ff ^ -rw)

sea, in the fourth month of the third season, on the first day. I arrived

at Dor, a dty of «Thekel (f^-ife^-r^), and Bedel {B^-dy-r^), its king,

caused to be brought for me much bread, a jar of wine, *<>and a joint

of beef.

The Robbery at Dor

566. Then a man of my ship fled, having stolen:

— ® [vessek] of gold, "[amounting to] 5 deben

4 vessek of silver, amounting to 20 deben

A sack of silver 1 1 deben

'•[Total of what] he [stole] 5 deben of gold

3idebenof sOver^

*That this date must refer to Ramses XII was shown by Erman (Zeiisehri/t
fUr dgyptische Spmche, 38, 2).

i>The name of the barge of Amon; see, e. g., Papjmis Harris ({ 209).
cGreek Smendes; part of the name is here broken out, and the reading is
taken from 1. 6.

^^Fourteen days after his departure from Thebes.
eThe names of the articles of gold are broken out.
^About li lbs. of gold and about 7} lbs. of silver.

1 567] THE REPORT OF WENAMON 279

In the morning then I rose and went to '^the abode of the prince,
and I said to him: ^'I have been robbed in thy harbor. Since thou art
the king of this land, '^thou art therefore its investigator, who should
search for my money. For the money belongs to Amon-Re, ^^king of
gods, the lord of the lands; it belongs to Nesubenebded, and it belongs
to Hrihor, my lord, and the other '%iagnates of Egypt; it belongs also
to Weret {W ^ rty), and to Mekmel* {M-k ^ -m-nc;), and to Zakar-^'Baal
(r ^ -ife ^ -rW'B' <^ -r =>),^ the prince of Byblos,"^ He said to me : ^^ To
thy honor and thy excellence! but, behold, I know nothing '^f this
complaint which thou hast lodged with me. If the thief belonged to my
land, he who went on board® '^y ship, that he might steal thy treasiure,
I would repay it to thee from my treasury till they *<>find thy thief by
name; but the thief who robbed thee belongs to ''thy ship. Tarry a
few days here with me, and I will seek him." When I had spent nine
days, moored ''in his harbor, I went to him, and said to him: *' Behold,
thou hast not found my money '* ftheref ore let me depart""] with "^the^
ship-captain, and with those who go ."'

.«

PI 3

« the sea. He said to me, "Be silent "^

Departure from Tyre for Byhlos

567. « the harbor ^ pi arrived at^J

Tyre.* I went forth from Tyre at early dawn '

Zakar-Baal (T^-ife^-r^-^-^^-r), the prince of Byblosi .

*We have here given first the Eg3rptians who sent the valuables, and then the
Syrians, to whom it was to be paid.

^b^S'^T , as MiUler and Erman have noted.

^This Indicates the locality where Wenamon expects to purchase the timber.

^Something like "I am beholden to" is to be understood.

•Lit, "descended inio."

fPour lines are lost here and an uncertain amoimt more.

sThe total loss between the two parts of PI. i is some twenty-three lines.
The bulk of this loss precedes PI. 3, and only a small portion follows it.

>>Three lines containing but a few broken words; among them a reference
to searching for the thieves, which shows that Fragment 3 belongs in this place.
The journey from Dor to Tyre is somewhere in these lacunae.

*Only the r of Tyre is preserved, but as he is just leaving there, it can hardly
be the r of Dor.

5 This is not the arrival, but merely the mention of his intended destination.

28o TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES Xn [§568

Seizure of Security from Thekel Travelers

568. ®the I found 30 deben of silver therein.

I seized [it, f saying to them: "I will take*"] ^our money, and it shall
remain with me until ye find [my money. HVas it not a man of Thekel^]

*«*who stole it, and no thief \^o( ours"*]? I will take it ."»

"They went away, while I ^ — '^ — ^ — 1 — .

Arrival at Byblos

569. [I] arrived the harbor of Byblos. pi made a

place of concealment, "I hid^J "Amon-of-the-Way," and I placed his
things in it. The prince of Byblos sent to me, saying: " Be[take thyself]

(from) *3my harbor." I sent to him, sa3ring: " . *"*■* ^

if they sail, let them take ^mei to Egypt." I spent nineteen days

in his [harbor], and he continuaUy sent to me daily, saying: '^ Betake
thyself away from my harbor."

A Prophet of Byblos

570. Now, when he sacrificed to his gods — , the god seized one of
his noble youths {^dd), making him frenzied, so that he said: ''Bring
[the god] hither!^ Bring the messenger of Amon who hath him.
»+sSend him, and let him go."

Wenamon^s Departure Prevented

571. Now, while the frenzied (youth) continued in frenzy during
this night, I found a ship bound for Egypt, and I loaded in all my belong-
ings into it. I waited for the darkness, saying: ''When it descends I
will embark the god also, in order that no other eye may see him."

Wenamon is Summoned

572. The harbor-master came to me, sa3ring: "Remain imtil morn-
ing by the prince." I said to him: "Art not thou he who continually
came to me daily, saying: 'Betake thyself away from my harbor'?

*A few fragments of words for about one-third line.

^The lacuna here doubtless includes several lines, but it is not so large as the
one before PI. 3; see notes, p. 279. Of the uncertain line numbering I have
inserted only every five lines for this fragment.

cUt., "up.** In ecstasy the youth demands the summoning of Wenamon
and his image of Amon, and that they be honorably treated and dismissed.

§574] THE REPORT OF WENAMON 281

Dost thou not say, * Remain in the [Hand'i], ''♦'»®in order to let depart
the ship that I have found? that thou mayest come and say again,
'Away!'? He went and told it to the prince, and the prince sent to
the captain of the ship, saying: ''Remain until morning by the king."

Wenamon Visits Zakar-Baal

573. When morning came he sent and had me brought up, when
the divine offering occurred in the fortress wherein he was, on the shore
of the sea. I found him sitting in his upper chamber, leaning his back
against a window, while the waves of the great Syrian sea beat against
the — *"*"'sbehind him. I said to him: "''Kindness^ of Amon!" He
said to me: ''How long is it until this day since thou camest (piway)
from the abode of Amon?'* I said: "Five months and one day until
now."*

Zakar-Baal Demands Wenatnon*s Papers

574. He said to me: "Behold, if thou art true, where is the writing
of Amon, which is in thy hand ? Where is the letter of the High Priest
of Amon, which is in thy hand?" I said to him: "I gave them to
Nesubenebded and Tentamon." Then he was very wroth, and he said
to me: "Now, behold, the writing and the letter are not in thy hand!
Where is the ship of cedar, which Nesubenebded gave to thee ? Where
is *"*"'®its Syrian crew? He would not deliver thy business to this

ship-captain r "^ to have thee killed, that they might cast thee into

the sea. From whom would they have sought the god then? And
thee, from whom would they have sought thee then?" So spake he
to me. I said to him: "There are indeed Egyptian ships and Egyptian
crews who sail under Nesubenebded, (but) he hath no Syrian crews."
He said to me: "There are surely twenty ships here in my harbor,

PL I

which are in connection with Nesubenebded; and at this Sidon, 'whither
thou also ^wouldst go^, there are indeed 10,000 ships abo which are
in connection 'with Berket-el^ (W ^ -r ^ -k ^ -ty-r ^) and sail to his
house."

*This would be the twelfth of the fourth month.

^Ennan thinks this must be some great Phoenician merchant resident in
Tanis, and the parallelism certainly points clearly to someone in Tanis.

282 TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES XH [§575

Wenatnon Declares His Business

575. Then I was silent in this great hour. ^He answered and said
to me: ''On what business hast thou come hither?" I said to him:
"I have come ^ter the timber for the great and august barge of Amon-
Re, king of gods. Thy father did it, ^thy grandfather did it, and thou
wilt also do it.'' So spake I to him.

Zakar-Baal Demands Payment as of Old

576. He said to me: "They did it, truly. ^K thou give me (some-
thing) for doing it, I will do it. Indeed, my agents transacted the
business; ^the Pharaoh, L. P. H., sent six ships, laden with the products
of Egypt, and they were unloaded into their ^storehouses. And thou
also shalt bring something for me." He had the journal of his fathers
brought in, ^and he had them read it before me. They foimd 1,000
deben of every (kind of) silver, which was in his book.

Zakar-Baal Declares His Independence

577. '°He said to me: "If the ruler of Egypt were the owner of
my property, and I were also his servant, "he would not send silver
and gold, saying: 'Do the command of Amon.' It was not the pay-
ment "of ftributei* which they exacted of my father. As for me, I am
m)rself neither thy '^servant nor am I the servant of him that sent thee.
If I cry out to the '^Lebanon, the heavens open, and the logs lie here
on the shore of the sea."

Wenamon has no Equipment

578. "Give *5me the sails which thou hast brought to propel thy
ships which bear thy logs to [Egypt]. *^Give me the cordage [■'which
thou hast brought to bind^] the trees which I fell, in order to make them

ffasfi] for thee '' I make them for thee Hnto^ the sails of thy

'^hips, and the tops are (too) heavy and they break, and thou die in
the midst of the sea '^hen Amon thunders in heaven, and puts Sutekh
in his time."

Egypt the Home of Civilization

579. "For Amon *°equips all lands; he equips them, having first
equipped the land of Egypt, whence thou comest. «*For artisanship

^Mrk for brk? F^ '^"pay** is common. Erman suggests that mrk is con-
nected with melekf '* king" but / > seems to me, to make this interpretation diflkult

1 581] THE REPORT OF WENAMON 283

came forth from it, to reach my place of abode; and teaching came
forth **from it, to reach my place of abode. What (then) are these
miserable journeys which they have had thee make?"

Wenamon Claims Lebanon for Amon '

580. I said to him: •^"O guilty one! They are no miserable joiu:-
ncys on which I am. There is no ship upon the river, '^which Amon
does not own. For his is the sea, and his is Lebanon of which thou
sayest, *It is mine.' It* "^grows for *Userhet' (the barge) of Amon,
the lord of every ship. Yea, so spake Amon-Re, king of gods, saying
to *^Hrihor, my lord: *Send me,' and he made me go, bearing this great
god. But, behold, thou hast let ''this great god wait twenty-nine^
days, when he had landed [in] thy harbor, although thou didst certainly
know he was here. He is indeed (still) what *®he (once) was, while
thou standest and bargainest for the Lebanon with Amon, its lord.
As for what thou sayest, that the "former kings sent silver and gold,
if they had given life and health, they would not have sent the valuables ;
*°(but) they sent the valuables [to] thy fathers instead of life and health.
Now, as for Amon-Re, king of gods, he is the 3»lord of life and health,
and he was the lord of thy fathers, who spent their lifetime offering 3«to
Amon.*^ And thou also, thou art the servant of Amon. K thou sayest
to Amon, 'I will do (it), I will do (it),' and thou executest his ^^com-
mand, thou shalt live, and thou shalt be prosperous, and thou shalt be
healthy, and thou shalt be pleasant to thy whole land and thy people.
Wish not 34for th3rself a thing belonging to Amon-Re, [king of] gods.
Yea, the lion loves his own."

Wenamon wiU Secure Payment

581. "Let my scribe be brought to me, that I may send ^shim to
Nesubenebded and Tentamon, the rulers whom Amon hath given to
the North of his land, ^^and they will send all that of which I shall
write to them, saying: 'Let it be brought;' until I return to the
South and 37send thee all, all thy trifles again." So spake I to him.

•Lebanon.

bxhis was four months and twelve days after leaving Thebes; he must there-
fore have reached Bybbs three months and thirteen days after leaving Thebes.

cRamses III built a temple of Amon in Syria ({219); Thutmose III gave
three cities of the southern Lebanon district to Amon (II, 557); Zakar-Baal had
a butler named Penamon, and there is no doubt that Wenamon's statement was
correct.

284 TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES XH [fs^a

Timber is Shipped; Messenger Brings Payment

582. He gave my letter into the hand of his messenger. He loaded
in the QceeP,* ^sthe head of the bow and the head of the stem, widi
four other hewn timbers, together seven; and he had them taken to
Egypt. 3oHis messenger went to Egypt, and returned to me, to Syria
in the first month of the second season.^ Nesubenebded and Tent-
amon sent:

^°Gold: 4 rft- vessels, i K^ k-mn-vessel;

Silver: 5 Tft-vessek;

Royal linen: 10 garments, 10 ^hm-f^iP;

Papyrus: ^'500 rolls;

Ox-hides: 500;

Rope: 500 (coik);

Lentib: 20 measures;

Fish: 30 measures (miP);

She^ sent me:

Linen: ^"5 ^ — \ 5 ^hm-l^r(D;

Lentib: i measure;

Fish: 5 measures (msi^).

More Timber Felled

583. The prince rejoiced, and detailed ^3300 men and 300 oxen,
placing overseers over them, to have the trees felled. They spent the
second season therewith ^^ — \ In the third month of the second
season^ (seventh month) they dragged them [to] the shore of the sea.
The prince came forth and stood by them.

Timber Delivered to Wenamon

584. He sent to me, ^'saying: "Come." Now, when I had pre-
sented myself before him, the shadow of his sunshade fell upon me.
Penamon, ^^a butler, he stepped between me, saying: "The shadow of

^Pypytf determined with a piece of wood. The three principal timbers of
the ship arc undoubtedly mentioned here.

^Within forty-eight days of the date of his departure (twelfth of the fourth
month).

cTentamon sent him a personal present.

dSome eight months after he left Thebes.

1586] THE REPORT OF WENAMON 285

Pharaoh, L. P. H., thy lord, faUs apon thee." He* was angry *^with
him, saying: ''Let him alone!" I presented myself before him, and
he answered and said to me: '' Behold, the command which my ^Sfathers
formerly executed, I have executed, although thou for thy part hast
not done for me that which thy fathers did for me. Behold, there has
arrived ^othe last of thy timber, and there it lies. Do according to my
desire and come to load it, for they will indeed give it to thee."

Fate of a Former Embassy

585. 5°** Come not to contemplate the terror of the sea, (but) if thou
dost contemplate the terror of the sea, thou shalt (also) contemplate
^*my own. Indeed, I have not done to thee that which they did to the
messengers of Khamwese,** when they spent seventeen years 5*in this
land. They died in their place. "^ He said to his butler: "Take him,
and let him see their tomb, wherein they ^^sleep."

Zakar-Baal's Great Distinction

586. I said to him: ''Let me not see it! As for Khamwese, (mere)

people were the messengers whom he sent to thee; but people *<

there was no [god among] his messengers. And yet thou sayest, ' Go and
see thy companions.' Lo, art thou not glad ? ^^and dost thou not have
made for thee a tablet, whereon thou sayest: ' Amon-Re, king of gods,
sent to me" Amon-of-the-Way," his ^^[divine] messenger, and Wenamon,
his human messenger, after the timber for the great and august barge
of Amon-Re, king of gods ? I felled it, ^^i loaded it, I supplied him
(with) my ships and my crews, I brought them to Egypt, to beseech
for me 5*10,000 years of life from Amon, more than my ordained (life),
and it came to pass.' Then in future days when a messenger comes

•The chief of Byblos.

^Who this Khamwese was is not entirely certain. Erman recalls the occur-
rence of Khamwese as part of the name in the cartouche of Ramses IX, and it is
not improbable that he is meant, for as the messengers have been some time dead,
and this document is dated in the fifth year of Ramses XII, they must have left
Egypt some twenty-five years earlier, which would certainly carry us back into
the reign of Ramses IX.

^This phrase "in their place** in connection with dying must have some par-
ticular meaning. It is frequently so used in the inscriptions of Ramses III, and
of the conspirators against him, who committed suicide; but its idiomatic force
is not clear.

286 TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES XII (§587

5^rom the land of Egypt, who is aUe to write, and reads thy name upon
the stela, thou shalt receive water in the West, like the gods ^iio are
^^ere." He said to me: ''It is a great testimony which diou tellest
me."

Payment of Balance Promised

587. I said to him: ''As for the many things which thou hast said
to me, when I reach ^Uhe place of abode of the High Priest of Amon,
and he shall see thy command in thy command,^ [he] will have some-
thing delivered to thee."

Thekel Ships Lie in WaU

588. ^'I went to the shore of the sea, to the place where the timbers
lay; I spied eleven ships ^^coming from the sea, belonging to the Thekel,
saying:^ "Arrest himi Let not a ship ^^f his (pass) to Egypt!" I
sat down and began to weep. The letter-scribe of the prince came out
to me, ^5and said to me: "What is the matter with thee ?" I said to
him: "Surely thou seest these birds which twice descend upon Egypt
^^Behold them ! They come to the pool, and how long^ shall I be here,
forsaken ? For thou seest surely those who come ^^to arrest me again."^

Zakar-Baal Reassures Wenamon

589. He went and told it to the prince. The prince began to weep at
the evil words which they spoke to him. ^^He sent out his letter-scribe
to me, he brought me two jars of wine and a ram. He sent ^^to me
Tentno {TyrU-nW t)^ an Egyptian singer (feminine), who was with
him, saying: "Sing for him; let not his heart feel apprehension." He
sent to me, '^saying : " Eat, drink, and let not thy heart feel apprehension.
Thou shalt hear all that I have to say in the morning."

Interview with the Thekel

590. Morning ^xcame, he had (the Thekel) called into his ^ — l, he
stood in their midst and said to the Thekel: "Why have ye come?"

*The text is translated verbatim; but it is perhaps corrupt.

*>The report, otherwise, so full, abbreviates here; he means that they
under orders, of which he introduces the piu^rt by the word "saying"

cLit., "until what comes."

^This word points to earlier trouble with the Thekel, and doubtless explains
the ** twice" above.

§592] RESTORATION OF THE ROYAL MUMMIES 287

'"They said to him: "We have come after the stove-up ships which thou
sendest to Egypt with our r — i comrades." ^^He said to them: "I
camiot arrest the messenger of Amon in my land. Let me send him
away, and ye shall pursue him, 74to arrest him."

Escape to Alasa

S91. He loaded me on board, he sent me away — to the harbor of
the sea. The wind drove me to the land of ^'Alasa {^-r^-s^); those
of the dty came forth to me to slay me. I was brought among them
to the abode of Heteb (^^-ty-b^), ^^e queen of the city. I found
her as she was going forth from one of her houses and entering into her
other. I ^^saluted her, I asked the people who stood about her: "There
is surely one among you who imderstands Egyptian ? " One ^^among
them said: "I imderstand (it)." I said to him: "Say to my mistress:
'I have heard as far as Thebes, the abode of Amon, that ^^n every city
injustice is done, but that justice is done in the land of Alasa; (but), lo,
injustice is done every day here." She said: "Indeed! What is ***this
that thou sayest ?" I said to her: "If the sea raged and the wind drove
me to the land where I am, ^'thou wilt not let them take ("advantage of^
me to slay me; I being a messenger of Amon. I am one for whom
they will seek ^'imceasingly. As for the crew of the prince of Byblos
whom they sought to kiU, their lord will surely find ^^ten crews of thine,
and he will slay them, on his part." She had the people called and
stationed (before her); she said to me: "Pass the night ."

RECORDS OF THE RESTORATION OF THE ROYAL

MUMMIES

S^. We have already seen (§ 545) that the tombs of
Ramses 11 and Seti I had been broken into in the first year
of Ramses X (the nineteenth of Ramses IX). Under
Ramses XII, in his sixth year, the High Priest of Amon,
Hrihor, sent some of his people to restore the bodies, and
to place them again in their coffins and sarcophagi. They
left a record of this pious work on the coflSns:

288 TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES XH [§593

CoHin of Sett I

593. *Year 6, second month of the first season, day 7, day when
the vizier, the High Priest of Amon-Re, king of gods, Hrihor, sent [to
renew the bur]ial of King Menmare, L. P. H.; Son of Re: Menmare
(sic!), L. P. H.; Son of Re: Seti (I)-Memeptah; by the hand of the
inspector, Hirmamonpene (Jfr-m-Ymn-fn^), and the officer (mnh)
Perepewyot (P^ -R^-p^ yw-yf).

Coffin of Ramses II

594. ^Year 6, third month of the second season, day 15, day when

the noble of the High Priest of Amon-Re, king of gods, Hrihor,

— sent .

LETTER TO THE VICEROY OF KUSH<^

595- This letter, the content of which is in itself of slight
consequence, is important because of the person to whom it
is addressed, the viceroy of Kush. Already in the Nine-
teenth Dynasty the gold-lands of Nubia had passed into the
hands of Amon, though they were administered by the vice-
roy of Kush (III, 640). The next step was the administra-
tion of these Nubian gold-lands and the assumption of the
office of viceroy of Nubia by the High Priest of Amon. This
was done by Hrihor (§615), but the following letter shows
that he had not yet done so in Ramses XII's seventeenth
year, at which time the king still exercises his authority over
the viceroy, and sends him after a tardy butler, who needs
prodding in the execution of the king's commission to collect
building materials, and to finish a shrine.

Titulary

596. '[Horus: Mighty Bull, Beloved of Re; Favorite of the Two
Goddesses: Mighty in Strength], Repulsing Hundreds of Thousands;

^Written with black ink in hieratic on the lid of the coffin; published:
Masperoy Mamies royaleSy Pis. XI A, XII; p. 553.

^Like the preceding; published by Maspero, Mamies royales, PL XI B; 557.
cTurin papyrus, Pleyte et Rossi, Pis. 66, 67.

f6oo] LETTER TO THE VICEROY OF KUSH 289

Golden Horus: Great in Strength, Making the Two Lands to Live,
"Sovereign, L. P. H., Satisfied in Heart, Just, Pleasing the Two Lands;
King of Upper and Lower Egypt, Lord of the Two Lands: ^Menmare-
Setepneptah, L. P. H.; Son of Re, Lord of Diadems: Ramses (XH)-
Khamwese-Meriamon-Nuterhekon, L. P. H.

Introduction

597. 4Ro3ral command to the king's-son of Kush, king's-scribe of
the army, overseer of the granary, Paynehsi, the leader of ^the archers
of Pharaoh, L. P. H.; saying: ''This royal command is brought to
thee, to wit:

The Butler

598. " Go forth r — after^ ^e major-domo, the butler of Pharaoh,
L. P. H., and cause him to proceed with the business of Pharaoh, L.
P. H., his lord, ^which he was sent to do, in the southern region. When
the writing^ of Pharaoh, thy lord, reaches thee, ^hou shalt join thyself
to him, to cause that he do the business of Pharaoh, L. P. H., ^his lord,
whereon he was sent."

The Shrine

S99* ''And thou shalt look to this portable shrine of this great god-
dess, '^'and thou shalt I'completei it, and thou shalt bear it to the ship,
and thou shalt have it brought before him to my place of abode. "^

Artisans^ Supplies

600. «*"And thou shalt have brought ""fori it khenmet stone, inkhu
(yn-n-fyw) stone, Temoryi (y5-m^ -r^), flowers of the katha-plant, "and
many blue flowers, — to my place of abode; in order to fill the hand
of '^the artisans therewith. Do not neglect this business which I send
to thee. '^Behold, I write for thy testimony.^ It is a letter to inform
thee*^ of the king's well-being.

>5" Year 17, fourth month of the first season, day 15."

•The present letter.

*>Tanis?

^A fonnula used to indicate to the recipient that the matter is in writing, to
serve as his testimony in case of future misunderstanding.

<>Among other things.

290 TWENTIETH DYNASTY: RAMSES XH [|6oi

BUILDING INSCRIPTIONS IN THE TEMPLE OF

KHONSU*

6oi. The temple of Khonsu is the only moniunent in
which we can clearly trace the fall of the last Ramessid and
the succession of the High Priest of Amon, Hrihor. This
transition will be found briefly discussed in connection with
Hrihor's inscriptions (§608). The dedications occupying
the official place on the architraves of the hypostyle are all
in the name of Ramses XII, as if he were in full enjoyment
of the usual powers of the Pharaoh ; while those around the
base of the wall in the same hall (§§ 609, 610) contain but
the scantiest reference to the king. On the rdle played by
the king in the wall scenes in the same hall, see §§ 611-13.

The architrave dedications are as follows:

6o2« ^Live Horns: ^ Ramses XII; he made (it) as his monu-
ment for his father, ''Khonsu-in-Thebes-Beautiful-Rest;" which Ramses
XII made for him.

^Live the Good God, maker of monuments in the house of his
father, Khonsu, lord of Thebes, builder of his temple as an eternal
work in fine white sandstone, increasing .«

'Live Horns: ^ Ramses XII; he made (it) as his monument

for his father, "Khonsu-in-Thebes-Beautiful-Rest," making for him (the
hall called) ''Wearer-of -Diadems" for the first time, of fine white sand-
stone, making splendid his temple as a beautiful monimientj' forever,
which the Son of Re, Ramses XII, made for him.

603. ^ Ramses XII, mighty king, great in monuments in

*Champollion, Notices descripUves, II, 233-35; Lepsius, DenkmOier, III,
238, d, Text, III, 65 ; Brugsch, Recueil de monumetUs, 59, 3-5.

^Architraves on both sides of central aisle of hypostyle, on sides facing aisle.

^Partial titulary

^^Architraves on right of central aisle, side facing small columns.

^"Lacune de quelques signes et l^ende royale du m6me" (as above).

'Architraves over small colimms on the right.

sOr : " with beatUiful monuments. ' '

^Begins the same as the preceding.

|6o3] BUILDING INSCRIPTIONS IN KHONSU-TEMPLE 291

die house of his father, Khonsu, lord of Thebes, building for him his
house, made for the first time as an excellent, eternal work; the great
gods are satisfied in heart over his monument, which the Son of Re,
Ramses XII, made for him.

^Live the Good God, doing benefactions, the monument -builder,
plentiful in wonders, whose every design comes to pass rimmediately^
like his father, Ptah-South-of-His-Wall. He has illuminated Thebes
with great monuments ^of^ the king, which King Ramses XII, beloved
of Khonsu, made for him.

K)nly Bnigach, Recueil de monuments, 59, 3.

THE TWENTY-FIRST DYNASTY

604. While these volumes are not intended to furnish
discussions and reconstructions of the dynasties, the Twenty-
first D3masty is, nevertheless, so unusual in character, that
it is impossible to classify the brief and fragmentary docu-
ments which it has left us, without some indication of its
peculiarities.

605. Already under the last Ramessid (before his fifth
year) we have seen, in the report of Wenamon, that a local
d3niast of Tanis, Nesubenebded, had assumed the sov-
ereignty of the Delta. When Ramses XII died and the
Twentieth D)masty was ended, Nesubenebded became king
of Lower Egypt, and the founder of the Twenty-first D3masty
of Manetho. At Thebes, the High Priest of Amon, Hrihor,
became king of Upper Egypt. Of the Tanite kings we know
next to nothing; but we are at least able to follow the high
priests at Thebes from generation to generation without a
break. They form the only connected thread along which
we can trace the course of the d3masty. At Hrihor's death
they were not able to maintain their royalty, and Nesu-
benebded ruled the whole country for a time. Hrihor's
grandson, Pa)mozem I, having, while High Priest, married
Makere, the daughter* of Pesibkhenno I of Tanis, likewise
became sole king for a long reign. Otherwise the Tanites
were dominant; but probably not on hostile terms with the
high priests, who remained powerful princes, more or less
independent, and boasting many of the titles of royalty.

606. Possessing only a few names of Tanite kings in
northern monuments of their own, we are obliged to turn
to Thebes for the materials with which to reconstruct the
dynasty. The difl&culty with these materials is that they

*See Maspero, Mamies royales, 692-98.

29s

296

TWENTYFIRST DYNASTY

frequentiy, indeed prevaflingly, record royal dates with only
the year, omitting the name of the Tanite king to whom the
year belongs. From such documents* it is now possible to
reconstruct the following table of the d)masty.^ Space and
the purpose of these volumes do not permit its discussion
here, but some explanations will be found with the inscrip-
tions upon which it is based. An asterisk with a number
indicates that the king's name accompanies it in the original
document ; and the dagger, that the name of the High Priest
occurs with it. It will be seen that there are only three
dates with both. The numbers show that the Twenty-first
D)masty lasted 134-f 6jc years. As one x is the entire reign
of Hrihor (Nesubenebded), we must credit it with not less
than 145 years.

607. PHARAOHS<^

Nesubenebded

YEARS

mCH PRIESTS

Akheperre-Setepna-
mon-Pesibkhenno I
17 jeaLTS-hx

6t
9t

\ Hrihor (hi^ priest and king)
/ Payonekh (his son)

Paynozem I (his son)

*They will be found, with one exception, in the following translations
(II 608^2).

^The former discussions, as well as an exhaustive treatment of the Twenty-
first Djmasty, will be found in Maspero's Mamies royales (Mfmoires de la missiom
franfaise au Caire^ I, 640-730). A modification of Maspero's reconstruction was
proposed by Petrie, who proved that Hrihor and Siamon were distinct (Proceedings
of the Society of Biblical ArcluBology, XVIII, 59, 60). New material found on the
priesUy mummies discovered in i8qi confirmed tliis conclusion. This material
was published by Daressy (Revue arckiologique, 28, 75-78), who furnished further
modifications of Maspero's reconstruction, but did not employ all the available
material. Another modification was proposed by Torr (Retme archidogigme,
28, 296-98), who added a new High Priest. The above table agrees in the »»flw»
with Daressy, but employs all the material and adds some corrections. No com-
parison with the data of Manetho is here necessary, as his account of the dynasty
is almost worthless.

cThe order of these kings is certain, but the connections between them ax«
very loose, so that there is room for an ephemeral king who may be inserted some-
where in the second half (especially between Amenemopet and Siamon or Siamon
and Pesibkhenno II), to make up the seven kings given by Manetho in this dynasty.

|6o7l

TWENTY-FIRST DYNASTY

297

PHARAOHS^

Pajrnozem I
4oyeais+^

Amenemopet
49yeais+^

Siamon
16** years+5p

YEARS

7
8*

i6t

25t
4ot

6t
7

22( ?)*t

49*

7*t
8*

9t
lot

13%
i4*f
i6t

HIGH PRIESTS

\ Zekhonsefonekh (son of King
J Paynozem)^

Masaheret (son of King Pay-
nozem)

Menkhq>erre-Pesibkhenno^ (son
of King Paynozem)
48 years+ x

Nesubenebded (his son)

Paynozem II (son of Menkhe-
perre)

*See oote c, p. 396.

^Noticed by Mr. Cecil Ton* on a now missing coffin, on which the deceased
calls himself: "son of the High Priest Zekhonsefonekh, son of King Paynozem"
{Rnme archiologiquey 1896, 28, 398). His position above is not quite certain, but
as we do not know who was ^gh Priest in Pajmozem I's seventh and eighth
years, he may well fall in that gap.

cAs Torr (Rtvue archioiogique, 1896, 38, 296 ff.) has noticed, Pa3mozem II
as Hig^ Priest under King Amenemopet calls hnnself in several places both son
of the High Priest Menkheperre and son of King Pesibkhenno, showing that both
the latter names belong to the same man. As Menkheperre occiirs in a cartouche,
e. g. {Rnme archiologique^ 28, 75), and likewise Pesibkhenno in a cartouche is
once called High Priest, there is no doubt that Torr is correct in supposing that
Menkheperre is the prenomen of Pesibkhenno. He thus assimied royal honors,
and mav possibly have ruled for a while alone. As he would not assimie the throne-
name till he had eained the throne, that is, until after Paynozem I's death, the
High Priest Pesibuienno whom we find in a fourth and twelfth year must be a dif-
ferent man. Hence I cannot agree with Torr that this Pesibkhenno is the same as
Menkheperre, whose father regularly has the cartouche, while this Pesibkhenno is
caUed simply son of Paynozem (without cartouche).

^K graffito 'at Kamak records year 1 7 of a king Siamon who may be our above
king (fiecueil, 23, 51 ff., No. 3 B).

^Maspero, Mamies royales, 735.

^Recueil, 22, 61, No. $$; a graffito at Kamak; the king's name is almost
broken away. It began wiUi Amon, and, as it can hardly be Amenemopet, it must
be Siamon.

298

TWENTY-FIRST DYNASTY

[1 607

PHARAOHS^

Pesibkhenno 11^
12 years -f5p

YEARS

5
10

I2t

HIGH PRIESTS

TWENTY-SECOND DYNASTY

Pesibkhenno (his son)

Rdgn of Sheshonk I

s*t

ID*"
II* ■

etc.

> Yewepet (son of Sheshonk I)

The foUowing inscriptions are arranged, for the most
part, under the High Priest in whose term of office they fall,
as this is, in the majority of cases, stated in the document.

*See note c, p. 296.

^Menkheperre- Pesibkhenno may never have governed all Egypt; hence I
do not put him in the Pharaonic line, but number the last Pesibkhenno as II.
Manetho is our only evidence for his position here.

REIGN OF HRIHOR

INSCRIPTIONS OF THE TEMPLE OF KHONSU

608. The inscriptions and reliefs in the temple of Ehonsu
at Kamak form the chief source for tracing the rise of Urihor

^ as High Priest of Amon, until his usurpation of the kingship,
and they clearly establish the early contentions of Roug6, *
so ably supplemented by Maspero,^ as against those of
Lepsius, regarding the close of the Twentieth and the begin-
ning of the Twenty-first Dynasty. The adytum and rear-
most chambers of the temple were built by Ramses III and
his inmiediate successors (§§ 214, 472). The hypostyle, the
court before it, and the pylon were the work of Ramses XII
and Hrihor, the hypostyle having been built by them both in
conmion, and the court and pylon by Hrihor alone. Hence,
in passing from the hypostyle outward to the court, the politi-
cal change can be traced on the walls as one goes. We have
seen the dedications of Ramses XII on the architraves of the
hypostyle (§§ 601-3). The dedications aroimd the base of
the wall, however, as well as the scenes in the same hall,
show the dominant position held by Hrihor and the subor-
dinate r61e played by the king.

Dedicaiion^

609. High Priest of Amon-Re, king of gods, commander in chief of
the armies of South and North, the leader, Hrihor, triumphant; he made
it as his monument for "House-of-ELhonsu-in-Thebes-Beautiful-Rest ; "

^Etude sur une sthU dgyptienne appartenant d la Bibliothhque impiriaU, 195-
202.

^Mamies royaies, 646 ff.

^Occupies the base of the wall (inside), and evidently extends around the
right side of the hypostyle, from the door in front to the door in the rear; published
by Maspero, ZeUschrijt fUr Agyptische Spracfie, 1883, 76-77; and again, Momies
royaleSf 652.

299

300 TWENTY-FIRST DYNASTY: HRfflOR [|6io

making for him a temple for the first time* in the likeness of the hori-
zon of heaven, extending his temple as an eternal work, enlarging his
monument (more than) before.^ He increased the daily offerings, he
doubled that which was before, while the gods of Thebes are pos-
sessed of joy, and the great house is in festival, the house of Khonsu,
(n^ecause*!) he repeated the august things, being great and beautiful

monuments Lord of the Two Lands: Menmare-Setepneptah;

Lord of Diadems: Ramses (Xn)-Khamwese-Mereramon-Nuterhekon,
given life. Lo, the desire of his majesty was to enlarge the house of
his father, " House-of-ELhonsu-in-Thebes-Beautiful-Rest," in order diat
his shrine might be covered, by doing benefactions for his ka; that^
which the Son of Re, Ramses XII, beloved of ELhonsu, made for him«

Dedicaiion^

6io. High Priest of Amon-Re, king of gods, Hrihor, triumphant
He made (it) as his monument for ''House-of-Khonsu-in-Thebes-Beauti-
ful-Rest;" making for him (the hall called): "Wearer-of- Diadems,"
for the first time, of fine white sandstone, exalting his Great Plaoe, with
electrum, adorned with every splendid costly stone, enlarging his house
forever with labor, making it to be like the horizon of the great gods at
the feast when he appears bom again; an august [house] of fine gold
and every genuine costly stone, like the [*liorizon of^ Re when he b

bom again. many offering-tables of silver and gold, in order to

satisfy thy ka, every day.

Sccne^

6ii . The great barque or sacred shrine ' of Amon is borne
by the priests into the temple of Khonsu (as the inscriptions

•Or merely " anrw " ? ^Ot : " which was before**

<:The antecedent is the building (understood), as commonly.

<>In the hypostyle, around the base of the wall of the left side, being the pendant
of the preceding. It is published by Roug6, Inscriptions kiiroglyphiques, 204; see
also Maspero, Mamies royales, 652 (where Rough's publication is, however, not
referred to).

«In hypostyle (Lepsius £) immediately behind court, at right of door h bebw;
published, without reliefs, by Champollion, Notices descripHveSf II, 330, 231;
Maspero, Zeilschrift fUr dgypUsche Sprache, 1883, 75, 76; and again, Momies roy-
alest 651.

<It is followed by two others, doubtless those of Mut and Khonsu; the same ii
true of the following scene.

{6i3] INSCRIPTIONS OF TEMPLE OF KHONSU 301

show). Walking backward before it, the High Priest Hrihor
offers incense to it. The mscriptions axe significant :

General

It is the procession of Amon-Re, king of gods, lord of — , to the
" House-of-Khonsu-in-Thebes-Beautiful-Rest," to behold the beauty of
his son (Khonsu).

Over Hrihor

Offering incense before this god, [Amon-Re], king of gods, by the
companion, fwho presents'!] the Two Lands to the lord of gods, the
High Priest of [Amon-Re], king of gods, Hrihor, triumphant.

Over Amon

Utterance of Amon :• O my son, Lord of the Two Lands:

Menmare-Setepneptah (Ramses XII), I have seen this beautiful, pure
and excellent monument which thou hast made for me; the reward
thereof is all life and prosperity, all health, like Re, forever.

Scene^

612 • The same sacred barque has been deposited upon
its base, doubtless in the temple court. Hrihor offers
incense and a libation before it. The accompanying inscrip-
tions are:

Over Hrihor

Offering of incense and a libation to Amon ,* that thou (sict)

mayest grant long life, beholding thy r — \ and a good old age in thy dty\
Thebes; by the hereditary prince, over the Two Lands, great noble*
in the whole land, High Priest of Amon-Re, king of gods, commander
in chief of the army of the North and South, the leader, Hrihor, tri-
umphant.

•Titles of the god.

K>n the left of the door A, as pendant to the preceding scene; published
ZeUschrift fUr agyptische Sprache, 1883, 76; and Mamies royaies, 651.

cPossibly: "companion (smr), great noble (wr c >);" the last being the designa-
tion common In the Twenty-second D3masty.

302 TWENTYFIRST DYNASTY: HRmOR [§613

Over Atnon

Utterance of Amon . . . . : O my son, of my body, my bdoved,
Menmare-Setepneptah (Ramses XII), my heart is glad, rejoicing —
[in] thy monument, etc

613. In other scenes which follow, Hrihor officiates while
the name of Ramses XII appears behind him. The High
Priest thus performs the official religious fimctions in which
hitherto only the Pharaoh has been portrayed on temple
walls, while the name of the Pharaoh, and the promises of
the god to him, usual on such occasions, are still inserted.

614. The door leading out from this hypostyle to the court
in front shows the power of Hrihor still increasing; he has
become overseer of the granaries, the source of Egypt's
greatest wealth, and viceroy of Kush. These titles appear
side by side beneath the name of Ramses XII, in a date
(unfortimately now lost) at the head of a very interesting,
but fragmentary, inscription which narrated a prodigy in
favor of Hrihor, doubtless connected with his advance in
power. He appeared before Khonsu with a petition for
"/i/e, prosperity J healthy and many good things y^^ the bless-
ings usually desired ; but it is evident that some great event
in Hrihor's favor was to take place within a year; though it
is not clear what that event was. Khonsu's approval was
expressed by numerous nods of the god's head, and news of
this was taken to Amon, who also nodded violently in
approval, adding the audible promise that he assured Hrihor
twenty years, meaning, of course, twenty years more of
power ; but whether as king or High Priest is not stated in the
scanty fragments preserved. However, it is highly probable
that this is the narrative of the divine oracle declaring Hrihor
king. In any case, he was very anxious to make the whole
event a matter of record, and inmiediately secured Amon's
approval of recording the prodigy '^upon stone J^ The place

|6i6] INSCRIPTIONS OF TEMPLE OF KHONSU 303

where the incident is recorded on the door, between the por-
tion of the temple erected by Hrihor in conjunction with
Ramses XII, and the court erected by Hrihor alone, suggests
that in it we have the divine sanction of the transition which
takes place at that point. The record* is as follows:

DaU

615. » Ramses XII,^ beloved of Amon-Re, king of gods,

given life forever.

Hrihor before Kkonsu

■ High Priest of Amon-Re, king of gods, king's-son of

Kush,^ overseer of the granaries ^ . Then the High Priest of

Amon-Re, king of gods, repeated to him: *" [Thebes], thy

city." Then the god nodded with his head. 5" of Thebes,

thy dty." Then the god nodded — ^ '" "honor to

me, life, prosperity, health, and many good things in Thebes, thy dty

^ whidi thou givest, and thou shalt give them to me." Then

nodded the *°[god] within a year, the space that thou givest

to me; those who are in *^ within the year which thou givest

me, which thou spendest to give them to me, besides the — "

Hrihor (\^ry\'^r)y triimiphant.

Amon^s Confirmation

6i6. The dty went forth as messengers hoi^ him to tell that which

Khonsu said *3 [Amon-Re], king of gods, turning his face

northward to Kamak. Then he arrived at the — '^ Amon-

^Bnigsdi, Rectieil de monumefUs, PI. XXI; Lepsius, Denhmdleff III, 248, h;
see also Text, HI, 64. Lepsius, Denkmdler, is hardly readable; Brugsch is much
better. See also Maspero, M amies royales, 671. The inscription is on the door-
post of the door leading from Hrihor's court to the hypostyle; it is marked g in
Lepsius' plan (Text). Only the ends of twenty-eight horizontal lines are pre-
served.

^^ read by Brugsch, by Lepsius (Text) and by Maspero {Mamies rayales, 671).

<niere is not the slightest doubt that these titles belonged to Hrihor. He is
the only High Priest of Amon known under Ramses XII, and his name occurs in
this inscription below as the chief actor. From now on, the high priests during
their ascendancy, are also viceroys of Kush; see, amons other examples, a statue
recently found by Legrain at Karnak (Annales, IV, 9). We are therefore to supply
the name of Hrihor in the above lacunae following the titles.

304 TWENTY-FIRST DYNASTY: HRIHOR [§617

Re, king of gods, the ffatheri *s [Then the god nodded

his head] exceedingly, exceedingly, saying: ''^A spaced of 20 years is

fthat which"*] Amon-Re, king of gods, ^gives''] to thee *^

[^because of] the good deeds which thou hast done for Mut, Khonsu,
and fher' children formerly ^^ ."

Record of the Prodigy

617. Then the High Priest of Amon-Re, king of gods, Hrihor, tri-
umphant, repeated it to him, saying: "O my good lord **

fShall we record** these] marveb upon stone ?" The god nodded (his)
head exceedingly, exceedingly. Then repeated to him '^the High

Priest of Amon-Re, king of gods, Hrihor, saying]: " [Khonsu-

in-Thebes]-Beautiful-Rest, thy saying; grant that they make a stela —

ao fELhonsu- in] -Thebes -Beautiful -Rest, which he made."

The god nodded (his) head exceedingly, exceedingly.

Hrihor* s Gratitude

618. »^ eternity shall come to thee, and millions of years

shall be in " generations shall come to talk erf these

marveb of — '^ generations, ''cQiildren''] shall make — *^

the words fwhich^ came, Cshall be^ '^ [^whichi] thou sayest to

me, that givest to me the space* of twenty years '^ ." [The

god] nodded (his) head exceedingly, exceedingly »' .

Then Hrihor gave ^'command to erect this stela^ J **

in putting it, a copy .

619. With the outer court, then, begins the sole rule of
Hrihor, the divine approval of which is doubtless narrated
in the preceding document, recorded on the door where we
leave Ramses XII behind. Here only Hrihor's name
appears, and here he only is the recipient of the blessings of
the gods, which up to this^time, and in the hypostyle be-
hind, were always accorded the Pharaoh alone. Hence in
the relief scenes in the court, Khonsu addresses Hrihor
thus:^

*Read c /» c^ as in 1. zo.
^Maspero, Mamies royaUSf 653.

§623] INSCRIPTIONS OF TEMPLE OF KHONSU 305

620. "I give to thee very many jubilees, like thy father, Re; I give
to thee every land together; while the Niae Bows fall down to thy
power."

Utterance of "Khonsu-in-Thebes- Beautiful-Rest:" "O my son, my
beloved, Lord of the Two Lands, Siamon-^Hrihor; how beautiful is
this beautiful, pure, and excellent monument which thou hast made for
me I My heart is satisfied in seeing them (sic !), and I give to thee reward
for them, even life, stability, satisfaction, and the kingdom of the Two
Lands in peace, like Re."

621. As king, therefore, Hrihor built the forecourt and
the pylon before it, as is amply borne out by the following
dedications on the architraves and the pylon, giving him the
full Pharaonic titulary. In this he boldly published his real
office, putting the title ^^High Priest 0} Amofi^^ into the first
cartouche, as if it were his given name, before he gained the
throne.

622. ^'live Horns: Mighty Bull, Son of Amon, Maker of Monu-
ments, Establishing for Him Who Begat Him, King of Upper and Lower
Egypt, Great Ruler of Egypt, Lord of the Two Lands: High Priest of
Amon. He made (it) as his monument for his father, Amon-Re,
king of gods, making for him a colonnade, for the first time; it is made
like the beauty of the horizon; all people are in joy at seeing it, the
lord^ of silver and mistress^ of gold, comprehending^ every splendid,
costly stone; the deed of a son in love of him who [placed] him on his
throne, giving to him eternity as King of the Two Lands, King of Upper
and Lower Egypt, Lord of the Two Lands: High Priest of Amon,
beloved of Amon-Re, king of gods, lord of heaven, ruler of the gods;
that he might be given life forever.

623. "Live the Favorite of the Two Goddesses: Satisfying the
Gods, Building their House, Furnishing the Satisfaction of their ka's;
Son of Re, Amiable Lord of the Palace, Lord of Diadems: Siamon-
Hrihor,^ divine seed of the lord of gods, his splendid emanation, whom

*"San 0} Amon;" both the names are now inclosed in a cartouche.

K>>urt, architrave over western colonnade; Lepsius, Denkmdler, III, 243, a»
ChampoUion, Notices descripiives, II, 222, 223.

^Epithets of the temple. <^In cartouche.

3o6 TWENTY-FIRST DYNASTY: HRIHOR [I634

Mut bore to be ruler of the circuit of the sun. All lands are under his
authority, doing that which his ka wills. The chiefs of Retenu do
obeisance to his fame every day, while he sits upon the Honis-throne,
which all the living magnify for him, the Son of Re, of His Body, Lord
of Diadems: Siamon-Hrihor, beloved of Mut the great, mistress of
Ishru; given life like Re.

624. 3Live Golden Horus: Doing Benefactions in Kamak for hb
father, Amon, Creator of his Beauty, King of Upper and Lower Egypt,
Beloved of the Great Divine Ennead, Lord of the Two Lands: High
Priest of Amon; king amiable, like Re, making festive Kamak, pro-
tecting it for the gods, setting the lords of Thebes to rejoicing, their
hearts glad, when they see the ^* House-of-ELhonsu-in-Thebes-Beautiful-
Rest," like the horizon in heaven. All people, they praise its beauty,
they acclaim [to] heaven. King of Upper and Lower Egypt, Beloved,
Lord of the Two Lands: High Priest of Amon, beloved of Khonsu-Re;
that he may be given life.

625. *' He made (it) as his monument for his father,

Amon-Re, king of gods, making for him a broad-hall (called): "Hall-
of -the-High-Priest-of-Amon,-Siamon-Hrihor,-Great - in - Love-in-the-
House-of-Khonsu;" for the first time, of fine white sandstone, as [a
work] of eternity by the hand of Ptah, who furnished the plan.

Scene^

626. Relief represents the pylon of the Khonsu-temple,
with four flagstaves on either side of the portal. The
inscriptions under the architrave and beside the flagstaves,
though fragmentary, show the name of Hrihor.*^ Above the
pylon is the following:

*First court, eastern architrave. Three lines corresponding to the triple
dedication on the western architrave, translated above ({{622-24). The titles
at the beginning of the line I have omitted; also the other two lines whkh add
nothing. Published by Champollion, Notices descriptives, 11, 223 (partially);
Lepsius, DenkmiUer, III, 244, a; Text, III, 61.

^In the court, right (east) colonnade; Lepsius, DenkmOier, III, 243, b; Text,
III, 61.

cThese are the dedications in the usual form taken from the actual pylon,
Lepsius, DenknUUeTf III, 248, i, h.

§626] INSCRIPTIONS OF TEMPLE OF KHONSU 307

Inscription^

Honis: Mighty Bull, Son of Amon, King of Upper and Lower
Egypt, Lord of the Two Lands: ^High Priest of Amon;^ Son of Re, of
his Body: ^iamon-Hrihor.^ He made (it) as his monument for his
father, Amon-Re, king of gods, restoring for him, and making Thebes
to shine anew (for him), whose name is hidden in r — \ establish-
ing for him the "House-of-Khonsu-in-Thebes-Beautiful-Rest," for
eternity.

^Lepsius, Denkmdler, III, 343, b; ChampolUon, Notices descripUves, II, 326.
^In cartouche.

REIGN OF NESUBENEBDED

GEBELEN INSCRIPTION*

627. This, the only surviving inscription of Eling Nesu-
benebded (Smendes), the founder of the Twenty-first Dy-
nasty, narrates some catastrophe at Thebes, due to the par-
tial collapse of a wall aroimd the Luxor temple, built by
Thutmose III. Exactly what happened is not, however,
certain. The king sent his officials with 3,000 men to the
quarry at Gebelfen, to secure stone for repairing the damage,
and one reference (1. 16) may indicate that the king himself
finally came.

The document shows that Nesubenebded ruled at Thebes,
and, of course, controlled all Egypt. Hrihor must, there-
fore, have died before the close of Nesubenebded's reign.

628. ^Lo, his majesty was in the dty of Memphis, his august resi-
dence of might and victory, like Re [Ptah], *lord of "Life-of-

the-Two-Lands," Sekhmet the great, beloved of Ptah, , Montu

and the great gods residing in Memphis. Lo, his majesty sat, in the
hall fof his palace, when there came messengers, informing^] ^his
majesty, that the canal-wall, forming the limits of Luxor, which King
Menkheperre (Thutmose III) had built, had begun [to faU to ruin]

forming a great flood, and a powerful rcurrent^ therein, on

the great Cpavement^ of the house of the temple. It encircled ^the front^

[Said his majesty] 'to them: "As for this matter reported to

me, there has been nothing in the time of my majesty from of old, like
it "

*£iig;raved on a piUar in the quarry at Gebelte; over one-third of a line is
lost at the beginning of each line; published by Daressy, Rectieil, X, 136^ 137.
The portion preserved is often so uncertain, and has been so inaccurately pul
that some omissions have been necessary.

^I have omitted the titulary.

308

1 630] GEBELEN INSCRIPTION 309

629. His majesty fdispatched master-buildi]^rs, and 3,cx>o men
with them, of the choicest of the people of his majesty. The command

of his majesty to them: "Hasten to ***the mountain — people*

of his majesty as the companions of (his) feet ^ 1

*■'■ — 1 — I" "^ this quarry, from the time of the ancestors to the present

day, Gebel6n *3 "

630. They engraved this decree, which perpetuates his majesty

[forever] ** His command arrived to beautify the

work on the stela [Never] '^as done the like of it in the time

of the ancestors. Lo, his majesty passed by, in excellent virtues like

Thoth *7 The reward therefor is might and victory,

and to appear upon the Horus-throne [of the living, forever] .

^^niy, evidently the same class as are mentioned in the Paynozem II inscrip-
tioti(|67i, L8).

REIGN OF THE fflGH PRIEST AND KING

PAYNOZEM I

I. Paynozem I AS High Priest

BUILDING INSCRIPTIONS

631, On Hrihor's death his family were irnable to main-
tain their royalty. His eldest son, Payonekh, followed him
as High Priest of Amon, but evidently died soon after gain-
ing the office. Hrihor's second son, Paynozem, succeeded
to the high priesthood, but, as we have said, not immediately
to the throne. He continued the unfinished portions of the
Khonsu-temple, especially the pylon of his father, as re-
corded in the following building inscriptions :

632. ^Live the High Priest of Amon-Re, king of gods, lord of o£fer-

ing, Paynozem, triumphant, son of the High Priest of Amon

Payonekh, triumphant. He made (it) as his monument for his father,
''ELhonsu-in-Thebes-Beautiful-Rest," making for him a great and august
pylon, over against his temple. The great flagstaves approach heaven,
their [tops] are of electrum; all people rejoice when they see (it)

^ making for him a very great pylon anew, in the likeness

of his horizon in heaven. The great gods are possessed of joy and
satisfaction of heart, because of what he has made in the great house.
They give millions of years of satisfying life, to the High Priest, etc. . . .^

^Live, the Horus: Mighty Bull, Son of Amon; King of Upper and
Lower Egypt, Satisfying the Gods, Doing Benefactions for their ka's;

*Pylon; Lepsius, Denkmdler, III, 251, a; another broken dedication on the
pylon (Champollion, Notices descriptives, II, 220; Lepsius, Denkmdier, III,
248, f — Text, III, 57) also attributes it to him.

^As in the preceding; it is also on the pylon; Lepsius, DenkmSlert III, 251, b;
Champollion, Notices descriplives, II, 215, 216.

cUsual name and parentage.

<^On door of first pylon, Brugsch, Rgcueil de monumenls, PI. 57, 2.

310

§634] BUILDING INSCRIPTIONS 311

High Priest of Amon-Re» king of gods, Paynozem, triumphant, son of
Payonekh, triumphant. He made (it) as his monument for his father,
Khonsu, making for him a pylon anew.

Scene^

633. A priest stands before Amon, presenting flowers.
The inscriptions are these:

Over Priest

Presentation of all beautiful flowers by [the High Priest] of Amon-

Rc, king of gods, doing benefactions , Paynozem, triumphant,

son of the High Priest of Amon, Payonekh, triumphant; doing the
pleasure of his ka, building [the temples] of all gods, fashioning (statues
of) their majesties of ''electrumi; he supplies their offerings .

Over Amon

Utterance of Amon "O my son, of my body, my beloved.

Lord of the Two Lands, Paynozem,^ triumphant, I have seen the
monuments which thou hast made for me; my heart is satisfied because
of them. Thou makest festive my house anew, thou buildest a Cdwell-
ingi of electrum, thou increasest the daily offering, thou multipliest that
which was formerly. The reward therefore is the satisfying life of
Horns."

634. Paynozem also restored the Eighteenth Dynasty
temple of Medinet Habu, and left the following record of his
work there:

^lAve, the Good God, son of Amon, who came forth from his loins,
to ^uip the Two Lands, whom Mut nourished, to fashion (statues of)
the gods, to build their adyta; doing benefactions for all the gods of
Thebes; while they are satisfied in heart [because of]^ what he has

^Entrance of pylon, Khonsu-temple; Lepsins, Denkmdlery III, 250, a. Behind
Amon are Mut and Khonsu, and a figure of the ** divine voiress Makere" inserted
by Queen Henttowe.

*>Not in cartouche.

cEast side of Eighteenth Dynasty Medinet Habu temple, under similar restora-
tion record of Ramses III; Lepsius, DenkmiUer^ III, 251, e-g; better, Text, III, 164.

^The preposition {f^r) has dropped out; see Lepsius, Denkm^Ur^ III, 251, 6,
for the same phrase.

312 TWENTY-FIRST DYNASTY: PAYNOZEM I [§635

•

done, and their hearts are glad; High Priest of Amon-Re, king of gods,
governor of the dty, vizier, commander of the army,* satisfying ^ — \

Paynozem, triumphant, son of the High Priest of Amon Payo-

nekh, triumphant. He restored the monument of his father, ''Amon-
Re-of-the-Splendid-Throne," when he came to sec the house of his

father, and found it beginning to fall to ruin ^in order to restore

his temple and his wall anew, in order to satisfy the heart of all the gods

and goddesses, in order to shelter the divine — of the region of

Themet (T ^ -tnw /),^ in order to cause the palace to be like the horizon
of heaven ^

635. To work in Kamak he refers vaguely in the follow-
ing record, repeated on the rams of Ramses II:

^High Priest of Amon-Re, king of gods, lord of offering, Paynozem,
triumphant, son of Payonekh, triumphant; he says: ''I am great in
monuments and mighty in marveb in Kamak, victorious lord. I have
enlarged monuments greater than (for) any gods. I made for him very
great monuments in silver and gold, engraved with my name forever.'*

RECORDS ON THE ROYAL MUMMIES

636. As High Priest Pajmozem gave much attention to the
restoration and preservation of the violated royal mummies.
His successive efforts to this end arc recorded on the cofiins
and wrappings. These records are all dated, and such
dates, while not mentioning the name of the king, evidently
belong to the reign of Pesibkhenno I, the successor of Nesu-
benebded in Tanis. Of these, perhaps, the most important
is the note of the year 17, recording the transfer of Ramses
II's body to the tomb of Seti I.

^Another short inscription near by (Lepsius, Denkmdierf III, 251, d) contidns
only the usual restoration formula, but it gives him the title: "Commander in chief
of the armies of the South and North.**

hName of Medinet Habu region; Coptic, Dshtaie.

^Here follows a prayer of no historical content.

<iOn the rams of Ramses II connecting the front of the Kamak tenple with the
river; Recueilf XIV, 30.

|64o] RECORDS ON THE ROYAL MUMMIES 313

Mummy of Thutmose II

637. *Yeax 6» third month of the second season, day 7. On this

day, the High Priest of Amon-Re, king of gods, Paynozem, son of the

H^ Priest of Amon, Payonekh, sent the chief overseer of the White

House, Pa)meferhir, to reinter King Okhepemere C^ -[fr^]-»-i?S^ Thut-

mose IT).

Mummy of Amenhotep I

638. ^Year 6, fourth month of the second season, day 5. On this
day the High Priest of Amon-Re, king of gods, Paynozem, son of the
High Priest of Amon, Paynozem,** son of Payonekh, sent to reinter*
King Zeserkere, Son of Re, Amenhotep (I), L. P. H., by the hand of
the overseer of the treasury, Pay .

Mummy of Seti I

639. ^ Linen, which the High Priest of Amon-Re, king of gods, Pay-
nozem, triumphant, son of Payonekh, triumphant, made for his father,
ELhonsu, in the year 10.

Mummy of Ramses III

640. 'Year 13, second month of the third season, day 27. On this
day the High Priest of Amon-Re, king of gods, Paynozem, son of the
High Priest of Amon, Payonekh, sent: the scribe of the temple, Zoser-
sukhonsu, and the scribe in the Theban necropolis, Butehamon, to give
a place to King Usermare-Meriamon (Ramses HI), L. P. H., estab-
lished and abiding forever.

Mummy of Ramses III

'High priest of Amon-Re, king of gods, Paynozem, triumphant, son
of Payonekh, triumphant [made] (it) for his father, Amon, in the year 9.

*On the breast of the mummy; Maspero, Momies royaUst 545» 546.

^>The scribe in his hasty note has omitted the ^^r-sign.

cOn the breast of the mummy; op. cit., 536.

dThis is a dittography, as shown by the preceding docket, which records
similar work by the same official about a month earlier under Paynozem, son of
Payonekh.

•Lit., "to repeat the burial of:*

'On inner wrappings renewed by Twenty-first Dynasty; op. cit., 555. The
date, year 10, when this linen was made, is of course not necessarily the year when
it was used.

sOn the wrappings; op, cU., 564.

314 TWENTY-FIRST DYNASTY: PAYNOZEM I [jd^x

Mummy of Ramses III

641. ^The — matron, singer of Amon-Re, king of gods, Fetonemut
(F^' t'^^' t-fU-Mwf), triumphant, daughter of the Hi^ Priest of Amon,
Payonekh, triumphant, made and brought (it) for her lord, ''Amon-
Possessed-of -Eternity,"^ residing in the temple; in order to crave life,
prosperity and health from him.

Mummy of Ramses II

642 • ^Year 17, third month of the second season, day 6, day of bring-
ing Osiris, King Usermare-Setepnere (Ramses II), L. P. H., to bury
him again, (in) the tomb of Osiris, ELing Menmare-Seti (I), L. P. H.:
by the High Priest of Amon, Paynozem.

II. Paynozem I as King

643. On succeeding Pesibkhenno I as king, Paynozem I
continued his pious works in the royal necropolis. The
dates accompanying the records now refer to the reign of
Paynozem I himself; and in the year 16 the care of the
necropolis was assumed by his son, Masaheret, then High
Priest of Amon.

Mummy of Sitkamose

644. ^Year 7, fourth month of the first season, day 8. On this day
a place was given to the king's-<laughter, great king's-wife, Ahmose-

Sitkamose, who liveth.

Mummy of Ahmose I

645. ^Year 8, third month of the second season, day 39. The
majesty of the KLing of Upper and Lower Egypt, Lord of the Two Lands,
Kheperkhare- Setepnamon, Paynozem- Meriamon, L. P. H., sent to
give a place to ELing Nebpehtire (Ahmose I).

•On the wrappings; op, cil.^ 565.

^This is evidently the temple of Medinet Habu (see its name, H 5 ff.); it
the Amon of Ramses Ill's temple whom she thought to propitiate by making the
shroud for Ramses III. He himself is also shown on the wrappings offering to
the same god.

cOn one of the bandages near the outside; op. cil,, 560.

<iOn the breast of the mummy; op. cit.^ 541; probably by the same hand as
the next record on wrappings of Ahmose I {pp. cit.t 534) from year 8 of Paynozem I.

« Across the breast of the mummy; op. cU., 534.

1649] BUILDING INSCRIPTIONS 315

Mummy of King^s-Son, Siaman

646. ^Year 8, month 3, of the second season, day 29. His majesty,
L. P. H., sent to give a place to the king's-son, Siamon.

Mummy of AmenhoUp I

647. ^Year 16, fourth month of the second season, day 11. The
High Priest of Amon-Re, king of gods, Masaheret, son of Eang
Paynozem, L. P. H., sent to reinter this god, by the hand of the
scribe of the White House, scribe of the temple, Penamon, son of
Sutimose.

BUILDING INSCRIPTIONS

648. Paynozem I, as king, continued in the Khonsu-
temple at Kamak the works which he had begun as High
Priest, although only one record of them is preserved. His
queen, Henttowe, also left a record of the removal of older
sculptured rams to the Khonsu-temple.

649. ^ temple anew of fine white sandstone, as an excellent

eternal work, even that which a son does who does benefactions for
his father, who placed him upon hb throne; ELing of Upper and Lower
Egypt: Kheperkhare-Setepnamon;^ Son of Re, of his body, his beloved:
Paynozem-Meriamon.*^

^Mistress of the Two Lands, Henttowe; she made (it) as her monu-
ment for her mother, Mut, when the ELing of Upper and Lower Egypt,
Kheperkhare-Setepnamon, brought the rams to the house of Amon.

K>p. cU., 538.

K>n the breast of the mummy; op. cil., 536, 537.

cprieze outside west wall: Champollion, Notices descripiives, II, 330, 331;
Lepsius, Denkmdler, III, 351, c.

<^In cartouche.

®On the back of a sphinx belonging to Amenhotep III (according to Cham-
pollion, Notices descriptives^ II, 363, 364, "16ontoc^hales") in the Khonsu-temple;
published by Champollion, Notices descriptives, II, 364; Lepsius, DenkmSUfy III,
349 f . ; Maspero, Monties royales, 687.

fflGH PRIESTHOOD OF MENKHEPERRE

STELA* OF THE BANISHMENT

650. Masaheret, Paynozem I's son, whom we find restor-
ing the royal mummies as High Priest of Amon, in his
father's sixteenth year (§ 647), must have died before the
king's twenty-fifth year, when, according to our present
document, the king's son, Menkheperre, was High Priest of
Amon. Another son of Paynozem I, Zekhonsefonekh, must
have held the high priesthood, and died also before the
twenty-fifth year. But it is yet impossible to determine cer-
tainly the order of these two sons.

We find Menkheperre coming from the north, supposedly
from Tanis, to Thebes in Paynozem I's twenty-fifth year,
and the remarkable errand which brought him thither is
intentionally narrated in such veiled language that it is
impossible to determine exactly what its nature was. He
came to put down certain unknown enemies, and to restore
affairs in Thebes to their ancient status (11. 6 and 7). This
probably indicates a rising of some sort among the Thebans.
When this had been quelled Menkheperre appeared before
Amon, and with the usual prodigies, customary, at least
since the time of Hrihor, he secured an oracle from the god
permitting the return to Egypt of all those who had been
banished to the Southern Oasis. Furthermore, he also
obtained the god's consent to a decree forever forbidding

•The Maunier stela, now in the Louvre; I was unable to secure the number.
It is a black granite stela, very difficult to read; published by Brugsch, Recueil
de monuments, I, PI. XXII, 39 f.; and again, Reise nock der Grossen Oase, PI. XXII
(much better). I had my own copy made from the original, which I then collated
with a squeeze.

316

§659] STELA OF THE BANISHMENT 317

such banishment in the future, and our stela is the per-
manent record of that decree. The interview with Amon
dosed with the god's consent that all murderers should be
slain.

651. The interesting question as to the identity of the
banished, who are thus pardoned, is one on which our docu-
ment is studiously silent. Were they Thebans, on whose
behalf the city had risen in insurrection (11. 6 and 7) ? And
were they recalled to appease and quiet the turbulent city ?
And is the last grim enactment of the god a reminder to the
violent of what they might expect in case of further insur-
rection ?

Date and Introduction

^$2. Year 25, third month of the third season, day 29, correspond-
ing to the feast of Amon-Re, king of gods, at his [beautiful] feast^

•

*Nesuhor^ in their increase thereof. The majesty of this

august god was ^Thebes. Then he took (his) way to the

scribes, inspectors, people .

Departure for Thebes

♦Year 25, first month of the — [season, day] — . HThen spake his

majesty! to the people: "Amon-[Re], lord of Thebes ^their

heart is firm their multitude the High Priest of Amon-Re,

king of gods, commander in chief of the army, Menkheperre,^ tri-
umphant, son of King Paynozem-Meriamon ^his

companion of his footsteps, while their hearts rejoiced because he had

^This cannot be the Feast of Opet, as restored by Bnigsch (Gesckichie, 645),
for that feast took place in the second month. About two-thirds of a line are lost
here, and the same is true of 11. 3-4.

t>Th]s man's connection with the events narrated is entirely obscure.

cThis is the first mention of Menkheperre in the inscription, and he here bears
his title of High Priest. Hence there seems to me no support for the supposition
that he was nominated as High Priest on this visit to Thebes.

3i8 TWENTY-FIRST DYNASTY: MENKHEPERRE [§653

desired to come to the South in mi^t and victory, in order to make
satisfied the heart of the land, and to expel his enemies, that he mi^t
give Tas] ^they were in the time of Re.

Arrival at Thebes

653. He arrived at the dty (Thebes) with a glad heart; the youth
of Thebes received him, making jubilee, with an embassy before him.
The majesty of this august god, lord of gods, Amon-Re, pord of] Thebes,

appeared (in procession) ®that he might ^ — "^ him very greatly,

very greatly, and establish him upon the throne of his father, as Hi^
Priest of Amon-Re, king of gods, commander in chief of the armies ci
the South and North. He (the god) decreed to him many gracious
wonders, (such as) had never been seen since the time of Re.

New Year's Feast

654. pNow, after!] nhe fourth month of the third season, on the
fifth^ day of the (feast), ''Birth of Isis," corresponding to the feast of
Amon at the New Year, the majesty of this august god, lord of gods,
Amon-Re, king of gods, appeared (in procession), came to the great
halls of the house of Amon, and rested before the rindosure wall^ of
Amon. '^The High Priest of Amon-Re, king of gods, commander in
chief of the army, Menkheperre, triimiphant, went to him and praised
him exceedingly, exceedingly, many times, and he founded ffor him^
his offering, even f every] good thingi.

Recall of the Banished

655. Then the High Priest of Amon, Menkheperre, triumphant,
recounted to him, saying:

O my good lord, (when) there is a matter, shall one recount it — ?"
Then the great god nodded exceedingly, exceedingly. Then he went
again to the great god, saying: ''O my good lord, (it is) the matter of
these servants, against whom thou art wroth, who are in the oasis,
whither they^ are banished." Then the great god '*nodded exceedingly,
while this commander of the army, with his hands uplifted was praising

*The fifth intercalary day is of course meant.

^P^i^w, the word which I have rendered "courses** in Papyrus Harris.

cQr : "one** (impersonal), meaning: to which people are customarily banished.

1657] STELA OF THE BANISHMENT 319

his lord, as a father* talks with his own son: '^ Hail to thee, [maker] of
all [that is], creator of all that exists, father of the gods, fashioner of
goddesses; who equips them in the cities and districts; begetter ^^of
men, and fashioner of women, maker of the life of all men. He is
Khnum, building excellently, [giving] the breath of life; the north wind

. Men live from his provision, who supplies the necessities of

gods and men; the sun by day, the moon by night, sailing the heavens
without ^^easing. Great in fame, he is mightier than Sekhmet, like

fire for him that prays to him ; he is healthy to heal the sick,

when the people look fto himi] •" ^i 'sr ^i.b Thou shalt

hearken to my voice on this day, and thou shalt f relent^ toward the
servants, whom thou hast banished '^to the oasis, and they shall be
brought (back) to Egypt." The great god nodded exceedingly.

Aholishment of Banishment

656. Then he (the High Priest) spake again, saying: ''[O my good
lord], as for any writing which any *" — i makes, in order to bring it, let

it be said ." Then the great god nodded exceedingly. Then

he went '^again to the great god, saying: ''O my good lord, thou shalt
make a great^ decree in thy name, that no people of the land shall be

[banished] to the distant region of the oasis, nor from

this day on." '®Then the great god nodded exceedingly. He spake
again, saying: ''Thou shalt say that it shall be made into a decree
upon a stela in thy *" — \^ abiding and fixed forever."

Thanksgiving to Amon

657. Then the High Priest of Amon, Menkheperre, triumphant,
spake again, saying: " O my good lord, then my *" — "• is ''for^ m3rriads of
times, and the command is for father and mother in every family. My
every word shall please the heart in [thy] presence, I am thy faithful
servant, profitable to thy ka. *®I was a youth in thy dty, I produced
thy provision and thy *" — \ while I was in the womb, when thou didst

*The inversion of the members of the comparison is in the original.

Wery much broken; it is only general praise, and the particular petition
begins with the following.

«Or: "good;" the reading is uncertain.

<lBnigsch read here: "and be set up in thy dties/* but this is no longer visible
on the stone.

320 TWENTY-FIRST DYNASTY: MENKHEPERRE [§658

form (me) in the egg, when thou didst bring me forth ^to the great joy^
of thy people. Grant that I may spend a happy life '*as a follower of
thy ka. There is purity and health wherever thou tarriest. Set my

feet in thy way, and direct me on thy path. Incline my heart ^ '^ to

do — . ''Grant that I may pass a happy ^old age^ in peace, while I am
established, living in thy august house, like every favorite ^ '^ — ."

Slaying of Murderers

658. '^Then the High Priest of Amon, Menkheperre, triumphant,
went to the great god, saying: ''As for any person, of whom they shall

report before thee, saying, *A slayer of living people ^ '^ (is he);'

thou shalt destroy him, thou shalt slay him." Then the great god
nodded exceedingly, exceedingly.

RECORD OF RESTORATION*

659. Menkheperre was the author of works extending
over a wide territory,^ but they axe accompanied only by
his name and titles. A restoration in the temple of Luxor
is, however, recorded as follows :

Restoration of the monument, which the High Priest of Amon-Re,
king of gods, Menkheperre, triumphant, son of the Lord of the Two
Lands, Meriamon-Paynozem I, made, in the house of his father, Amon
of Luxor.

KARNAK GRAFFITO

660. This is a record of an inspection of the Kamak tem-
ples by Menkheperre in the year 40, which must still be of
the reign of Paynozem I, his father.

^Year 40, third month of the third season, day of inspection of the
house of Amon-Re, king of gods, the house of Amen[em]opet (Luxor),

*On a wall in the Luxor temple; Maspero, Monties royaleSf 702.

^See Maspero, ibid.

c Fallen granite pillar, Middle Kingdom portion of Kamak Amon-temple;
Recueil, 22, 53, No. 3 A.

|66il RECORDS ON THE ROYAI- MUMMIES 321

the house of Mut, the house of Khonsu, the house of Ptah, ''South-of-
His-Wall-in-Thebes," the house of Montu, lord of Thebes, and the
house of Mat; by the High Priest of Amon-Re, king of gods, Menkhe-
perre, son of King Paynozem-Meriamon, when command was given
to the fourth prophet of Amon-Re, king of gods, prophet of Montu-Re,
lord of Thebes, chief censer-bearer, Hetamenthenofer (^^/-Kmw-P-
n/r), triumphant, son of the fourth prophet of Amon, prophet of Montu,
k>rd of Thebes, Nesupehememut (Ns-sy-p^ -fir-fi-Mw' t), triumphant.

RECORDS ON THE ROYAL MUMMIES

•

661 . Menkheperre continued the care of the royaJ necrop-
olis, and we find him renewing the wrappings of Seti I in the
seventh year of a king not mentioned, who can only be the
successor of his father, Paynozem I, Amenemopet of Tanis.
It was probably in the interim between the two reigns that
he gained royal privileges and the throne-name Pesibkhenno,
which he never employed in his father's time. We are
unable to determine whether he ever reigned alone or not.

Mummy 0} Seti I

^Year 7, second month of the second season, day 26; day of entomb-
ing Eling Menmare (Seti I), L. P. H.

^Linen, which the High Priest of Amon-Re, Menkheperre, made
for his father, Amon, (in the) year 6.

^Amount of loss is uncertain.

K>n inner wrappings, just under the outside wrappings renewed by the Twenty-
first Dynasty; Mamies royales, 555.

cOn inner wrappings renewed by Twenty-first Dynasty.

fflGH PRIESTHOOD OF PAYNOZEM U

RECORDS ON THE PRIESTLY MUMMIES*

662. The 153 mummies of the priests of Amon, found at
Thebes in 189 1 bore a few inscriptions of historical value.
They show that Menkheperre was succeeded in the high
priesthood by a certain Nesubenebded, who is known from
the Kamak decree to be a son of Menkheperre.^ Nesu-
benebded was early succeeded by another son of Menkhe-
perre named Paynozem, the second of the name, in the high
priesthood of Amon, which he entered upon imder the
Tanite king Amenemopet, probably before that king's
twenty-second year, as the following records show. They
likewise carry his administration at Thebes to the year 10*^ of
Siamon.

663. ^ELing of Upper and Lower Egypt, Usermare - Setepnamon
(Amenemopet). Linen which the High Priest of Amon, Paynozem,
son of Menkheperre, made for his father, Amon, in the year — .

•KLing of Upper and Lower Egypt, Lord of the Two Lands, Meri-
amon -Amenemopet. Linen which the High Priest of Amon, Pay-
nozem, son of Menkheperre, made for his lord, Amon, in the year 32.'

«King of Upper and Lower Egypt, Amenemopet, year 49.

^Linen which the High Priest of Amon, Paynozem, son of Menkhe-
perre, made for his lord, Khonsu, in the year 3.

*On the straps, bandages, and linen; Daressy, Revue archSologiquet 28 (4-7 of
the mirage d part). The numbers used in my notes are those of the mununies.

^Daressy, op. cU., 28 (9, 10, of the tirage d part).

^A graffito at Kamak (Legrain, Recueilj 33, 61, No. 33) gives the year 14 of a
king whose name is lost. It began with Amen, and may therefore be either Amen-
emopet or Siamon, very probably the latter.

<'No. 17. *No. 134.

^Daressy adds (?) to this numeral without indicating how much of it is affected
by the uncertainty.

sLoose piece of linen, detached. ^No. 143.

322

§665] RECORDS ON THE ROYAL MUMMIES 323

^Linen which the High Priest of Amon, Paynozem, son of Menkhe-
perre, made for his mistress, Mut, year 7 of ELing Siamon.

^ Mut, year 8 of King Siamon.

^Linen which the High Priest of Amon-Re, king of gods, Paynozem,
son oi Menkheperre, made for his lord, Amon, in the year 10.

RECORDS ON THE ROYAL MUMMIES

664. These rough notes, hurriedly recorded on the royal
mummies, oflFer graphic testimony to the insecurity of the
times at Thebes.

In Paynozem II's time, though his name is not mentioned
in the records on the coflBins, the bodies of Ramses II and
Ramses I, which had been removed to the tomb of Seti I, as
well as that of Seti I himself, were again transferred and
deposited for safety in the tomb of Queen Inhapi. This was
done in the sixteenth year of the Tanite king Siamon.

Coffin of Ramses II

665. *^Year 16, fourth month of the second season, day 17, day of
bringing King Usermare-Setepnere (Ramses II), the Great God, out
from the tomb of King Menmare-Seti-Memeptah (Seti I), in order to
bring him into the tomb (Jk ' y) of (Queen) Inhapi which is (in) the
'^ Great Place,"® by the hand of the prophet of Amon-Re, king of gods,
Enkhofnamon, son of Beki; the divine father of Amon-Re, king of
gods, third prophet of " Klionsu-in -Thebes-Beautiful-Rest,*'' scribe of
the administration of the house of Amon-Re, king of gods, servant of

*No. 16. Another piece from the Amon-temple bears the same year without
the king's name.

^No. 134. The lost beginning was, of course, like the preceding.

«No. 134.

^On the lid of the coffin; op. cU.^ 558.

®A particular part of the necropolis.

^Nfr hipt which Maspero reads as the man's name; but this phrase is the usual
one after Thebes in Khonsu's title, and the determinative is the divine person in
all three texts. Hence, however long the man's titles, they do not stop here.

324 TWENTY- FIRST DYNASTY: PAYNOZEM U [{666

"The-House-of-King-Usermare-Setepnere (Ramses II)-m-the-House-of-
Amon," chief treasurer of the necropolis, Merithoth; the scribe, and
chief inspector, Nesupekeshuti, son of Beknekhonsu; after Mut, the
guardian goddess of the Great Place, had said:

''That which is in good condition before me, no harm shall befall it^
through my^ bringing them (sic!) out from the tomb in which they rest,
and they shall be taken into the tomb (k ^ y) of (Queen) Inhapi, ¥^ch
is in the ' Great Place,' wherein King Amenhotep rests."

Cofjin of Seti I

666. ^Year i6, fourth month of the second season, day 17, of King
Siamon, the day of bringing ELing Menmare-Seti (I)-Menieptah,
L. P. H., out from his tomb, in order to bring him into the tomb {i'^y)
of Inhapi, which is (in) the "Great Place;" by the hand of, etc

Here follows a list of the same men as on the coffins of
Ramses I and Ramses II {q. v.).

Coffin of Ramses I

667. <fYear 16, fourth month of the second season, day 17^] of
ELing Siamon, [day of bringing ELing Men]pehti[re] (Ramses I) out from
the [tomb of King Menmare]-Seti (II)-Memeptah, ^in order to^ [bring
him into the tomb (k ^ y) of Inhapi, which is in the " Great Place,"
wherein ELing Amenhotep rests; by the hand of the prophet of Amon-
[Re, king of] gods, Enkhofnamon, son of Beki, etc.

Here follows the same list of men as on Seti I's and
Ramses II*s coffins.

RECORD OF PAYNOZEM II'S BURIAL

668. I have included the preceding documents under the
high priesthood of Paynozem II, although he was evidently
lying dead in the hands of the embalmers when they were
written; for three days later he was buried in the rough

•Or: ''their:* t>On the Ud of the coffin; op, cU., PL XU.

cOn the lid of the coffin; op. cU,^ PI. X A; 551.

<lMaspero's restoration (op, cU., 551), giving the first season and the thirteenth
day, must be an inadvertence; the parallel texts have it as above.

§669] STELA OF SHESHONK 325

receptacle excavated in the cliflfs of Der el-Bahri, which had
served as the tomb of Amenhotep I. The place was sealed
up, and the following record was written with the pen on the
doorpost by one of the accompan)dng scribes. The date of
year 16 is the highest which we have from the reign of the
Tanite Siamon.

*'Year 16, fourth month of the second season, day 20, day of the
burial 'of the Osiris, the High Priest of Amon-Re, king of gods, gover-
nor [of the dty]^ and vizier, prince and leader *" — \ Paynozem 3by the
divine father of Amon, overseer of the White House, Zekhonsefonekh;
the divine father of Amon, scribe of the vizier, the inspector, Nesu-

pekeshuti; the ^ — ^ of Amon ; *the divine father of Amon,

Wennofer; the king's-scribe of the Theban necropolis (ys't-m^^ t),
Bek; the chief of workmen, Pediamon.

*^Linen which the High Priest of Amon, Paynozem II [son of]
Menkheperre, made for [his] lord, Khonsu, in the year 9.

STELA OF THE "GREAT CHIEF OF ME," SHESHONK^

669. In this document we gain our first glimpse of the
Libyan ancestors of the great family of the Twenty-second
Dynasty. Sheshonk, the grandfather* of Sheshonk I, the

K>n the left doorpost, at the bottom of the Der el-Bahri shaft; Maspero,
Zeiisckrift fUr dgypiische Sprache, 1882, 134; better, Mamies royales, 523.

K)mitted, either in the publication or by the ancient scribe.

cOn wrappings of the mummy; op, cU,, 572. The same records for years i,
3, and 7 were found on the wrappings.

^A red granite stela, i . 20 by i . 50 m., found by Mariette "southward from the
western entrance gate of the Rum-es-Sultan in Abydos" (Brugsch, Zeitschrifi
far dgypUsche Sprache, 1871, 85 f.). He states that it was left by him in situ,
although Wiedemann (Wiedemann, Aegyptische Gesckichie, 543), places it in the
Boulak Museum ("Salle historique de Test, No. 93"), and seems to have copied it.
Published by Mariette, Abydos, II, 36, 37; Mariette, Catalogue ghUral d'Abydos, No.
1225. The upper portion is wanting, and an unknown amount of the inscrip-
tion is lost. The copy of Mariette b very incomplete and inaccurate; a better
copy was impossible, as the present location of the stone is unknown.

*See the long genealogy on the Serapeum stela, I 787, where the Sheshonk,
with his wife Mehetnusekhet, is unquestionably the Sheshonk of our inscription,
whose wife is also Mehetnusekhet.

326 TWENTY-FIRST DYNASTY: PAYNOZEM U [§670

first king of the Twenty-second D3masty, was a powerful
chief of the Meshwesh* who had achieved place and influ-
ence in Eg)rpt. His great-grandfather, Musen, had gained
control at Heracleopolis (§ 787, No. 2), and five generations
later the family had seized the throne, as the Twenty-second
D)masty. The family retained their old native titles or an
Egyptian rendering of them, but our Sheshonk Was so
thoroughly Eg3rptianized that he buried his deceased son,
Namlot, in Abydos, with all the accompaniments of Egyp-
tian mortuary belief. He later found that the officials in
charge of his son's mortuary endowment had been appro-
priating the income. He went to Thebes, under the juris-
diction of which the crime feU, and from some unnamed
king, who must have been either Amenemopet or Siamon, he
obtained redress. The case, like all other matters of the
kind in this period, was carried before Amon, and the stela,
of which the first lines are lost, begins the middle of an
address to the god by the king. As it continues, the god
renders an oracle condemning the guilty officials to death.
Sheshonk then conveyed his son's statue to Abydos, where
full record of his son's mortuary endowment was entered in
the temple archives, with their value in silver, furnishing
useful data for determining the ancient values of various
property in modern standards.^

670. The decree of Amon in this criminal case is of the
greatest interest, and characteristic of the time. The case
of those banished to the oasis, who are pardoned by the god
at the High Priest Menkheperre's request (§§650-58), is
more or less political, but such is not the character of this
case. A similar case, also imder the high priesthood of

^Abbreviated, as frequently in the inscriptions of this time, to Me.

^The data from our document have never been so emplo3red; see Spiegelberg,
Rechnungen, Text, 87 ff., for the data from the earlier documents.

§673] STELA OF SHESHONK 327

Pa)mozem II, is that of certain temple ofl&cials who were
slain for dishonesty in the temple accounts. Recorded with
it is the remarkable acquittal of a certain major-domo named
Thutmose, the method of whose trial is sufficiently evident
from the following translation, • without further explanation.

Appearance oj Anum

671. ^ 'On this day in the house of Amon-Re, king of

gods, on the sixth day of the month, appeared the august god, 'the lord
of gods, Amon-Re, king of gods; Mut the great, mistress of Ishru; and
"Khonsu-in-3Thebes-Beautiful-Rest;" on the silver pavement of the

house of Amon . The High Priest of Amon-Re, ^king of gods

commander in chief of the army, Paynozem, triimiphant, son of Men-
[kheperjre [triumphant], took counsel of the affairs of ^this land, before
the great god.

Condemnation of the Guilty

In the second month, on the sixth day, — the great god ^ho is far
from injustice, had not (yet) been taken up to Opet at fthe Feast of*)**
Opet in this year. ^Lo^ this great god determined rthat^ which the
scribes, inspectors and administrators had done, who committed
fraudulent acts in Thebes, his city. '^Then the great god condemned
the scribes, "inspectors, and administrators, because of the acts of
'fraud which they had committed.

The Two Writings

672. This great god appeared upon the pavement of silver in the
house of Amon at the morning hour. The High Priest of Amon-Re,
king of gods, Paynozem, triumphant, came '^before this great god.

^This inacriptiony of which only the first part is translated above, was found
on one of the southern pylons at Kamak in Maspero's excavations there in 188 1.
It was published and treated by Naville, Inscriptions kistariques de Pinodjem III
(our Paynozem II), Paris, 1883. See Maspero, Zeiischrift fUr dgyptische Sprache,
1882, 135.

^Naville numbers this line i ; at least one line, containing the date, is lost before
it. In the long inscription below it, oracles of the god in the years 2 (11. 8 and 10),
3 (1. 12), and 5 (1. 13) are recorded; hence this date will not be less than year 5.

^So also Naville; this was not long before the beginning of the Feast of Opet
(see note on Papyrus Harris, I 337).

328 TWENTY-FIRST DYNASTY: PAYNOZEM II [§673

This great god saluted violently. He placed two tablets of writing
before the great god; one writing said: '^^'O Amon-Re, king of gods,
my good lord; it is said that there are matters which should be investi-
gated* in the case of Thutmose, triumphant, son of Sudiamon (Svh
dy-Ymn)j triumphant, the major-domo;" the other writing [said:
'^O Amon-Re, king of gods], my good lord; it is said that there are
no matters which should '^be investigated in the case of Thutmose,
triumphant, the son of Sudiamon, triumphant, the major-domo."
The [High Priest] of Amon-Re, king of gods, Paynozem, triumphant,
repeated before this great god, saying: ^'O '^my good lord, thou shalt

judge , thou prosperest beyond all wonders." [The] great god

saluted violently.

The Acquittal

673. **These two tablets of writing were placed before the [great
god]. The great god took the writing^ which said: "O Amon-Re,
my good lord; ^^t is said that there are no matters [which should] be
investigated in the case of Thutmose, triumphant, son of Sudiamon,
triumphant, the major-domo." The great god **f rejected^ the other
writing which said: ''O Amon-Re, king of gods], my good lord; it is
said that there are matters which should be investigated in the case of
''[Thutmose, triumphant, son of Sudiamon, triumphant, the major-
domo."]

[Then the High Priest of Amon-Re, king of gods, went again] to this
great, great god, to put his two tablets of writing the second time before
the great god. [The great god^] took ''fthe same writing as before^]

. They bore witness, sa3n[ng: "There are no matters which

should be investigated '^[in the case of Thutmose, triumphant, son of
Sudiamon, triumphant, the^] major-domo."*

674. The legal functions assumed by Amon at this period
will be suflSciently illustrated by this and the following ex-

*Lit., **whtch should be sought for wUh Thulmose**

^Lit., ^Uhe one writing**

<: Omitted by the ancient scribe or in the publication.

<'These words hardly fill the lacuna.

"Some 8 lines are here lost; below these follows a long series of legal decisions
by Amon, which lead to the acquittal above recounted.

§677] STELA OF SHESHONK 329

ample. Even the wills and the property conveyances of the
numerous relatives of the high priests are issued as oracles
and decrees of the god. They form a remarkable class of
legal documents by themselves, which will be treated later in
this series.' We can understand, therefore, why the case of
the Libyan chief Sheshonk was brought by the king before
Amon. It is as follows:

Speech to Amon

675. " "*»great chief of chiefs, Sheshonk, triumphant, his*^

son in the glorious place by his father, Osiris, ^that he might^ lay his

beauty ^to resf in the dty of Abydos {Nf-wr), over against . Thou

wilt let him survive to attain old age, while his Qieart* \ Thou

wilt let him join the feasts of his majesty, receiving full victory." This
great god saluted exceedingly.

Amon Condemns the Thieves

676. Then his majesty spake again before this great god: ''O my
good lord, thou shalt slay the ^ — \^ the administrator, the scribe, the
inspector, every one who was sent on any coounission to the field, of those
who stole of his rthingsi from the offering-table of the Osiris, the great
chief of Me, Namlot, triumphant, son of Mehetnusekhet, who is in
Abydos; ^ the people who plundered from his divine offerings, his
people, his cattle, his garden, his every oblation and all hb excellent
things. Thou wilt do according to thy great spirit throughout; fill
them up and fill up Cthe number of^ the women ^and their children.''
The great god saluted exceedingly.

Final Prayer to Amon

677. Hb majesty smelled the earth before him; hb majesty said;
''Make to triumph, Sheshonk, triumphant, the great chief of Me, chief

*In the Tohime devoted to legtd documents.

^In the lost portion of uncertain length preceding this, there was doubtless
some verb of which Sheshonk was the subject and " his son** the object

cThls shows that the Sheshonk of the inscription is the father, not the son, of
Namlot, as Wiedemann concludes (Wiedemann, Aegyfiische GeschicfUe, 543, 544).

^A military officer.

of chiefs, the great ^ — \ and all who are ^before thee\ ^all the troops

." f Said toi] him, Amon-Rc, king of gods: "f— 1 I will do

r — '^ for thee, thou shalt attain old age, abiding on earth; thy heir shall
be upon thy throne forever."

Statue of Namlot Sent to Ahydos

678. His majesty sent the statue of Osiris, the great chief of ^Me,
great chief of chiefs, Namlot, triumphant, northward to Abydos. There

were a great army, in order to protect it, having fnumer-

ousT] ships, without number, and the messengers of the great

chief of Me, in order to deposit* it in the august palace, ^e sanctuary
of the right eye of the sun, in order to make his offerings belonging in
Abydos, according to the stipulations for making his offerings, incense
r 1 in the hall of petition.

Records of Endowment

679. His contract was recorded ^in the hall of writings,^ according
to that which the lord of gods (Amon) had said. A stela was erected
for him of granite of Elephantine,^ bearing the decree — in his name,
in order to deposit it in the divine sanctuary to the end of eternity,
(even) forever. Then was established the offering-table of Osiris, the
great chief of Me, '^Namlot, triumphant, son of Mdietnusekhet, who
is in Abydos.

Peofie of Endowment

680. There were brought the [people] of the — of the great chief of
Me, who came with the statue: a Syrian servant (named) Ikhamon
*■ — \^ "a Syrian (named) Ekptah; ^the price of the first^ was 14 deben
of silver; his majesty gave ^^for the second^ 20 deben of silver; total, 35*
deben of silver, the tale thereof.

•Lit., ** cause U to rw*." *>Temple archives.

cOnly one letter (h) of this word (^hw) with the determinative, is preserved,
but as the stela is of red Elephantine granite, there can be no doubt of the rendering.
Brugsch's ''in der Schrift des Landes Ba[bel]" is pure imagination. The text
has: "of stone of — h — " (foreign determinative). Wiedemann reAds "Ba-«ut"
(adding "so ist auf dem monumente zu lesen*'), and says the material is porphyry
(Wiedemann, AegypHsche GeschichU, 544).

<lThe end of the name is uncertain.

«The first number is doubtless misread by Mariette. These two numbers,
making a total of 35, must be the prices of the two slaves.

|68i] STELA OF SHESHONK 331

Lands of Endowment

681. That which was paid for 50 stat (of land) which are in the
high district south of Abydos, called, ''Etemity-"of-the-Kingdom:"
5» deben of silver.

That which is in c ^^ of the pool which is in Abydos, (viz.,) 50

stat of land; amounting to 5 deben of silver.

Total of dtizen-lands r — ^ two places being: the high district south
of Abydos, and the high dbtrict '^north of Abydos: 100 [stat], amount-
ing to 10 deben of silver.

List of Men

682. His [slave], Fewer, son of — f; his slave, Ebek*> (^-bk); his
slave, Bupenamonkha (Bw-pn-Ymn-f^^^); his slave, Neshenumeh
(N^y'hiW'mh)f his slave. Dene (Dn^); total *^f slaves: 6; amount-
ing (Tat) 3I deben, i kidet of silver rfor each^, to i\^S^ deben \^6 kidet^
of silver.

Children

The child of son of Harsiese, triumphant; amounting to 4}

kidet of silver.

Garden

The garden which is in the high district •" — ** of Abydos, amounting
to 2 deben of silver.

Gardeners

The gardener, Harmose, triumphant, son of Pen — ; '^amounting

to — I kidet of silver; Pene — , triumphant, his — , Hamepe — r — ,
triumphant, [amounting to] 6} kidet of silver.

Men and Women

f — 1 Nesitetat, triumphant, whose mother is Tedimut, the female
slave, Tediese, daughter of Nebethapi; her mother, Ero — ^^ekh;
[the female slave], Tepiramenef^, daughter of Pa3mehsi, triumphant;

^Mariette has 6^ but Brugsch has 5 {Zeilschrift fUr dgypiische S^ache, 1871,
86), which is in agreement with the second 50 stat for 5 deben of silver; 10 stat
( *6f acres) of land were thus worth i deben (1,404 grains) of silver.

bfirugsch: "Ari-bek."

^^Meanmg: " The FuU Trees."

dfirugsch: "north."

332 TWENTYFIRST DYNASTY: PAYNOZEM U [{683
for each one; 5! kidet of sUver being the price of the man;

amounting to 3! deben.*

List of Supplies

683. Honey; [an expenditure amounting to — deben of silver]^
pa3rable to the treasury, for a hin of honey issued from the treasury ''of
Osiris [for the divine offerings of Osiris], the [great] chief [of Me], great
chief [of chiefs, Namlot], son of the [great] chief of [Me, Sheshonk]

. The money therefor has been made payable to the

treasury of Osiris, no more, no less.

684. Incense; '^an expenditure amounting to] 4 deben of silver,
payable to the treasury of Osiris, for 4 kidet of incense, issued from the
treasury of Osiris daily, for the divine offerings of Osiris, the great
chief of Me, Namlot, triumphant, whose mother is Mdietnusekhet,

forever and ever '^from that which is issued from] the incense.

The money therefor is pa3rable to the treasury of Osiris, no more, no less.

685. Myrrh; [an expenditiu*e] amounting to sf kidet of silver,
payable to the treasury of Osiris, for »® — } kidet of [myrrh], issued from
the treasury of Osiris daily, for the censer of Osiris, the great chief of
Me, Namlot, triumphant, whose mother is Mdietnusekhet, forever

and ever; from that which is issued, of the myrrh . The money

therefor has been made payable to the treasury of Osiris, no more,
•'[no less].

686. [Grain] per man per man, an expenditure

amounting to ^3! kidet of silver — with i kidet of silver, payable to
the treasury of Osiris, for this grain of the field^ that is issued daily from

'"[from] the treasury of Osiris and the — of Osiris, for the

altar of Osiris, the great chief of Me, Namlot, triumphant, whose mother

is Mdietnusekhet, forever and ever; from the impost of the of the

cake-baking ^ — \ The money therefor is made payable to the treasury

of Osiris, *^the treasury of the grain of the fidd •" \ (TThc mon^

therefor is pa3rable to the treasury^ of Osiris , no more, no less.

1 am uncertain whether this total is to be connected with the preceding or
the following paragraph. It is similar in form to the beginnings of Uie following
paragraphs. There is evident confusion in the copy, and probably an omission.

^^This is the formula which should introduce this paragraph; but see
note.

cSee 1. 23.

}687] STELA OF SHESHONK 333

Summary

687. Total of the silver of these people, which is payable to the

treasuiy of Osiris '^ 13* men issued from

to the ^ — 3 of Osiris, the. great chief of Me, chief of chiefs, Namlot,
triumphant, son of Sheshonk, triumphant, whose mother is Mdiet-

nusekhet; in order to give »* to Osiris, the great chief of

Me, Namlot, triumphant, son of Mehetnusekhet, who is in Abydos:

Lands 100 stat

Men and women 25

Garden i

Silver 100^ [deben]

Abydos

Tbt number is not certain.

^And probably more, but how much b uncertain*

fflGH PRIESTHOOD OF PESIBKHENNO

RECORDS ON MUMMY-WRAPPINGS

688. We have no records of this High Priest beyond the
usual note on the temple linen used in swathing the bodies
of the Amon priests found in 189 1. These show that he was
a son of Pa)mozem II, and that he was in office at least from
the year 4 to the year 1 2 of a king who must be Pesibkhenno
II, under whose predecessor, Siamon, he must have suc-
ceeded his father, on the latter's death in Siamon's sixteenth
year (§ 668).

^Linen which the High Priest of Amon, Pesibkhenno, son of Pay-
nozem (II), made for his lord, Amon, in the year 4.

Linen which the High Priest of Amon, Pesibkhenno, son of Payno-
zem (H), made for his lord, Amon, in the year 12.

BURIAL OF NESIKHONSU
«
68g. Nesikhonsu, wife of Pa)mozem II, died in the fifth

year of a king, who must be Pesibkhenno II of Tanis. Her
husband's tomb, originally that of Amenhotep I, was opened,
and she was likewise buried there. When the door was
sealed again, one of the scribes recorded the burial on the
doorpost. It contains the names of some of the same offi-
cials who had buried her husband, not less than five years
before.

*Mummy No. 17 of the cache of priests' mummies discovered at Der el-Bahri
in 1891 ; published by Daressy (Reime arctUologique, 28, p. 6 (of the tirage d

pari).

334

{69o] RECORDS ON THE ROYAL MUMMIES 335

Nesikhansu

*'Year $, fourth month of the third season (twelfth month), day 21,
May of the burial of the chief of favorites, Nesikhonsu, ^by the divine
father of Amon, overseer of the White House, Zekhonsef onekh, ^together
within Paynozem, ^the prophet of Amon-Re, king of gods, Enkhofamon

(^n^7-Kifwi); * Nesipai ; ^e divine father of Amon,

the chief treasurer, Nesupekeshuti (Ns-sw-p^ -^^ 'Swty), The seals
which are upon •" — ^ of this place •" — ^i;*^ the seals of the overseer of the
White House, Zekhonsef onekh; the seals of the scribe of the White
House, Nesu .

RECORDS ON THE ROYAL MUMMIES

690. With these two records the history of the royal mum-
mies in ancient times, so far as we know it, closes. The
foodies of Seti I and Ramses II were taken from the tomb of
Queen Inhapi in the tenth year of Pesibkhenno II, and
deposited in the great cache at Der el-Bahri, in the tomb of
Amenhotep I, where Nesikhonsu had been buried five years
earlier. In all probafoility the other royal mummies were
forought to the same place at this time also. The door was
sealed up for the last time, not earlier than the eleventh year
of Sheshonk I (§ 699) ; the shaft leading to it was soon filled
with detritus from the cliffs above, and all knowledge of the
place was lost. Thus the great kings of Egypt at last found
undisturbed rest for three thousand years. Then, some
time in the early seventies of last century, they were discov-
ered by the native tomb-robbers of modem Thebes, the
descendants of those who were prosecuted imder Ramses IX

*At the bottom of the entrance shaft leading to the great cache of royal mum-
mies, on the right door-jamb; it is written in ink in hieratic; ZeUschrift fUr dgypt-
ische Sprache, 1SS2, 134; better, Mamies royaies, 520.

tOr: "son of,"

c^Maspero reads the numeral 40 here, but this seems to me improbable. He
found fragments of these seals among the rubbish around the door, and among
them one with the title "High Priest of Amon" in a cartouche.

336 TWENTY- FIRST DYNASTY: PESIBKHENNO [{691

and X (§§499 ff.) Under pressure of much the same legal
methods as those employed by their ancestors, not forgetting
the bastinade, they finally revealed the place which they had
been plundering, and the ancient rulers of Eg)rpt were, in
1 88 1, again brought to the light of day.*

Coffin of Seii I

691. ^Year 10, fourth month of the second season, day 20, the
day of bringing in the god into his place, in order to cause him to

rest [in] the eternal house of Amenhotep*^ ; by the hand of

the divine father of Amon, overseer of the )^liite House, Zekhons-
efonekh; divine father of Amon, '' — i; divine father of Amon, third
prophet of Khonsu — .

Coffin of Ramses II

692. ^Year 10, fourth month of the second season, day ao, day of
bringing in the god into his place, to cause him to rest in the eternal
house of Amenhotep, the ^ — of Amon^, in life, prosperity, and health;
by the hand of the divine father of Amon, overseer of the White House,
Zekhonsefonekh; the divine father of Amon, third prophet of [Khonsu],^
Efnamon, son of Nesupekeshuti ; the divme father of Amon, Wennofer,
son of Mentem^wesei; the divine father of Amon, — .

K>n the discovery and rescue of the royal mummies, see Maspero, Mamies
royaies, 511, 516.

^On the lid of the coffin; op. cit., 554, and PI. XII.

cThis can hardly be anything else than the tomb of Amenhotep I; on the
construction of the whole place, see Maspero, op, cU., 517, 518.

<iOn the lid of the coffin; op. cU. 559.

«From duplicate; text has /.

THE TWENTY-SECOND DYNASTY

340 TWENTY-SECOND DYNASTY (§694

Takelot II

25* years (+ap)

(Seven yearSyCoregency with Osorkon II)

Shfshonk HI

52** years

Pemou*^

6d " (+x)

Sheshonk IV

37* " "

Total

230 years (+6x)

or deducting 30 years of possible coregencies/ the total
is 200 + 6x years.

694. The d3masty thus reigned not less than 200 years in
round numbers. But it should be noted that between the
twenty-first year of Sheshonk I and the eleventh year of
Takelot II, or a period of 93 years according to the above
table, there ruled seven high priests of Amon. This is giv-
ing about 13 years to each, and would indicate that the table
is within the truth for this period. The second half of
the d)niasty is nearly certain as to length; the period
from the accession of Sheshonk III to that of Pemou
is exactly known, and the uncertainty chiefly concerns
the last two kings, especially Pemou. It should be noted
that from the reign of Osorkon II (probably toward its
end), to the year 37 of Sheshonk IV, there were six
generations of high priests at Heracleopolis (§ 787, Nos.

*{ 755. There is no year 29 of Takelot II as given by Maspero (Empires,
165, note 2); the 3rear 29 belongpBto Sheshonk III, as correctly seen by Maspero
formerly (Idamies royaies, 741).

b| 778.

«This name means "the cat" as is shown by the determinative of a cat in the
case of a private individual (e. g., Ser. stela No. 276, noticed by Lepsius, Zwei^
undrwansigste Dynastie, 290, although transliterated: Pexi)> Hence I give it the
vowels of the Coptic form, rather than perpetuate the impossible forms: Pfmai,
Paymi, Pimi, etc.

<i| 698, No. 24; not quite certain

'§ 791-

*Petrie, History, III, 227.

1696] RECORDS OF NILE-LEVELS AT KARNAK 341

11-16), who thus correspond to four generations of kings.
The reigns of Pemou and Sheshonk IV, especially the
former, may thus have been much longer, notwithstanding
the long reign of Sheshonk III. The descent from father
to son is certain from the beginning, only down to and
including Takelot II.

The omission in the publication of all indication of the
relative positions of the following records on the wall, pre-
cludes some of the important conclusions which might other-
wise be drawn from them :

Rmgn of Sheshonk I

695. I. (3) The Nile. Year $ of King Sheshonk I.»

2. (i) The ^ile. Year 6 of King Sheshonk I.»

Reign of Osorkon I

3. (2) The Nile. Year 12 of King Osorkon I.

Reign of Takelot I

4. The Nile. Year 6 of King Takelot I; his mother, Tentsey
(Tnt-s^ y).

Reign of Osorkon II

696. 5. The NUe. Year 3^ of King Osorkon 11; hb mother, the
Great King's-Wife (cartouche).

6. The Nile. Year 5 of King Osorkon 11; his mother, Great King's-
Wife, Keromem (Mr-Mw-t-K^-m^m^ sic!).

7. Same, year 6.

8. The Nile. Year i2<^ of King Osorkon II.

9. The Nile. Year 12 (sicl)*^ of King Osorkon II.

10. The Nile. Year fii]3 of King Osorkon II.

11. The Nile. Year 20 of King Osorkon II.

•This name is out of place as published, as it follows Osorkon I; it may also
be Takelot II, who would also be out of place.

*>This is the year of the high water recorded at Luxor (|| 742-744); it was
6a cm. deep on the temple pavement at Luxor.

cAt di£ferent levels.

342 TWENTY-SECOND DYNASTY [{697

697. 12. The Nile. Year 22 of King Osorkon II.

13. The Nile. Year 28 of King Osorkon II, the god, ruler of
Thebes; which k the year 5 ^of his^» son Takelot (II), the god, ruler
of Thebes, living forever.

14. The Nile. Year 29 of King Osorkon II.

15. [The Nile. Year 30 {+x) of King] Osorkon U>

Reign of Sheshonk III

6q8. 16. (23) The Nile. Year 6 of King Usermare-Setepnamon,
Son of Re, Meriamon-Sheshonk (III). Time of the High Priest of
Amon-Re, king of gods, Harsiese.^

17. (22) The Nile. Year 39 of King Sheshonk III. Time of the
High Priest of Amon-Re, king of gods, Osorkon.

Reign of Pemou?

18. (24) The Nile. Year 12,*^ which is year 6 of King Usermare-

^Reading the n as a genitive and the / as a possessive. It can hardly be doubted
that Takelot II was the son of Osorkon II. The ephemeral reig^ of Osorkon II's
son Sheshonk (II) was thus a coregency with the father, folbwed, on Sheshonk
II's death, by a second coregency of the father (Osorkon II) and the deceased
Sheshonk II's brother, Takebt II, which perhaps lasted at least 7 years
(No. 15).

^'The traces that remain make the name of Osorkon II certain. The year
18, of course, not less than 30, if Legrain's arrangement be correct.

cWe know that Takelot II's son, Osorkon, was High Priest of Amon in the
years 11, 12, and 15 of Takelot II, and 22, 26, 28, 29, and 39 of Sheshonk III
(II 756 f!.). Hence the High Priest Harsiese must have displaced Osorkon for a
time, as explained below ({ 758). The occurrence of a Harsiese in the sixth year
of Pemou (No. 24) is uncertain. If accepted, it must either be another Harsiese,
or his term was interrupted at least from the year 22 to the year 39 of Sheshonk
III.

dXhis cannot be a year of Sheshonk HI, as it would involve a coregency with
Pemou of some 46 years; nor can it be year 12 of the High Priest Harsiese, if he be
the same as the Harsiese of Sheshonk Ill's sixth year (No. 22). Hence I am
inclined to doubt the reading of ELarsiese here which Legrain himself questions.
If, however, we accept it, then there must be another king between Shesiionk III
and Pemou — the Sheshonk with the new prenomen, of No. 25 ? This would not
increase the length of the dynasty, as we know from the Apis stela (I 778) that there
were 26 years from the twenty-eighth year of Sheshonk III to the second year of
Pemou. Thus, according to No. 25, the new Sheshonk would have reigned at
least 6 years, and the Sheshonk III not more than 46 years (the highest recorded
date of Sheshonk III is year 39, { 777); or if No. 24 belongs to the new Sheshonk,
he reigned at least 12 years, and Sheshonk III not more than 40 years

1 698] RECORDS OF NILE-LEVEI^ AT KARNAK 343

Setq)namon, Meriamon-Siese-^Pemou^^ High Priest of Amon-Re,
king of gods, Tlarsiesei.

Reign of Sheshonk IV f

19. (25) The Nile. Year 6 of King Usermare-Meriamon, Son
of Re, Meriamon-Sheshonk (TVi).^ Time of the High Priest of
Amon, Takelot.

^Legrain Is not certain of this name; the prenomen agrees, but unfortunately
coincides with one form (No. 2a) of Sheshonk Ill's prenomen. If Harsiese were
certain, Wreszinski's remark {Die Hohenfriesler des Amon, p. 35, note) would
prove the king to be Pemou.

^If this name be considered a variant of Sheshonk III, we then have two Niles
of the year 6, of very different levels, with two di£ferent high priests 1 We are there-
fore certainly dealing with a Sheshonk to be distinguished from Sheshonk III.
His name differs greatly from that of Sheshonk IV.

REIGN OF SHESHONK I

RECORDS ON MUMMY-BANDAGES OF ZEPTAHEFONEKH*

699. The Der el-Bahri cache of royal mummies was
opened for the last time, in so far as we know, not earlier
than the year 11 of Sheshonk I, to insert the body of the
^^ third prophet of Amon, chief of a district (^ ^ -n-/fe ^ A**),
king^s-son of Ramses, Zeptahefofiekhy The dedications on
the temple linen, used for his bandages, are of unportance,
as they show that Sheshonk I was in control at Thebes in his
fifth year, when he had already installed his son Yewepet as
High Priest of Amon, thus at last interrupting the heredi-
tary succession to that ofl5ce, and securing the control of the
priestly principality of Thebes for his own family.

700. Fine linen which the King of Upper and Lower Eg3rpt9 Lord
of the Two Lands, Kheperhezre-Setepnere; Son of Re, Lord of Diadems,
Meriamon - Sheshonk I, made for his father, Amon, year 10. Fine
linen which the High Priest of Amon-Re, commander in chief of the
army, Yewepet, triumphant, king's-son of the Lord of the Two Lands,

Sheshonk (I), made for his father, Amon, year 10.

Another bandage has the same inscription of year 1 1 and
a third of the year 5.*"

BUILDING INSCRIPTION^

701 . The great temple at Kamak had received no essen-
tial additions since the close of the Nineteenth Dynasty, the
Ramessids of the Twentieth, and the priests of the Twenty-

•Maspero, Mamies royaleSf 573.
^Doubtless miscopied in the publication.

cThe name of the High Priest is lost; but as it was introduced by exactly the
same formula, it is undoubtedly also to be attributed to Yewepet.

<lCut in the walls of the sandstone quarry at Silsileh; published by ChampoUion,

344

1 702] BUILDING INSCRIPTION 345

first Dynasty having given their attention to the temple of
Ehonsu. Sheshonk I, when he had ruled twenty years and
firmly established his dynasty, determined to adorn the Kar-
nak temple with a worthy memorial of his family. He
therefore built a triumphal gate between the small Amcm-
temple of Ramses III and the then front of the Kamak
temple, the present second pylon. It formed a westward
extension of the south wall of the great h3rpostyle hall, and it
covered up historical reliefs of Ramses II on the west end of
that wall, as well as on the south end of the second pylon,
which are stiU covered. This gate, commonly called the
Bubastite gate, bears the records of the Bubastite family in
Thebes. It inunediately received the triumphal relief com-
memorating Sheshonk I's campaign in Palestine (§§ 709 ff.),
and the high -priestly sons of the dynasty recorded their
temple annals upon it. The designation of Sheshonk I's
projected building in the Silsileh inscription (§ 707) is such
as to show clearly that he planned also the entire first court
at Kamak, including the first pylon before it. •

702 . The priestly chief of works, Haremsaf , whom She-
shonk dispatched to Silsileh to procure the stone for the new
gate, left in the quarry a stela recording his work there, and
its purpose. While the king is credited with the initiation of
the enterprise, his son Yewepet, High Priest of Amon, is
given almost as prominent a place on the stela as the king
himself; while his titles increase the impression that he
enjoyed the power of a semi-independent ruler of Upper
Egypt At the top is the king led by Mut into the presence

Monuments, 11, 122 his; Lepsius, Denkmdler, III, 254, c, and partially Brugsch,
Thesaurus, VI, 1242. I had also a collation of the Berlin squeeze, by Mr. Alan
Gardiner, which he kindly placed at my disposal. From this I published the
building portion ({ 706) of the inscription, in the American Journal of Semiiic
Languages and Literatures, XXI, 24.

*See my remarks, ibid., 25.

346 TWENTY-SECOND DYNASTY: SHESHONK I [§703

of Amon, Harakhte, and Ptah. Behind the king, his son,
the High Priest of Amon, Yewepet, represented with the
same stature as the king, offers incense. His titles in the
side columns occupy as much room as those of his father.
Below the relief is an inscription (§§ 703-5) attributing the
opening of this part* of the quarry to the king, and again in
the same words to Yewepet. Below all, Haremsaf has had
his own kneeling figure depicted, before which is an inscrip-
tion (§§ 706-8) recording his commission and its execution.

Royal TUulary

703. 'Favorite of the Two Goddesses: Shining-in-the-Double-
Crown-like-Horus-Son-of-Isis, Satisfying-the-Gods-with-Truth; Golden
Horns; Mighty-in -Strength, Smiting-the-Nine-Bows, Great-in-\^ctory;
Good God, Re in his form, shape of the likeness of Harakhte, whom
Amon placed upon his throne, to establish that which he had begun,
to set in order* Egypt anew; 'the king of Upper and Lower Egypt,
Kheperhezre-Setepnere.

Sheshonk /, Opener of the Quarry

704. 3He made the opening of the quarry anew, as a b^inning of
the work, which the Son of Re, Meriamon-Sheshonk (I) made; who
makes moniunents for his father Amon-Re, lord of Thebes; that he
may celebrate the jubUees of Re, and (pass) ^the years of Atum, living
forever. ''O my good lord, mayest thou cause those who come during
myriads of years, to say: 'Excellent is that which has been done for
Amon ! ' Mayest thou bear witness that I have reigned a great reign.'^

Yewepet^ Opener of the Quarry

705. He made the opening of the quarry anew, as a beginning of
the work, ^which the High Priest of Amon-Re, king of gods, commander
in chief of the army, Yewepet (Yw-w^-p-ty), triumphant, who is leader
of the great army of the whole South, the royal son of the Lord of the
Two Lands, Meriamon-Sheshonk (I), made for his lord, for Amon-Re,
king of gods; that he may obtain life, prosperity, health, long life.

'The part in which the stela is.

l7o8] BUILDING INSCRIPTION 347

might, victory, and advanced old age* in Thebes, ''O my good lord,
mayest thou cause those who come dining m3niads of years, to say:
'Excellent is that which has been done for Amon!' Mayest thou
bear witness that I have done a great deed."

Dispatch of Haremsaf

706. "Year 21, second month of the third season, .^ On this

day his majesty was in the house of Isis (named): "The-Great-Ka-of-
Harakhte." 'His majesty commanded that command be ^given to
the divine father of Amon-Re, king of gods, master of ^secret things^
4of the house of Harakhte, chief of works of the Lord of the Two Lands,

Haremsaf {ffr-m-s ^'/), ^triumphant, to conduct every work r ^1 ^e

choicest — of Silsileh, to make very great moniunents for the house of
his august father, ^Amon-Re, lord of Thebes.

Plans for Bubastite Gale

707. His majesty gave stipulations for ^building a very great pylon®
of ^ — \ in order to brighten Thebes; •erecting its double doors of
myriads of cubits (in height), in order to make a jubilee-coiut^ '^or
the house of his father, Amon-Re, king of gods; and to surround it
with a colonnade.

Return of Haremsaf

708. "There returned in safety to the Southern City (Thebes), to

the place where his majesty was, the divine father of Amon-Re, "king

of gods, master of ^secret things' of the house of Harakhte, chief of works

in "House-of-Kheperhezre-Setepnere-in-Thebes,"« '^great in the love

of his lord, the king, Haremsaf, '^triumphant. He said: ''All that

thou didst say has come to pass, O '^my good lord; none sleeping at

night, nor slumbering by day, but building the eternal work without

'^ceasing."

Reward of Haremsaf

The favors of the king's-presence were given him, his reward was
things of '^silver and gold ^

•Not '' (as) a great chief;'' see Recueil, 15, 84, 1. 6.
^Not a lacuna; the day has been omitted by the scribe.
^Written as a clearly made representation of a pylon.

exhe name of the great Kamak temple under Sheshonk I.
'The conclusion of fifteen words is unintelligible.

348 TWENTY-SECOND DYNASTY: SHESHONK I [{709

GREAT KARNAK RELIEF*

709. The campaign of Sheshonk in Palestine in the fifth
year of Rehoboam of Judah (i Kings 14:25), probably
about 926 B. C, must have taken place in the latter half of
the reign of the founder of the new dynasty. He possessed
no monument in Thebes, upon which he might record the
achievement until his twenty-first year (about 924 B. C),
when he built the Bubastite gate in the Karnak temple and
the first court to which it leads (§§ 701-8). Its wall then
received a victorious relief of the conventional character,
the inscriptions in which are made up of stereotjrped phrases
drawn from earlier monuments of the same kind, which are,
therefore, too vague, general, and indecisive to furnish any
solid basis for a study of Sheshonk's campaign. Had we not
the brief reference in the Old Testament to his sack of
Jerusalem, we should hardly have been able to surmise that
the relief was the memorial of a specific campaign. How-
ever, as it is the only monumental record of the campaign^
which we possess, it has been given in full below.

*On the outside of the south wall of the great Karnak temple, between the
Bubastite gate and the south wall of the hypostyle, adjoining the reliefs of Ramses
II. It is published by Champollion, MonumerUs, 284, 285; Rosellini, Monumenti
Storici, 148; Lepsius, Denkmdler^ III, 252, 253, a; Mariette, Voyage dans la hauU
EgypUj II, 43. Besides these, the list alone has been published: Bnigsch, Geo-
graphische Inschriften, II, XXIV; Champollion, Notices descHpUves, II, 1 13-19;
and a collation by Maspero, Recueil, VII, 100, loi. I had also several photographs.
The list is rapidly perishing; four names in the seventh row (Nos. 105-8) long ago
fell out and are in Berlin; No. 27, Megiddo, has either fallen out or been removed;
many names once legible are no longer so. And yet this priceless monument has
never been exhaustively copied and published, in such a manner as a classical
monument of its character would be. The best of the publications (apart from
Mariette's photograph in Voyage) is Lepsius\

^There are two other monumental references to the campaign, (i) the record
of Syrian tribute at Karnak ({{ 723, 724); (2) the title attached to the name of an
official of the time: **[}oUow}er of the king on his campaigns in the countries of
Retenu" (fragment of coffin from the Ramesseum; Petrie, Ramessettm, PI. XXX a.
No. i; Miiller, Orientalistische LUieraturteUung^ IV, 280-82). There is some
question as to the date of the second reference; nor is it the only reference to the
Asiatic war of this period, as stated by MUUer {ibid,, 281).

i7ii] GREAT KARNAK R£LI£F 349

710. Fortunately for us, the relief is accompanied by a
list of the towns and localities plundered by Sheshonk, and
as this list is our sole source for determining the limits of his
campaign, we must briefly note the extent of territory which
it involves. It enables us to control the statement of Amon
in the relief (§ 722, 1. 19), crediting Sheshonk with having
captured Mitanni. No towns so far north can be found on
the list. The reference to Mitanni is unquestionably drawn
from older inscriptions, and the Egyptian scribes of this
period probably knew little more of the vanished Euphrates
kingdom than the authors of the Bentresh stela (lU,
§§ 429 ff.), a little later, knew of the same distant region.

711. The list* is introduced as usual by the Nine Bows,
and the names which follow are unquestionably arranged in
two main groups: first, the towns of Israel, and second,
those of Judah. The main line of cleavage is probably
somewhere between Nos. 50 and 60 or 65, but that this line
is exclusive, or that the groups themselves are exclusive, is
by no means certain. Roughly stated, the list devoted
between fifty and sixty names to Israel, and about a hundred
to Judah. Of the total of seventy-five or so that are pre-
served, only seventeen can be located with certainty, and two
more with probability.^ Fourteen of these belong to Israel;
they are mostly important towns; while the remaining five
in Judah are, with one exception, obscure villages. This
may be an accident of preservation. The southernmost
town captured is Arad, in southern Judah, and the northern-
most is possibly Beth Anath, in northern Galilee, which,
with Adamah, west of the Sea of Galilee, would stand alone,
well north of the group of towns in the Kishon valley, which

^On its arrangement and extent, see the description of the relief ({ 718).
^Of these nineteen, sixteen are found in the Old Testament.

3SO TWENTY-SECOND DYNASTY: SHESHONK I [§712

are more likely to mark the limit of Sheshonk's northern
advance.

712 . Let us now notice the names in the list which may be
identified and located.* Leaving the Nine Bows, which
introduce the list, the following three names (10-12)^ are
mutilated and unrecognizable, the list then proceeds with
towns of Israel in the Kishon valley and vicinity: No. 13,
Rabbith (Rw-b ^ -ty = rr^n) ; No. 14, Taanach (T ^ - ^ -n-k- ""
= T|3yn); No. IS, Shunem (i^-n-w-^= DJsnD);^ No. 16,
Bethshean (B ^ -ty- P -n-r- ^ ^ ]»orr^) ;^ No. 17, Rchob
(Rw'h^'b^'^=^:i'rr\);^ No. 18, Hapharaim (h^'^-rW'
w- ^ = DT^BH) ; ^ No. 22, Machanaim (M-h ^ -n-m = U'VTO);^
No. 23, Gibeon (k-b^ -" -n^-^pDa)^ No. 24, Beth-

^A nmnber of important names in the list had ahready been identified by Cham-
pollion; many are due to Brugsch (Geographische Inschriften, II, 56-71); a study
by Maspero ZeUschHft fOr dgypUsche Sprache, x88o, 44 ff.)» a useful treatment
by Miiller (Asien und Europa, 166-72), and another fuller essay by Maspero, in
Transactions of the Victoria Institute^ 27, 63-122, followed by a discussion by
Conder, 123-30). The following mmibers all refer to Lepsius, Denkmdler; Cham-
poUion, Notices descriptives, has inserted a lost oval between 41 and 45, omitted
two between 48 and 51, omitted one between 59 and 61, and misplaced 65 behind
68. The second and last of these errors were noted by Maspero in collating the
original {Recueil, VII, 100), but his study {Zeitschrift /Or dgyptische Sprache,
1880, 44 ff.) emplo3rs the hopelessly confused numbering of Champollion, Notices
descriptives, which makes it difficult to follow. Much could still be done with the
list by a thorough Semitist. I have treated only those names calculated to elucidate
the list as a whole, or those which can be geographically placed. The customary
juggling with Semitic roots, taken from a Hebrew dictionary, may be made to fill
many pages, but is, historically, totally valueless.

t'The identification of two of them, as Gaza and Megiddo, is a guess; the
occurrence of Megiddo later (27) shows that we cannot look f<^ it here.

cThese three all in Issachar.

<iManasseh; n-r^n, as commonly.

^Probably not Rehob by the Sea of Galilee; see MQller, Asien und Europa, 153.

'Issachar. No. 19, •-<i-fw-m»-m, that is, D^ITK, is perhaps D^iTJJ,
Adaroim in Judah. We should then necessarily conclude that the list has mixed
the towns of the two kingdoms. No. 20 is lost, and No. ai (.$ > -w > -tf) is unknown.

sEast of Jordan, Gad.

^Benjamin.

I7i3l GREAT KARNAK RELIEF 351

horon (B ^ -ty-h-w ^ -rw-n » 'j'nn t\'%) ;• No. 26, Ajalon
(^-vu;-ni;-n=l'lb|»«);^ No. 27, Megiddo (Jf-ife-rf-jw-'l^M).^
713* Next follows the much-discussed Yw-dr-hrmrfw-k or
1|banT (No. 29), which is, of course, not to be rendered
" the king or kingdom of Judah.'' ^ With No. 32," " -r ^ -n ^
■py , we are again in the vicinity of southern Carmel ; for
this place is the Anma, passed by Thutmose III on his march
to Megiddo (II, 425). No. 34/ d ^ -d-p't-t-rw, b«-nB"n
or briBTS , was probably a city of central Palestine,' while
the next recognizable name,** No. 38, S ^ -yw-k ^, is phonet-
ically exactly equivalent to Socoh (TDtD),* and it would
carry us into Judah.

*Ephraim; No. 25, jb > -d-i-m, is unknown.

^Dan, but in Israel.

cissachar (though held by Manasseh). No. 28, ' -d-rw « Tltt (or b*1K)
phonetically exactly with "l"^ in Judah (Josh. 15:3; Numb. 34:4), but,
again we should have a long leap from Israel into Judah; and Addar is well repro-
duced in No. 100, certainly in Judah.

dXhe impossibility of this rendering was long ago shown by Brugsch (Geo-
graphische Inschriften, II, 63» 63). He also proposed rendering h as the article;
so also MilUer {Asien und Europa, 167; Proceedings of the Society of Biblical
ArcfuBology, X, 81), who proposed "Hand of the King." The difficulty is that
this involves the transliteration of the Semitic article by the Egyptian scribe,
whereas in the lists regularly, and in this list everywhere, the article is translated
(see Nos. 71, 77, 87, 90, 92, 94, etc.). The location of the place is unknown.

«No. 30 is lost; and No. 31, ^ » -y ' -n-m, DSTI or D3Kn , is unknown.

'No. $$, B 5 -rwm ^ -m, WP^ , is unknown.

sit is not known from the Old Testament, but it is mentioned in Papyrus
Anastasi, I, 22, 5, where it appears to be between northern Israel and Benjamin
(see MiiUer, Asien und Europa, 167).

**No. 35 is too broken for use; No. 36, 5 ' 4y4 » -rw-m » m (m ' m^m in this
list), or DblCS|*n'^3, "House of the furrow," is unknown. In the collation (Recueil,
VII, 100, No. 36), the ty has been overlooked, but it is perfectly clear on the
photograph. Hence the long paragraph on the word (Transactions of the Victoria
Institute, 27, 102, 103) falls away. No 37, K^-k^ -ruf-y, perhaps a *Vp3 (with p in
the middle for 3 ?), is unknown.

i There are two cities of this name in Judah, one in the valley of Elah toward
the Shephelah, and the other in the highlands southwest of Hebron. See the
objectioDS of Miiller {Asien und Europa, 161).

352 TWENTY-SECOND DYNASTY: SHESHONK [§714

714. The entire next row (40-52) is lost,* except the first
name, which began with an Abel, "meadow;" and the next
row (53-65) is in little better condition. It contains three
familiar names, No. 56, ^-d-m- ^ or SOTS, perhaps Edom ;^ and
No. 57, d^-rw-fn^fn (readw?) or D'H^is;, "Rocks," which,
however, are of slight geographical value; and No. 59,
Y-rW'd^'^, Yeraza'' of the Annals (II, 326, 1. 12), in north-
western Judah.

715. Nos. 65, 66, P ^ - " -mk ^ ^ -y ^ ^ V "The* Val-
ley of Sry, or »sy ," form the first example of a long series
of compound names (each occupying two rings), of which
the first member is a well-known Semitic word, like HbM,
"Stream" (73 and 75), 333, "South -country" (84, 90,
92), and bpn, "Field" (68, 71, 77, 87, 94, 96, loi, 107).
But, unfortunately, these names, while often capable of trans-
lation, cannot be geographically located. The most interest-
ing is (Nos. 71, 72) P^^'hw-k'rW'^'^'b^'r^'tnj or bpn*

^A few fragments in Maspero's collation.

^But names of countries do not appear in this list. There was an np*p| in
Naphtali, and MOller proposes ''Edumia-Ddme'* in eastern Ephraim (MUller,
Asien und Europa^ 168).

cSee MlUler, Asien und Eyropa, 152, note i.

<lThere is no m at the end according to Maspero's collation (Recueil, VLl, loo,
No. 63, confirmed by photograph) ; hence there was no basis for the identification
with ]y03fg m Judah (MttUer, Asien und Europa, 168). Why it is still read
with m by Maspero (Transactions of the Victoria Institute, 27, 108, 109) in 1892, I
do not know.

«P > is the Egyptian article.

'Even if this word be Aramaic, it would not militate against the identification
of the second part of the name with Abram. But its frequent occurrence in this
list, quite justifies Bondi's conclusion that, although not found in the Old Testa-
ment, ?pn is an old Canaanite word. The strange ending ' in which MUller
would see the Aramaic status emphaticus, is of no significance here, for it is added
to many names in the list, which we know existed in Palestine many centuries
before the Aramaizing of the Palestinian dialects began. It is not unlikely that
it is a feminine ending (for the undoubted feminine termination T\ exists in the list
only in those words in which is is still preserved in Hebrew. The T\ elsewhere
was therefore lost between the time of lliutmose III and Sheshonk I). That the

I7i6] GREAT KARNAK RELIEF 353

DHSR,* which can be nothing else than *^The Field
0} Abramy^ That the name of the traditional ances-
tor of the Hebrews should be found among the towns of
southern Palestine, while of great interest, is not remarkable.
We already have the name of Jacob in the lists of Thutmose
in, and probably also that of Joseph. We might, therefore,
expect to find the name of Abram, especially at this time,
when we know that the traditions of their ancestors were
especially cherished and daily current among the Hebrews,
and were beginning at last to take permanent form. But
the narratives of Genesis are all later than this list of She-
shonk; hence this is the earliest mention of Abram's name
in an historical document — ^his first appearance in history.

716. The remainder of the list, as we have stated, offers
very little which can be geographically determined. No.
100, ^ -drf ^ - ^, *" is doubtless "WK in Judah, while of two

ending ' is a feminine ending in this list is indicated by the fact that this very word

Vpn , while four times written with the ending ', is once written with no ending,
and once with t and the land-determinative. Such a / was at this time, exactly
as in modem Aralnc, not pronounced, but indicated merely the vowel A or I, the
connection between the lost feminine / and the word to which it belonged. Finally

it should be noticed that the plural of the word in this list is D?pn (107), which I
need hardly state is a Hebrew and not an Aramaic pluraL While masculine, it

may still belong to a feminine noun like n3v , pi., D*^t9 .

*This word is explained by Maspero (Transactions of the Victoria Institute^
27, 83) as a plural of ^V$, which he gives as "D^P3^." This equivalence is
phonetically perfect, but nevertheless impossible. This plural is given its
vowel-points as if it were an existent form, but the plural of b^^, "meadow,"
does not occur. The word is used in Hebrew only as the first member of an
annexion in geographical names, e. g., DTQ*^ ^9^i and never occurs in any
other combination. This is also its use in aU of the other names in which it
occurs in our list. Moreover, if this were not so, we must demand for the second
number some specific term, name, or epithet.

^*Oii showing this identification to Erman, he looked up his own studies on
this list, and to his own surprise he found in his manuscript that he had made the
same identification in 1888. It was also made independently by Schaefer.

<: Repeated in No. 1x7.

354 TWENTY-SECOND DYNASTY: SHESHONK I [§717

Arads (Nos. 108, no, ^ ^-rw-rf-^), one must be TV in
the desert of Judah. No. 124 is possibly to be emended to
Beth Anoth,* and No. 125 is probably Sharuhen of southern
Judah. ^ We look in vain for Jerusalem, which (according
to I Kings 14:25) was also plundered by Sheshonk. It
must have been lost in one of the lacunae.

Professor Sayce has kindly sent me the following note on
the list:

*'In the newly recovered portion of the list, Legrain has
discovered the name of Jordan (Yw-r-d-n) , and sSterRaphia
and L-b-a-n we have ^^-p-rw-n, •J"ffl"^'9 (see Gen. 21:19,
21), and finally H-^^m (as in the list of Thothmes HI)."
He doubtless refers to readings in the bottom lines, which
are not yet published.

717- The historical conclusions to be drawn from the
peculiarities in the language and writing of the list seem to
me to have been misunderstood. The alleged Aramaisms
are very doubtful; but even if they be admitted, their
use by the hierogl)rphic scribe is so utterly opposed to the
usage of Aramaic that they would prove only the personal
peculiarity of an Egyptian scribe, slightly acquainted with
Aramaic, and absolutely nothing as to the pronunciation of
the name of a given town current in Palestine. The con-
clusion that this list shows that Aramaic had already become
the leading language of Syria, therefore, seems to me, to be
without basis.

^BethAnath (Josh. 19:38; Judg. 1:33) is in Naphtali; we may equally well
read, with MUUer, BethAnoth (Josh. 15:59)1 which was in Judah (modem B£t-
« AnOn ?).

^No. 118, P > -* » -y- >, should be compared with the land B > which Schaefer
tells me occurs on Set! I's stela at Tell-esh-Shehab in the Hauran. From the
squeeze he read: **MiU, mistress of B^ (nb ' t-B ^ with b > -bird and hill-country)."
If BethAnath of Napthali occurs in the second half of the Ibt, a place in the Hauran
might also be there.

§719] GREAT KARNAK RELIEF 355

The arrangement and content of the famous relief
and its inscriptions will be found in the following descrip-
tion.

Scene

718. The king* on the right gathers in his left hand the
hair of a group of kneeling Asiatics, who raise their hands
appealing for mercy, as he brandishes his war-mace over
their heads. On the left, Amon approaches, extending to
the Pharaoh a sword, and leading to him by cords five lines
of sixty-five captives. Below these are five lines more, con-
taining ninety-one captives, led by the presiding goddess of
Thebes. There are thus one hundred and fifty-six captives,
each symbolizing a Palestinian town, the name of which is
inclosed in a crenelated oval, above which appear the
shoulders and head of the captive in each case.^ Of these
names, the fourth and tenth rows have almost entirely per-
ished, involving the loss of thirty-one names; while twelve
more, in diflFerent places, have also disappeared. Omitting
badly mutilated examples, allowing for at least fifteen names
which occupy two ovals each, and eliminating the Nine
Bows, some seventy-five names of ancient Palestinian cities
have here survived.

7x9. The accompan)ring inscriptions are the following:

Over the Kneeling Captives

Smiting the chiefs of the Nubian Troglodytes, of all inaccessible
countries, all the lands of the Fenkhu, the countries .

*This figure has now totally disappeared, as it evidently was only painted and
never hewn in relief. From similar scenes we are able to restore the conventional
figure of the Pharaoh, as above described.

^Compare the similar lists of earlier times; Thutmose III (II, 402, 403);
Seti I (III, 113, 114); Ramses III (IV, 130, 131).

356 TWENTY-SECOND DYNASTY: SHESHONK I [§7,0

Before the King

Sheshonk I,* king, great in fame, smiting the countries that assafl
him, achieving with his sword, that the Two Lands may know that he
has smitten the chiefs of all countries.

WUh Amon

720. * Welcome! my beloved son, Sheshonk,^ mighty in

strength. Thou hast smitten the lands and the coimtries, 'thou hast
crushed the Nubian Troglodytes, [thy] sword was mighty among the
Asiatics; they were made fragments every moment. Thy victorious
fame — all lands. ^Thou wentest forth in victory, and thou hast returned
in might; ^thou hast unitedi^ — ; I have '' — "^ for thee the countries
that knew not Egypt, that had begun to invade [thy] boundaries, in
order to cut of! their heads. '^Victory is given into thy hands, all lands

and all countries are united , the fear of thee is as far as the four

pillars [of heaven], the terror^ of thy majesty is among the Nine Bows:
thou hast ^ — ^1 the hearts of the countries. Thou art Horns over the
Two Lands, ^thou art r — '^ against thy enemies, when thou hast smitt^i
the foe. Take thou my victorious sword,^ thou whose war-mace has
smitten the chiefs of the coimtries.

721. ^Utterance of Amon-Re « ^"My heart is very glad,

when I see thy victories, ^"my son, Meriamon-Sheshonk, my beloved,
who camest forth from me, in order to be my champion. I have seen the
excellence of thy plans; which thou hast executed, the — of my temple,
which thou hast established [for] me, in Thebes, the great seat to which
my heart [inclines]. "Thou hast begun to make monuments in South-
em Heliopolis, Northern Heliopolis, and every dty thereof for

the Tsolei god of its district. Thou hast made my temple of millions

•Threefold titulary.

^>Some epithets omitted in translation.

<^Sm -> f Or: "thou hast exphred** (wb > 0-

<iThe p before the s, given by Lepsius, is probably an accidental fracture or
chisel mark (photograph); but it may be the ws^vesaid, although ws^ "extended,
enlarged^** does not fit tho context.

«iVAm, " battle-cry r*

'Referring, of course, to the sword which he is represented as extending to the
king.

sTitles of the god.

§723] PRESENTATION OF TRIBUTE 357

of years, of electnun, wherein I — . '^Thy heart b satisfied over

I ^1 . Thou hast — "*more than any king of them all.

Thou hast smitten every land, my mighty sword was the source of the

victories which I have given all the Asiatics ^^{MfUyw^tf).

Thy fire raged as a flame behind them, it fought against every land,
which thou didst gather together, which thy majesty gave to it, (being)
Montu '^e mighty ovendielming his enemies. Thy war-mace, it
struck down thy foes, the Asiatics of distant countries; thy serpent-
crest was mighty among them."

722. "I made thy boimdaries '^as far as thou desiredst; I made the
Southerners come in obeisance to thee, and the Northerners to the great-
ness of thy fame. Thou hast made a great slaughter among them with-
out number, 'falling in their valleys, being multitudes, annihilated and
perishing afterward, like those who have never been bom. All the
countries that came — '' — \ '^y majesty has destroyed them in the space
of a moment. I have trampled for thee them that rebelled against thee,
overthrowing [for] thee the Asiatics of the army of Mitanni (if -/-»);
»**I have humbled them r — ^ beneath thy feet. I am thy father, the
lord of gods, Amon-Re, lord of Thebes, sole leader, whose remnant*
escapes not, that I may cause thy valor to be Q'remembered'f] in the
future^ through all eternity."

PRESENTATION OF TRIBUTE*^

723. This fragmentary inscription in all likelihood accom-
panied a relief depicting the presentation of tribute to Amon ;
for it represents Sheshonk addressing Amon, and delivering
to him the tribute of Syria {}} ^ rw) and Nubia. The date
is unfortunately lost, but it is, of coiu'se, after the Palestin-
ian campaign. Sheshonk evidentiy controlled lower Nubia,

^The remnant whom he has not slain.

^ezt has m nf^ (with the legs) ; but we must read either m jrf or » m ^, that
is, "hereafter," or **lor the hereafter:'

cWall inscription in great temple of Kamak, in a chamber immediately on
the northwest of the sanctuary (ChampoUion, "Cour U"); published: Champol-
lion, NoUces descriptives, II, 142-44; Jjep^xu^ Denkmaler, III, 255, c (royal name
only).

358 TWENTY-SECOND DYNASTY: SHESHONK I [J724

as the tribute of that country is too specifically enumerated
to be considered as a conventional boast. This fact is in
harmony with the claim in the great relief, tliat Sheshonk I
smote Nubia (§ 720, 1. 2).

724. [Year] — under the majesty of King Sheshonk* (I)

pin''] " The-House-of-Millions-of -Years-of-King-Kheperhe2Te-Setepnere-
l^pr-hd-R <^ Stp-n-R <0,-Son-of-Re,-Meriamon-Sheshonk (5^-1^ -n-ky

I,-Which-is-in-Memphis (^ ' t-k ^ -Pth) " O Amon, thou maker

of the land of the Negro ^ tribute of the land of Syria {ff ^ -rw)

I bring it to thee from the land of the Negro red

cattle, thy firstlings^ thy gazelles, thy panther-skins.

KARNAK STELA^i

724A. On this stela Sheshonk I recorded a very interesting
account of his Asiatic campaign, but it is now in such a frag-
mentary state that very little can be discerned beyond the
fact that some incident, possibly a battle of the campaign,
occurred on the shores of the Bitter Lakes in the Isthmus of
Suez. At the top of the stela Sheshonk I and his son Yewe-
pet are shown in a relief offering wine to Amon-Re. Of the
inscription below them, only the following fragments are
intelligible :

Said his majesty to the court: " the evil things

which they have done." Said they: his horses after him,

while they knew (it) not. Lo His majesty made a great

slaughter among them he — ed them upon the '"dyke"' of the

shore of Kemwer® (Km-wr). He it was .

•Full fivefold titulary.

^'The length of the lacuna is uncertain.

cWith determinative of cattle.

<lFragments of a stela of gritstone, found by Legrain, in hall R, at Kamak;
Annales, V, 38, 39.

^See I, 493, 1. 2 If and note.

1 725] DAKHEL STELA 359

DAKHEL STELA*

725- This monument is dated under a Sheshonk whose
prenomen is not given. As his nineteenth year is mentioned
he cannot be Sheshonk II; so that the uncertainty lies be-
tween Sheshonk I and Sheshonk III. Of the two, Sheshonk
I seems to me the more probable, as the document mentions
a revolt in the oasis, and a reorganization, which would be
especially likely to occur at the advent of a new dynasty, and
we find Dakhel under the control of Sheshonk I's successor,
Osorkon I.

The document is really the record of the successful claim
of a certain priest of the Southern Oasis, Nesubast, to a well
alleged to belong to his family. The case is tried before
ELhonsu, the god of the oasis, and a legal decision sought
from him, in the manner customary since the Twenty-fiirst
Dynasty. As a legal document it will be taken up in a later
volume of this series, devoted exclusively to such documents.
The stela interests us here, because Nesubast presented his
claim on the arrival of the new governor of the oasis, Waye-
heset,'^ a priest of Diospolis Parva, whom Sheshonk sent to
reorganize the oasis, then in a state of rebellion, and probably
plundered and wasted. The oasis was used as a place of
banishment for political exiles, and such an outbreak, as we
have stated, might be expected at the accession of a new
dynasty.

The name of the new governor is Libyan, like the new

^Limestone stela, 37 inches high, a6 inches wide, 4} inches thick, with inscrip-
tion of 20 lines in hieratic; found by Captain H. G. Lyons, in 1894, at the village
of Mut, in the oasis of Dakhel. Published by Spiegelberg, RecueUy ai, ia-21,
with an excellent pioneer study, and transcription, upon which my own treatment
is essentially based.

^A relief at the top of the stela shows the governor and Nesubast praying,
probably before one of the wells involved. Two women, probably their wives,
appear with them.

36o TWENTY -SECOND DYNASTY: SHESHONK I [{736

dynasty he served, and the stela, both in its form and
language, plainly betrays its half-barbarous origin at the
hands of partly Egyptianized Libyans, in the distant oasis.

Date

726. 'Year 5, fourth month of the second season, day 16, of the
king, the Pharaoh, L. P. H., Sheshonk, L. P. H., beloved of Amon-Re.

Arrival of Wayeheset

On this day "^went up"* the son of the chief {ms) of the Me; *chicf
(^ ^) of a district {k ^ h) ;» prophet of Hathor of Diospolis Parva; prophet
of Horus "^of the South'*, lord of Perzoz {Pr-i^ d^)y prophet of Sutekh,
lord of the oasis; chief of irrigation, ^overseer of ^ — ^i;^ the chief of
the two lands^ of the oasis, and the two towns^ of the oasis, Wayeheset
(W ^ -yw'h ^ -5 ^ -/ ^) ; when Pharaoh, L. P. H., sent him to organize
the land of the oasis, ^after it had been found to be in a state of rebellion,
and desolate, on the day of arrival to inspect the wells and cisterns
5 which are behind the oasis {niy s^ wt), ^5- wells, and un&-wells, which
Hie behind, and look eastward^ (even) the dstems and wells, ^hen the
prophet of Sutekh, Nesubast {Ns-sw-b ^-y^'/), son of Peheti {P^h^ ty%
spake before him, saying:

Claim of Nesubasl

727. "Behold, a fflowingi spring, lying here toward the east ^namedi) :
*Rising-of-Re,' which this '[dstem]* of Re sees, before which thou art;
it is a dtizen's-dstem belonging to Tewhenut (T^ yw-hnw'f)^ whose
mother is Henutenter (^nwl-tUrw), my mother." The prophet and
chief Wayeheset; he said: "Stand before Sutekh ^^and tell^ it, this
day, when the prophet brings out in procession this august [god], Sutekh,
the great in strength, son of Nut, the great god, in the year 5, fourth
month of the second season, day 25, at his beautiful feast of Urshu
(WrJhv):'

^Besides the will of Yewelot (§ 741, 1. 33), this title is found on the coffin of
Zeptahefonekh (Maspero, Monties royales, 573), also of the Twenty-second Dynasty.

^Agriculture or gardening of some sort is indicated by the word (it ' y).

cViz., el-Khargeh and Dakhel, which together form the Southern Oasis, known
to the andents as Oasis Major; see Spiegelberg, loc. cii., 18.

^Yiz.j el-Hibe and Dakhel; see Spiegelberg, ibid.

"Restored from 1. 9.

§728] DAKHEL STELA 361

Claim Referred to StUekh

738. The chief Wayeheset stood in the presence (of the god),
saying: ^'O Sutekh, thou great god! If it be true as to Nesubast, son
of Peheti, that the northwestern spring of this well, the cistern (■'called^ :
'Rising-of-Re/ this dstem of Re, which is behind the oasis, belongs to
Tewhenut, his mother, '^(then) confirm thou it to him this day."

The remainder of the text is of a purely legal character,
narrating how, after this first interview with the god, the
decision was not rendered by him for fourteen years, during
which the suit must have continued. Then, in the year 19,
the god confirmed Nesubast's title to the well (11. 11 ff.).

REIGN OF OSORKON I

RECORD OF TEMPLE GIFTS*

729. In his fourth year Osorkon I, for some reason, com-
piled a record of all the statues, images, vessels, utensils, and
the like, which he had presented to the temples of Egypt.
The amounts of gold and silver involved are sufficiently
large to be of economic importance. The smaller items of
gold amount to 20,538 deben, or about 5,005 pounds troy;
and those of silver reach a total of 72,870 deben, or over
17,762 pounds, troy. The weight of many articles is, how-
ever, not indicated. On the fragments we find mentioned
2,000,000 deben, or about 487,180 pounds troy, of silver,
and again 2,300,000 deben, or about 560,297 pounds troy,
of gold and silver. How far these last amounts include the
others, of which they might be the totals, is not determinable.
That such sums could be given to the temples, evidently in
addition to their fixed incomes, is important evidence of the
great wealth and prosperity of the Twenty-second Dynasty
kings. These records also show that Osorkon I controlled
the oases of Dakhel and Khargeh (1. 5) and hence, of course,
the other oases also.

Address to the King^

730. » their bodies repose in all their favorite places;

^there is none hostile toward them — \ since the time of former kings;

^Found by Naville in a small temple beyond the outskirts of the tell of Bubastis,
dating from the time of Ramses II. The inscriptions are engraved on four sides
of a red granite pillar, now in twenty-nine small fragments, of which two may be
put together, giving the beginnings (from one-fourth to two-thirds of the line)
of six lines. Now in Cairo Museum, No. 675 {Guides 177, without name of king).
They are published by Naville (Bubastis, I, Pis. 51, 5a), hx>m drawings by Madame
Naville, made from squeezes.

^It is not clear who is here speaking to the king.

362

1 732] RECORD OF TEMPLE GIFTS 363

there is none like thee in this land. Every god abides upon his throne,
and enters his abode with glad heart, i^since^ thou art installed* to be

*[Tdng"f] thee, building their houses, and multiplying their

vessels of gold, silver, and every genuine costly stone, for which his
majesty fgave^ instructions, in his capacity as Thoth {ffrUy-hsr't),

Heading of List

731. List of monuments which the King of Upper and Lower Egypt,
Lord of the Two Lands [Osorkon V^ made ^[for all the gods and god-
desses of]^ all the dties of the South and North; from the year [i],
first (month) of the [second season],^ day 7, to the year 4,® fourth month
of the third season, day 25; which makes 3 years, 3 months, and 16

days.

Re-Harakhte

732. His maje3ty gave to the house of his fa^er, Re-Harakhte:

Beaten gold: an august chapel of Atum-Rhepri, lord of Heliopolis.

Hammered gold a sphinx

Real lapis lazuli 10 sphinxes^

Amounting to: gold iS»34S deben

silver 1 4i 1 50 deben

genuine lapis lazuli

4,000 (+x) [deben]

— vessel, amounting to 100,000 deben, presented before Re-Harakhte-

Atum,. begetter of his two fledgelings.

A s/r^J^vesseli, amounting to:

Gold SiOio deben

Silver _^ 30,720 "

Genuine lapis lazuli 1,600 "

Black copper 5»ooo '^

•[yw-hv hr\hs' k.

^Restored from other fragments, where the name several times occurs.

^The amoimt lost is probably not great, and the restoration is almost certain.

<lRestored by computing from the total of three years, etc. There is a dis-
crepancy of two days, which is undoubtedly due to the modern copy.

^Another fragment (PI. 53, C i) bears the date: **year 4, second motUh of the
second season, day 10 ( -\-x)."

'Both of these statues may be figures of the king on one knee with the other
limb extended behind; but the drawing is too imperfect to determine.

^Mistake in the copy; the same word is written with s and the vessel (?) a
little farther on in this line. It looks like the ^n-sign; should we read lAn f Models
of this object were presented by the king to the god; see e. g., Naville, Festival
HaU of Osorkon II, PI. XI.

364 TWENTY -SECOND DYNASTY: OSORKON I [§733

Hathor

733. A chapel, amounting to 100,000 deben, presented before
Hathor, mistress of Hotep-em-hotep.

Mut

Gold and silver: a s^-TvesseP, presented before Mut, the sistrum-

bearer.

Harsaphes

Gold and silver: a sfc-Tvesseli.

Beaten silver: a chapel presented before* Harsaphes, lord of Heli-

opolis.

Thoth

Gold and silver: a s/^-TvesseP. presented before Thoth, lord of

Hermopolb.

Bast

734* Gold and silver: a 5^-rvessel^ presented before Bast, mistress

of Bubastis.

Thoth

Gold: a 5fcJ"vessel^ presented before Thoth, residing in ^ — \
Gold and silver: *

Uncertain God
[amounting to:]

Gold

Silver 9i00o deben

Black copper 30,000 "

His^ tribute is (the oases of) Dakhel and Rhargeh, being wine<^ and

shedeh; Hemy wine, and Syene^ wine likewise, in order to maintain

r — ^1 his house according to the word thereof.

•Of course, the copy is here wrong; read rdy't m 6 > ^ as elsewhere passim;
a Harsaphes of Heliopolis is not otherwise known, as far as I have observed.

^What god is meant is unfortunately uncertain, owing to the lacuna at the
beginning of the line.

cOn the wines of these two oases, see Brugsch, Reise nach der Grossen Oase,
79^1. Brugsch's remark {ibid.t 93) that the wines of these two oases are not
mentioned before Grsco-Roman times was made before our inscription was dis-
covered. See also DiUnichen, Oasen, 35, 26.

<^Not to be confused with Syene at the first cataract. These two cities (^my
and Swnyt misread Nwny by Naville) were in the western Delta, the former in the
vicinity of Lake Mareotis, the latter also probably not far from it. See Brugsch,
op, cU.f 91, Nos. 2 and 5.

§7361

RECORD OF TEMPLE GIFTS

365

Re
735. I£s majesty gave to the house of Re and his divine ennead:

Silver:
Gold:

Silver:

Gold:

3 candelabras'
r — ^1

f 3 dvhvessds,
3 offering-tablets.
17 small altars..
I flat dish (^dd'P)

1 cartouche-vesseL

2 bowls.
10 altars.
I Hiin^vessel.
I spouted vessel

^ I pitcher.

3 J^(^^tars.

1 pitcher.

2 Thoth-apes.
2 large censers.
6 altars.

I fourfold censer.

Gold: —

Lapis lazuli —

332,000 deben.

Hn sJP 594,300 deben.

A man- Re

736. His majesty gave to the house of Amon-Re, king of gods:^

His majesty wrought a standing statue offering incense ^ \ its

body was of gold and silver in beaten work, amounting to:

Gold 183 <" deben

Silver 19,000**

Black copper

Gold* ar ^i

its chapel, a censer ^oP gold of — .

^^ry-si't, lit, "fire-bearer;" it occurs dsewbere only in the Stela of Nastesen,
1. 49 (ed. Schaefer, 126).

^The introductory formulary, ordinarily followed by a series of nouns, is here
foUowecf by a verb.

^Possibly 184 or 185. <lThe hundreds, tens, and units are lost.

«It is uncertain whether this continues the description of the statue or begins
a new article.

366 TWENTY-SECOND DYNASTY: OSORKON I [§73,

Silver: an altar.

737- The remaining fragments contain little available
material, but they have preserved several data of importance.
Among these are: "4 chapels , 5 altars 0} silvery a proces-
sional image of Anton of fine gold;^^^ *^ 2^000,000 {+x) deben
of silver ;^^^ ^^2,300^000 (+x) deben 0} gold and silver.^^""

»Op. cil.y PI. 52, M I.
^Ibid., C 2.
clbid,, I 2.

REIGN OF TAKELOT I

STATUE OF THE NILE-GOD DEDICATED BY THE HIGH

PRIEST SHESHONK*

738. Maspero's surprise^ that this monument should for-
merly have been so strangely misunderstood, was well
grounded. The monument is one of a conunon class, dedi-
cated to a god, for the sake of the well-being of the donor,
which he craves from the god in a prayer inscribed upon it.
The character of the donor, his origin, and his prayer are, in
the case of this statue, of great historical importance. He
is the High Priest of Amon, Meriamon-Sheshonk, son of
Osorkon I. As his mother, Makere, is stated to be the
daughter of King Pesibkenno, this king can be no other than
the second of that name, the last king of the Twenty-first
Dynasty.

739. It thus appears that Sheshonk I strengthened his
dynasty by an alliance with the old ruling house, the Twenty-
first Dynasty of Tanis, by marrying his son, Osorkon I, to
the daughter of Pesibkhenno II. As High Priest of Amon at
Thebes, the son of this marriage, Sheshonk, assumed royal
honors, placed his name in a cartouche, and commanded all
the military of Egypt. Characteristic of the turbulent con-
ditions of the time is his prayer for ^^ all valiant might, to take
captive his land^ His power again shows how truly Thebes

^British Museum; published: Yorke and Leake, Les principatix monuments
EgypUens du Musie Britannique, Londres, iSay, PI. I, Fig. 3 (translated from Royal
Society of Literature^ I; statue and cartouches only) ; Arundale and Bonomi, Gallery
of Antiquities, PI. XIII; Lepsius, Auswahl der wichtigsten Urkunden, XV, a-g;
Maspero, Momies royales, 734-36.

^p. cii., 734.

367

368 TWENTY-SECOND DYNASTY: TAKELOT I [§740

had become a semi-independent principality. He finally
shook off the power of the north sufficiently to make his own
son his successor at Thebes.*

740.^ Made it the High Priest of Amon-Re, king of gods, Meriamon-
Sheshonk, for his lord, Amon-Re, lord of Thebes, presider over Karnak,
in order to crave life, prosperity, health, long life, an advanced and
happy old age, might and victory over every land and every country,

^ — 1 , all valiant might, to take captive his land; lord of South and

North, the leader, Meriamon-Sheshonk, who b great leader of the army
of all Egypt, king's-son of the Lord of the Two Lands, Lord of Offer-
ing, Meriamon-Osorkon (I) ; his mother being Makere, king's-daughter
of the Lord of the Two Lands, Meriamon-Horus-Pesibkhenno (II),
given life, stability, satisfaction, like Re, forever.

•/Wrf., 1 44.

^)ne section number (741) is intentionally omitted.

REIGN OF OSORKON II

FLOOD INSCRIPTION*

742. As in the days of Nesubenebded, some two hundred
years earlier, the inundation again flooded the temple of
Luxor in the third year of Osorkon II, and the water rose to
a depth of over two feet^ on the temple pavement. ^^ All the
temples of Thebes were like marshes.'*^ Amon was brought
forth from the temple in his sacred barque, and the priests
prayed that he might abate the flood.

743. 'Year 3, first month of the second season, day 12,^ under the
majesty of the Eling of Upper and Lower Egypt, Lord of the Two Lands,
Usermare-Setepnamon, L. P. H.; Son of Re, Lord of Diadems, 'Osor-
kon (II)-Siese-Meriamon, given life forever.

The flood^ came on, in this whole land; ^it invaded the two shores
as in the beginning. This land was in his power like the sea, there was
no dyke® of ^the people to withstand its fury. All the people were like

birds upon its ^ — \ the tempest — his — , suspended like the

heavens. 'All the temples of Thebes were like marshes.

On this day Amon caused to appear in Opet, the [barque] of his
(portable) image — ; ^hen he had entered the "Great House"' of
his barque of this temple.

744- Then one of the prophets of Amon addressed to the

^Hieradc inscription on the inner wall, in the northwest corner of the hypo-
style of the Luxor temple. Published, in transcription only, by Daressy, Recueil,
18, 181-84.

^Exactly 62 cm.; Daressy, Rtcueil, 20, 80, CLIX. Its height is determined
by the record on the quai at Ramak (§ 696^ No. 5).

cThis calendar date for the high level of the inundation does not at all corre-
spond to the place of the calendar in the seasons at this time as fixed by well-
authenticated dates in other periods. Hieratic dates are usually very cursive, and
there is little doubt that the transliteration is here incorrect.

^Nwarnwn, ^Or: "canal" (<^mw).

This is the shrine which occupies the middle of the sacred barque, the whole
being borne on the shoulders of priests.

369

370 TWENTY-SECOND DYNASTY: OSORKON U [§745

god a long h)Tnn of forty-two lines, consisting mainly of con-
ventional phrases common in such compositions, but it con-
tained, of course, an appeal to moderate the inundation,
which is, however, too fragmentary to be intelligible.

STATUE INSCRIPTION*

745. This inscription contains only a prayer of the king,
but the blessings for which he prays are of great political sig-
nificance. He desires that his descendants may rule over the
high priests of Amon, the chiefs of the Meshwesh, and the
prophets of Harsaphes. The power of the last is evident
from the long genealogy of Harpeson, whose ancestor, Nam-
lot, a son of Osorkon II, was appointed by this king as High
Priest of Harsaphes at Heracleopolis and governor of the
South, with military command (§ 787, No. 11).^

746. The distribution of territory among these nobles
was evidently thus : Thebes controlled at least from lower
Nubia to Siut;"" Heracleopolis, probably from Siut to the
Delta; and the Meshwesh chieftains held the Delta cities,
as formerly. Egypt was thus clearly divided at this time into
feudal principalities, more or less responsible to the Bubast-
ite Pharaoh. It is for the control of this tottering state by his
descendants, that Osorkon II prays as follows :

^Granite stela, held by a kneeling statue of Osorkon 11, at Tanis, doubtless
the one published by Petrie (Tanis, XIV, No. 3; VI, 41, A.C.D.), as Daressy has
noticed (Recueil, 18, 49); although Petrie thought the statue was one of Ramses II
usurped by Osorkon II (op. cit., 2$). It was seen and copied by de Roug^ {Inscrip-
tions hUroglyphiqueSj 71, 72), and published again by Daressy {loc. dt.).

*>The same Namlot was High Priest of Amon, and thus ruled at Thebes also
(§ 789).

cThe northern boundary is fixed by the will of Yewelot (§741); the southern
is probable from the mention of **gold of KhefUhennofer" given by the High Priest
of Amon, Osorkon (§ 770), although this gold might have been secured in trade.
For Heracleopolis we have no data as to its boundaries, except that it probably
began control where that of Thebes ended, viz., at Siut.

1 748] JUBILEE INSCRIPTIONS 371

747. May my issue — , the seed that has come forth from my limbs,
rule* — Hhe great — of Egypt, the hereditary princes:^ the high priests

of Amon-Re, king of gods, the great chiefs of Me and — ' ,*^ the

prophets of Harsaphes, king of South and North, while I command that

his servant come down to , *°and he inclines their hearts toward

the Son of Re, Meriamon-Sibast-Osorkon (II); may he put them —
" — ^ — \ Thou shalt establish my children in the [offices] "which I
have given to them; let not the heart of brother be exalted fagainst^j
his brother, f As '^for^ Queen Rerome, may he grant that she stand
before me at these "^myi feasts. [May he '^grant] that her male children
and her — ^ may live, '^that they may go at the head of the army, and
that they bring back to me ftheiri] report ^^conccmingi] the — .*

JUBILEE INSCRIPTIONS'

748. In his twenty-second year Osorkon II celebrated
his first jubilee. At Bubastis the king erected a hall in the
temple for the celebration of this feast, which he therefore
called the ^^ jubilee-hall.^^ One of the surviving blocks car-
ries the following record* of the erection of the building :

Appearance^ of the majesty of this august god, beginning the way,

to rest in the jubilee-house, which his majesty made anew,* of ;

all its walls are of electrum, the columns .

•lit., "command" Qs).

^1 take it that, in apposition with the preceding, three classes are enumerated :

(i) high priests of Amon; (2) chiefs of the Meshwesh and ( ?); (3) prophets

of Heracleopolis.

<:According to Daressy, this word, ends in tyw and has the determinative of
foreigners; but Roug^ gives it the ending k^, with the same determinative. It
may therefore be the Libyan Kehek (khk).

^One would expect "female children" in the lacuna, but there is hardly room,
and the restoration would not fit the following context.

•A name of foreigners ending in y%vd/ The fragments of the remaining five
lines I do not understand.

blocks from the jubilee-hall of the great temple at Bubastis, published by
Naville, The Festival Hall of Osorkon II (London).

«Naville, op. cit., PI. VI.

l^The appearance of the procession bearing Amon in his shrine; this was
depicted in a relief which the inscription accompanied.

»Or possibly: "for the first time.'*

372 TWENTYSECOND DYNASTY: OSORKON H [§749

749* The walls of this building bore a long series of reliefs
depicting the elaborate ceremonies accompanying the cele-
bration of the jubilee. These are almost all of religious
significance and connection ; but one of the ceremonies is of
great historical importance. It was, perhaps, the opening
rite of the jubilee, for it conunemorated the assumption of
power by the king. He is shown in a relief seated on a
portable throne, of the greatest simplicity, and borne on the
shoulders of his servants. The scene is accompanied by the
words :

Carrying the king, sitting upon the portable throne; procession of
the king to the palace.

Beneath the throne are inscribed the words:

All lands, all countries, Upper Retenu, Lower Retenu, all inacces-
sible countries are under the feet of this Good God.^

750. Above the scene is an inscription which indicates
clearly the nature of the particular event conunemorated,
viz., the assumption by the king of the responsibility for the
protection of the land. That this was a characteristic, if not
the chief, ceremony of the jubilee (hb-Sd) is shown by the
words of the conquered Hermopolitans to Piankhi: ^^Cele-
brate for us a jubUee (hb-Sd), even as thou hast protected the
Hare notne^^ ( § 848, 1. 61). It is not evident why the min-
istering women of the Theban temple should be given so
much attention. The prominence of Amon, who dominates
the ceremony, is noteworthy. Probably the most important
fact furnished by the inscription is the statement that Thebes
is exempt from inspection by the royal fiscal officers, who do
not even go thither. It would thus appear that Thebes was

•Ibid.

^The identification of Oaorkon II, because of this inscription, with Zerah
the Ethiopian, who, according to a Chron. 14:8, invaded Judah in Asa's time,
hardly needs any refutation.

1 751] JUBILEE INSCRIPTIONS 373

not taxed by the Bubastites, at least not by Osorkon II.
This conclusion is substantiated by the long list of offerings
to Amon, recorded by the High Priest of Amon, Osorkon,
in his own name, under Takelot II and Sheshonk III

(§§ 756 flf.)-

751. The inscription is as follows:

Assumption of GovemmefU

Year 22, fourth month of the first season (occurred) the appearance
of the king in the temple (j('/-n/f) of Amon, which b in the jubilee-hall,
resting on the portable throne; and the assumption of the protection
of the Two Lands by the king, the protection of the sacred women of
the house of Amon, and the protection of all the women of his dty, who
have been maid-servants since the time of the fathers, even the maid-
servants in every house,* who are assessed for their service yearly.

Royal Offerings

Lo, his majesty sought great benefactions for his father, Amon-Re,
^en he (Amon) decreed the first jubilee for his son, who rests upon his
throne, that he might decree for him a great multitude (of jubilees) in
Thebes, mistress of the Nine Bows.

Exemption of Thebes

Said the king in the presence of his father, Amon: ''I have pro-
tected Thebes in her height and in her breadth, pure, delivered to her
lord. No inspectors of the king's-house (pr-stny) journey to her; her
people are protected forever,^ in the great name of the Good God."

•Temple.

^Lit., "two sixty-year periods.

REIGN OF TAKELOT II

GRAFFITO OF HARSIESE»

752 . This document, while furnishing some data of impor-
tance regarding hereditary claims among the priests of Amon,
is valuable also for its confirmation of the arrival of Osorkon
as High Priest at Thebes in the eleventh year of Takelot II.
It is dated four months and eleven days after the date of the
beginning of his annals (§ 760), and furnishes us the exact
day of his arrival in Thebes. ^ The occasion is the feast of
Khonsu, and a priest in the Kamak temple of Thutmose III,
probably named Harsiese, improved the opportimity of the
new High Priest's presence to present a family claim. The
document is as follows:

Date

753. Year 11 under the majesty of the king, the Lord of the Two
Lands, Meriamon-Siese-Takeiot (11), given life forever; the first

month of the third season, day 11.

Arrival of the High Priest

On this day there arrived at Thebes, the victorious, the eye of Re,
mistress of temples, bright dwelling of Amon of the hidden name, his
city of ^ — \ the High Priest of Amon-Re, king of gods, commander in
chief of the army, Osorkon, triumphant, royal son of the Lord of the
Two Lands, Takelot II, living forever; at his beautiful feast ^ of the
first (month) of the third season.

^Cut on one of the roofing-blocks of the rear of the great Kamak temple built
by Thutmose III. Now in the Louvre; published: Champollion, Notices descrip-
tiveSy II, 162-64; Lepsius, Denkmdler, III, 255, »; Bnigsch, r^^wunw, V, 1071-73.
I had also my own copy of the original.

^As the bulk of his term of office fell in the reign of Sheshonk III, the five years
of his annals falling under Takelot II are herein placed with the reign of Sheshonk

HI (§§ 756-70).

cThe Feast of Khonsu, after whom the month is named.

374

§755] STELA OF KEROME 375

Claim of Harsiese

There came the great priest (w ^ b) of the house of Amon, serving his
month in " Glorious-in-Monuments,"* in the third phyle, HarsijJeseT]

^ triumphant, before the governor of the South, saying:

''I am the ^ /^-priest of Kamak, I am the son of the great prophets of
Amon, through my mother."

754 • Harsiese then presents some hereditary claim, the
nature of which is not entirely clear, but probably he claimed
the hereditary right to cleanse the temple, its utensils, or the
wardrobe of the god. The High Priest granted him his
claim; whereupon he inunediately exercised his family
privilege, and, to prevent any further question as to his
rights, he engraved the above record of the facts on the roof
of the great Kamak temple.

STELA OF KEROME*^

755- This monument is primarily important because it
furnishes the highest known date of Takelot II's reign, year
25. It records the gift of 35 stat of land to a princess, and
singer of the temple of Amon, Kerome; but whether for her
tomb or for her support in the temple, does not appear. A
relief at the top shows Amon and Klionsu on the left, before
whom, emerging from a chapel or possibly a sarcophagus on

^y 3 l^w mnw; evidently a designation of the Amon-temple; the same building
is mentioned on a mummy of the Twenty-first Dynasty (Daressy, Annales, IV,
ID of tirage 6 part); and as early as Haremhab the goddess Amonet (feminine of
Amon) is once called "Resident in * Glorious-4n-Monumenls* ** (Recueilj 23, 64)
on her statue found in the great temple of Kamak. The place of our inscription
on the roof of the hall of Thutmose III shows what part of the temple was so called.
The name is therefore clearly the one which he gave it, shortened by the omission
of his name at the beginning. See II, p. 237, n. f., and II, 560.

hThe name and titles of his father filled the lacima.

<^Found in an Osiris-chapel by the pylon of Thutmose I at Kamak, by Legrain
in 1902; published by him in Annales, IV, but without data as to size and ma-
terial.

376 TWENTY-SECOND DYNASTY: TAKELOT H [§755

the right, appears Kerome, holding a roll of papyrus, and
praying to the said gods. The roll is probably to be con-
sidered as the deed for the land. Below is the following:

Year 25 of the King of Upper and Lower Egypt, Takelot (11),*
living forever; the High Priest of Amon, Osorkon.

On this day were confirmed the 35 stat of dtizen-lands, to the singer
of the temple of Amon, the king's-daughter, Kerome.

^The name as written contains no indication by which we can determine which
of the two Takelots is meant; but as there is no known High Priest of Amon, Osor-
kon, under Takelot I, it is evident that we are dealing with Takelot II, under whom
we know from other monuments (|( 752 ff.) that there was a high priest Osorkon.
Legrain's statement that this High Priest Osorkon became King Osorkon II, is thus
an error.

REIGN OF SHESHONK III

ANNALS OF THE HIGH PRIEST OF AMON, OSORKON*

756. This High Priest is better known to us than any of
the princes of the Bubastite family who held that office,
although the remarkable records which he left, owing to
their mutilated condition, have never been studied or xmder-
stood in their entirety. He began his term in the eleventh
year of Takelot II, and was still in office in the thirty-ninth
year of Sheshonk III (§698, No. 17); he thus served at
least fifty-four years. He left a series of temple records
in the great Kamak temple, which may be fairly termed
his annals.^ They cover fifteen years of Takelot II's
reign, and much of the following reign of Sheshonk III; but
they cannot be conveniently divided, and are, therefore,
treated here under the reign of Sheshonk III. They begin
with Osorkon's appointment to the office of High Priest of
Amon; or, if not his appointment, at least some significant
date (the first of Tybi), four months and eleven days before
his arrival at Thebes to take up the duties of his office
(§ 753). This took place at the Feast of Klionsu, in his
father's eleventh year, and was accompanied by rich offer-

^These records are the longest iascriptions on the Bubastite gate. They are
all on the inside (north side) of the gate on both sides of the door, and begin at
the east side of the door (year ii), jump to the west wall at right angles to the
door-wall west of the door (years ia-15), and, turning the comer, proceed on the
door-wall, west of the door (year 11 of Takelot II to 29 of Sheshonk III). The
vertical lines of the inscriptions are surmounted by a relief on each side of the
door. The inscriptions are in a frightfully mutilated state, and no modem copy
from the original has been published. The publications and materials at my
disposal will be found with the translations.

^'They are in such a fragmentary condition and so insufficiently pu)>lished that
of many parts only a summary could be given, in the following translations. Closer
study would bring out some facts not noted in the following sketch.

377

378 TWENTY-SECOND DYNASTY: SHESHONK IH [§757

ings, many signs of the god's favor, and the acclamations of
all Thebes. In response to the flattery of the priests, he
introduces a new calendar of offerings.

757- In the year 15 there occurred a remarkable prodigy
of uncertain nature, but in some way connected with the
moon. This natural phenomenon was accompanied by a
long and serious civil war. Osorkon left Thebes and, as we
afterward find him with his father's courtiers, we might sup-
pose that he went to Bubastis, but for the fact that his return
journey to Thebes was northward. With some of his
father's court, therefore, he withdrew to the south. One of
his sisters, Shepnesopdet, had married Zekhonsefonekh, a
great noble of Thebes, who bore all the titles of power
except those of the king and the High Priest, * and the pres-
ence of such a son-in-law of the king at Thebes would be a
fruitful source of jealousy and friction. Years of hostility
between the former followers of Osorkon's father passed;
Osorkon's part in these events is not entirely clear, but he at
last constrains his father's followers to peace, and some
compromise with his enemies must have been effected.
The imhappy events passed are attributed to the displeasure
of the god, Osorkon orders his people to prepare a great pro-
pitiatory offering, and with many ships and a numerous fol-
lowing he retimis amid great rejoicing to Thebes.

758. Here he consults Amon, as the offering is presented,
regarding the god's purposes toward Thebes. Osorkon's
question, ^^Dost thou do to Thebes as thou hast done to them .^"
shows that not only other revolters, already punished, but
also Thebes had been implicated in the hostility against
himself. It is evident that the compromise involved the
exemption of the Thebans from punishment, for, in response

^See the genealogy and connections of this powerful family, Legrain, Recueil,
27» 75-7S, especially 77-78.

l76o] ANNALS OF THE HIGH PRIEST OSORKON 379

to Osorkon's question, the god delivered an oracle in their
favor; whereupon the Thebans broke out in praise of their
magnanimouk High Priest. Although not recorded in his
annals, Osorkon's struggles to maintain himself were not
yet passed; for in the sixth year of Sheshonk III we find
another High Priest named Harsiese at Thebes (§ 698, No.
16). How and when Osorkon regained his power at Thebes
the second time* it is not possible to determine.

759- Osorkon's annals pass on from his first return to a
long list of oflFerings to the Theban temples, beginning in the
eleventh year of Takelot II, and continuing to the twenty-
eighth year of Sheshonk III. A final line adds those of the
year 29. This table is important, for it shows that the tem-
ples of Thebes were supported at this time by the High
Priest, and his offerings were recorded in his name alone,
with no reference to the Bubastite king. From a graffito in
the temple (§ 753), as already stated, we know that Osorkon
ruled at least ten years longer at Thebes. That is, until the
thirty-ninth year of Sheshonk III.

I. EAST OF DOOR^

760. A relief in duplicate at the top shows Takelot II,
accompanied by his son, the High Priest of Amon, Osorkon,
before Amon. The accompan)dng inscriptions, containing

^Should it turn out that the stela of Rerome of year 25 (| 755) belongs to Take-
lot I, and not to Takelot II (which would give us another high priest Osorkon
under Takebt I), then the dvil war and Osorkon's withdrawal from Thebes in
the year 15 were caxised by the death of Takelot II, and the intervening rule of
the other high priest, Harsiese, till year 6 of Sheshonk III, is an incident in the
same series of events. In that case Osorkon was expelled but once from
Thebes.

^Published: Lepsius, DenknUller, III, 257,0; Lepsius, Auswahl der wich-
tigsUn Urkunden^ 15; Champollion, Monuments, 277, i; Champollion, Notices
descriptiveSf II, 20, 21 (last three containing only reliefs or accompanying inscrip-
tions, "Beischrif ten").

38o TWENTY-SECOND DYNASTY: SHESHONK HI [1761

the titles of those depicted, add nothing to the content of
the inscription below, which is as follows :

AppoifUmerU of Osarkon

'Year 11, first month of the second season, day i, under the majesty

of Kmg Takeiot 11 • fwent^ the High Priest of

Amon-]Re, commander in chief of the whole army, the leader, Osor-
kon, bom of the hereditary princess, great in favor, great king's -wife
[Kerome], .

Here follows the same long series of epithets of praise,
belonging to the High Priest Osorkon, as in the inscription
of the year 12 (§ 762). These merge into the acclamations
of Thebes, as in 1. 5: ^^ Thebes betakes Iterself to thee.^^
Osorkon then apparently entered the city and offered sacri-
fice to Amon (1. 6). Then, probably on a second appointed
day, he entered the temple (1. 8), and performed the ritual
of Amon, at the same time presenting an offering (1. 9),
which was the first instaUment of a new and richer calendar
of offerings G- ^o).

761. The god then appeared in procession (1. 11), and
the High Priest in his capacity as ^^ PiUar-of-his- Mother*^
(yn-mw't' f) presented himself (1. 11). The god visibly
expressed his satisfaction, as when a father receives marks
of affection from a son (1. 12), whereupon the whole priest-
hood of the temple, of all ranks, came forward (1. 12), and
all together, with one accord, joined in praising Osorkon as
him whom Amon had appointed to his high oflSce (1. 13).
Their speech continues probably to 1. 17, and apparently
contained no more than the phraseology usual on such occa-
sions. In 1. 18 Osorkon is speaking, and announcing the
new and rich calendar of offerings, which he is founding.
The content of his further address (11. 18-25 ?) is imcertain,

^Epithets of the king.

1 76a] ANNALS OF THE HIGH PRIEST OSORKON 381

but it probably concludes with an exhortation to the officers
of the temple faithfully to administer his foundations. He
then enumerates the lists of the new calendar of offerings
(11. 26-35), which is very fragmentary, but shows the usual
items where preserved. It concluded with the customary
curse:

As for him who shall injure this stela, which I have made, he shall
fall under the blade of Amon-Re.

n. WEST OF DOOR*

Tfa. A relief at the top showing Osorkon offering before
Amon, surmounts the following inscription :

DaU

'Year la, first month of the first season, day 9, under the majesty
of Horns: Mighty Bull, [Shining] in Thebes, King of Upper and Lower
E^^t, Lord of the Two Lands, Lord of Offering: Kheperhezre-
Setepnere; Son of Re, of his body: Meriamon-Siese-Takelot (II).

. Lo, his eldest son was rin the land"* [the High

Priest of Amon-Re], king of gods, commander in chief of the army,
Osorkon .

Lines 2-5 then proceed with a series of conventional
epithets of praise and laudation, usually applied to kings,
which, owing to the mention of the High Priest Osorkon at
the end of 1. i, must refer to him.^

^On the arrangement of this inscription, see ( 756, note; published: Lepsius,
Denkmdler, III» 256, a, 258, a, h; Brugsch, Thesaurus^ V, 1225-30 (only upper ends
of lines). The passage regarding the alleged eclipse, is in confusion in Lepsius,
DenkmdleTj two sheets of the squeeze having exchanged places. This error was
corrected by Goodwin (Zeiischrift fUr dgyptische Sprocket 1868, 25 ff.) irom the
rough copy in Young's Hieroglyphics. I had a collation of the Berlin squeezes
by Mr. Alan Gardiner, who kindly placed it at my disposal; it covered the first
half of the monument (Lepsius, DenkmOler, III, 256, a).

^>The same occur in the corresponding place in the inscription of year 1 1 (§ 760,
11. 2-5). Mr. Gardiner noticed that they express Osorkon's favor and power
with the king, in successive phrases, taking up the latter's titles in the order of
the fivefold titulary.

382 TWENTY-SECOND DYNASTY: SHESHONK IH [( 763

Arrival of Osarkon

763. Then 1. 6 narrates that

He came in our time, in the year [i]i,* ^ '^ bearing her** festal

offerings, that he might set her in festivity . They rejoiced

at seeing him, making festive her offerings, and supplying her altars
with every good, pure, and pleasant [thing], in order to increase the
daily offerings.

Civil War

764. 7Now, afterward, in the year 15, fourth month of the third
season, day 25, under the majesty of his august father,*^ the divine ruler
of Thebes, before heaven devoured the moon,** fgreati* wrath arose in

this land like the Qiated^ and the rebek. They set warfare in the

South and North not ceasing to fight against those who were

therein and those who^ followed his father; while years passed* [in]
hostility (frs/-0 (each) one seizing ui>on his neighbor, p^not"*] ®remem-

^There is no doubt about this restoration, which corresponds with the state-
ment of the graffito (( 753), that the High Priest Osorkon came to Thebes in the
year 11. The restoration also fits the space in the lacuna exactly; but it should
be said that this space on the squeeze shows no trace of 10.

*>Referring to Thebes.

cSee the passage as read from the squeeze by Lepsius (Zeilschrift fUr dgypHscke
Sprache, 1868, 29, note). The long discussions regarding the king here meant
might have been avoided, had the consecutive narrative ever been worked out
The adverb "afterward" is of itself sufficient to show that the date must be later
than the last preceding date, which as we have seen, is year 11. "His august
father** is therefore clearly the High Priest Osorkon's father, Takelot II, the then
reigning king.

dLlt., "heaven not having devoured the moon.** There is no word or phrase
in Egyptian for "not yet;" see my New Chapter, 11, (5). This is the famous pas-
sage supposed by Brugsch to record an eclipse of the moon. This seems to me
possible only on the basis of the rendering I have adopted, according to which the
meaning may be: "just before new moon;" or possibly: "just before an eclipse
of the moon." The controversy on the subject will be found in Zeitschrift fUr
Agyptische Sprache, 1868 (Goodwin, 25 fif . ; Brugsch, 29 ff. ; Chabas, 49 ff.) ; but
the above rendering was not there discussed.

^he squeeze shows n and a pap3nns roll; the frequency of the phrase, nin « •,
suggested to Chabas the emendation of our nin n (which is grammatically impos-
sible), and the emendation is probably correct.

'Read nty m ^, as at the beginning of 1. 12.

'Gardiner's collation.

1 7671 ANNALS OF THE HIGH PRIEST OSORKON 383

bering his ^soni* to rprotecti him who came forth from him. He^ was
satisfied in his heart, leading excellent — to his every beautiful hall.

Osorkon^s Address to the Court

765. Said this governor^ of the South to his nobles, the companions
^ofi his father who were by his side: " "

The details of this speech axe totally obscure, but it
IS evident that Osorkon is exhorting them to peace.** He
appeals (1. 9) to his authority in Thebes,* and apparently
attributes the disturbance to Re, who must be appeased with
offerings.

Fidelity of the Court

766. ^^[Now,] ^""when he had finished speaking these words
to his hearers, their hearts \^rejoiced^.^^ They assured him:
"i4W thy [designs], tJtey come to pass. Now, when we offer
to the god, he will ^ restore^ the land^ The remainder of the
speech is again uncertain, but the fragments show that they
were faithful to him (1. 11).

Return to Thebes

767. Then said to them this governor of the South : " fgather^

this army into one place, that we may build for him a '^colonnadei."^

•Gardiner's collation. This son may be the heir to the throne at Bubastis,
or Osorkon, the High Priest.

^From here to the close of the paragraph I have no idea of the connection
or meaning.

cThe High Priest, Osorkon.

<^I can make out: **Ye were {wn'ln) the counselors of him who begat me
ye shaU not fight r 1'» (1. 8).

«He says: "/ found not a way of knowing her welfare."

fMr. Gardiner read the determinative as the legs; but after the verb "build**
** colonnade** is the only noun that can possibly be rendered for the consonants
w4y't. One naturally thinks of the Bubastite colonnade at the gate bearing this
inscription, but its architraves bear the name of Sheshonk I. Its continuation,
however, on the same side of the forecourt, and the entire opposite side, are unin-
scribed. The remainder of our inscription, moreover, does not refer to the collec-
tion of building material, but the gathering and bringing of o£ferings. But it must
be remembered that much of the inscription is lost.

384 TWENTY-SECOND DYNASTY: SHESHONK HI [§768

Then it was done according to that which [he] had said. They brought
their — to the ships, even all his things that were numbered as his
property. [JThen came""] "those who followed him, both men and
women, the court of his father,* the troops of his following, without
number. Moreover, there were many ships, every one thereof [bearing]
their offerings.

All these people brought their gifts and came with
^^^^ heart rejoicings because he was justified in their hearts like
the son of Osiris. ^^

Arrival at Thebes

768. ^^Tlten he stationed people before his advance afid
behind him, rejoicing to heaven. ^^ They proceeded on the
voyage toward Thebes in festivity,

like Horns sailing north^ at the Feast of Rekeh {Rkh) ^^ ^

his troops were like a flock of wild fowl. He arrived at the time of ver-
dure, they came before him, with a heart of love to his victorious ''city^.

Then they found Thebes rejoicing and Kamak in [jubilee] because

of the arrival in her in Southern Heliopolis.

Presentation of the Offering

Then he made a great oblation ^^bulls, gazelles, antelopes,

oryxes, fattened geese in tens of thousands and thousands

a flood of wine , flowers, honey, and shedeh

likewise, — measures (4dmt) of incense. Then he presented — these

[things to] the great god in Thebes. ....... '^ This august god

was brought forth in procession, to adorn this his oblation, while his
divine ennead, with rejoicing heart, were receiving it.

Amon Pardons Thebans

769. " The High Priest of Amon, Osorkon, spake to the

great god, and his army spake in praising [him] ; * ' "

They now address appealing questions to the god, among

•Lit., "of him that begat him," as in I. 8 (§ 765).

bxhis evidently indicates the direction of Osorkon's voyage, not that of Horns
only.

1 770 ANNALS OF THE HIGH PRIEST OSORKON 385

which can be discerned: ^''^^Dost thou do to Thebes as thou
hast done to them?^^ • But the following three lines (18-20),
containing but a few scattered signs, fail to reveal the nature
of their further address. Their appeal was successful, for
the god responded (1. i)^ with the usual signs of favor and
acquiescence. Thebes was thus spared, and the Thebans
joined in praise of Osbrkon and Amon, promising the god
the most plentiful offerings (11. 2-4).

Summary of Osorkon's Offerings

770. The narrative now passes over a long period and
begins a retrospect of Osorkon's benefactions from the
beginning of his rule at Thebes, which Osorkon himself
states as a

''list of all the benefactions which I did for them for the first time,
from the year 11 under [the majesty of Takelot JlY ^to the year 38,
under the majesty of Sheshonk III."

After a list of m)nrrh, incense, honey, and oil (1. 7) follows a
statement of precious metals given to Amon, Mut, and
Khonsu, among which ^^fine gold of Khenthennofer^^ twice
appears (11. 8 and 9). Later are offerings of ^^the High

^Meaning: " wilt thcni punish Thebes as thou hast punished them ?" for the
preposition is r, lit., **againsi.** Who is meant by **them" is uncertain, but it would
appear that other revolters had been severely punished, and that Thebes, being
implicated, appeals to Amon for mercy.

^The inscription now passes from the west to the south wall, and Lepsius
begins a new numbering of lines (Lepsius, DenkmOler, III, 258, a, fr^Brugsch,
ThesawruSf V, 1227-30); but he knew that the inscription of the south wall was
the continuation of that of the west wall (Text, III, 11).

cAs we know that Osorkon arrived in Thebes in the year 1 1 of Takelot II, and
that he made his first offering calendar in that year (| 753), there can be no doubt
about the restoration. Osorkon's term of office at that time, from year 11 of
Takelot II to year 28 of Sheshonk III, thus rests on better evidence than that hereto-
fore drawn from this inscription (Maspero, Mamies royales, 741, 742). Of course,
the interruption by the civil war just narrated is taken for granted, and not referred
to in giving the chronological lixnits of his term of office, at the time when the record
was made.

386 TWENTY-SECOND DYNASTY: SHESHONK HI [§771

Priest of Amon-Re, king of gods, Osorkotty from the year 22^
to the year 2(5"^ (1. 12), among which appears the income of
the goddess Mat (1. 15); after which the income of Amon in
the year 25 is itemized (1. 17), followed by that of Mut (1. 17).
The last line (22), perhaps added later, contains the income
of Amon and Hathor in the year 29. *"

FIRST SERAPEUM STELA OF PEDIESEd

771. This Libyan commander was a great-grandson of
Osorkon II, who lived in the time of Sheshonk III, in whose
twenty-eighth year he erected, in the Serapeum, the votive
stela under discussion. He gives his genealogy, which is as
follows (adding his two sons) :

I. King Osorkon II

2. Hereditary Prince Sheshonk

3. Great Chief of Me, Takelot — King's daughter,* Thesperebast

I I

4. Great Chief of Me, Pediese — Tere (sbter-wife)

5. High Priest of Ptah, Pefnefdibast Sem priest of Ptah, Takelot

*It is not evident why he should begin a subsection with the year 2a. This
is his earliest date under Sheshonk III. Does it mark the beginning of Osorkon *s
restoration to office after the rule of Harsiese, who was High Priest in his absence ?

*>So Lepsius and Maspero, Momies royales, 741 (collation of original) ; Brugsch
has 28.

cThe mention of Sheshonk III in 1. 7 shows clearly that this date belongs to
his reign. Maspero's attribution of it to Takelot II {Empires^ 165, note 2) is there-
fore an inadvertence. He attributed it correctly, Momies royaleSj 741.

<lFound by Mariette in the Serapeum; now in the Louvre (No. 18); published
by Mariette, FauiUes, PL 36 (not seen) ; Mariette, Le SirapHtm de Memphis, III,
PL 24; Chaasinat, Recueil, 22, 9, 10. I had also my own copy of the originaL

*Not on our stela, but on another of the second year of Pemou (§ 781),
noticed by Lepsius, Zweiundgwansigste Dynastie, 276, note.

§7741 FIRST SERAPEUM STELA OF PEDIESE 387

772. As the Sheshonk mentioned (No. 2) is distinctly
called '^ great first hereditary prifice,^^ it can hardly be
doubted that he is the prince who became Sheshonk II ; but
as his name is not inclosed in a cartouche, we may regard
this as another evidence that he was never more than co-
regent, as indicated by the quai-records at Kamak (§ 696,
No. 13). His son Takclot cannot be Takelot II; otherwise
we should expect him to be called king. The above quai-
record, furthermore, calls Takelot II son of Osorkon II.

773- The burial of an Apis in the twenty-eighth year of
Sheshonk III having given Pediese opportunity to erect this
stela, he took part in the search for the new Apis in the same
year, and conducted its burial twenty-six years later in the
second year of Pemou, when he erected a second stela
(§§ 778-81).

774- The first stela is as follows:

Year 28, King of Upper and Lower Egypt: Usermare-Setepnamon ;
Son [of Re], Lord of Diadems: Meriamon - Sibast - Sheshonk (III)-
Nuterhekon.

Below, three men are praying before the sacred bull.
They are accompanied by the following inscriptions,* show-
ing them to be father and two sons :

1. His beloved favorite, the great chief of Me, Pediese, triumphant,
son of the great chief of Me, Takelot, triumphant; his mother was
Thesperebast (Ts-B^s't'pr't)^ triumphant; son of the great first heredi-
tary prince of his majesty, Sheshonk,^ triumphant, royal son of tlie
Lord of the Two Lands, Usermare-Setepnamon (Osorkon 11),*^ given
life like Re.

2. His beloved favorite. High Priest of Ptah, Pefnefdibast, trium-

^These are repeated in horizontal lines below the 6giires. Both versions are
combined in the translation.

^Who became coregent as Sheshonk II.

cThe prenomen does not differ from that of Sheshonk III, but the variant gives
Osorkon.

388 TWENTY-SECOND DYNASTY: SHESHONK m [j 775

phant, son of the great chief of Me, Pediese, triumphant; his mother
was Tere (T^-yry), triumphant, daughter of the great chief of Me,
Takelot,* triumphant.

3. His beloved favorite, sem priest of Ptah, Takelot, triumphant, son
of the great chief of Me, Pediese, triumphant.

Heretibsuten, triumphant, made it.

RECORD OF INSTALLATION^

77S* This brief document is a graffito such as the officials
of this age were wont to cut upon the walls at Eamak, in
commemoration of their installation or promotion in office.
It bears the latest surviving date of the High Priest Osorkon,
and also informs us that his brother, Bekneptah, was com-
mander at Hcracleopolis in the year 39 of Sheshonk HI.
Bekneptah must, therefore, have interrupted the succession
of Harpeson's family in that office at Heradeopolis.* Osor-
kon and Bekneptah are here making common cause, ^^over-
throwing all who fought against them.^^

776* This can hardly be a reminiscence of the trouble
which interrupted Osorkon's rule at Thebes (§ 758). The
interim in the power of the ruling family at Heracleopolis,
by the installation of Osorkon's brother, Bekneptah, doubt-
less explains the origin of the trouble referred to. Osorkon
and Bekneptah, sons of Takelot II, probably expelled from
Heracleopolis the line established there by Osorkon II.
This offers an interesting parallel to the expulsion from
Thebes of the High Priest Osorkon himself, and suggests, at
least, that he may have owed his expulsion to the Heracleo-
politans, on whom he has now retaliated. Did their recov-

^Hence his mother was both sister and wife of his father.

^Graffito on one of the Middle Kingdom blocks behind the sanctuary of the
great temple of Kamak; pubb'shed by Legrain, Recueil, 22, 55, No. 7.

cHe would fall in the generations Nos. 12-14 or thereabout (( 787).

§777] RECORD OF INSTALLATION 389

ery of Heracleopolis then bring Osorkon's long career at
Thebes to a close ?

777. Year 39, — month of the third season, day 26, under the
majesty of King Sheshonk III, living forever.

Behold, the High Priest of Amon-Re, king of gods, governor of the
South, the chief Osorkon, [son of King] Takelot II, Uving forever, was
in Thebes, celebrating the feast of Amon with a single heart, with his
brother, chief commander of the army of Heracleopolis, Bekneptah,

overthrowing all who fought against them. On this day was

installed the chief judge, governor of the city, and vizier, — hor — * ....
in the great and august throne of Amon ^

*The man's name, of which beginning and end are lost; his parentage followed.

^^The remainder is an address of the installed official, mostly unintelligible as
published.

REIGN OF PEMOU

SECOND SERAPEUM STELA OF PEDIESE»

778. Pediese, who had erected a stela at the burial of an
Apis in the twenty-e^hth year of Sheshonk III (§§ 771-74),
records the successful search for another in the same year,
and the death of the sacred animal twenty-six years later, in
the second year of Pcmou. Pediese has, meantime, become
High Priest of Ptah ; as such he conducted the burial of this
Apis, and recorded the whole in this second stela. The
length of life of the animal, given as twenty-six years, en-
ables us to establish the length of Sheshonk Ill's reign, thus:

Apis bom in year 28 of Sheshonk III.

Apis died in year 2 of Pemou.

Apis lived 26 years.

Length of Sheshonk Ill's reign, 52 years.''

779- The stela is surmounted by a relief showing the Apis
in human form, with head of a bull, accompanied by the
goddess of the west. Three people, praying before them,
are designated as:

I. Great chief of the Me, Pedigse, triiunphant, son of the great chief
of the Meshwesh,^ Takelot, triiunphant.

*Found by Mariette in the Serapeiim ; now in the Louvre (No. 34) ; published
by Mariette, Le SSrapium de Memphis, III, PI. 26; Bnigsch, Thesaurus, 967; Chas-
sinat, Recueii; I had also my own copy of the original. The monument exists
in duplicate; the second (Louvre, No. 36): Mariette, Le Sirapium de Memphis^
III, PI. 27. Two other stela, of value in corroborating the dates, commemorate
fhis Apis: Louvre, No. 35; Mariette, Le Sirapium de Memphis, III, PI. 28; and
Louvre, No. 276, not published by Mariette.

^For the possibility of another Sheshonk, between Sheshonk III and Pemou,
thus shortening the reign of Sheshonk III (though without lengthening the dynasty),
see quai-records (f 698, No. 18, n. d).

<^This proves that Me is an abbreviation for Meshwesh, for this Takelot, the
father of Pediese, occurs as "chief of Me" on the preceding stela (§774).

390

1 781] SECOND SERAPEUM STELA OF PEDIESE 391

2. Sem priest of Ptah, Harsiese .

3- •

780. Below them is the following inscription:

[Year] 2,^ second month of the second season, under the majesty
of the King of Upper and Lower Egypt, Lord of the Two Lands:
Usermare - Setepnamon, given life; Son of Re, Lord of Diadems:
Meriamon-Pemou,^ given life, stability, satisfaction, like Re, forever,
beloved of Apis, son of First of the Westerners, the great god.

On this day the god was conducted in peace to the beautiful west, (to)
his burial in the cemetery, to lay him to rest in the eternal house, in his
everlasting seat. Now, he was bom in the year 28 in the time of the
majesty of King Sheshonk III, triumphant. They sought his beauty
in every place of the Northland, and he was found at the temple of
Shedebod^ (Sd-ybd), after three months, when they had gone around
the regions of the Delta, and every district of the Northland.

781. He was conducted to Memphis, to his father, '^ Ptah-South-of-
his-Wall,'' by the High Priest of Ptah, sem priest in the house of Ptah,
great chief of the Meshwesh, Pediese, son of the High Priest of Ptah,
sem priest, [great chief of] the Meshwesh, Takelot, bom of the king's-
daughter, of his body, his beloved Thesperebast; in the year 28, second
month of the first season. The beautiful life^ of this god was 26
years.

*I read a fragmentary first stroke immediately following the lacuna, making
three; but another stela (No. 376, my own copy) gives the date as ** year 2, second
month of the second season^ day i." The two other stels relating the biuial of this
Apis have lost still more, and do not aid in restoring the number.

^^The first half of this part of the name is broken out, but is perfectly preserved
on one of the duplicates (No. 35).

^Unknown place.

<iCorrected from Mariette, Le Sirapium de Memphis^ III, PI. 27, 1. 7 (^ > « nfr).

REIGN OF SHESHONK IV

STELA OF WESHTEHET»

782. This interesting stela records Weshtehet's gift of
land to the temple of Hathor in an unknown town, probably
in the western Delta, called Pesebek. The importance of
the monument lies in Weshtehet's office as chief caravaneer
of Pharaoh, controlling the intercourse with the oases of the
Libyan desert; and that of his immediate superior, who
was the great chief of Libya, Hetihenker, the Pharaoh's
governor of a portion of the western Delta, and, perhaps,
some uncertain extent of Libyan country also, including
the oases. These arrangements are doubtless only the con-
tinuation of the organization of Sheshonk I. The barbar-
ous names borne by these men are, of course, Libyan, but
the chief caravaneer's mother bore a name of Egyptian for-
mation, and he himself conveyed an endowment of land to
the Hathor of the town, which doubtless lay at the Egyptian
terminus of his caravan route to the oases.

783. A relief at the top of the stela shows two scenes: on
the left a man praying before Hathor, with the inscription :
"May she give lijej prosperity ^ health j to the great chief 0}
Libya (i?-6^);'' on the right a similar scene, with the
inscription: "May she give lije^ prosperity ^ healthy to the
chief caravaneer of Pharaoh.^^ These two men are the
donator of the land, and his superior, as shown in the fol-
lowing inscription :

^Rough limestone stela, with round top broken off, 53 by 31 cm., in possession
of Daninos Pacha; published from a squeeze by Maspero, Recueil, XV, 84, 85.

392

1785] SERAPEUM STELA OF HARPESON 393

D<Ue

784. 'Year 19, under the majesty of the King of Upper and Lower
Egypt, Okheperre (^ ' -bpr-R S Sheshonk IV), given life.

DonaHon

The chief caravaneer »of Pharaoh, Weshtehet {W^ -l^ -ty-h^ -t^),
son of Newsetrekenye (N-w^ -s^ -ty-rw-k^ -n^ -yw), ^whose mother
is Tentseherye (Tynl-S^ -h^ 'rw-yw)y has presented five stat of land
to the house of Hathor, ^mistress of Malachite, under charge^ of the
chief of the door-keepers, Pese^eke (P^-s^ -^k^)y son of ^Pekenu
(P^'^nw), whose mother is the divine votress of Soped, Hemofer
(Hr-nfr); in order to crave for him life, prosperity, health, long life,
^d an advanced and happy old age, under the favor of his lord, the
great chief of Libya (R-b), great chief of Me, Hetihenker (^^-ty-'f^hn^
k-r); in the house of Hathor, mistress of Malachite, abiding and per-
manent, forever.

Curse

As for any man, or %ny scribe who is sent on a commission to the
district of the town of Pesebek (P^-Sbk), who shall injure •this stela;
they shaU come imder the blade of Hathor. (But) the name of him
who shall establish it shall abide.

SERAPEUM STELA OF HARPESON^

785. This remarkable stela, whfle of the usual form of
votive stela in the Serapeum, contains facts of fundamental
importance in the study of the origin and internal affairs of
the Twenty-second Dynasty. It was erected by one Harpe-
son, the military commander and High Priest of Harsaphes

*This is undoubtedly the rendering here, although the determinative of the
preposition (r ^) is not usually the legs. To render it **after" (m ^) and connect
it with the verb ** crave" (dbh), ignoring the preposition, **in order to" (r), as the
editor of the text has done, is not a solution of the difficulty which need be discussed.

^Discovered by Mariette in the Serapeum, now in the Louvre (No. 278); put>-
lished by Lepsius, Die ZweiundtwantigsU Hgypiische Kdrngsdynastie, 267-69;
Mariette, Le Sfrapium de Memphis, III, PI. 31. I had also my own copy of the
original.

394 TWENTY-SECOND DYNASTY: SHESHONK IV [I786

at Heracleopolis in the thirty-seventh year of Sheshonk IV;
that is, practically at the dose of the Twenty-second Dynasty.
786. After recording, in the usual manner, the interment
of an Apis-bull in that year, Harpeson appends the custom-
ary prayer on his own behalf, adding to his name his gene-
alogy, ascending through fifteen generations. We thus have
enumerated sixteen generations of an important family,
extending from the close of the Twenty-second D)masty
back through the entire dynasty (ten generations), and six
generations preceding it. The ten generations of this family
thus correspond in length to the nine kings of the Twenty-
second Dynasty. More important than this, however, is the
fact that with the sixth generation back of Harpeson, his
genealogy merges with the royal line in the person of Osor-
kon 11. This will be clearer from the following table:*

*The names of kin^ are in spaced capitals.

1 787] SERAPEUM STELA OF HARPESON 395

787. I. The Libyan, Bu3ruwawa

2. Divine father of Harsaphes, great chief, Musen
3. Divine father of Harsaphes, great chief, Nebneshi

4. Divine father of Harsaphes, great chief, Pethut

5. Divine father of Harsaphes, great chief, Sheshonk — ^king's-mother,

Mehetnuskhet

6. Divine father of Harsaphes, great chief, Namlot — Divine mother,

Tentsepeh

7. Ring Sheshonk I — Divine mother, Kerome

8. Ring Osorkon I — Divine mother, Temehkhonsu

9. Ring Takelot I — Divine mother, Repes

10. Ring Osorkon II — ^Uzmutenkhos

II. G)unt, governor of the South, High Priest of Heracleopolis, com-
mander of the army, Namlot — ^Priestess of Harsaphes, Tentsepeh

12. (Same titles), Uzptahenkhof — Ring's-daughter, Tentsepeh

13. (Same titles), Henptah — ^Priestess of Harsaphes, Thenekemet

14. (Same titles), Harpeson — ^Priestess of Harsaphes, Petpetdedes

15. (Same titles), Henptah — Prophetess of Hathor, Ireteru
16. (Same titles), Harpeson (year 37 of Sheshonk IV)

396 TWENTY-SECOND DYNASTY: SHESHONK IV [1788

788. Back of Osorkon II, therefore, the genealogy of
Harpeson becomes that of the Twenty-second Dynasty, and
the Libyan, Buyuwawa, the father of his line is, therefore,
the ancestor of the Twenty-second Dynasty. His imme-
diate descendants (Nos. 2-5) also bear Libyan names, and
among them is that chief of the Meshwesh, Sheshonk (No.
5), whom we found endowing his deceased son Namlot's
(No. 6)* tomb at Abydos (§§669 flf.). Their ancestor,
Buyuwawa, bears no Egyptian title, but his son, Musen,
became priest of Harsaphes at Heracleopolis, and was a
^^ great chief, ^^ of course, of the Meshwesh, like his great-
grandson, Sheshonk'^ (No. 5). These warlike chiefs of the
Libyan mercenaries so husbanded their power that after five
generations at Heracleopolis they seized the throne. There
is no intimation in this document of any connection with
Bubastis. ""

789. It is evident, therefore, that for at least a hundred
years before the Twenty-second D)masty, Heracleopolis had
been the seat of a powerful family. Of the fortimes of its
rulers during the first three reigns of the dynasty we learn
nothing; but our genealogy shows Osorkon II appointing his
son Namlot as High Priest and military commander there,
with the title of governor of the South, like the High Priest
of Amon. Indeed, this Namlot became also High Priest

*As the name of Nambt's mother, Mehetnusekhet, and the name of his father,
Sheshonk, are the same in our genealogy and in the Abydos stela, there can be no
question about their identity.

*>On the Abydos stela, f 677.

cWe can only suppose that during the Twenty-first Dynasty the family
had gained control of Bubastis, and that Sheshonk I, perceiving the necessity
of a stronghold in the eastern Delta, took up his residence there, thus gaining
for his family the name Bubastites; but the family was clearly not of Bubastite
origin.

1 790] SERAPEUM STELA OF HARPESON 397

of Amon, as Lepsius long ago saw.* The principality of
Thebes, added to that of Heracleopolis, gave to one man the
control of all Upper Egypt, from the Delta into Nubia,
creating a dangerous rival of the royal house. How long
Namlot held both principalities is uncertain,'' but the family
held possession of Heracleopolis for five generations more,
six in all (§ 787, Nos. 11 and 16).

790. But in the thirty-ninth year of Sheshonk III, Bekne-
ptah, a son of Takelot II, not appearing in our genealogy,
was in control at Heracleopolis (§§ 775, 776) and making
conmion cause with Osorkon, High Priest at Thebes. Nam-
lot's descendants*" must therefore have lost and recovered
control at Heracleopolis. The support of their enemy,
Bekneptah, by the High Priest of Amon at Thebes, suggests
earlier hostility between the two principalities, and is evi-
dently only one example of the petty wars in which the
dynasts of Egypt were now constantly embroiled. Thus,
while Thebes did not succeed in maintaining a dynasty
imder the Bubastites, that of Heracleopolis, beginning early
in the Twenty-first Dynasty, continued for fifteen genera-
tions, interrupted for four generations by the accession of the
line to the throne as the Twenty-second Dynasty, and by the
probably short usurpation of Bekneptah (see §§ 745, 746).
The power and importance of Heracleopolis continued
through the Ethiopian and Saitic periods. It is mentioned
in the annals of Ashurbanipal and Isaiah saw the envoys of
Judah going to Tanis and Heracleopolis (03rt, Isaiah 30:4)
for assistance.

^ZvmundgwanMigsie Dynastie, PL I.

^Evidently not into the reign of Takelot II; see Wreszinski's list {Die Hohen-
priesier des Aman^ f 47), where a high priest of Amon, Amenhotep, is between
Nambt and the High Priest Osorkon, who was appointed in year 11 of Takebt II
(1 760).

^About Nos. 12-14.

398 TWENTY-SECOND DYNASTY SHESHONK IV [§ 791

Apis Record

791. 'This god was introduced to his father, Ptah, in the year 12,^
fourth month of the second season, fourth day, of King Okheperre,
'Son of Re, Sheshonk (IV), given life. He was bom in the year 11 of
his majesty; he rested in his place ^in Tazoser (the cemetery) in the
year 37, third month of the first season, day 27, of his majesty.

SixUerUh Generation

792. May he grant life, prosperity, health, and joy of heart to ^his
beloved son, the prophet of Neit, Harpeson;

Fifteenth Generation

Son of the count, governor of the South, chief prophet in Herade-
opolis, commander of ^the army, Henptah; bom of the prophetess of
Hathor of Heradeopolis, his sister, the matron, Iretem ( Yr't-rw) ;

Fourteenth Generation
^Son^ of the like,*^ Harpeson; bom of the chief sistrum-bearer of
Harsaphes, king of the Two Lands, ruler of the two shores, ^Petpetdedes;

Thirteenth Generation
Son of the like, Henptah; bom of the like,Thenekemet (T ^-n-frn't);

Twelfth Generation

Son of the like, ^Uzphatenkhof (Wd-Pth- ^ nf^f) ; bom of the prophet-
ess of Hathor of Heradeopolis, king's-daughter, the matron, Tentsepeh
(Tnt-sph) ;

Eleventh Generation

Son of the like, Namlot, '°bom of the chief sistmm-bearer of Har-
saphes, king of the Two Lands, ruler of the two shores, Tentsepeh;

Tenth Generation

Son of the Lord of the Two Lands: Osorkon (II), bom of Uzmut-

enkhos;

Ninth Generation

Son of King Takelot (I), "and the divine mother, Kepes;

*His predecessor was buried in the year 11, the twenty-«ighth of Paophi
(Mariette, Le S6rapium de Memphis^ PI. 30).

^n^e genealogy ascends from father to grandfather here; I have indicated
each generation by a paragraph.

^Meaning that the father bore the same titles and filled the same offices as
the son. " The like" may also be applied to the females of the line, as in L 8.

§792] SERAPEUM STELA OF HARPESON 399

Eighth Generation
Son of King Osorkon (I) and the divine mother, Temehkhonsu ;

Seventh Generation
Son of King Sheshonk (I) and the divine mother, "Kerome;

Sixth Generation

^The divine father, the great chief, Namlot, and the divine mother,
Tentsepeh;

Fifth Generation

Son of the like, Sheshonk, bom of the king's-mother, Mehetnusekhet;

Fourth Generation
Son of the like, Pethut (P ^ -Puft) ;

Third Generation
Son of the like, Nebneshi (Nbniy) ;

Second Generation
Son of the like, Musen (Af ^w^ sn);

First Generation

Son of the Libyan (Tyhn), Bu3ruwawa (Bw-yvhw^ -w^).

Abiding, abiding, remaining, remaining, enduring, enduring, flour-
ishing, flourishing, in the temple of Harsaphes, king of the Two Lands,
ruler of the two shores, one man the son of another man, without perish-
ing, forever and ever, forever and ever, in Heradeopolis.

*The omission of "Son of** is noticeable, but might easily happen in such a
long series. Petrie {Proceedings of the Society of Biblical Archaologyt XXVI, 284)
thinks this couple the same as that of the eleventh generation, so that the geneabgy
stops at the seventh and goes back to begin again with the eleventh ( * sixth) and
carries it back (6 to i) parallel with iitoy; iitoy being the ancestry of Namlot,
and 6 to I the ancestry of his wife Tentsepeh. To this reconstruction there are
three fatal objections: (i) If 6-1 is the genealogy of Tentsepeh abne, why has her
husband's name been inserted before hers in 6 ? (a) If 6-1 is the genealogy of
a woman, why doe:i it proceed (fifth generation) with "son" and not daughter f
(3) The titles in 6 and 1 1 are not the same, but in 6 we have the old Libyan title of
Namk>t, whereas in 11 (carried back from 15) we have the Egyptian titles which
we should expect after the Egyptianization of the family. It is unfortunate that
the above possibility of evading the Libyan origin of the Twenty-second Dynasty
should be used as an argument for the Assyrian origin of that dynasty; although
we have proof positive that at the rise of the Twenty-second Dynasty, Assyria was
in a state of decline, and had absolutely no power in the west

THE TWENTY-THIRD DYNASTY

RECORDS OF NILE -LEVELS AT KARNAK»

793. These records, continuing those of the Twenty-
second Dynasty (§§ 695-98), are of great importance.
They show that the new Twenty-third Dynasty controlled
Thebes, probably from its accession (about 745 B. C), but at
least twenty-three years thereafter. Its conquest by Piankhi
must, therefore, fall after this period and after the reign of
Pedibast, which concluded those twenty-three years. The
interruption of the Twenty-third Dynasty at Thebes by
Piankhi was, therefore, not earlier than 722 B. C, and his
campaign not earlier than about 720 B. C. (see §§ 812, 813).
The remainder of the Twenty-third Dynasty will be found
discussed in the notes and introduction to the Piankhi Stela
(§§ 811-13). The question whether it may have been
parallel with the Twenty-second D5masty is also taken up
there (§ 813). See also Appended Remark, p. 404.

Reign of Pedibast

794. I. (26)^^ The Nile. Year 16 of King Meriamon-Pedibast,
which is year 2 of King Meriamon-Yewepet (Yw'[p]^'ly),

2. (27) The Nile. Year 19 of King Meriamon-Pedibast; time of
the High Priest of Amon, [^Harsiese^, triumphant.

3. (28) The Nile. Year 19 (sic!) of King Meriamon-Pedibast; time
of the High Priest of Amon, [Harsi]ese.

4. (29) The Nile. Year 23 of King Meriamon-Pedibast; time of
the High Priest of Amon, Takelot.

*On the quai of the great Karnak temple; published by Legrain, Zeiischrifi
far dgyptiscke Sprache, 1896, 113 f.

^Legrain's number.

<The p has, of course, been omitted in the publication. This Yewepet is the
same as the Yewepet mentioned in the Piankhi inscription, f f 830, 878.

403

404 TWENTY-THIRD DYNASTY: PEDIBAST [§794

Reign of Osorkon III

S- (16) The NUe. Year $.• High Priest of Amon, Yewelot
(Yw-w^ -r^ -t), triumphant, son of the Lord of the Two Lands,
Osorkon III.

6. (17) The Nile. Year 8. High Priest of Amon-Re, king of gods,
Nesube[neb]ded, triumphant, king's-son of the Lord of the Two Lands,
Osorkon III.

7. (18) The Nile. Year 14. High Priest of Amon-Re, king of
gods, Nesubenebded, triumphant, son of the Lord of the Two Lands,
Osorkon III.

8. (19) The Nile. Year — (same as 18).

9. (20) [The Nile. Year] triumphant, king's-son of the

Lord of the Two Lands, Osorkon III.

10. (ai) [The Nile. Year] (conclusion like 20).

Appended Remark

After these pages were in type, and as they go to press, I
have received from Mons. Legrain, a letter in which he has
had the great kindness to review the evidence from his bril-
liant excavations at Kamak, relating to the chronology of
the Twenty-third Dynasty. He concludes from this evidence
that the Twenty-third Dynasty was contemporary with the
end of the Twenty-second. I wish to thank him very
cordially here for the labor and time which he has so kindly
devoted to this valuable letter, and to congratulate him upon
the remarkable success of his work at Kamak, although I
am as yet unable to see that the evidence adduced proves
the alleged contemporaneity.

*The following records (Nos. 5-21) cannot belong to Osorkon I, whose second
name is Meriamon-Osorkon, as here; nor are they of Osorkon II, whose second
name is Meriamon-Sibast-Osorkon. Hence they evidently belong to Osorkon
III, whose second name was likewise Meriamon- Osorkon, as here. This also
relieves us of an impossible series of otherwise unknown High Priests of Amon,
who cannot be made sons of Osorkon I.

REIGN OF OSORKON IH

WILL OF YEWELOT*

795- The introduction to this will contains historical facts,
too important to be omitted here, even though this series is
not designed to include legal documents. I have, therefore,
given below the introduction and the conclusion which fur-
nish the framework of the document. According to the
custom since the Twenty-first Dynasty, at least, all such legal
instruments are decrees of Amon. Yewelot, son of Osorkon
III and High Priest of Atnon at Thebes, had founded a landed
estate there in his youth, in the tenth year of his father's
reign. He wills this estate to his son, Khamwese. In the
introduction he indicates the northern limit of his military
command as Siut.

'Said Amon-Re, king of gods, the great god, great in the begin-
ning of being: "As for the landed estate, which the High Priest of Amon-
Re, king of gods, commander in chief of the army, who is at the head of
the great army of 'the South as far as the region of Siut, Yewelot, tri-
umphant, founded; which lies in the district of the highland north-
west of Thebes'!, and is called 'Beautiful Region;' while he was a
youth in the time of his father, Ring Meriamon-Osorkon (III), ^in the

year lo, foiurth month of the third season, last day '*.... in

all 556 hta^O of various land, and 35 men and women, their dykes, their
'^trees, their large and small cattle; I confirm them to the prophet of
Amon-Re, king of gods, the chief of a district,^ Khamwese, triumphant,
his son, whom the daughter of a king's-daughter, '^Tedenetnebast
(T^dn't-n-B^s't), bore to him, forever."

•Red granite stela, round top, 2.67 m. high, 1.25 m. wide, 38 cm. thick,
discovered by Legrain in the great Kamak temple; published by him, Zeitschrift
far dgypUsche Sprache, 35, 13-16, and translated by Erman, »W^., 19-24. A relief
at the top in two parts shows: on the right a priest with panther-skin offering a
statuette of Truth to Amon and Khonsu; on the left, the same person in the same
ceremony before Amon and Mut. Below is the text in thirty-two horizontal lines.

t>See Dakhel Stela (i 726, 1. 2) for the same title.

405

REIGN OF PIANKHI

THE PIANKHI STELA*

796. This stela is the most instructive surviving docu-
ment in respect of the internal political condition of Egypt
in a time when no strong central power and no aggressive
monarch controlled the whole country. The conditions pic-
tured in this record are undoubtedly typical of similar periods
throughout the historic age in Egjrpt, and in reading it the
student clearly perceives why certain epochs in the history
of the Nile-dwellers have left us no monuments. That we
consequently know almost nothing of such periods is, in
view of the revelations of the Piankhi Stela, probably no
great loss, as far as political conditions are concerned. We
may safely picture them to ourselves as essentially like this
period first revealed to us by our great stela.

The Piankhi Stela discloses the Nubian kingdom

•Large and splendid stela of pink granite, with rounded top, 180 cm. high,
184 cm. wide, and 43 cm. thick; in the Museum of Cairo (No. 160, Guide^ iii, 6).
It was discovered in the temple at Gebel Barkal (Napata) by a native Egyptian
officer of the Sudanese government in 1862, and a rude copy made by him was used
by de Roug^ for his essay on the stone in 1863 {Revue archSologique, i863,> n. s.
VIII, 94 ff.). The original having arrived in Cairo in 1864, a copy was made by
Dev^ria, and published in 1867 (Fouilles exicuUes en Egypie, en Nubie et au
Soudan^ d^aprls les ordres de son Altesse le Vice-Roi d'Egypte, par Auguste Mariette-
Bey; folio; Paris: Franck, 1867; I (texte), 1-2; II (planches). Pis. 1-14). This
work was for some reason withdrawn from sale a few days after publication, and
only the few copies sold now exist. It was then published from the copies of
Devdria in Rough's Chrestomathie, fasc. IV (1876), and in Mariette, Monuments
divers^ Pis. I-VI. The publications are very good; I had also a collation of the
original by Schacfer, and my own collation of the Berlin squeeze, from both of which
sources a few corrections have been inserted. The best and most recent translation
is that of Griffith (A Library of the World's Best Literature, 5275-95). Sec
bibliography of older treatments, by Maspero (Mariette, Monuments divers,
I, 2, and Maspero, The Passing of the Empires, p. 166, n. 6). The geographical
notes which I have appended are chiefly drawn from Brugsch, Dictionnaire
giographique.

406

§797] THE PIANKHI STELA 407

already in existence as a full-fledged power. King Piankhi
must have come to the throne in Napata about 741 B. C,
but his records offer no hint of the development of the
kingdom which must have preceded him. Its character as
an Amonite theocracy or hierachy sufficiently indicates its
Theban origin. When, moreover, we remember that the
Nubian ^^gold-country of Afnon,^^ with its own governor,
already existed toward the close of the Nineteenth Dy-
nasty;* that the Theban High Priest of Amon became vice-
roy of Kush at the end of the Twentieth Dynasty ;** and,
finally, that the sacerdotal princess of Thebes in the Twenty-
first Dynasty was ^^ viceroy of Kush, and governor of the
Southern Countries, ^^"^ it will be seen that over four hundred
years before Piankhi's reign the Theban hierarchy had a
strong hold on Nubia, and that some two hundred years
later this had strengthened into full possession of the country.
7g7. The transfer of the Pharaonic seat of power to the
Delta and the prominence of Ptah in the family of the
Twenty-second Dynasty, had alienated the Amon priests
from the northern dynasties. What was the specific occas-
sion of the priests' withdrawal and the foundation of a new
* government at Napata, the old Eighteenth Dynasty seat of
Amon worship by the fourth cataract, we do not know. As the
later generations of the Twenty-second Dynasty weakened,
petty dynasts arose throughout the Delta and as far south
as Hermopolis. The Twenty-third Dynasty, at Bubastis,**
although acknowledged for at least twenty-three years at
Thebes during the reign of its first king, Pedibast (§§ 793,

•m, 640. *>§ 615.

cE. g., on the Canopic jars and stela of Nesikhonsu, A. B. Edwards, Recueil
IV, 80-85, ^^^ Maspero, Monties royaUs, 712.

<lAlthough Manetho gives the twenty-third as a Tanitic dynasty, it is clearly
Bubastite, according to the Piankhi inscription.

4o8 TWENTY-THIRD DYNASTY: PIANKHI [§798

794), brought no order out of the chaos; for, as the Nubian
kingdom now (about 722 B. C.)* suddenly emerges ypon our
view, we find it in possession of Thebes and Upper Egypt, as
far north as Heracleopolis just south of the mouth of the
Fayflm.^

798. The occasion of the Nubian conquest of the farther
North, narrated in our document, was a disturbance in the
situation just described, occasioned by the aggressiveness
and rapid rise of Tefnakhte, a local dynast of Sais in the
western Delta, whose career at this point illustrates that of
almost every founder of a Pharaonic dynasty. Had the
Nubian conquest not put an end to his brilliant career, he,
too, like Ahmose of Thebes, and Sheshonk of Heracle-
opolis (later Bubastis), would have headed a d)masty of
Pharaohs. In Piankhi's twenty- first'' year, in the first
month of the calendar year, his vassals in Upper Egypt
reported to him that Tefnakhte had defeated the dynasts of
the entire western Delta, and of both shores of the Nile above
the Delta, almost as far south as the vicinity of Benihasan.
Besides these, he had also gained control of all the eastern
and middle Delta princes (1. 19), so that he was practically
king of all lower Egypt, and of the lower portion of Upper

*Or possibly a little later. The reasons why Thebes could not have fallen
much later will be found at the close of this discussion, { 813. The correctness
of this dating of Piankhi's appearance in Lower Egypt some fifty years later than
has been heretofore done by other historians, is not only rendered certain by the
chronological data of the preceding period (dead reckoning from accession of
Eighteenth D3masty), but also by the fact that Piankhi was the father of Taharka,
who began to reign in 690 or 691 B. C; the fact that Bocchoris, the son of Tef-
nakhte, Piankhi's enemy, was the opponent of Shabaka; so that Piankhi and Sha-
baka cannot have been far apart.

^>The Ethiopian period in Egypt thus includes D3masties 23 (excepting the first
reign), 24, and 25, the last of which only, is called Ethiopian by Manetho, because
it was not until the overthrow of the ephemeral Twenty-fourth Dynasty, in the
Delta that the Ethiopians established themselves permanently there.

cAs he must have been holding Upper Egypt for some time before this, we must
place his occupation of Thebes a year at least before these reports.

|8oi] THE PIANKHI STELA 409

Egypt. Only Heradeopolis was holding out against him,
and was suffering a siege at his hands, all his vassal princes
lending him aid against it.

799. The wily Piankhi, desirous of drawing his enemy
far southward, away from the safety of the impenetrable
Delta swamps, quietly awaited developments. A second
appeal from the north (§ 819) then informed Piankhi of the
submission of Namlot, king of Hermopolis, to Tefnakhte
(§ 820). Piankhi thereupon sent his commanders, with the
troops then in Egypt, northward to check Tefnakhte's fur-
ther southern advance, and besiege Hermopolis (§821).
This they did, while Piankhi was, at the same time, dispatch-
ing from Nubia a second army for their support (§822).
Having left Thebes, the second army met Tefnakhte's fleet
coming up, and defeated it, capturing many ships and pris-
oners (§ 825). Continuing northward, probably down the
Bahr Yusuf,* they struck Tefnakhte's army, which was
besieging Heracleopolis, with the assistance of the Delta
dynasts, as we have already stated. The northerners were
defeated, both by land and water, and fled to the west side of
the Bahr Yusuf (§831), whither they were pursued by the
Nubians the next morning, again discomfited and forced to
retreat toward the Delta.

800. Namlot, king of Hermopolis, escaped from the dis-
aster, and returned southward to protect his own city,
Hermopolis, which had not yet surrendered ; whereupon the
Nubian commanders returned up the Bahr Yusuf to Her-
mopolis which they closely beset (§ 833).

801. On receiving reports of these operations, Piankhi
was enraged that the northern army had been allowed to
escape to the Delta. It was now late in the calendar year,

*See p. 434, a. f.

410 TWENTY-THIRD DYNASTY: PIANKHI [fSoa

and Piankhi determined, after the celebration of the New
Year at home, to proceed to Thebes to celebrate there the
great Feast of Opet in the third month, and then to lead the
campaign against the North in person (§§ 835, 836). Mean-
while, his commanders in Egypt captured Oxyrh3mcus,
Tetehen, and Hatbenu (§§837-39), although Hermopolis
still held out against them.

802. Piankhi then proceeded northward early in the cal-
endar year, celebrated the Feast of Opet at Thebes in the
third month, and went on to assume charge of the siege of
Hermopolis, which had now been going on for certamly
four, and probably five months (§ 840). He pressed the
siege so vigorously that the city was soon at his mercy, and
Namlot, finding that gifts, even his own royal crown, availed
nothing with Piankhi, sent out his queen to plead with
Piankhi's women that they might intercede with him in
Namlot's behalf (§§ 842-44). This move was successful and,
assured of his life, Namlot surrendered and turned over all
his wealth to Piankhi, who immediately entered the city
(§§845-50). One of the most remarkable touches in this
remarkable inscription is the wrath of Piankhi as he visits
Namlot's stables and finds that the horses have suffered
hunger (§ 850). All of Namlot's wealth was assigned to the
royal treasury of Piankhi and the sacred fortune of Amon

(§ 851).

803. Heracleopolis, being already exhausted after a siege
at the hands of Tefnakhte, its king, Pef nefdibast, now came
to greet Piankhi and praise him for his deliverance (§ 852).
The advance to the Delta, sailing down the Bahr Yusuf,
was then begun, and all the chief towns of the West sur-
rendered one after another on seeing Piankhi's force, except
Crocodilopolis, in the Fayflm, which would have carried him
too far from his course by lUahun. On the other hand, he

i8o5] THE PIANKHI STELA 4"

did not touch Aphroditopolis, which lay on the east side of
the river, equally fjir removed from his route, past Mediim
and Ithtowe to Memphis (§§853-57). Piankhi offered
sacrifice to the gods in all the cities which he passed, and
took possession of the available property for his own treas-
ury and the estate of Amon.

804. On reaching Memphis, it was found to be very
strongly fortified and, in answer to Piankhi's demand to
surrender, the Memphites closed the gates and made a sortie,
which was evidently not very effective (§§ 857, 858). Under
cover of night, Tefnakhte entered the city, and exhorted the
garrison to rely on their strong walls, their plentiful sup-
plies, and the high water which protected the east side from
attack, while he himself rode away north for reinforcements
(§§859, 860). Having landed on the north of the city,
Piankhi was surprised at the strength of the place. Some
of his people favored a siege, others desired to storm the
walls upon embankments and causeways raised for the pur-
pose (§861). Piankhi decided to storm, devising a shrewd
plan of assault which speaks highly for his skill as a
leader.

805. The lofty walls on the west side of the city had been
recently raised still higher, and it was evident that the east
side, protected by high waters (artificially raised ?) , was being
neglected. Here was the harbor, where the ships now floated
so high that their bow-ropes were fastened among the houses
of the city. Piankhi sent his fleet against the harbor, and
quickly captured all the shipping. Then, taking command
in person, he rapidly ranged the captured craft and his own
fleet along the eastern walls, thus furnishing footing for his
assaulting lines, which he immediately sent over the ram-
parts and captured the city before its eastern defenses could
be strengthened against him (§§ 862-65). A great slaugh-

412 TWENTY-THIRD DYNASTY: PIANKHI [|8o6

ter ensued, but the sanctuaries were, of course, respected
and protected, and Ptah recognized Piankhi as king (§§ 865,
866).

806. The entire region of Memphis then submitted
(§ 867), whereupon the Delta dynasts also came to Mem-
phis with gifts for Piankhi, and signified their submission
(§ 868). After dividing the wealth of Memphis between the
treasuries of Amon and of Ptah, Piankhi crossed the river,
worshiped in the ancient sanctuary of Khereha-Babylon,
and followed the old sacred road thence to Heliopolis, where
he camped by the harbor. Among the important religious
ceremonies here was his entrance alone into the holy of
holies of the Re-temple, that he might view the god and be
recognized by him as king, according to the immemorial
custom* (§ 871).

807. Before he left Heliopolis, King Osorkon III of
Bubastis surrendered and visited Piankhi. Having moved
his camp to a point just east of Athribis, by a town called
Keheni, he there received the submission of all the petty
kings, princelets, chiefs, and dynasts of the Delta (§§ 872,
873). Among these, Pediese of Athribis showed himself
especially loyal to Piankhi and invited him thither, placing
all his wealth at the Nubian's disposal. Piankhi, therefore,
entered Athribis, received the gifts of Pediese, and, in order
to choose for himself the best horses, especially entered the
stables, which the shrewd Athribite, observing his love of
horses, had particularly invited him to do. Fifteen Delta
dynasts were here dismissed, at their own request, that they
might go back to their cities and return to Piankhi with fur-
ther gifts, in emulation of Pediese (§§ 873-76).

808. Meantime the desperate Tefnakhte had garrisoned

•See II, §§134, 221 flf.

1809] THE PIANKHI STELA 413

Mesed, a town of uncertain location, but probably some-
where on his frontier. Rather than have them captured by
Piankhi, he burned the ships and supplies which he could
not save. Piankhi then sent a body of troops against Mesed,
and they slew the garrison. Tefnakhte had, meanwhile,
taken refuge on one of the remote islands in the western
mouths of the Nile. The season was far advanced ; many
miles of vast Delta morass, and a network of irrigation canals,
separated Piankhi from the fugitive. It would have been a
hazardous undertaking to have dispatched an army into such
a region. When, therefore, Tefnakhte sent gifts and a
humble message of submission, requesting that Piankhi
send a messenger with whom he might go to the neighboring
temple and take the oath of allegiance to Piankhi, the Nubian
king was very ready to accept the proposal (§ 880). In this
less hmniliating, not to say much less dangerous manner,
Tefnakhte then accepted the suzerainty of Piankhi, and
when the two kings of the Fayflm and Aphroditopolis, whom
he had not molested on his way northward, appeared with
their gifts (§ 882), a Nubian Pharaoh was lord of all
Egypt.

809. The vassals, having paid Piankhi a last visit, he
loaded his vessels with the wealth of the North and sailed
away for his southern capital, amid the acclamations of the
people. Arrived at Napata, he had erected in the temple
of Amon our magnificent granite stela, recording how he,
the son of Amon, had humiliated the rivals of that god in the
North. The language of the inscription is good, and clear
Egyptian in the narrative portions; but in the speeches,
especially those of Piankhi himself, it is in places quite unin-
telligible, and produces the impression of a composition by
one not perfectly familiar with the language. Apart from
the Annals of Thutmose III, and possibly the documents

414 TWENTY-THIRD DYNASTY: PIANKHI [|8io

of Ramses II on the Battle of Kadesh, the inscription of
Piankhi is the clearest and most rational account of a cam-
paign which has survived from ancient Egypt. It displays
a good deal of literary skill, and an appreciation of dra-
matic situations which is notable, while the vivacious touches
found here and there quite relieve it of the arid tone usual in
such hieroglyphic documents. The imagination endues the
personages appearing here more easily with life than those of
any other similar historical narrative of Egypt; and the
humane Piankhi especially, the lover of horses, remains a
man, far removed from the conventional companion and
equal of the gods, who inevitably occupies the exalted throne
of the Pharaohs in all other such records, except, possibly,
the Annals of Thutmose III.

8io. Tefnakhte, while he had nominally submitted to
Piankhi, only awaited the withdrawal of the Ethiopian to
resume his designs. He eventually assumed the Pharaonic
titles ; and a gift of land near Sais by a priest of Neit, to this
goddess, is dated in Tefnakhte's eighth year as Pharaoh.*
He must have greatly increased the power and prestige of
Sais, for his son Bocchoris^ was the founder of the Twenty-
fourth Dynasty (about 719-713 B. C).

811. In Upper Eg3rpt, Piankhi's rule continued for an
uncertain but brief period. In the temple of Mut, at Thebes,
he left a relief*" representing a festal voyage of his ships, per-
haps his return from the North. Among the ships appears

*SteIa in hieratic in the museum of Athens, first noticed and partially pub-
lished by Mallet (Recueilf i8, 4 fit.); then fully by Spiegelberg in transcriptioa
(ibid., 25, 190-93); the relief at the top by Maspero (Empires, 181).

*>Diodonis, I, 45.

cBenson and Gourlay, The Temple of Mid in Asher, Pis. XX-XXII, and pp.
370-79. These blocks may belong to some other Piankhi.

|8iil THE PIANKHI STELA 415

the state barge* of Sais, of course captured from Tefnakhte's
fleet in the northern war. Osorkon III of Bubastis finally
recovered Thebes, perhaps about 720 B. C, and together
with an otherwise unknown Takelot (III) ruled there for a
few years. ^ Some years later *" Tefnakhte's son Boc-
choris (W ^ h-k ^ -R^) ascended the throne as the first and,
as far as we know, the sole king of the Twenty-fourth
Dynasty (see following table).

^The Somtu-tefnakhte, who appears here as a naval commander of Piankhi
and prince of HeracleopoUs, cannot possibly be the same as the Saite Tefnakhte,
who, besides the difference in the name, was not prince of Heracleopolis.

*>See note, { 872, 1. 106. '

<:Wbo ruled at Thebes during these years we do not know. Osorkon Ill's,
coregent, Takelot III, may have continued there. As Osorkon Ill's successor
Africanus and Syncellus give a certain Psammus, with ten years, and Africanus
follows Psammus with one Zet (thirty-one years); but neither of these two kings
has been found on the monuments.

4i6

TWENTY-THIRD DYNASTY: PIANKHI

[|8l2

812.

•^m

Ethiopians

Sattes

BUBASTITES

Twenty-third Dynasty

745

l-H

H
718

741

Accession in
Napata

726

Ruled at least
8 years as
Prince of
Sais and
Memphis
and as King
in Western
Delta

722

720
717

712

eg
700

Control of
Thebes and
Lower Egypt

Rule of Psam-
mus and
Zet of Afri-
canus, here ?

Campaign

718

PQ
712

•

Beginning of
Twenty-
fourth Dy-
nasty

End of Twenty-
third D3aiasty

Thebes prob-
ably lost

Beginning of
Twenty-fifth
Dynasty

En
fo

d of Twenty-
urth Dynasty

700

|8i4] THE PIANKHI STELA 417

813. The preceding table will show how the complicated
history of the time is probably to be restored. The Twenty-
third D3masty ruler, Osorkon III, is a Bubastite, and not a
Tanite, as Manetho states.* Hence the Twenty-third
Dynasty, being clearly Bubastite, could not have been par-
allel with the close of the Bubastite Twenty-second Dynasty,
but must have followed it. Again, both Pedibast and Osor-
kon III of the Twenty-third Dynasty, controlled Thebes
(§§ 793, 794) as did all the later kings of the Twenty-second
D3masty. Hence they could not have been contemporary.^
There are two other possible parallels: first, the last few
years of the Twenty-third Dynasty, with the reign of Boc-
choris,*^ but Bocchoris could not have been regarded as the
founder and sole king of a new dynasty, if he had not ruled
the country as a whole for a time; second, the early years of
Shabaka may have been parallel with the close of Bocchoris's
reign. The whole period involved by these two parallels
could not have been more than ten years, and was probably
less, if it existed at all.

814. Returning now to the Piankhi Stela, it is crowned by
a relief, showing Amon of Napata"* enthroned, with Mut
standing behind him. Before the divinities stands Piankhi.
Approaching him a king, wearing upon his forehead the
ro)ral serpent-crest (uraeus), leads a horse with the left
hand, and in the right hand carries a sistrum; above him
the words: ^^King NamloV^ This incident is afterward

*On the position of Osorkon III and his relation to Thebes and Piankhi, see
{ 872, 1. io6y note; and f 941.

^'The new materials found by Legrain in the great cache at Kamak (Recueil,
37, 78, 79) have led him to think that the old conclusion of the contemporaneity of
the Twenty-second and Twenty-third Dynasties is supported by them. In so far
as published, they do not prove this conclusion. [Later: Sec Appended Note,
p. 404.]

cQn date of Bocchoris, see { 884.

<JThe fragmentary words inscribed beside him, refer to the "^e mountain"
or Gebel Barkal, by Napata.

4i8 TWENTY-THIRD DYNASTY: PIANKHI [§815

described in the great inscription (1. 58). A woman, stand-
ing with uplifted right hand, preceding Namlot, represents
^Hhe king^S'Wives" the women of Namlot, who appeared
before Piankhi in the palace at Hermopolis (11. 62-64).
Three kings, with the royal uraeus upon their foreheads, are
kissing the earth at Piankhi's feet. They are designated as:
(i) King Osorkon; (2) King Yewepet; (3) King PejnejdibdsL

815. Five other princes approach Piankhi, of whom one,
without the uraeus, but wearing the sidelock of youth, was
"pPrmceT] Teti,^^ The other four, who are also without the
uraeus, but wear the feather plume on the head, are:

(i) The prince (/i^/>'-^),* Pethenef (P'^-infy); (2) The prince
(^c/-y.c)^ Pemou (P^-m^); (3) Great chief of Me, Akenesh p-*'-
n-i ^) ; (4) Great chief of Me, Zeamamefonekh.

The words of these conquered dynasts, or at least of
Namlot, inscribed before them, are too fragmentary for
restoration, but they began: "5e appeased^ Horus, lard of
[the palace],^ ^ in which we recognize the opening words of
Namlot's speech before Piankhi (11. 55, 56). The figure of
Piankhi has been chiseled away by his political enemies.

Beneath the relief the great inscription then follows, as

translated below :

Date

816. 'Year 21,^ first month of the first season, under the majesty
of the King of Upper and Lower Egypt, Meriamon-Piankhi*^ (P-^ ^by)^
Uving forever.

•The old ** counts'* have now become practically independent ^* princes,** and
the old title, h^ty-^, should generally be so rendered in this age.

*>This date may be either that of the first events in the following record, or
that of the return of Piankhi and the erection of the stela. Piankhi, having cele-
brated the New Year's feast at Napata, departed for Thebes, which in turn he left
in the third month, for his campaign in the north. The above date, nine months
later, would allow enough for his campaign and the return to Napata. Again, if
it be the date of the first report of Tefnakhtc's aggressions, Piankhi's departure
was a year later (his commanders operating in Egypt meanwhile), so that his depar-
ture and campaign fell in the year 22.

cFor this name I have retained the traditional spelling, although it is evident

J8i8] THE PIANKHI STELA 419

IfUroduction

817. Command which my majesty speaks: "Hear of what I did,
more than the ancestors. I am a king, divine emanation, living image
of Atimi, who came forth from the womb, adorned as a ruler, of whom
those greater than he were afraid; whose father knew, 'and whose
mother recognized that he would rule in the egg, the Good God, beloved
of the gods, achieving with his hands, Meriamon-Piankhi."

Announcement of Tefnakhte*s Advance

818. One came to say to his majesty: "A chief of the west, the
great prince in Neter,* Tefnakhte {T ^ j-nfji' i)^ is in the nome of — ,*=
in the nome of Xois, in Hapi (^ ^ p)y^ in — ^in Ayan,® in Pemub,^ and
in Memphis. He has seized the whole west from the back-lands to
Ithtowe, coming southward with a numerous army, while the Two
Lands are united behind him, and the princes and rulers of walled
towns are as dogs at his heels. No stronghold has closed fits doorsi in]
nhe nomes of the South: Mer-Atum (Mediim), Per-Sekhemkheperre,*

from the two reed-leaves at the end that the vowel followed the J. The p or py
is certainly the demonstrative "pay." The name of Hrihor's son, Payonekh,
owing to the lack of the y at the end, evidently had nothing to do with Piankhi.
Hence the political connection between Thebes and Napata, however probable
on other grounds, cannot be based on the supposed identity of these two names,
as is commonly done.

*.\ region in the central Delta near modem Behbeit, the Iseum or Isidis oppi-
dum of classic geographers; see also § 878, No. 5, note.

hThis name is an abbreviation, the full form being : X (divine name)-4 ^ f-nfU ' t —
tefnakhte, " {the god) X is his Strength." See Schaefer, Festschrift fUr Georg Ebers,
93, note 2. The full form occurs on the Theban blocks of Piankhi (Benson and
Gourlay, The Temple of Mut in Asher^ 375). Feminine form X-tesaakhte
(J 918).

cThe sign above the nome standard is omitted in the original.

<5Lit., " Nile" a NUopolis supposed by Brugsch to be somewhere in the western
Delta.

•Uncertain.

fThere was a Per-Nub near Sais (Brugsch, Dicticnnaire giographique, 325)
in the western Delta. The following generalization, **the whole west, etc." shows
that all these places are to be distributed in the western Delta from Memphis to
the coast. Ithtowe was between MedOm and Memphis.

«Lit., "House of Osorkon /;*' the place was therefore a fotmdation of this
king. Its exact site is no longer known, but it must have been near Illahiin at the
mouth of the Fayiim.

420 TWENTY-THIRD DYNASTY: PIANKHI [J819

the temple of Sebek,* Permezed,^ Theknesh*^ (T-k ^ -n^S) ; and evay
dty of the west;^ they have opened the doors for fear of him. He
turned to the east, they opened to him likewise: Hatbenu,^ Tozi'
{T'^ywi'^'t), HatseteniK m'i'Siny), Pemebtepih^ (Pr-nb-ip-yfi).
Behold, ^e] besieges Heracleopolis, he has completely invested it,^
not letting the comers-out come out, and not letting the goers-in go in,
fighting every day. He measiured it off in its whole circuit, every
prince knows his waU;' he stations every man of the princes and rulers
of walled towns over his (respective) portion."

Piankhi*s Indifference

819. Then [his majesty] heard [the message] %ith courageous heart,
laughing, and joyous of heart.

Second Appeal of the North

These princes and commanders of the army who were in their cities
sent to his majesty daily, saying: "Wilt thou be silent, even to forget-
ting the Southland, the nomes of the fcourti ?^ While Tefnakhte ad-
vances his conquest and finds none to repel his arm."

•Crocodilopolis, capital of the Faytoi.

^Oxyrhyncus-Behnesa, capital of the nineteenth nome of Upper Egypt.

^Coptic Taklnash of the nome of Pemdshe (Ozyrhyncus); see Brugsdi,
Dictionnaire giograpkique, 669.

^This means the west side of the Nile, above the Deha.

«The capital of the eighteenth nome of Upper Egypt, perhaps the Hipponoo
of the classic times. It literally means: " House of ike Phmnix" (Bnigsch, Didum-
naire giographique, 670-96).

'A town in the nineteenth nome of Upper Egypt, perhaps the Coptic Tddshi
(Bnigsch, Dictionnaire giographique, 182).

sA town of the eighteenth nome of Upper Egypt, probably the classic Alabas-
tzoDopolis. It was **HoruSf lord of Hatsetem,** who conducted Haimhab to Thebes
for hb coronation (III, 27). See Brugsch, DiOionnaire giograpkiqtie, 669-71.

^At&h (Aphroditopolis) of the twenty-second nome of Upper Egypt; and as
we find this city (called Metenu) surrendering to Piankhi later (1. 145), it is evident
that Tefnakhte had taken it.

^A remarkable expression, literally meaning: "He has made himself imie
a^laU-in-the-mouih;* " viz., he lay around the dty like a serpent with its tail in
its mouth.

JThe section of wall assigned to him by Tefnakhte.

^Ot: "the nomes of the amrt of the SoutMand," like "ElephamUm of the
South {tp riy)."

J8aa] THE PIANKHI STELA 421

Submission oj Hermopolis to TefnakhU

820. "Namlot* , 'prince of Hatwerct^ (^ •^^£;r•[/]), he has

overthrown the wall of Nefnis^ {Nfrws), he has demolished his own
dty, for fear of him who might take it from him,^ in order to besiege
another dty. Behold, he goes to follow at his (Tefnakhte's) heels,*
having cast off allegiance to his majesty^ (Piankhi). He tarries with
him (Tefnakhte) like one of [his vassals in] ^e nome of Oxyrhyncus,
and gives to him (Tefnakhte) gifts, as much as he desires, of everything
that he has found.''

Piankhi Commands the Capture of the Hare Nome

821. Then his majesty sent to the princes and commanders {mr)
of the army who were in Egypt: the commander (/i), Purem« (P-w^-
r-m^\ and the commander ({^), Lemersekeny (Rvh^mr-s-k-n^y)'}^ and
every commander (fs) of his majesty who was in Egypt (saying):
"Hasten into battle line, engage in battle, surround — , •capture its
people, its cattle, its ships upon the river. Let not the peasants go
forth to the fidd, let not the plowmen plow, beset the frontier of the
Hare nome, fight against it daily." Then they did so.

Piankhi Sends His Army; His Instructions

822. Then his majesty sent an army to Egypt, charging them
earnestly: "fDelayi] not [day nor] "°night, as at a game of draughts;*
(but) fight ye on sight. Force battle upon him from afar.i if he says

•In cartouche.

^Lit., "Great House" a designation of a town in the sixteenth nome of Upper
Egypt, perhaps the same as Hebenu {ffbnw; cf. Harris, 61 6, 6, { 367).

cTown in the same nome as Hatweret

<iC>r : "for fear that he {Tefnakhte) might take it." As he submitted to Tefnakhte
immediately afterward, the motive for the act is not clear in either case.

«Lit., "to be the companion of his feet," the figure of the dog, as above in 1. 3.
It is a common figure applied to followers of a king.

^iankhi's rule had thus extended as far north as Hermopolis.
«Lit., " The Negro," from a Nubian word " unim " - " black" and the Egyptian
article.

*»Or Lesmersekeni (Rto- > -s-mr-s-k-n-y).

> Perhaps a reference to the sbwness of the game.

J Judging from the context, this certainly means, not that they are to fight at
long range, avoiding close quarters, but that they are to seek battie at the earliest
opportunity, and begin the attack firom afar.

422 TWENTY-THIRD DYNASTY: PIANKHI [J823

to the infantry and chariotry of another dty, 'Hasten;' (then) ye shall
abide until his army comes, that ye may fight as he says. But if his
allies be in another dty, "(then) let one hasten to them;* these princes,
whom he has brought for his support: Libyans (Thnw) and favorite
soldiers, force battle upon them rfirst^.^ Say, 'We know not what he
cries in mustering troops.^ Yoke the war horses, the best of thy stable;
"draw up the line of battle! Thou knowest that Amon is the god who
has sent us."'

Instructions as to Thebes

823. ''When ye arrive at Thebes, before Kamak, ye shall enter
into the water, ye shall bathe in the river, ye shall dress in Cfine linen^;
unstring the bow, loosen the arrow. Let not the chief boast '^as a
mighty man; there is no strength to the mighty without him (Amon).
He maketh the weak-armed into the strong-armed, so that multitudes
flee from the feeble, and one alone taketh a thousand men. Sprinkle
yoiursdves with the water of his altars, sniff the ground before him.
Say '^ye to him, ' Give to us the way, that we may fight in the shadow
of thy sword. (As for) the generation^ whom thou hast sent out, when
its attack occurs, multitudes flee before it.'"

Reply of the Army

824. Then they threw themsdves upon their bellies before his
majesty (saying): "It is thy name which endues us with might, and
thy coimsel is the mooring-post of thy army; thy bread is in our bellies
on every march, thy beer "^quenches oiu: thirst. It is thy valor that
giveth us might, and there is strength at the remembrance of thy name;
(for) no army prevails whose commander is a coward. Who is thy
equal therein ? Thou art a victorious king, achieving with his hands,
chief of the work of war."

*If Tefnakhte should send his allies to fight them, they are to await the attack;
but if the allies remain in some city, Piankhi's forces are to seek them.

^Tpy- S evidently parallel with m w » {**fram afar") in 1. 10.

cThe meaning is uncertain; possibly: we are indifferent to his battle-cry, in
encouraging his troops. The remainder is a defiance to Tefnakhte, to be spoken
by Piankhi's army.

^P 3 Iff, lit., ** young men^" or, in the military organizadon of the country, a
"class" as they successively fall due for military service (see { 402).

|83o] THE PIANKHI STELA 423

Advance to Thebes

825. They sailed "Mown-stream, they arrived at Thebes, they did
according to ail that his majesty had said.

BatUe on the River

They sailed down-stream upon the river;* they found many ships
coming up-stream bearing soldiers, sailors, and commanders;^ every
valiant man of the Northland, equipped with weapons of war, •''to fight
against the army of his majesty. Then there was made a great slaughter
among them, (whose) number was unknown. Their troops and their
ships were captured, and brought as living captives (sic!) to the place
where his majesty was.*^

Arrival at Heracleopolis
They went to the ^frontier** of Heracleopolis, demanding battle.

List of the Northern Enemy

830.® List of the princes and kings of the Northland,^ namely:

1. King Namlot and

2. »«King Yewepet (Yw-w^-p-O^

3. Chief of Me, Sheshonk,^ of Per-Osiris (Busiris), lord of Ded.

*The addition is significant; the advance through Nubia had been largely
by land. The exact place of the battle is uncertain; but as Piankhi's commanders
were already besieging Hermopolis, it could hardly have been south of that city.

K)r perhaps ** troops*' (|i/). cNapata.

<iThe meaning of this word (hn't) is here uncertain; it is possibly **houn**
(of ehoun), **into.** As the troops of Tefnakhte were besieging Heracleopolis, the
battle which now took place must have been by the city far from the Nile; and the
capture of ships would indicate that the Nubians had descended the Bahr Yusuf ,
as Schaefer has suggested to me. See {831 and note.

•Omission of Nos. 826-29 ^^ ^^ section numbering is intentional

niie term is loosely used here, for Nambt, the first king, was king of Her-
mopolis, the second nome south of the Fay(Un. A fuller list of the Delta dynasts
is given later ({{ 878, IL 1 14-17).

sSee { 794; p. 437, n. d; and {878.

l>This mercenary commander from Busiris is subordinate to Pemou, prince
of that dty (1. 116). They are contemporary, imd neither bears royal dtles; hence
they cannot have been identical with Pemou and Sheshonk IV, the last kings of
the Twenty-second Dynasty. Moreover, both Pemou and Sheshonk IV held Mem-
phis to the end of their reigns, but Memphb has now bng been held by Tefnakhte,
who was sem priest of Ptah there.

424 TWENTY-THIRD DYNASTY: PIANKHI [J 831

4. Great chief of Me, Zeamonefonekh, of Per-Benebded (Mendes),
together with

5. His eldest son,* who was commander of the army of Per-Thutup-
rehui (Pr-Phwty-W^rhwy).^

6. The army of the hereditary prince, Beknenef (Bk-n-nfy), together
with

7. His eldest son, chief of Me,** Nesnekedi^ (Ns-n^ -^^y, sic!) in
the nome of Hesebka (^sIhk^)A

8. Every chief wearing a feather who was in the Northland;*
together with

9. King Osorkon, who was in Per-Bast (Bubastis) and the district of
Ranofer {R ^ -nfr).

10. Every prince, the rulers of the walled towns in the West, in the
East, (and) the islands in the midst, were united of one mind as followers
of the great chief of the West, ruler of the walled towns of the Northland,
prophet of Neit, mistress of Sais, '<^m priest of Ptah, Tefnakhte.

Battle Opposite HeracUopolis

83 1 • They went forth against them ; then they made a great slaughter
among them, greater than anything. Their ships were captured upon
the river.' The renmant crossed over and landed on the west side
before Per-Peg.«

*His name, Enekhhor, will be found in the other list ({ 878, No. 4).

^Hermopolis Parva, in the western Delta.

cL. 116 has Ns-fi ) 'kd-y- <iEleventh nome of Lower Egypt.

«How many names this term may include is uncertain, but doubtless the chiefs
of Me, enumerated in the second list, are meant.

rrhis word (ytr) has a common plural, referring to the canals of E^pt, and
does not necessarily designate the Nile. Schaefer suggested to me that the Bahr
Yusuf is meant here. It then occurred to me that all the cities taken by Piankhi
as he went north, were far from the NUe, on the west side, until he reached Khereha-
Babybn, and that he left the Fayilm on one side and Atfih-Aphroditopolis on the
other side tmtouched, passing north between them, as is shown by the later. sur-
render of their kings (1. 145, note). This would have been almost impossible in the
case of Atfih, had Piankhi been descending the Nile. He probably reached the
river again below Atfih by the ancient connection between Henideopolis and
Alexandria (Wilcken, Archiv fUr Papyrusforschungj II, 317; see also Papyrus
Harris, { 224, note), of which we do not know the exact course. See also L 76
(f S53f n- &)i which is the main proof of this hypothesis.

sThis town is uncertain; but seeing that the Nubians had already reached

1 835] THE PIANKHI STELA 4*5

BatUe at Per-Peg

832. When the land brightened early in the morning, the army of
his majesty crossed over ^'against them. Army mingled with army;
they slew a multitude of people among them; horses of unknown
number; a rout* ensued among the renmant. They fled to the North-
land, from the blow, great and evil beyond ever3rthing.

List of the slaughter made among them:
People: — ^ men.

Hermopolis Besieged

833. ^'King Namlot fled up-stream southward, when it was told
him: "Hermopolis (ffmnw) is in the midst of the foe from the army of
his majesty, who capture its people and its cattle." Then he entered
into Hermopolis (Wnw), while the army of his majesty was upon the
river, in the harbor ^^oi the Hare nome.*^ Then they heard of it, and
they surrounded the Hare nome^ on its four^ sides, not letting the
comers-out come out, and not letting the goers-in go in.

Report to Piankhi

834. They sent to report to the majesty of the King of Upper and
Lower Egypt, Meriamon-Piankhi, given life, on every conflict which
they had fought, and on every victory of his majesty.

Piankhi Determines to go to Egypt Himself

835. Then his majesty was enraged thereat like a panther (sa3ring):
" Have they allowed '^a remnant of the army of the Northland to remain ?
allowing him that went forth of them to go forth, to tell of his campaign ?

the vicinity of Heracleopolis (1. 1 7), it must have been on the west side of Bahr Yusuf
dose to Uiat city, and almost certainly further north. Maspero's identification

with f Vfl'Mt hardly seems phonetically possible, and hardly fits the condi-
tions {Proceedings of the Society of Biblical Archteology, 20, 123-35).

*See Piehl, Zeitschrift fUr dgyptiscke Spracke, 1887, 124 f.

^'The sculptor has omitted the nimieral, although he left itwm for it.

cThe nome names are commonly used in this inscription as here, for the chief
city of the nome. The harbor was evidently on the Bi^ Yusuf, on the east side
of which Heracleopolis lies (see Schaefer's plan, Archiv fUr Papyrusforschung, II).
They must therefore have returned up the Bahr Yusuf.

^Text has five.

426 TWENTY-THIRD DYNASTY: PIANKHI [I856

not causing their death, in order to destroy the last of them ? I swear:
as Re loves me! As my father Amon favors me! I will myself go
northward, that I may destroy '^that which he has done, that I may
make him turn back from fighting, forever."

Piankhi Would VisU Thebes

836. *' Now, afterward when the ceremonies of the New Year are

celebrated, I will offer to my father. Anion,* at his beautiful feast, when

he makes his beautiful appearance of the New Year, that he may send

me forth in peace, to behold Amon^ at the beautiful Feast of Opet; that

I may bring his image^ forth in procession 'Ho Luzor at his beautiful

feast (called) : ''Night of the Feast of Opet," and at the feast (called):

"Abiding in Thebes," which Re made for him in the beginning; and

that I may bring him in procession to his house, resting upon his throne,

on the ''Day of Bringing in the God," in the third month of the first

season, second day;^ that I may make the Northland taste the taste of

my fingers."

Canute of Oxyrhyncus

837. Then the army, which was there in "'Egypt, heard of the
wrath which his majesty felt toward them. Then they fought against
Per-Mezed* of the Oxyrhynchite nome, they took it like a flood of water,
and they sent to his majesty ; (but) his heart was not satisfied therewith.

Canute of Tetehen

838. Then they fought against Tetehen,' great in might. They
found it filled '^th soldiers, with every valiant man of the Northland.
Then the battering-ram was employed against it, its wall was overthrown,
and a great slaughter was made among them, of unknown number;
also the son of the chief of Me, Tef nakhte. Then they sent to his majesty
concerning it, (but) his heart was not satisfied therewith.

Canute of Haibenu

839. *9Then they fought against Hatbenu {^'i-Bnw)^ its interior
was breached, the army of hb majest}' entered into it. Then they
sent to his majesty, (but) his heart was not satisfied therewith.

»Of Napata. *>Of Thebes. «Lit., " him as {or in) Ms imaged*

^TYoB is one of the days of the long " Feast of Opet;'* see { 237, note; and de
Roug6, Milange d'archiologie Sgyptienne el assyrienne, I, 133.

^Oxyrhyncus. 'Modern Tehneh.

§843] THE PIANKHI STELA 427

Piankhi Goes to Hermopolis

840. First month of the first season, ninth day; his majesty went
northward to Thebes, and completed the Feast of Amon at the Feast
of Opet. His majesty sailed ^onorthward to the dty of the Hare nome
(Hermopolis); his majesty came forth from the cabin of the ship, the
horses were yoked up, the chariot was mounted, the terror of his
majesty reached to the end of the Asiatics, every heart was heavy with
the fear of him.

Piankhi Rebukes His Army

841. Then his majesty went forth ^ "^ to ^"hate his soldiers,

enraged at them like a panther (saying): "Is the steadfastness* of your
fighting this slackness in my affairs ? Has the year reached its end,
when the fear of me has been inspired in the Northland? A great
and evil blow shaU be smitten them."

Siege of Hermopolis

842. He set up for himself the camp on the southwest of Hermopolis
{]^mnw)f and besieged it ^'daily. An embankment was made, to
inclose the wall; a tower^ was raised to elevate the archers while shoot-
ing, and the slingers while slinging stones, and slaying people among
them daily.

The City Pleads for Mercy

843. Days passed,^ and Hermopolis {Wnw) was foul to the nose,
without her (usual) ^^ragrance. Then Hermopolis {^nw) threw
herself upon her belly, and plead before the king. Messengers came
forth and descended bearing everything beautiful to behold: gold, every
splendid costly stone, clothing in a chest, and the diadem which was
upon his^ head, the uraeus which inspired the fear of him; * without
ceasing during many days,® pleading with his' diadem.

^Read mn and the roll, for mn and s,

^'The determinative shows that a wooden construction of some sort is meant by
the word {f>k).

cThe dty had already been besieged many months: three months in the new
year, and bng enough in the old year for news of it to reach Piankhi at Napata
before the New Year's feast (1. 25). Five months is therefore not improbable as
the length of the siege.

^Namlot's. ^These adverbs belong to **came forth and descended.*^

fPiankhi's ? Or do they use Namlot's diadem as a ransom or bribe ?

428 TWENTY-THIRD DYNASTY: PIANKHI [I844

Natnlofs Qtieen Intercedes

844. Then they sent ^^his* wife, the kings'-wife, and king's-daughter,
Nestent (Nstnt), to plead with the king's-wives, king's-concubines,
king's-daughters, and king's-sisters, to throw herself upon her belly in
the harem,^ before the king's-wives (saying): "We come to jrou, O
king's-wives, king's-daughters, and king's^sisters, that ye may appease
Horus,^ lord of the palace, whose fame is great and his triumph mi^ty.

Grant ^sthat he me; lo, he ^^him. Lo, <" '^

f Speak''] 3'to him, that he may incline to the one that praises

him 38— r— 1 d

Piankhi Addresses Natnlot^

845. 5'"Lo, who has led thee ? who has led thee ? Who, then, has

led thee ? Who has led thee ? s'thou didst fforsake*^ the way

of life. Did heaven rain with arrows? I am f content''] ^^when the
Southerners do obeisance and the Northerners (say): *Put us in thy

shadow.' Lo, it is evil r — "^ 54bearing his food. The heart is a

steering-oar; it capsizes its owner through that which is from the god.

It seeth flame as coolness '^ini the heart' . ^sThere is no old man,

r \ Thy nomes are full of youths."

Namloi's Reply to Piankhi

846. He threw himself upon his belly before his majesty (saying) :
"[Be appeased],* 56Horus, lord of the palace, it is thy might which has
done it. I am one of the king's slaves, paying impost into the treasury
r — 57 — 1 their impost. I have brought for thee more than they."

*Namlot's. '^Lit., " house of women {pr-f^m ' v4). " cXhc king.

dFour signs are legible in 1. 39; 11. 40-49 are entirely lost, and three signs are
clear in 1. 50. Beginning with 1. 35, we pass to the short lines of the left edge, or
thickness of the stela.

«The plea of Namlot's wife must have been successful; the surrender was
accepted by Piankhi, and Nambt has presented himself before him. All this is
k)st in the long lacuna, and the narrative resumes with Piankhi's obscure address
to Namlot.

<Or: " The flame seemeth to U as coolness ^in^ the heart," the heart itself being
so hot?

^Restored from the relief, where the utterance of Namlot is also partially
recorded (§ 814).

tSso] THE PIANKHI STELA 4?9

Nandot's Gifts

847. Then he presented much silver, gold, lapis lazuli, malachite,
bronze, and all costly stones. ^^Then he filled the treasury with this
tribute; he brought a horse in the right hand and a sbtrum in the left
hand,* of gold and lapis lazuli.

Piankhi^s Triumphant Entry into Hermopolis

848. Then his [majesty] appeared in splendor ^©in his palace,^ pro-
ceeded to the house of Thoth, lord of Hermopolis {^mnw)^ and he
slew bulls, calves, and fowl for his father, lord of Hermopolis {ffmnw)^
and the eight gods in the house of ^'Hhe eight gods. The army of the
Hare nome acclaimed and rejoiced, saying: "How beautiful is Horus,
resting in ^»his dty, the Son of Re, Piankhi ! Celebrate for us a jubilee
Qfb'iSjy even as thou hast protected the Hare nome.'**^

Piankhi Visits NamloVs Palace

849. His majesty proceeded to ^'the house of King Namlot, he
entered every chamber of the king's-house, his treasury and his maga-
zines. He caused that there be brought to him; ^^the king's-wives and
king's-daughters; they saluted his majesty in the fashion of women,**
(but) his majesty turned not his face to ^^them.

Piankhi Visits NamloVs Stables

850. His majesty proceeded to the stable of the horses and the
quarters of the foals. When he saw that ^'they had suffered hunger, he
said: "I swear, as Re loves me, and as my nostrils are rejuvenated with
life, it is more grievous in my heart ^^at my horses have suffered hunger,
than any evil deed that thou hast done, in the prosecution of thy desire.
It has borne witness of thee to me, the fear of thy associates for thee.
^^Didst thou not know that the god's shadow is over me ? and that my
fortune never perishes because of him ? Would that another had done
it to me! ^I could not but fcondenmi him on account of it. When I
was being fashioned in the womb, and created in the divine egg ^^e

*The relief shows the horse led by the left hand and the sistnim in the right
(» 814).

^This must mean Piankhi's tent, for he does not reach Nambt's palace until
later (11. 61, 62).

cSee {§ 750, 751 <iLit., "with the things of women."

430 TWENTY THIRD DYNASTY: PIANKHl [§851

seed of the god was in me. By his ka, I do nothing without him; he
it is who commands me to do it."

Disposal of Nandot^s Property

851. Then his* possessions were assigned to the treasury, ^q^ukI ||is
granary to the divine offerings^ of Amon in Kamak.

Loyalty oj Heracleopolis

852. The ruler of Heracleopolis Pefnefdibast*' (Pf-nf-dyy-B^sf)
came, bearing tribute 'Ho the palace: gold, silver, every costly stone,
and horses of the choicest of the stable. He threw himself upon his
belly before his majesty; he said: ''Hail to thee. Horns, ^amighty
king, Bull subduer of Bulls ! The Nether World^ had seized me, and I
was submerged in darkness, '^upon which the light has (now) shone.
I found not a friend in the evil day, who was steadfast in the day of
battle; but thou, O mighty king, thou hast expelled '^the darkness
from me. I will labor together with (thy) subjects, and Heracleopolis
shall pay taxes '^into thy treasury, thou likeness of Harakhte, chief of
the imperishable stars.® As he was, so art thou king; as he perishes
not '^ thou shalt not perish, O King of Upper and Lower Egypt,
Piankhi, living forever.

*Namlot*s. temple income {(Up ntr).

cA frafl^ent of a wooden cofiin belonging to a great-granddaughter of this
king (Lepsius, Denkmdler, III, 284, a) was found at Thebes by Lepsius. It is now
in Berlin (No. 2100, AusfUhrliches Veneickniss des Berliner Museums^ 338). Com-
bined with an inscription found by Daressy at Medinet Habu (Rectieil, 19, 20), we
may construct the foUowing genealogy of Pefnefdibast's great -granddau^ter,
whom we call X, as her name is lost:

. ' N

I King Pefnefdibast Ring Osorkon III |
ha King Amenrud

! J

[Pediamon]nebnesttowe — Irbastuzenefu

(father)

(mother)

Princess X
The Heracleopolitan house and the fallen house of Bubastis, were thus later con-
nected by marriage.

^The foUowing description refers to the struggle of his city with Tefhakhte, and
the relief brought by Piankhi.

«Lit., "those which cannot perish (yl^m'w-ik);** an epithet applied to the stars
of the northern heavens (Brugsch, Aegyptologiet 321).

1855] THE PIANKHI STELA 431

PerSekhemkheferre is Summoned to Surrender

853. His majesty sailed north to the opening of the canal* beside

bTTiUahun (R^-hn'i)] he found Per-Sekhemkhperre^ with its wall

raised, and its stronghold (htm) dosed, filled with every valiant man

of the Northland. Then his majesty sent to them, saying: '^Ye living

in death! Ye living in death! Ye insignificant '^ — and miserable

ones! Ye living in death! If an hour passes without opening to me,

behold, ye are of the number of the fallen; and that is ^i^inful^ to the

king. Close not the gates of your life, to be brought to the bbck this

day. Love not death, nor hate life ^ — ^i ^^ i" — '^ before the whole

land."

Surrender of Per-Sekhemkheperre

854. Then they sent to his majesty, sa3ring: ^'Lo, the shadow of
the god is over thee; the son of Nut, he gives to thee his two arms;
the thought of thy heart comes to pass immediately, like that which
comes forth from the mouth of a god. Lo, thou art fashioned as the
face of a god; we see by the decree of thy hands. Lo, thy dty, his
stronghold; ^^^''do^] thy fpleasurei] therewith. Let the goers-in go in
there, and the comers-out come out. Let his majesty do what he will."
Then they came out, with the son of the chief of Me, Tefnakhte. The
army of his majesty entered into it, without slaying one of all the people.

He found ®* « and treasurers to seal his possessions. His

treasuries were assigned to the Treasury, and his granaries to the divine
offerings of his father, Amon-Re, lord of Thebes.

Surrender of MedUm

855. His majesty sailed northward; he found that Mer-Atum
(Mediim), the house of Sokar, lord of Sehez, had been closed, and was

inaccessible. It had set fighting in its heart, taking ®* Fear

[Tseizedi] them; terror sealed their mouth. Then his majesty sent to

M read mtt "canals** on the squeeze in place of Mariette's I (so also Schaefer),
"lake." The irrigation canal leading into the Fayitan is meant, and the "opening"
is the gap in the hills, through which it still flows. It would have been impossible
for him to " sail north" to this gap, unless he was descending the Bahr Yusiif.

^The text here passes to the back of the stela, and the lines increase in length.

cThe name means "House of Osorkon I" who must therefore have built a
town in the vicinity of Illahun.

^The same word occurs in 1. 131, where I render "vfreUhed"

•The determinative shows that some other class of officers preceded.

432 TWENTY-THIRD DYNASTY: PIANKHI [|8s6

them, saying: "Behold, two ways are before you; choose ye as ye will:
open, and ye shaU live; dose, and ye shall die. My majesty will not
pass by a dosed dty." Then they opened immediately; his majesty

entered into this dty, and offered ®3 * [to] Menhy of Sehez.

His treasury was assigned [to the Treasury],^ his granaries to the divine
offerings of Amon of Kamak.

Surrender of Ithtowe

856. His majesty sailed north to Ithtowe {Yiy't^wy)\ he found
the rampart closed, and the walls filled with the valiant troops of the
Northland. Then they opened the stronghold, and threw themselves
upon [their] bellies ^^[before] his majesty (saying): "Thy father has
assigned to thee his inheritance. Thine are the Two Lands, thine is
what is therein, thine is all that is on earth." His majesty entered to
cause a great oblation to be offered to the gods residing in this dty,
consisting of bulls, calves, fowl, and ever3rthing good and pure. Then
his treasury was assigned to the Treasury, and his granaries to the
divine offerings ®5[of Amon].

Piankhi Demands the Surrender of Memphis

857. [His majesty sailed north to] Memphis; then he sent to them,
saying: "Shut not up, fight not, thou abode of Shu in the beginning.
As for him that would go in, let him go in; as for him that would come
out, let him come out; and let not them that would leave be hindered.
I would offer an oblation to Ptah and to the gods dwelling in Memphis
(Ynbw hd)y I would sacrifice to Sokar in the mysterious place (i/^*0»
T would behold * Him- Who-is-South-of -His- Wall,* that I may sail north
in peace. *^[The people] of Memphis [shall be] safe and sound; not
(even) a child shall weep. Look ye to the nomes of the South (Tp-riy) ;
not a single one has been slain therein, except the enemies who blas-
phemed against the god, who were dispatched as rebels."

Memphis Resists and Makes a Sortie

858. Then they closed their stronghold; they sent forth an army
against some of the soldiers of his majesty, being artisans, chief builders
and sailors ®7 the harbor of Memphis.

*The lacuna contained either the objects offered, or possibly "to Sokar," the
other god mentioned at Sehez (1. 81).

^Omitted in original.

|86i] THE PIANKHI STELA 433

Tejnakhte Enters Memphis

859. Lo, that chief of Sais (Tefnakhte) arrived at Memphis in the
night, charging his infantry and his sailors, all the best of his army, a
total of 8,000 men, charging them very earnestly: '' Behold, Memphis
is filled widi troops of all the best of the Northland; (with) barley and
spelt and all kinds of grain, the granaries are running over; (with) aU
weapons of ®*[war. Qt is fortified withi] a wall; a great battlement
has been built, executed with skilful workmanship. The river flows
around the east side, and no (opportunity of) attack is found there.*
Cattle yards are there, filled with oxen; the treasury is supplied with
everything: silver, gold, copper, clothing, incense, honey, oil."

Tefnakhte Goes for Reinforcements

860. ''I will go, and I will give something to the chiefs of the North,

and I will open to them their nomes.^ I will be ** [There will

be but a fewij days^ until I return." He mounted upon a horse, he
asked not for his chariot, he went north in fear of his majesty.

Plans for Taking Memphis

861. When day broke, at early morning, his majesty reached
Memphis. When he had landed on the north of it, he found that the
water had approached to the walls, the ships mooring at ^the walls
of^ Memphis. Then his majesty saw that it was strong, and that the
wall was raised by a new rampart, and battlements manned with mighty
men. There was found no way of attacking it. Every man told his
opinion among the army of his majesty, according to every rule of war.
Every man said : " Let us besiege ^*[it] — ; lo, its troops are numerous."**
Others said: ''Let a causeway be made against it;® let us elevate the
ground to its walls. Let us bind together a tower ;^ let us erect masts

*The alleged mention of this fact by Tefnakhte is one of the numerous rhetori-
cal devices of the author of the inscription ; for it was on this very side that Piankhi
stormed the city (11. 95, 96).

^afnakhte intends to marshal reinforcements among the Delta chiefs. What
he means by opening their nomes is not clear; Griffith suggests that he means:
relinquish Us claims upon them as suzerain.

cPossibly three days.

^So numerous that the city could not be assaulted, but, in the opinion of these
men, it should be besieged.

•Or: **to U.** 'B*, the same device empbyed at Hermopolis (1. 32).

434 TWENTY-THIRD DYNASTY: PIANKHI [|86a

and make the spars into a bridge to it. We will divide it on this (plan)
on every side of it, on the high ground and '' — on the north of it, in
order to elevate the ground at its walls, that we may find a way for our
feet."»

Piankhi Decides to Assault

862. Then his majesty was enraged against it like a panther; he
said : ^' I swear, as Re loves me, as my father, Amon i^who fashioned me^,
favors me, this shall befaU it, according to the command of Amon.
This is what men say: 93<|TXhe Northland^ and the nomes of the
South, they opened to him from afar, they did hot set Amon in their
heart, they knew not what he commanded. He (Amon) made him
(Piankhi) to show forth his fame, to cause his might to be seen.' I will
take it like a flood of water. I have commanded '^ "

Harbor of Memphis Captured

863. Then he sent forth his fleet and his army to assault the harbor
of Memphis; they brought to him every ferry-boat, every ^cargo^boat,
every rtransport^,^ and the ships, as many as there were, which had
moored in the harbor of Memphis, with the bow-rope fastened among
its houses. '^[There was not] a citizen (nds) who wept, among all the
soldiers of his majesty.*^

Piankhi Orders Assault of Memphis

864. His majesty himself came to line up^ the ships, as many as
there were. His majesty commanded his army (sa3ring): "Forward
against it! Mount the walls! Penetrate the houses over the river.
If one of you gets through upon the wall, let him not halt before it,
'^so that] the (hostile) troops may not repuke you.® It were vile that

*The second party therefore desired to assault the city, as against the first
who desired to besiege it.

^^Hie exact character of these two kinds of boat (mf^n and ihry) is unknown.

^Either all were considered in the distribution of the spoil, or no man was
injured in the assault.

<lThis word (sk), used of ranging troops in line of battle, is here applied to
lining up ships. The king in |>erson ranged the captured ships, and his own fleet
ander the walls on the inundated (east) side of the city. This arrangement gave
his troops footing for the assault. The nature of the attack is quite evident

®They are not to stop on the wall, but to press over it immediately into the city.

§867] THE PIANKHI STELA 435

we should dose up the South, should land [in] the North and lay siege
in 'Balances of the Two Lands.'"*

Capture of Memphis

865. Then Memphis was taken as (by) a flood of water, a multitude
of people were slain therein, and brought as living captives to the place
where his majesty was.

Protection of Memphis

Now, afterward, '^when it dawned, and the second day came, his
majesty sent people into it, protecting the temples of the god. He^
f — ^1 the holy of holies of the gods, offered to the community of gods of
Hatkeptah (Memphis), cleansed Memphis with natron and incense,
installed the priests in their places.

Piankhi^s Recognition by Ptah

866. His majesty proceeded to the house of ^^[Ptah], his purification
was performed in the Dewat-chamber, and every custom that is prac-
tised upon a king was fulfilled upon him. He entered into the temple,
and a great oblation was made for his father, " Ptah-South-of -His- Wall "
{Riy-ynb' f)f consisting of bulls, calves, fowl, and everything good.
His majesty proceeded to his house. ^

Region of Memphis Surrenders

867. Then all the nomes which were in the district of Memphb,
heard (of it) : Herypedemy,** Penineywe (Pny-^n ^ yw ^), the Tower of
Beyew (Byw), the Oasis of Bit; they opened the strongholds, and fled
away; none knew the place whither they had gone.

^Evidently a name for the locality dividing Upper from Lower Eg^t, where
Piankhi now was. The same phrase (mj» > ' < ' wy) occurs in a hymn to Amon
(Berlin Papyrus, 3048, Band II, Taf. 45, L 6), where the god is called: **One
whose word is the balances of the Two Lands" I owe the reference to Schaefer.
Piankhi means that, having cut off the South from Tefnakhte, it would be humili-
ating, after reaching the North, to sit down for a siege on its threshold.

**The text is not in order here.

^Evidently a palace in Memphis, now taken possession of by Piankhi.

<lOr: "Hery the city" These places in the region of Memphis, cannot be
exactly placed at the present day.

436 TWENTY-THIRD DYNASTY: PIANKHI [IMS

Submission of Delta Dynasts

868. Ring Yewepet came, and the chief of Me, Akenesh ('-i^-
n-iw)y and the hereditary prince, Pediese, '°^ogether with all the princes
of the Northland, bearing their tribute, to behold the beauty of his
majesty.

Wealth of Memphis Assigned

Then the treasuries and granaries of Memphis were assigned to the
divine offerings of Amon, of Ptah, and of the gods dwelling in Hatke-
ptah (Memphis).

Piankhi Worships in Khereha

869. When the land brightened, very early in the morning, his
majesty proceeded eastward, and an offering was made for Atum in
Khereha, '°'the divine ennead in the house of the ennead, the cavern
and the gods dwelling in it; consisting of bulls, calves, and fowl; that
they might give life, prosperity, and health to the King of Upper and
Lower Egypt, Piankhi, living forever.

Piankhi Goes to Heliopolis

870. His majesty proceeded to Heliopolis {Ynw), upon that mount
of Khereha, on the highway of (the god) Sep to Khereha. His majesty
proceeded to the camp, which was on the west of Eti.^ His purifica-
tion was performed, and he was cleansed in '°'the pool of Kebeh, and
he bathed his face in the river of Nun, in which Re bathes his face.

Ceremonies in Heliopolis: the ^^ Sand-hill**

Proceeding to the Sand-hill in Heliopolis, a great oblation was made
upon the Sand-hill in Heliopolis, in the presence of Re, at his rising,
consisting of white oxen, milk, myrrh, incense, and '^^^every sweet-
smelling wood.

Temple of Re

871. He came, proceeding to the house of Re, and entered into the
temple with great praise. The chief ritual priest praised the god, that
rebeb might be repelled from the king. The Dewat-chamber was
visited, that the sedeb-garment might be fastened on; he was purified

*This is the name of the Heliopolitan canal; it here has the determinattTe
of a city, and probably the settlement on the harbor of Heliopolis is meant;
Harris 28, 6 (| 266).

1 873] THE PIANKHI STELA 437

with incense and libations; garlands for the pjnramidion-house were
presented to him, and flowers were brought to him. He ascended '^^e
steps to the great window,* to behold Re in the pyramidion-house. The
king himself stood alone, he broke through^ the bolts, opened the
double •doors, and beheld his father. Re, in the glorious pyramidion-
house, the Morning-Barque of Re, and the Evening-Barque of Atum.<^
He closed the double doors, applied the clay, and sealed (them) ^^^ with
the king's own seal. He charged the priests: ''I have proved the seal;
no other shall enter therein, of all the kings who shall arise.'' They
threw themselves upon their bellies before his majesty, saying: "To
abide, to endure, without perishing, O Horns, beloved of Heliopolis."

Temple of Atum

87a. He came and entered into the house of Atum, following the
image '^f his father, Atum-Khepri the Great, of Heliopolis.

Submission 0} Osorkon
King Osorkon^ came to see the beauty of his majesty.

PiafUchi Camps near Athribis

873. When the land brightened, very early in the morning, his
majesty proceeded to the harbor, and the ^best' of his ships crossed over
to the harbor of the nome of Athribb (K^-km). The camp of his

^The front of the god's shrine is compared with the balcony-like window
(Ud) of the palace, where the king shows himself.

^Meaning the seal upon the bolts.

cSee Wiedemann, OrientalisUsche LtUeratuneilung, VI, No. 3, 49 ff.

<lThis Osorkon can be no other than Osorkon III of the Twenty-third D3mast7.
For the invasion of Piankhi vna later than Pedibast. Another connection is:
that King Yewepet, one of the Delta kings who submitted to Piankhi, is mentioned
as coregent with Pedibast at Thebes. Yewepet must therefore have survived
Pedibast Osorkon III survived the conquest of Piankhi, and together with an
otherwise unknown Takebt (III) recovered Thebes, where they built an Osiris
chapel together, the remains of which were found by Legrain at Kamak (RecueH,
32, 126-34). That their control of Thebes did not begin at the death of Pedibast
and precede the invasion of Piankhi, is evident from the fact that Yewepet, who
ruled in Thebes with Pedibast, survived him, and would have continued there.
Osorkon III must therefore have ruled several years, a conclusion corroborated by
the dates of the Nile-levels at Kamak in the years 5, 8, and 14 of his reign.
It St evident, then, that the whole occupation of Lower Egypt by Piankhi must
fall within the reign of Osorkon III.

438 TWENTY-THIRD DYNASTY: PIANKHI [iSyA

majesty wais set up on the south of Keheni* (K^ -h-ny), on the east
»*>^of the nome of Athribis (K^-km).

Submission of Delta Dynasts

Then came those kings and princes of the Northland, all the chiefs
who wore the feather, every vizier, all chiefs, and every king's-confidant,
from the west, from the east, and from the blands in the midst, to see
the beauty of hb majesty.

Piankhi is Invited to Athribis

874. The hereditary prince, Pediese, threw himself upon his belly
'^^before his majesty, and said: "Come to Athribis (K^-km),^ that
thou mayest see Khentikhet {Hnt-hty)^ that thou mayest worship
Khuyet^ (^wy'f), that thou mayest offer an oblation to Horns in his
house, consisting of: bulls, calves, and fowl; and that thou mayest
enter my house. My treasury is open to thee, to ^ — "^ thyself with my
paternal possessions. I will give to thee gold, as much as thou desirest;
'^'^malachite shall be heaped up before thee; many horses of the best
of the stable, and the first of the stall."

Piankhi in Athribis

875. His majesty proceeded to the house of Harkhentikhet, and
there were offered bulls, calves, and fowl to his father, Harkhentikhet,
lord of Kemwer {Km-wr). His majesty went to the house of the heredi*
tary prince, Pediese; he (Pediese) presented to him silver, gold, "®lapis
lazuli, and malachite, a great heap of everything; clothing of royal linen
of every number;^ couches laid with fine linen; m3rrrh and ointment
in jars (j^j^)/ horses, both stallions and mares, of all the best of his
stable.

Speech of Pediese of Athribis

876. He (Pediese) purified himself by a divine oath, before these
kings and great chiefs of '"the Northland (saying): "Every one of

•A town midway between Cairo and Benha bears the name Kaha, which St
suggested by Daressy (Recueil, 30, 85, CLXIII) as possibly our Keheni, but it
does not suit the location "east** of Athribis.

Mt is evident that the city is meant here, and probably also above (1. 106).

^A goddess.

^As Griffith suggests, this b doubtless a reference to the fineness detennined
by the niunber of threads in a given measure.

1878] THE PIANKHI STELA 439

diem, if he conceals his horses and hides his obligation shall die the
death of his father. So be it to me, till ye* bear witness of the servant
there,^ in all that ye know of me; say ye, (whether) I have concealed
(aught) from his majesty, of all the possessions "'of my father's house:
[of] gold, silver; of costly stone; of all kinds of vessels, ' — ^i; of golden
bracelets, of necklaces, and collars wrought with costly stones; amulets
for every limb, chaplets for the head, rings for the ears: all the adorn-
ments of a king; all the vessels of the king's purification, in gold and —
all costly stones. All these I have presented "^in the (royal) presence:
garments of ro3ral linen by thousands of all the best of my house, where-
with I knew thou wouldst be pleased. Go to the stable that thou mayest
choose as thou desirest, of all the horses that thou wiUst." Then his
majesty did so.

Delta Dynasts Dismissed

877. Said these kings and princes to his majesty: "Dismiss us to
our dties, that we may open "^ur treasuries, that we may choose as
much as thy heart desires, that we may bring to thee the best of our
stables, the first of our horses." Then his majesty did so.

List of Delta Dynasts

878. List of names belonging thereto:

1. King^ Osorkon in Bubastis, the district of Ranofer (R^-nfr).

2. King*^ Yewepet in Tentremu (Tnt-rmw) and Tayan (T^-^ yn),^

3. The prince (h^ty-^, Zeamonefonekh "^in "The Granary' of
Re," of Per-Benebded (Mendes).

*He addresses the Delta princes.

*>A circumlocution for "me," or "thy servant."

<:On this Osorkon, see above, 1. 106, | 872.

<lThis king had ruled in Thebes together with the now deceased Pedibast,
beginning with the Litter's wcteenth and his own second year (| 794). He had
thus been ruling some eleven or twelve years at this time, and, as he survived
Pedibast, he had probably continued in Thebes, and was expelled by Piankhi
about 733 B. C.

*The reading of <• yn is not quite certain; both these places are of uncertain
kxration. In the case of c y», I am inclined to identify it with Ayan of L 3. Brugsch
identifies with "Daneon Portus" of Pliny (Brugsch, Didionnaire gSograpkique,
124).

identified by Foucart (Recueil, 20, 163 f.) with a modem Shuneh Yusuf,
about 16 kiknneters from Tell Tknai (Mendes), though he does not consider his
idendfication as certain.

440 TWENTYTHIRD DYNASTY: PTANKHI [I878

4. His ddest son, commander of the army, in Per-Thutuprehui
(Pr-Phwly-wp-rhwy), Enekhhor.

5. The prince (A ^ ty- % Akenesh (^-k^ -if-1) in Sebennytos, {Th-nUr),
in Per-heby» (Pr-hby), and in Samhudet^ (Sm ^ -hwd).

6. The prince (A ^ ty- % chief of Me, Pethenef \p ^ -tnf), in Per-
Soped*^ and in " Granary^ of Memphis."

7. "<TTie prince (?t^/y-^), chief of Me, Pemou« (P^-m^), in Per-
Osiris (Busiris), lord of Ded.

8. The prince (|r^/y-^), chief of Me, Nesneked/ (Ns-n^-ttdy) in
the nome of Hesebka^ {^sh-k ^).

9. The prince (A^iy-^), chief of Me, Nekhthameshenu (Nf^-l^r-
n ^ -hnw) in Per-Gerer** (Pr-G-no-rw),

10. The chief of Me, Pentewere.

11. The chief of Me, Pentibekhenet (PtUy-Bf^nf).

12. The prophet of Horus, lord of Letopolis (5^m), "^Pediharsom-
tous (jP ^ -dy'^r-sm ^4^ wy).

13. The prince {b^ty-^), Hurabes {J^w-r^'b^-s) in the house of
Sekhmet, mistress of Sais (5^), and the house of Sekhmet, mistress of
Rehesu* (Rhi ^ wy).

14. The prince (h^ty-^) 2Mkhiyu (Pd-f^y-yw) in Khentnoferi
(HfU-nfr).

•This place is identified by Bnigsch {Dictunmaure giograpkiqtie, 489) with
Iseum, modem Behbeit, which is probably correct. But in that case, Neter, the
home of Tefnakhte (I. 3) cannot also be wholly identified with Iseum, for it is here
held by Prince Akenesh.

»>See II, 935.

cThe name of this well-known city of the eastern Delta (Arabian nome) is not
preserved by the classic geographers, but occurs in the annals of Ashurbanipal as
Pi-saptu.

<lThe reading, although uncertain on the original, is rendered certain by a
stela foimd at el Awasgeh, district of Sawaleh, in the region of Saft-d-Henneh
(Per-Soped), on which ** Granary of Memphis" {Unw't Ynbw W) twice occurs.
See Daressy, Recueil, 10, 142, IV.

«See note on his subordinate, Sheshonk, 1. 18 ({ 830).

'See 1. 19. sEleventh nome of Lower Egypt.

^Probably the Phagroriopolis of Strabo, as Bnigsch has shown (Bnigsch,
DicHonnaire giographique, 858). It was in the region near the northern terminus
of the Gulf of Suez.

»A city near Letopolis (Brugsch, Dictionnaire giographique, 660).

i Entirely uncertain : Brugsch's suggestion (Brugsch, DicUonnaire giographique,
613) does not seem probable.

|88o) THE PIANKHI STELA 441

15. The prince (h^iy-^) Pcbes (P^-B^-i) in Khcrcha (ffr-^f^^)
in Per-Hapi (Pr -> ^ p).

Bearing all their good tribute: *"^ld, silver, — . — , couches laid

with fine linen, mynh in "•jars (j^j^), , as goodly dues;

horses "*V)£ .

RevM of Mesed

879. [>Many days^ after] this, came one to say "Ho his majesty:

"The army his wall '**rfor fear^ of thee; he has set

fire to [his] treasury [and to the ships]^ upon the river. He has garri-
soned Mesed*^ (MSd) "^with soldiers and . Then his majesty

caused his warriors to go "^and see what had happened there, among
the force^ of the hereditary prince, Pediese. One came to report "^to
his majesty, saying: "We have slain every man whom we found there."
His majesty gave it as a reward "^o the hereditary prince, Pediese.

TefnakhU^s Message of Submission

880. Then the chief of Me, Tefnakhte, heard of it" and caused
''^a messenger to come to the place where his majesty was, with flattery,
saying: "Be thou appeased! I have not beheld thy face for ''"shame;'
I cannot stand before thy flame, I tremble at thy might. Lo, thou art
Nubti, presiding over the Southland, Montu, "^e Bidl of mighty anh.
To whatsoever dty thou hast turned thy face, thou hast not found the
servant there,' until^ I reached the islands '^^f the sea, trembling
before thy might, and saying, ' His flame is hostile to me.' Is not '^'the

^The text here proceeds from the back to the right edge or thickness of the
stela, the last of the four inscribed surfaces.

^Restored from the same phrase, 1. 9.

cThe place is unknown, but in view of the effect of its fall on Tefnakhte, it must
have been on his frontier in the western Delta.

<lEither there was a force of Pediese's at Mesed, or the troops dispatched by
Piankhi were taken from Pediese's forces, according as "among** is construed with
**happened** or with "warHars**

^Judging from this, the preceding incident is the last hostile enterprise of
Tefnakhte.

flit., "because of occasions of shame'* (m sp n ip), meaning that he has been
ashamed to appear before Piankhi.

vSee above, 1. iii, note.

^He fled from place to place, as Piankhi advanced, " until" he reached the sea.

442 TWENTYTHIRD DYNASTY: PIANKHI [|88i

heart of thy majesty appeased,* with these things that thou hast done
to me? For I am verily a wretched man. Thou shouldst not smite
me according to the measiure of the crime; weig^g with 's*the balances,
knowing with the kidet-weights. Thou increasest it to me threefold;
leave the seed that thou mayest ^spare^ it in ctime^; do not hew down
'33the grove to its ^rootl By thy ka, the terror of thee b in my body,
and the fear of thee in my bones. I have not sat in '34the beer-hall,^
nor has the harp been played for me; but I have eaten bread in htmger,
and I have drunk water in '^Hhirst,^ since that day when thou heardest
my name. i^Disease^ is in my bones, my head is bare, my clothing ^^^
rags, till Neit is appeased toward me. Long is the course which thou
hast brought to me; ^thy face is against me — '^'the year has undone
me\ Cleanse (thy) servant of his fault, let my possessions be received
into the Treasury, of '^Sgold and every costly stone, and the best erf the
horses, (even) ■'payment^ fori ever3rthing. Send to me '^^ messenger
quickly, that he may expel fear from my heart. Let me go forth hdort
him to the temple, that I may cleanse myself with a divine oath."

TefnakhU Takes Oath of Allegiance

88i. '4oHis majesty dispatched the chief ritual priest, Pediamenest-
towe {P ^ dy-Ymnrns'M ^ wy)^ and the commander of the army, Purme
{P'W ^ -r-m ^). »*'He« presented him with silver and gold, clothing and
every splendid, costly stone. He went forth to the temple, he worshiped
the god, '4'he cleansed himself with a divine oath, saying: "I will not
transgress the command of the king, I will not overstep '^that wfaidi
the king saith. I will not do a hostile act against a prince (h^ty-^

•Ut, "cooled."

f'See {451, note.

<There is probably a reminiscence of this in Diodonis (1, 45), where it is related
that Tefnakhte was on a campaign, c/t r^r 'Apafilav, and, bdng without supplio;
was obliged to resort to the coarsest food from the hands of common people. Upon
finding it very appetizing, he cursed Menes (who had introduced luxury) and there-
after ate only simple food.

^Ph > ; the same word means "to cloihe," but, so far as I know, it applies only
to people, or gods; hence "accouUred wUk everything " (Griffith) is also uncertain.

*The uncertainty in the pronouns is equally bad in the original; the moit
probable interpretation, in view of the situation, is that Tefnakhte made presents
to PiankhL

1 8831 THE PIANKHI STELA 443

without thy knowledge; I will do according to that which '^^the king
says, and I will not transgress that which he has commanded." Then
his majesty was satisfied therewith.

Submission of ihe FayAm, Atfih, and the Last Kings of the Delta

882. One came to say '*Ho his majesty: "The temple of Sebek,»
they have opened its stronghold, Metenu^ (Mtnw) throws itself upon
its belly, there is not '^^a nome dosed against his majesty of the
nomes of the South and North; the west, the east, and the islands
in the midst are upon their bellies in fear of him, '^Tcausing that
their possessions be presented at the place where his majesty is, like
subjects of the palace." When the land brightened, very early in
'^•the morning these two*^ rulers of the South and two rulers of
the North, with serpent-crests (uraei), came to snifif the ground before
the fame '^^f his majesty, while, as for these kings and princes of the
Northland who came to behold the beauty of his majesty, their legs
'^owere as the legs of women. They entered not into the king's-house,
because they were unclean^ '^'and eaters of fish; which is an abomina-
tion for the palace. Lo, King Namlot, he entered '^'into the king's-
house, because he was pure, and he ate not fish. There stood three
»53upon their feet, (but only) one entered the king's-house.

Piankhi^s Return to the South

883. Then the ships were laden with silver, gold, copper, '54clothing,
and everything of the Northland, every product of Syria (ff ^ -rw), and
all sweet woods of God's-Land. *5sHis majesty sailed up-stream, with

*The Ydiytm, mentioned in I. 4 as having submitted to Tefnakhte.

^Aphroditopolis (Atfih), the capital of the twenty-second nome of Upper
Egypt. Its surrender to Tefnakhte is probably mentioned in 1. 4. As Piankhi
passed northward along the western side of the Nile valley between the Fayiim
on the west and Aphroditopolis on the east, neither of these was then touched by
him. Hence they both come in and surrender of themselves afterward.

cAs Namlot is one of the two kings of the South (1. 151), the Fayiim king or
the king of Atfih must be the other. Who the two kings of the North were is not
indicated.

^\i^m< with determinative of a phallus; sometimes rendered "uncircum'
cisedr

444 TWENTY-THIRD DYNASTY: PIANKHI [I883

glad heart, the shores on his either side were jubilating. West and east,
they seized the ^ — \ '^^jubilating in the presence of his majesty; singing
and jubilating as they said: ''O mighty, mighty Ruler, 'S7Piankhi,0
mighty Ruler; thou comest, having gained the dominion of the North-
land. Thou makest bulk ^^Hato women. Happy the heart of the
mother who bore thee, and the man who b^;at thee. Those who art
in the valley give to her praise, the cow < ^^that hath borne a bull. Thou
art imto eternity, thy might endiureth, O Ruler, beloved of Thebes."

THE TWENTY-FOURTH DYNASTY

REIGN OF BOCCHORIS

SERAPEUM STEUE

884. Bocchoris, the only king of the Twenty-fourth
Dynasty, the son of Tefnakhte,* has left only a few Ser-
apeum stelae,^ and a wall inscription, which record the burial
of an Apis in his sixth year. It was interred in the same
chamber as the one which died in the thirty-seventh year of
Sheshonk IV, These documents give his name as: King of
Upper and Lower Egypt, Wohkere'' (W^ h-k-^ R"^), Son of
Re, Bekneranef. As Africanus also gives his reign as six
years, ^ he probably did not reign longer. Counting back
from 663, the beginning of the Twenty-sixth Dynasty, his
accession was about 718 B. C.

•Diodorus, I, 45.

^Louvre, 298, 299; Mariette, Le Siraptum de Memphis, PI. 34.
cThis is the origin of the classic form BAcx^' (Diodorus, I, 45, 65).
^ynceUus has 44.

447

THE TWENTY-FIFTH DYNASTY

'■'%

i
i

RECORDS OF NILE- LEVELS AT KARNAK*

885. Like those of the preceding dynasties, these records
of the Twenty-fifth Dynasty are of great chronological value.
They enable us, for the first time, to arrange the kings of the
Ethiopian dynasty in order of succession, the position of
Shabaka having heretofore been uncertain. The record
here (No. 4) shows that Shabataka's third year was near
700 B. C, and, as it is impossible in that case to insert Sha-
baka between Shabataka and Taharka, the only other pos-
sible order is: Shabaka, Shabataka, Taharka — an order
which is confirmed by the datum of Manetho, that Shabaka
overthrew the Twenty-fourth Dynasty, having defeated and
slain Bocchoris. If Shabataka's third year was near 700
B. C, and he was the predecessor of Taharka, whose acces-
sion was in 688 B. C.,^ then Shabataka must have begun to
reign, at the latest, about 700, and his reign lasted some
twelve years, which is exactly what Syncellus gives him.
The whole dynasty may then be restored thus :

Shabaka 12*^+ jcyears 712-700 B. C.

Shabataka 12 years 700-688 "

Takarka 26 years 688-663^ "

Total 50 years

^Engraved on the quai before the great Kamak temple; published by Legraio,
ZeUschnft fUr dgyptische Sprache^ 1896, 1 14-16.

*»ll 959 ff-

cLepsius, DenknUUer, V, i, e; S3mcellus also gives him twelve years.

^\ zoa6.

4SI

452 TWENTY-FIFTH DYNASTY [{886

Reign of Shabdka

886. I. *(3o) ^Year 2, under the majesty of Honis: Sebektowe
{Shk't^wy)\ Favorite of the Two Goddesses: Sebektowe; Golden
Horus: Sebektowe; King oi Upper and Lower Egypt: Neferkere; Son
of Re: [Shabaka], living forever, beloved of Amon-Re, lord of Thebes,
beloved of Montu-Re, lord of Thebes. The Nile, father of gods, was
20 cubits, I palm, i finger.

2. (31) [The Nile] Year — [under] the majesty of Kii^ Shabaka

3. (32) [Year] — [under] the majesty of King Shabaka

Reign of Shabaiaka

887. 4. (33) Year 3, first month^ of the third season, day 5, under
the majesty of King Shabataka.^ When his majesty was crowned as
king in the house of Amon, he granted him that he should splendidly
appear as Favorite of the Two Goddesses, like Horus upon the throne
of Re. (The Nile) which his father Amon the great, Hapi the great,
great in Niles, granted him in his time: 20 (cubits), 2 palms.

Reign of Taharka

888. 5. (34) Year 6 of King Taharka {T^-h-rw-h), beloved of
Amon the great.

6. (35) The Nile. Year 6 under the majesty of the King of Upper
and Lower Egypt: Nefertem-Khure {Nfr-tm^ ^w-R^); Son erf Re:
Taharka, living forever, beloved of Nun the great, Amon the great, the
Nile, father® of gods, and the (divine) community upon the flood.
(The Nile), which his father, Amon, gave to him, that his time might
be made prosperous.

^The numbers in parenthesis are those of Legrain's publication.

^'The latest preceding date is the fourteenth year of Osorkon III.

cMeyer has shown that this date for the highest point of the inundation must
have fallen somewhere about 700 B. C. (ZeUschrifi fUr dgypHscke Spracke, 40,
124 f.; and 41, 93).

<^The scribe attempted to give the full titulary of the king, but it is very con-
fused.

^The whole series is perhaps one composite god; see, e. g., No. 36 {Zeiischnft
jUr dgypUsche Sprache, 34, 116).

lass] RECORDS OF NILE-LEVELS AT RARNAK 453

7. (36) The NUe. Year 7 under the majesty of King Taharka,
living forever, beloved of Nun the great, Amon the great, the Nile,
father of gods, and the divine (community) upon the flood. (The
Nile) which his father, Amon, gave to him, that his time might be made
prosperous.

8. (37) The Nile. Year 7 (sic !) under the majesty of King Taharka.

9. (38) The Nile. Year 9^ of King Taharka, living forever, beloved
of Nun the great, and Amon the great.

^Like No. 7, except the height, which is different. The year is doubtless an
error for 8, as it is preceded by 7 and followed by 9.

^Followed by year 10 of Psamtik.

REIGN OF SHABAKA

BUILDING INSCRIPTION*

889. As a memorial of his rule in Thebes, Shabaka left
the following record of a restoration by him on the fourth
pylon of the Kamak temple :

[King Shabaka; he made (it) as his monument for his father], Amon-
Re, lord of Thebes, presider over Kamak, restoring the great and
august gate^ (^^^)- "Amon-Re-is-Mighty-in-Strength," making for
it a great overlay of fine gold, which the majesty of King Shabaka,^
living forever, brought from the victories, which his father, Amon,
decreed to him; the great hall^ (hy'^) being overlaid with fine gold,
the south colunm and the north column® being wrought with gold, the
two lower lips being of pure silver, made .

K)n the north side of the door of the fourth pylon of the great KArnak temple;
published by ChampoUion, Notices descriptives, II, 139, 130; Lepsius, Demkmdkr,
V, I, b; Brugsch, Thesaurus, VI, 1316; see Lepsius, Denkmdler, Text, HI, 153.

^This is, of course, the main door or gate of the pylon (IV) in which the inscrip-
tion is. See the name again, Brugsch, Thesaurus, VI, 13 15.

^Double name.

<lThis is the colonnaded hall of Thutmose I, behind Pybn IV.

^This pair must have been like the two beautiful pillars of Thutmose III, a
little farther back, just in front of the sanctuary. ** The two lower lips'* are perhaps
the two bases or their edges.

454

REIGN OF TAHARKA

TANIS STELA*

892.^ This unfortunately fragmentary stela was erected by
Taharka at Tanis to commemorate the coming of his mother
thither from Napata, after his coronation in Lower Egypt.
He narrates how he came north from Nubia as a youth of
twenty years with some king. This would have been on the
invasion of Lower Egypt by Shabaka. Many years then
elapsed before he became king, during which he did not see
his mother, and must, therefore, have spent these years in
the north. As a son of Piankhi, he must have occupied a
prominent position. Wlien it is recollected that the Hebrew
records (2 Kings 19:9) state that the enemy of Sennacherib
at Altaqii in 701 B. C. (some thirteen years before Taharka's
accession) was Taharka, the conclusion cannot be resisted
that Shabaka sent Taharka in command of the Egyptian
and Ethiopian forces, against the Assyrians. It is evident,
therefore, that the Hebrew writer, reporting the matter at a
later date, long after Taharka's reign, supposes him to
have been already king in 701.*"

893. The beginning of the stela is too fragmentary for

^Fragmentary stela in two parts, left lying as found in the ruins of Tanis.
The lower fragment, containing 19 lines, was first seen and copied by de Roug^
(InscripHans hiiroglyphiques, 73; and ''Etudes sur des monuments du r^gne de
Tahraka," MSlanges d*archiologie igypiienne et assyrienne, I, 21-23); Ag&in pub-
lished by Birch, Zeitschrifi fiir agypiische Spracke, 1880, 22 ff. Petrie then found
the upper part, and published both parts in his Tanis (II, PI. IX, No. 136). It was
first understood historically by Schaefer (Zeitschrifi fUr dgyptische Sprache, 1900,

Sif 52)-

^The omission of two in numbering the sections is intentional.
cSee also Griffith, Stories of the High Priests, 10, 11.

455

456 TWENTY-FIFTH DYNASTY: TAHARKA [{894

translation, but it is evident that someone, of course the king,
gave the young Taharka, who narrates it all in the first per-
son, a fine field (1. i), which the gods protected against grass-
hoppers (1. 2), so that Taharka reaped C w ^ from it (I. 3)
a plentiful yield of all grain and fruit of the ground. Mean-
while he was brought up among the royal children (1. 5) and
someone, again of course the king, loved him more than the
royal children (1. 6). Taharka then says:

My father, Amon, fvouchsafedi] to me to place all lands under my

feet *® pthe east as far as^] the rising of Re, and the west

'^Pas far as his setting! ].

8g4. Whether the restorations are correct or not it is
evident that Taharka is here relating his accession in the
conventional terms, which always make such a usurpation
an act of the gods. Immediately thereupon, Taharka nar-
rates the coming of his mother from Napata, which leads
him to revert to the long separation from her, caused by
his departure for the North years before. He says :

895. *pThe queen-mother^] was in Napata^ as King's-Sister, ami-
able in love, King's-Mother " . Now, I had been separated

from her as a youth (hwn) of twenty years, '^Paccompanying his
majesty^] when he^ came to the Northland (Delta). Then she went
north to '^ICthe Northland where I was^] after a long period (fnUy) ol
years, and she found me crowned ' ^ fas king upon the throne of Horns'* ].
I had taken the diadems of Re, and I had assumed the double serpent-
crest, as '^ as the protection of my limbs. She rejoiced greatly

''[when she saw] the beauty of his majesty,^ as Isis saw her son, Horns,

crowned upon the throne '* while he was a youth in the marsh

of >9 all countries. They bowed to the ground to this King's-

*This would connect directly with the above beginning of 1. 11.

^>This reading, first noticed by Schaefer (Zeitschrift fUr AgypUsche Spraeks,
1900, 51, 53), is certain.

cThis **he" can only refer to the king under whom the youth Taharka
serving, when sejmrated from his mother; see Schaefer, ioc, cU.

<)Taharka.

1899] INSCRIPTIONS IN TEMPLE OF NAPATA 457

Mother, while she *° ^greatlyl Their old as well as their

young ones ''fgave praise to**] this King's-Mother, saying: "Isis hath

received ** , she hath — her son, King of Upper and Lower

Egypt, Taharka, living forever *3 .

896. Here follow four lines of conventional praise ad-
dressed to Taharka, closing with a comparison of his kind-
ness toward his mother with that of Horus to his mother,
Isis:

^^ for his mother, Isis, when thou wast crowned upon the

throne.

BUILDING INSCRIPTION IN LARGE CUFFTEMPLE OF

NAPATA

897. The following dedications in the larger temple at
Napata record Taharka's building activity there :

^Taharka, living forever; he made (it) as his monument for his
mother, Mut of Napata; he built for her a temple anew, of fine white
sandstone, his majesty having found this temple built of stone,^ by the
ancestors, of bad workmanship. His majesty caused that this temple
should be built of excellent workmanship, forever.

898. The same hall as the above conclusion has:

^He made (it) as his monument for his mother, Mut, mistress of
heaven, queen of Nubia (T^ pd't); he built her house, he enlarged her
temple anew, of fine white sandstone.

899. A cella beside the main adytum has:

^He made (it) as his monument for [his] mother, Mut, Eye of Re,
Mistress of Heaven, queen of gods, residing in Napata; building her
house of fine white sandstone.

^Lepsius, Denkmdler, V, 5 : frieze inscription in the first hall.

^Thc inscription as published stops abruptly here, and the frieze inscription
of the next hall as published (Lepsius, DenkmdUr, V, 7, a) begins with equal abrupt-
nen, and fits the inscription of the first hall exactly. Whether this is an accident
of preservation, or was originally intended, is immaterial.

cLepsius, DenknUUer, V, 7, c. ^Ihid., 12, a.

458 TWENTY-FIFTH DYNASTY: TAHARKA [§900

900. An altar in the Amon-temple bears the dedication:*

He made (it) as his monument for his father, Amon-Re, lord of
Thebes (Nswl-t^wy), great god, residing in Nubia (T^-pd't); (of)
granite ^ — ', in order to offer upon it in his palace (^ h ^. Never hi^
pened the like.

INSCRIPTION OF MENTEMHET»>

901. The history of the principality of Thebes after the
middle of the Twenty-second Dynasty, until the latter part
of the Ethiopian period is almost entirely unknown. We
see it in the possession of Piankhi toward the end of the
Twenty-third Dynasty, but its local history is still totally
obscure until the reign of Taharka, when we find a certain
^^ prophet of Anton, prince of Thebes, Nesuptah,^^'' ruling
there. His son Mentemhet succeeded him, and evidently
maintained himself during Taharka's reign in powet and
wealth.^ His tides are of importance. Although he was
prince of the Theban principality, he was only fourth prophet
of Amon. At the same time, he was *^ chief of the prophets

•Lepsius, Denkmdler, V, 13, 6, d.

^In a niche-like chamber of the temple of Mut at Kamak. It had contained
a statue of Mentemhet (Mariette, Kamak, Texte, 64), probably one of those found
by Miss Benson (Recueil, XX, 18&-92; Benson and Gourlay, The Temple of Mid
in Asher, 261-63, Pi. XXIII-XXIV, 350-57). Our inscription is published by
Dtimichen, Histarische Inschriften, II, 48 (without relief), and Mariette, Kamak,
42-44; both are very inaccurate, and an exhaustive publication is much needed.

cKrall, Siudien, III, 77 A. The geneabgy of the family is carried back four
generations beyond Nesuptah by the statues in the great Kamak cache. See
Legrain, Recutil, 27, 80; but he does not indicate whether or not these four genera-
tions were already princes of Thebes.

<lBesides those above referred to, numerous monuments of this man are known.
His tomb in the Assastf at Thebes was excavated by Eiseniohr (ZeUschrifi /«r
dgypUsche Sprache, 1885, 55), and its inscriptions (only titles and family) were
published by Krall (Studien, III, 76-80). Two neighboring tombs of his family
were found beside it, and the inscriptions bearing on Mentemhet also published by
Krall (ibid., 80-82). A list of his smaller monuments is given by Wiedemann
(RecueU, VIII, 69) and by Newberry (Benson and Gourlay, The Temple of Miut
in Asher, 356,357).

|9oa] INSCRIPTION OF MENTEMHET 459

of all gods of South and North.^^^ He, therefore, held the
sacerdotal primacy of Egypt without being High Priest of
Amon. The High Priest of Amon had, therefore, been
deprived of his temporal power as prince of the Thebaid, as
well as of his sacerdotal supremacy. This is confirmed by
the relative position of Mentemhet and the High Priest of
Amon in the Adoption Stela (§§ 949-52).** As Mentem-
het's father was prince of Thebes before him, these changes
may have taken place at the advent of the Ethiopian dynasty
under Shabaka.

902. The activity of Mentemhet in the building and res-
toration of the monuments imder Taharka at Thebes ren-
ders his rule there notable. This work was all done before
Taharka's death, and the renewal of so many costly cultus
images of the gods, besides references to the purification of
all the temples in the South, and vague allusions to a great
catastrophe, make it extremely probable that the mooted
capture and sack of Thebes (667 B. C.) in Ashurbanipal's
first campaign, although not certain from his confused
records, actually took place. The restoration recorded by
Mentemhet must have been done, therefore, between 667
and 661 B. C. The wealth which he was able to devote to
restoring his plimdered city must have been considerable;
but it all fell a prey to the Assyrians at the second capture
of the city by Ashurbanipal in 661 B. C, when it was fright-
fully laid waste. Of any attempted restoration by Mentem-
het after this we hear nothing. He continued as ruler of the
Thebaid, survived the rise of the Twenty-sixth Dynasty, and

^Benaon and Gourlay, The Temple of MfU in Asher, 356.

^For the current and widespread conclusion that the high priesthood of
Amon was now held by the Ethiopian kings themselves, I find no support It b
evident from the Adoption Stela that the High Priest of Amon had been stripped
of his power; and this fully explains why we have no records of him at this time.

46o TWENTY-FIFTH DYNASTY: TAHARKA [{9^3

maintained his position into the reign of Psamtik I (§ 945).
But his son Nesuptah did not succeed him, * and the family
cannot be traced any farther.

903. Mentemhet's record consists of a relief on the rear
wall of the temple chamber, and an inscription occupying the
two side walls. The relief shows Taharka worshiping the
goddess Mut, while behind him are Mentemhet, the tatter's
father Nesuptah, and son Nesuptah. Above these figures
are depicted the statues and images replaced or restored by
Mentemhet. On the right of the relief his narrative b^ins
thus:

TiUes of Mentemhet

904. * all gods, fourth prophet of Amon, prince of Thebes,

governor of [the Southland], Mentemhet, son of the prophet of Amon,
prince of Thebes, Nesu[ptah];^ he saith:

Sacred Barge

I fashioned "[the sacred barge of ^Amon^ of 80 cubits in its length,
of new cedar of the best of the terraces. The ''Great House" was oi

electrum, inlaid with every genuine costly stone ^of the last day^

— equipped ^ .

Purification of Temples

905. I piuified all the temples in the nomes of all Patoris, according
as one should purify [■'violated''] temples, — after there had been ^J^zxi

invasion of unclean foreigners ini] the Southland. ^ ^1 —

^ — ^1 all these things which I have brought before you, there is no

[lying] speech therein, no contradiction « deceit. There is no

lie in the place of my mouth.

»A relief in Abydos (Mariette, Ahydos, I, PI. 9» b) shows Psamtik I before
Orisis and Horns. He is accompanied by the "Divine Volress, NUocris," and
"the prince (h^ty-^) of ThOes, governor of the South, — , chief steward of the
Divine Votress, Pedihor,** It is thus clear that Nesuptah did not succeed his father,
Mentemhet, although it is barely possible also that Pedihor was another son, and
that Nesuptah had died.

hThe name of the father is preserved in the relief.

|9o8] INSCRIPTION OF MENTEMHET 461

Prosperity and Pleniiful Offerings

906. My mistress is satisfied with all that I have done ^for n*hebes,
[the Horizon of] him of the hidden name, Eye of Re, Mistress ^of

temples]* I satisfied her lord with the things of his desire,

bulls of the largest, and calves of the best. I gave my lord, of

good things ^ satisfied with food, and divine oflFerings, like that

which he receives at the beginning of aU the seasons, at th[eir] times,

I multiplied the amount * . His granaries swelled with

the first fruits^ fwhich came to**] him down-stream in their season, and

up-stream in their time. They made festive « in his totals,

to celebrate the feasts; that he might provision the prophets, priests,

— and lay priests of the temples' ° in the nomes, great and

small making for me an overflow for my dty, the land having

moisture, the dties and nomes fatness.

Foreign Invasion

gifyf^ II it being divine chastisement, pini] the protected

Southland in its divine way, while the whole land was overturned, because

of the greatness of " '' "^ coming from the South. I

satisfied my — coming from '^ in — [in] going in and in going

out by night and by day* "^ an excellent refuge for my dty.

PP] repelled the wretches from the southern nomes ""time^

Family Prosperity and Conclusion

^^^ IS following his god without ceasing, — the temple,

seeing that which was in it. Every shrine was sealed with [^myi] seal

*^ belonging thereto. I was in the temple — , following the

footsteps of my lord. My son was with me *^ priest of his ka,

chief prophet of — in Thebes, chief of the phyle, Nesuptah. My

children were healthy **the prophets knew his coimsel — .

I spent the day m searching and the night in seeking, searching *»

fsummoningi them that passed, calling them that — , and revising the
rules that had begun to be ^obsoletei.

*See I 7$3, 1. 1, for similar epithets of Thebes, from which this is restored.

K>r possibly the "beH'* of the grain.

•This is evidently a reference to a siege, as in Piankhi, e. g., 1 854, L 80.

463 TWENTY-FIFTH DYNASTY: TAHARKA [{909

The inscription proceeds to praise of his son (11. 21 and
22), and concludes with a prayer in the first person plural,
of no historic interest (11. 24-29).

909. On the other side of the relief, Mentemhet then con-
tinues an enumeration of his buildings and other works for
the temples, as follows:

Works for Miif- Anton

I brought forth Min-Amon to his stairway in the southern house
(Luxor) at his beautiful feast * plenty. I presented the obla-
tions of the eight gods in the second month of the third season, twenty-
eighth day, in order that ^ of electrum and every splendid cosdy

stone. I fashioned the august image of Khonsupekhrod overlaid with

gold (called) : " His-£very-£manation-is-^ Crowns."* I made a

throne for this god, the legs of pure silver, inlay-figures ^ of his

stipulations them after a long space (hniy) of years, beginning to

decay. ^ r "^ according as a thorough inspection

should be made.

Temple of Mta?

910. I built her temple of stone * [the doors were of] new**

cedar, and kedet (kd't) wood, mounted with Asiatic copper; the inlay-
figures thereon were of electrum, the bolts and fastenings •

gold inlaid with every costly stone. I erected for her a haU with thirty-
four*^ columns of fine white sandstone r — i ^^ . I constructed

her pure and beautiful lake of fine white sandstone; I erected for her,
her storehouse for the storage of her divine offerings therein; I multi-
plied the offering-tables " .

Works for Khonsu

911. I restored the august image of " Khonsu-in -Thebes-Beautiful-
Rest" (called): "Wearer-of- the- Divine- Diadem," with gold and every

^Two Amon crowns, and one Khonsu crown.

^^Coirect m'«tom»w, as commonly.

cSoMariette; DUmichenhas23; no such hall is now discoverable in the tempk
of Mut Mentemhet probably means restoradon, although he makes a similar
claim on his statue (Benson and Gourlay, The Temple of MfU in Asher, 353, 1. 10):
"/ erecUd the temple of Mul, mistress of heaven, of fine white sandstone.**

§913] INSCRIPTION OF MENTEMHET 463

genuine costly stone. I multiplied their offering-tables of silver, gold,

and copper. " Q clothed^* Khonsu (called): "The-Plan-

Maker-is-an-Emanation," with electrum, as formerly.

Works for MotUu

912. I constructed the pure lake of Montu, lord of Thebes, of fine

white sandstone like '^ illuminating his great and august

house therewith. I multiplied his offering-tables of silver, gold, and

bronze.

Theban Diviniiies

I fashioned individual vessels. I equipped Wes and Weset,^ Vic-
torious Thebes, Mistress of Might, as an emanation^ '^ .

Image of Bast

I fashioned the august image of Bast, residing in Thebes; with
staves^ of electrum and every genuine costly stone.

Works for Ptah

913. I fashioned the august image of Ptah (called): ''n!*hebesi-is-

Bright-at-His- Appearance," of gold '' their offering- tables

more beautiful than before.

Images of Hathor

I fashioned [the image] of Hathor, Mistress of the Valley (called) :
" Bright ; " as their glorious emanation, according as a thor-
ough inspection should be made *^ '• every one thereof had two

staves.

Images of A man

I fashioned the august image of Amon, lord of Thebes (Ns ' wt4 ^ wy),
residing in Thebes (J^^s'i); the august image of Khonsu (called):
''Numberer-of-Life;" the august image of Amon, lord of Thebes
*7 every one thereof had two staves.

K>r: "the proieciion of K., etc., vfas of electrum.^'

^Apparently a male and female divinity, each apotheosizing Thebes. The
goddess is well known, but this is the only occurrence of the god with which I am
acquainted.

^M ty't; it is not always certain what this phrase means in this inscription,
c. g., 1. 18 after " Themet.'*

<lFor carrying.

464 TWENTY-FIFTH DYNASTY: TAHARKA [§914

SUUue of Amenhotep I

I fashioned the statue of Zeserkere (Amenhotep I), triumphant; of
electrum and every costly stone; with two staves, as it had been before

Khansu of Themd

914. [>I fashioned the image of^ Khonsu, residing in Themet (7"'-
mw't) ^ 1 of electrum, with two staves.

Image of ''The Great One''

I fashioned "The- Great-One (feminine)-of-the-Garden" as her
glorious emanation; I restored her temples, that it might be as formerly.

WaU of Kamak

"^ it of fine white sandstone, to keep oflf the flood of the

river from ^it when it camel. I hewed a f — ^ "® at his beautiful

feast of the fourth month of the first season, twenty-fifth day. I restored

the waD of the temple of Amon in Kamak •" — i *' •" \

I built a r — ^ of brick, according as I found it good to make the ancestors

a a.

Works for the Sacred Bull

915. I ffashionedi] the bull of Mad^ (M ^ (Q, as his glorious emana-
tion; I built his house; it was more beautiful than what was therein
•apbefore^ .

Temple of MotUu

I built the temple of Montu, lord its gates shone

beautifully "^ .

Works for Uncertain Gods

P fashioned the image of] — upon his stairway (called): " of-

the-Field-in-Thebes;" of gold, more beautiful than it was before

•s who is lord of the hill-country, residing in KhMnktipm

{ffm}^m).

Image of Horus

I fashioned the august image of Horus (called): "The-God- Abides-

a6 »»

*A sacred precinct near Kamak.

§917] SERAPEUM STELA 465

Image of Min?

916. I [fashioned] (the image of) ^Mini (caUed): ''i^Chief>-of-
Heaven/' as his glorious emanation, overlaid *' .

Image of Thoth

I fashioned the august image of Thoth, presiding over Hatibti
(P't-ybly)j residing in .

Works for I sis

•• I — the emanation of Isis. I fashioned — upon them

my whole dty ^ ^ — ^ — ^ — "« more beautiful than

formerly. I constructed a sacred lake for the temple of Isis f 1 —

3« .

Works for Osiris

I fashioned the barge of Osiris in this district, of — cubits

— of new^ cedar, according to the accustomed stipulations, ("after I

had found it of acada^ ^i of brick, after I had found

it beginning to faU to ruin .

SERAPEUM STELAi>

917. This stela, recording the burial of an Apis at Mem-
phis in the twenty-fourth year of Taharka, is important as
showing that in 664 B. C. the priests of Memphis regarded
Taharka as still reigning there, although he had been driven
out by Ashurbanipal in 668. As the stela was hidden far
down in the subterranean passages of the Serapeum, the
priests could have safely so dated the monument, even
though the city was under Ass)nrian government. Hence,

•Correct m » « to m » w.

^Louvre, No. 121; published by Mariette, Le Sirapium de Memphis^ III, PI.
35; Revue Sgyptologique, VII, 136; Chassinat, Recueil^ 22, 18. I had also my own
copy of the original.

466 TWENTY-FIFTH DYNASTY: TAHARKA [I918

it is not safe to conclude, from this stela, that Taharka
actually held Memphis in 664 B. C.

918. Year 24, fourth month of the second season (eighth month),
day 23, under the majesty of the KLing of Upper and Lower Egypt,
Taharka, living forever.

The god was conducted in peace to the beautiful West, by the heredi-
tary prince, sem priest, master of aU wardrobes, prophet of Ptah, divine
father, Senbef, son of the divine father, of Sekhetre (SI^R^)^ Enekh-
wennofer; bora of Neatesnakhte {N"^ -^^ -t^ ys-nht't). His brother,
divine father of Sekhetre, Ptahhotep.

REIGN OF TANUTAMON

STELA OF TANUTAMON'

9x9. This stela brings us to the close of Ethiopian rule in
Egypt. Lower Egypt was in control of Assyrian vassals,
resulting from the defeat of Taharka by Ashurbanipal's
army, not long after the latter's accession in 668 B. C. The
Delta vassals had been discovered in their subsequent plot-
ting with Taharka against their Ass)nrian overlord. Necho,
the Saitic dynast, after being sent to Ninevah, was pardoned
and reinstated at Sais. His son, likewise, was made vassal
king in Athribis, and at this juncture, according to the
records of Ashurbanipal,^ Taharka died.

920. The stela of Tanutamon records the course of politi-
cal events in Upper Egypt during the last days of Taharka,
and the short reign of Tanutamon over all Egypt. It shows
us Tanutamon coregent with Taharka during the latter's
last year (663 B. C), which was the first of Tanutamon;"^
and narrates how he proceded from some place in Upper

*Gray granite, round-topped stela, 1.3a m. high and 0.72 m. wide, now in
Cairo (No. 163, Gmde of 1902, 112); discovered at Napata with the Piankhi Stela
in 1863; published by Maspero, Revue archiologique, 1868, XVII, 329 ff.; tirage
d partt Didier, 8vo, 11 pp. and 2 Pb.); and by Mariette (Monumenis divers, Pb.
7, 8). I had also a squeeze and a copy of squeeze by Schaefer, and he and I
together went over the copy again with the squeeze. This copy brought out a
number of important readings filling up several lacume. I am also indebted to
Schaefer for several valuable suggestions.

^^^^ckler, UtUersuchungen sur aUorienialischen Geschichle, 103-5, U* 3^~^*

<rhe proper relation of Tanutamon and Taharka in this narrative was first
explained by Schaefer (ZeUschrift /Or dgyplische Sprache, 1897, 67 fif.)> As he
did not come to the throne even as coregent until 663 B. C, Winckler's explanation
of Ashurbanipal's confused records {AUorierUalische Farschungen, 480-83), in
which he makes Tanutamon the final opponent of Ashurbanipal in the campaign of
668-7, is impossible.

467

468 TWENTY-FIFTH DYNASTY: TANUTAMON [§92,

Egypt (probably Thebes), of which he was king, to Napata,
where he was crowned sole king, so that Taharka's death
must have been the occasion of his assumption of sole
power.' He had been summoned by a dream, before
going to Napata to seize also the Northland, then in Assyr-
ian hands, and, leaving Napata, he then undertook the
recovery of the North. He captured Memphis, perhaps
slew Necho of Sais in battle,^ and, although unable to sub-
due the Delta dynasts, accepted what he construed as their
submission, which they offered in person. He then ruled
in Memphis as nominal king of all Egypt, and at this point
the narrative of his stela closes. The presence of the Assyr-
ians in the land is ignored throughout, and the inglorious
conclusion of his reign in Egypt at the approach of Ashur-
banipal's second great invasion in 661 B. C. is naturally not
added at the end.

ItUroduction

921. '''Good God"^ on the day when he was bom; Atum is he for
the people (rf^yf), lord of two horns, ruler of the living, prince, seizing
every land, victorious in might on the day of battle, facing the front on
the day^ ^of conlSict^, lord of valor, like Montu, great in strength, like
a fierce-eyed lion, wise-hearted, like Thoth; crossing the sea® in pursuit

^Ashurbanipal calls Tanutamon the son of Taharka's sister, and the son of
Shabaka (Winckler, op. cii., 105); hence Shabaka must have married Piankhi's
daughter, which explains his claim to the throne. Tanutamon was thus Piankhi's
grandson.

^>The battle is recorded by Tanutamon (11. 16, 17), but he does not mention
the slaying of Necho. This is probable from the remark of Herodotus (as Eduard
Meyer first perceived, GeschichU des alien Aegypiens, 353) that Necho was slain
by an Ethiopian king, who, Herodotus thought, was Shabaka. But, according to
Manetho, Necho's death must have occurred in 663 B. C, that is, the year of
Tanutamon's expedition against Memphis.

cThatis, "«»^."

<>There is possibly, but probably not, a lost word at the end of 1. i.

1934] STELA OF TANUTAMON 469

ol his opponent, carrying off the ends of* >*— ^ — . He has [taken] this
land; none fighting and none standing before him, (even) the King of
Upper and Lower Egypt, Bekere (B^-k^ -R ^), Son of Re, Tanutamon
(T ^ n-w^ -ty-Ymn), beteved of Amon of Napata.

The Dream

922. In the year i, of his coronation as king ^his majesty saw

a dream by night: two serpents, one upon hb right, the other upon his
left. Then his majesty awoke, and he found them not. His majesty
said: *" Wherefore [has] this [come] to me?" Then they answered^
him, saying: ''Thine is the Southland; take for thyself (also) the North-
land. The 'Two Goddesses'^ shine upon thy brow, the land b given
to thee, in its length and its breadth. [No] ^ther divides it with thee."

Journey to Napata

923. When his majesty was crowned upon the throne of Horus in
this first^ year, his majesty went forth from the place® where he had
been, as Horus went forth from Khemmis. He went forth from — ,
while there [came] ^to him millions and hundreds of thousands coming
after him. Said his majesty: "Lo, the dream is truel It' is profitable
for him who sets it in his heart, (but) evil for him who understands pt]
not." His majesty went to Napata, while none stood 'before him.'

Coronation in Napata

924. His majesty arrived at the temple of Amon of Napata, residing
in the Pure Mountain. As for his majesty, his heart was glad when he
saw his father, Amon-Re, lord of Thebes (Nswt-t ^ wy), residing in the
Pure Mountain. Garlands for this god were brought to him; ^en his

•Possibly: "carrying away the rear of his joe (pf^ sw)." The pi^ is very
probable.

^Read whm'in nf, but the scribe has omitted the second n.

cThe double diadem of Upper and Lower Egypt.

^^This remark can refer only to his second coronation as sole king. It b here
referred to at the beginning of his journey to Napata, in anticipation of what hap-
pened on his arrival there, viz., his said coronation as sole king. His joint reign
with Taharka thus lasted less than a year.

*This must have been some place in Upper Egypt, of which he was then king;
it waft therefore probably Thebes.

'A dream. sin a hostile sense.

470 TWENTY-FIFTH DYNASTY: TANUTAMON H^^s

majesty brought forth in splendor Amon of Napata; and he made for
him a great festival offering, founding for him a ^east^: 39 oxen, 40
jars (^ 1) of beer, and 100 Jhv,

Departure for the North

925. His majesty sailed down-stream toward the Northland, that
he might behold '^Amon, whose name is hidden from the gods.

Ceremonies at Elephantine

His majesty arrived at Elephantine; then his majesty sailed across
to Elephantine, he arrived at the temple of Khnum-Re, lord of the
cataract, "and he caused this god to be brought forth in splendor.
He made a great festival offering, and he gave bread and beer for the
gods of the two caverns. He appeased ^^Tun1 in his cavern.

Ceremonies at Thebes

926. Then his majesty sailed down-stream to the dty Thd[>es of
Amon. His majesty sailed to the frontier* of Thebes (W ^ 5 '/), and he
entered the temple of Amon-Re, lord of Thebes. There came to his
majesty the servant of the great — ,^ and the lay priests of the temple
of Amon-Re, '^lord of Thebes, and they brought to him garlands for
Amon, whose name is hidden. As for his majesty, his heart rejoiced
when he saw this temple. He brought forth Amon-Re, lord of Thebes,
in splendor, and there was celebrated a great feast in the whole land.

Departure for the Delta

927. '^His majesty sailed down-stream to the Northland, while the
west and the east made great jubilee, saying: "Welcome is thy coming,
and welcome thy ka! To sustain alive the Two Lands; ^^Ho erect the
temples which have begun to fall to ruin; to set up their statues in their
shrines; to give divine offerings to the gods and goddesses, and mortuary
offerings to the glorified (dead); '^o put the priest in his place; to

*Or: "into** (r j^it ehaun), as in the Piankhi inscription.

^Evidently a priestly title.

<=The following evidently refers to the ruin and disorganization resulting from
the Assyrian invasions.

l93i] STELA OF TANUTAMON 471

furnish all things of the sacred property." As for those who had fighting
in their hearts,^ they became rejoicers.

Capture of Memphis

928. When his majesty arrived at Memphis, there came forth '^the
children of rebellion, to fight with his majesty. His majesty made a
great slaughter among them; their number being unknown. His
majesty took Memphis, and he entered into the temple of '^Ptah, '' South-
of-His-Wall;" he made a great festival oblation for Ptah-Sokar; he
appeased Sekhmet, the great, who loves him.

New Buildings in Napata

929. As for his majesty, his heart was glad in giving f — ^ to his
father, Amon, of Napata. His majesty issued a command concerning
it, '^o Nubia (T^ pd'(), to build for him a hall anew; it was not found
built in the time of the ancestors. His majesty caused it to be built
of stone, mounted with gold;** "®its panel *^ was of cedar '^incensed with
myrrh of Punt. The double doors thereof were of electrum, "the two
bolts (krty) of ^tini (Tyhty). He built for him another hall at the
rear exit, for furnishing his milk *^f his numerous herds, in tens of
thousands, thousands, hundreds, and tens; the number of the young
calves *4with their mothers was unknown.

Campaign in the Delta

930. Now, after these things, his majesty sailed north, to fight with
the chiefs of the North. "^Then they entered their strongholds fas
beasts crawl into^] their holes. Then his majesty spent many da3rs
before them, (but) there came not forth one '^of them to fight with his
majesty. Then his majesty sailed southward to Memphis.

Arrival of the Delta Dynasts

931. He sat in his palace deliberating and counseling with '^his
heart how to cause his army to reach and to '' — ^ them. Then his army
said that one had come to report to him, sa3ring: ''These chiefs come

*Lit., " Those (umn) in whose hearts was to fight^ they, etc.
^Here begins the back of the stela.
«Or tablet.

472 TWENTY-FIFTH DYNASTY: TANUTAMON [§932

to the place *^here his majesty b, [O king], our lord." Said his
majesty: "Come they to fight? Come they to submit,* they shall
live from this hour." They said '^to] his majesty: "They come to
submit to (bk) the king, our lord." Said his majesty: "As for my lord,
this august god, Amon-Re, lord of Thebes, residing in the Pure Moun-
tain, great and ^excellent! god, whose name is ^known^ vigilant ^ — "^ ^Hor
his beloved, and giving valor to him who serves him; he who possesses
his plans does not go astray; nor doth he whom he leads err. Behold,
he told (it) me by night, ^'and I behold (it) by day."^ Said his majesty:
"Where are they in this hour ?" Said they before his majesty: "They
are here, waiting at the hall (^ry/)."

Submission of the Delta Dynasts

932. Then his majesty went forth ^'from his fpalace^ to — , as
Re shines in his bright dwelling. He found them prostrate upon their
bellies, kissing the ground to his majesty. Said his majesty: "Lo, it is
true that which he uttered, ^sthe word ^of his design. Lo, he knows
what^ shall happen. It is the decree of the god; (hence) it comes to
pass. I swear as Re loves me, as Amon favors me in his house, n[)ehold,
I saw! this august god, Amon ^^f Napata, residing in the Pure Moun-
tain, while he was standing^ by me, he said to me: 'I am thy leader in^
everyway. Thou mayest not say: "Would that I had* ...."' 3S. . . .»>
Then they answered him, sa3ring: "Lo, this god, 3%e hath [revealed]
to thee the beginning; he hath completed for thee the Cend^ in prosperity.

Lo, thou dost not ^ 1' that comes out of his mouth, O king, our lord."

Then the hereditary prince of Per-Soped, Pekrur« (P^ -*ff), arose to
speak, saying: 3^" Thou slayest whom thou wilt; and lettest live whom
thou wilt r 1." They answered him with one accord, saying:

•Lit., *' to serve^** or " labor " (hk), the word for pay taxes. The second question
is likewise a protasis.

bSchaefer suggests: " That which he told me by nighty I have seen by day.**

^Compare the dream of Memeptah, III, 582. <*Lit., "to every way."

«The conclusion of Tanutamon's speech is fragmentary, and hopelessly
obscure. Ejiough remains to show that it consisted only of pious phrases of no
historical importance. It is evident that he is telling the subject chiefs that their
submission is only the fulfilment of Amon's promise to him.

'The text is uncertain.

•Lit., "The Frog/* the same as Coptic "Pekrour;" see Steindorff, Zeitschri/t
far dgyptische Sprache^ 1892, 63.

§934] STELA OF TANUTAMON 473

"Give to us breath, O lord of life, 3%ithout whom there is no life.
Let us serve (bk) thee^ like the serfs who are subject to thee, as thou^
saidest at the first on the day when thou wert crowned as king." The
heart of his majesty rejoiced when he heard this word, ^^and he gave
to them bread, beer, and every good thing.

Dismissal of the Delta Dynasts

933. Now, when some da3rs had passed, after these events, and

'everything had been given in plenty' , they said: "Wherefore are

we (still) here, O king, our lord ?" Said *^Ws majesty: "Wherefore!"
Said they to his majesty : " Let us go to our cities, that we may command
our peasant-serfs that we may bring (J^ y'n) our impost (bk) to the
court." His majesty (let) them go ^^to their dties, and they became
'subjectsi.^

Brief Reign at Memphis

934. The Southerners went north, and the Northerners went south
to the place where his majesty was, bearing every good thing of the
Southland, and aU provision ^'of the Northland, to satisfy the heart of
his majesty, (^when^ the King of Upper and Lower Egypt, Bekere,
Son of Re, Tanutamon, L. P. H., appeared upon the throne of Horus,
forever.

•Lit, **labor for (pay taxes to) him" (bkn nf).
^The change of person is in the original
^Schaefer read l^fy(w).

THE TWENTY-SIXTH DYNASTY

REIGN OF PSAMTIK I

ADOPTION STELA OF NITOCRIS'

935- This document has thrown a flood of light on the
dynastic connections in the Ethiopian and Saitic period, and
its discovery was especially welcome, in view of the paucity
of contemporary monuments from this age. It may be
described as a decree of adoption and property-conveyance.
It records the adoption of Nitocris, the daughter of Psamtik
I, by a Shepnupet, daughter of Taharka, the Divine Votress,
or sacerdotal princess, at Thebes. Shepnupet transfers all
her property to Nitocris, and the purpose of the adoption
was that the family of Psamtik I might legally gain control
of this property, as well as the position which it entailed at
Thebes.

936, The beginning of the document is lost, and it now
commences in the middle of a speech of Psamtik I to his
court, announcing his purpose to have his daughter Nitocris
adopted by Shepnupet. The court responds with the usual
encomiums. In the ninth year of Psamtik I, therefore,
Nitocris proceeds to Thebes, where she is received with
acclamation, and the property of Shepnupet is formally con-
veyed to her, a full invoice of her estate being appended.

937- The stela shows that Psamtik had gained full control
of Thebes by his ninth year, and that Tanutamon had, there-
fore, lost Upper Egypt before that time. The status of
Thebes is much the same as under the Ethiopians, Men-

*Red granite stela, nearly 6 feet high, and 4} feet wide, found by Legrain at
Kamak in 1897; now in Cairo. The top is broken ofif and missing; published by
Legrain {ZeUschriji jilr dgyptische Sprache, 35, 16-19); translated by Erman
{ihid.t 24-29), on whose rendering the present translation is largely based

477

478 TWENTY-SIXTH DYNASTY: PSAMTIK I [§938

temhet, the favorite of Tahaxka, ' was still its prince, show-
ing that some of the old feudal dynasts still survived under
Psamtik I.^ The High Priest of Amon occupies a com-
pletely subordinate position ; he possesses no political influ-
ence, and his subordinate, the third prophet of Amon, con-
tributes as much as he to the revenues of Nitocris.

938. The adoption of Nitocris, and the similar adoption
of her predecessor, Shepnupet, as well as the adoption of
Amenirdis by the same Shepnupet, render it clear that this
was the usual method of succession in the Ethiopian and
Saitic periods, and much simplifies the royal family con-
nections of the time. Already, as early as 1885, Erman had
noticed that Nitocris was but the adoptive mother of Enekh-
nesnef eribre. *" A stela, recounting this adoption, which is
a second Adoption Stela (§§ 988A-988J) has now been dis-
covered at ELamak. They furnish the following chronology
of the Theban princesses:

Adoption of Nitocris: year 9 of Psamtik I, 654 B. C.

Death of Shepnupet II : Unknown date .

Induction of Nitocris : imknown date .

Adoption of Enekhnesneferibre: year i of Psamtik II,
593 B. C.

*That this is the same Mentemhet as the one under Taharka, is shown by the
name of his eldest son, Nesuptah, the same whom we find in the records of Men-
temhet under Taharka (| 903).

^The old principality of Heradeopolis also still survived, at least into the third
generation of the Saite line; for there was a prince of Heradeopolis named Hor,
son of Psamtik. The father must have been bom not earlier than the time of
Psamtik I. Hor built considerably on his own account at Heradeopolis; cf.
statue inscription in Louvre (see || 967 ff.). A chapd was also built by one
P*-drps (in the year 51 of Psamtik I at Pharbethus), who may also have been
a local prince; cf. Berlin stela (No. 8438); Brugsch, Thesaurus, TV, 797—Revil-
k>ut. Revue igyptologique, I, 33). Compare also the buildings or temple works of
Nesuhor at Elephantine (II989 fif.).

cin Schweinfurth, "Alte Baureste im Uadi Gasib" (Abhandlungen der Ber-
liner Akademie, 1885).

1 939] ADOPTION STELA OF NTTOCRIS 479

Death of Nitocris: year 4 of Apries, 584 B. C.

Induction of Enekhnesnef eribre : year 4 of Apries, 584
B.C.

Death of Enekhnesnef eribre : after Psamtik III, not
earlier than 525 B. C.

g39« These stelae and other contemporary monuments
enable us to reconstruct the following genealogy, • tracing the
succession of these sacerdotal princesses from the Twenty-
third to the Twenty-sixth Dynasty. Incidentally, this
reconstruction discloses important relationships among the
Ethiopian rulers.

'Names of princesses are in italics; dotted lines indicate adoption. Essen-
tially the same table in so far as the princesses are concerned was drawn up by
Daressy, Recueil, XX, 84; then by Erman, Zeilschrift far dgypUsche Sprache, 35, 39.

480

TWENTY-SIXTH DYNASTY: PSAMTIK I

[1 940

940.

1942] ADOPTION STELA OF NTTOCRIS 481

94z« In this table the most important difficulty is the
identity of Piankhi, a question not raised in Erman's discus-
sion.* There were at least three Piankhis,*" and nowhere is
Piankhii brother of Amenirdis I, identified by his throne-
name; nor do we know the throne-name of the great Pian-
khi. In view of the fact that Piankhi, brother of Amenirdis
I, appointed her to succeed the daughter of an Osorkon, and
we know that Piankhi the Great overthrew an Osorkon of
the Twenty-third Dynasty (§ 872), it can hardly be doubted
that Amenirdis I's brother is the great Piankhi. The
chronological considerations (§§8ioff.) also demand that
the great Piankhi shall be dated in the same general period
involved in the position occupied by Piankhi, brother of
Amenirdis I in the table.

PsanUik^s DeclaraUian of Adoption

942. ^'"I am his son, first in the favor of the father of the gods,
offering to the gods; whom^ he begat for himself, to satisfy his heart.
I have given to him my daughter, to be Divine Consort, that she rmay
invoke protection for the king^ more than those who were before her;
that he may indeed be satisfied with her prayers, and that he may pro-
tect the land of ^him who gave her to him."

''Lo, I have now heard saying, a king's-daughter of Taharka,^

^Zeitschrift fUr dgypiische Spracke, 35, 29.

ci. Wsr-m > c /-ij c . p . c nl^y (Lcpsius, DenkmOler, V, 14, a-d),

2. Snfr-R c - P- c nf^y (Lepsius, Denkmdler^ V, 14, /).

3. Mn-l^pr-R^ 'P'^ nf^y (Louvre Stela, 100; Roug6, Notice^ 116). One of
these must have been the great conqueror Piankhi. See fuller list, Petrie, History^
III, 267 f.

^>Several lines are lost at the beginning; of the line numbered i, the first half
is lost, and the second is unintelligible.

cRefersto"5<w."

<lHorus-name, ^^f^^w, followed by "Good God** and erased cartouche. This
daughter of Taharka, as Erman has observed, is doubdess the same as the Amen-
ardis of 1. 16, who had already shared in the property of the sacred office. But as
her predecessor, Shepnupet, was not yet dead, she had not yet succeeded to the
office. This Amenardis is now supplanted as "Great Daughter" by Nitocris,
daughter of Psamtik I.

482 TWENTY- SIXTH DYNASTY: PSAMTIK I [§943

triumphant, is there whom he gave to his sister to be her ' Great Dau^-
ter,' who is there as 'Divine Votress' {Ntr-dw^'t). I am not one* to
expel an heir from his place, for I am a king who loves Hruth; my
particular abomination is lying; (I am) a son protecting his father,
taking the inheritance of Keb, uniting the two portions as a youth.
Hence I give her*^ to her,*^ to be her 'Great Daughter' as her*^ father**
(once) conveyed her^ to (his) sister."*

Response 0} the Court

943. Then ^they bowed to the ground, they gave thanks to the King
of Upper and Lower Egypt, Wahibre (Psamtik I), living forever; and
they said: ''Abiding and enduring through eternity! Thy every com-
mand shall abide and endure. How beautiful is this which the god
doeth for thee! How excellent is that which thy father doeth for thee!
. . . .^ He loves to remember thy ka, and he rejoices at the men-
tion of thy name, O Horus, ' Great-of -Heart,' King of Upper and Lower
Egypt, Psamtik I, hving forever. He has done this as his monument
for his father, Amon, lord of heaven, ruler of gods. He hath given his
beloved eldest daughter, Nitocris (Nt-ykr'f), ^ whose 'beautiful name'
b Shepnupet, to be Divine Consort, to play the sistrum before his
(Amon's) beautiful face."

Nitocris Proceeds to Thebes

944. In the year 9, first month of the first season (first month),
day 28, went forth his eldest daughter from the king's family apart-
ments, clad in fine linen, and newly adorned with malachite. The
attendants conducting her were legion in number, 'and marshals cleared
the path, for beginning the goodly way to the harbor, to turn up-stream
for Thebes. The vessels bearing her were very numerous, the crews
were mighty men; and they were deeply laden '"to the decks^ with every
good thing of the king's-palace. ^The commander thereof was the sole
companion, nomarch of Heracleopolis, commander in chief of the army,

'The sense is clear, but the construction is entirely uncertain.

^Nitocris. <^Shepnupet, sister of Taharka.

dPiankhi.

^Piankhi's sister, Amenardis, as shown by Berlin 7973; Greene, FomUes^ 8, i,
and Lieblein, St. Petersburg, II, 7. See Erman, Zeilschrift fUr dgypiische Sprocket

3Sf ^9'

1946] ADOPTION STELA OF NITOCRIS 483

chief of the harbor, Somtous-Tefnakhte.* Messengers sailed to the South,

to make splendid provision before her. Sail was set ^ \

^'**The great men took their weapons, and every noble Qiad* his provision,
supplied with every good thing: bread, beer, oxen, geese, ^ — \ dates,
herbs, and every good thing. One transferred (her) to his neighbor,
until she reached Thebes.

Reception in Thebes

945. ■ 'In the year 9, second month of the first season (second month),
day 14,*^ they arrived at the city of the gods, Thebes. As she advanced,
she found (all) Thebes, men and women alike, standing, rejoicing at
her approach, siurounding her ^'with great offerings, a multitude in
number. Then they said : "The daughter of the King of Upper Egypt,
Nitocris, comes to the house of Amon, that he may receive her and be
satisfied with her. The daughter of the King of Lower Egypt, Shep-
nupet, comes to Kamak, that the gods therein may honor her. Every
monument of '^the King of Upper and Lower Egypt, Psamtik (I),
abides and endures forever and ever. Amon, lord of heaven, king of
gods, hath received what his son, Horus, * Great-of -Heart,' living forever
and ever, made for him. Amon, ruler of gods, hath praised that which
his son, Favorite of the Two Goddesses, Nebe (iV6-^, living forever

and ever, made for him '♦ The reward therefore is with

Amon,^ and with Montu,^ even a million years of life, a million years
of stability, a million years of satisfaction. All health and joy of heart
are with them for their beloved son, the King of Upper and Lower
Egypt, Lord of the Two Lands, Wahibre, '^Son of Re, Psamtik (I),
living forever and ever "*

Conveyance of the Fortune

946. Now, afterward when she came to the Divine Votress, Shep-
nupet, *^he saw her, was satisfied with her, and loved her beyond every-

*A Heracleopolitan of the same name and the same office appears under Piankhi
after the conquest, at Thebes (Benson and Gourlay, The Temple of Mid in Asher);
as the ninth year of Psamtik Is some seventy-five years later, the two men are not
the same, but probably father and son.

^The text as published is not in order, but it is evident that the fleet here sails
away from Sais.

cQnly sixteen days after leaving Sais. ^^Epithets omitted above.

^he gods have given him the kingship.

484 TWENTY-SIXTH DYNASTY: PSAMTIK I [§947

thing. She conveyed to her the fortune (ymy-pr) which her father and
her mother had conveyed to her and to her ' Great Daughter/ Amenar-
disy king's-daughter of King — , triumphant. It was put into writing
concerning them, saying: ''We* have given to thee^ all our property in
field and in town. Thou abidest upon our throne, abiding ''and endur-
ing forever and ever." The witnesses concerning them were the prophets,
the priests and all the adherents of the temple.

Inventory of the Fortune

947. List of all the property given to her ^by [them>] in the towns
and nomes of the South and North:

Lands

948. That which his (sicl) majesty gave to her in seven nomes of
the Southland:

I. In the district of Heracleopolis, the nome '^called

Yuna (Fu^n^), which is in the district thereof lands, 300 stat
a. In the district of Oxyrhyncus, the estate of Putowe

{Pw't^wy)f which is in the district thereof lands, 300 stat

3. In the district of Sep, the estate of Kewkew {K ^ w-

k ^ w), which is in the district thereof '^lands, ^300' stat

4. In the district of the Hare nome, (Hermopolis), the

estates of Nesumin, which are in the district

thereof 600 stat

5. In the district of Aphroditopolis, (the town of)

Kay (J^ ^ y), which b in the district thereof 300 stat

6. *^In the district of ^ — \ the estate of Harsiese, which

is in the district thereof '^200 stat

All this added together lands, 1,800^ stat

together with all the income thereof from field and town; with their
arid lands, and their canals.

'The pronoun refers to Shepnupet (II) and Amenardis.
*>Feminine.

cThere should be seven nomes, according to the heading. The lacking nome,
which was omitted by error of the scribes, has been added at the end of the inscrip-
tion.

<iThe total is 3,000, but the discrepancy is, perhaps, explained by the uncer-
tainty of the third item.

iQSal ADOPTION STELA OF NITOCRIS 485

Revenues

949. Bread and beer given to the temple of Amon for her:

From the Prince of Thebes

That which the fourth prophet of Amon, prince of **the dty (Thebes),
governor of the whole South, Mentemhet, gives to her:

Daily:

Bread 300 deben

Wine 5 hin

^Cakes' (S^ 1

Vegetables i bundle (hip)

Monthly:

Oxen 3

Geese S

From His Son

950. That which his eldest son, chief of the prophets of Thebes,
Nesuptah, gives to her:

Daily:

Bread 100 deben

Wine 2 hin

Vegetables i bundle (htp)

Monthly:

»»rcakesi (if <^ 15

Beer 10 jars (hbn)
Lands of the region (k^h't)oi Wawat 100 stat

From His Wife

951. That which the wife of the fourth prophet of Amon, Men-
temhet (named): Uzarenes (Wd^-ms), gives to her:

Daily:
Bread 100 deben

From the High Priest of Amon

952. That which the High Priest of Amon, Harkheb (^r-j^), gives
to her:

486

TWENTY-SIXTH DYNASTY: PSAMTIK I

[1953

Daily:

Bread

Wine
Monthly:

rCakesi (1 0

*3Beer

Vegetables

loo deben

2 bin

S jars (hbn)
lo bundles (fup)

From the Third Prophet of A man

953. That which the third prophet of Amon, Pediamennebnesttowe,
gives to her:

Daily:

Bread 100 deben

)^ne 2 bin

Monthly:

Beer 5 jars (hbn)

rCakesi (1 0 10

Vegetables 10 bundles (fup)

Summary

954. Combined total:
DaUy:

Bread

Wne

rCakes' (1 0

Vegetables
•♦Monthly:

Oxen

Geese

Beer

Lands

600 deben
II hin

a}* bundles

5
20 jars

100 Stat

From the King

955. That which his majesty gives to her in the nome of Heliopolis
in the temple of Atum, of the divine offerings (temple income), which
his majesty founded:

Spelt 2 khar

^Including also the monthly quota reduced to days.

1957]

ADOPTION STELA OF NTTOCRIS

487

after it has been offered in the (divine) presence daily, and the god has
been satisfied therewith.

Frtm the Temples

956. That ^iriiich is given to her from the temples:

Sais Bread

•sButo

House of Hathor of the Malachite

TMemphis^ (Pr-ynbw)

ELom el-Hisn

Per-Manu

The house {^'t) of Tharu

Tanis

House of Hathor

•^Bubastis

Athribis

Mesta (MU ^)

Bista (By ^ s4 ^)

House of Harsaphes, lord of Heradeopolis

Per-Seped (Saft-el-Henneh)

Combined total

Further Lands

957. That which was given to her in four* nomes of the Northland:
I. ''In the district of Sais, the estates (pr) of the

southern Bedwin, which are in the district there-
of: lands
a. In the district of Bista (By ^ s-t ^), the house (^ ' /)
of Neferher (Nfr-fir), which is in the district
thereof: lands

3. In the district of Thebu (r^)> *' — in the Barque

of the Sycamore, which is in the district thereof

4. lu the middle district of Heliopolis, ''The-Wall-of-

Hori«" son of Zedti (Pdty), which is (also)
"The-Wall-of-Psenmut," bom of ««Meretube-
khet (Mr' t-wbf^' t), which is in the district
thereof aoo (+x) stat

Total lands of four nomes i»400 stat

aoodeben

aoo

100

SO
100
100
100
aoo

SO
100
100

Bread 1,500 deben

360 stat

500 stat
^4\> stat

^Miscopied 3 in the publication; see 1. 29, and 1. 30.

488 TWENTY-SIXTH DYNASTY: PSAMTIK I [I958

together with all the income thereof, from field and town; with their
arid lands and their ^^canals.

Combined total:

Bread a,ioo deben

Lands in eleven nomes 3»300 stat

Abiding, abiding, conveyed, conveyed, imperishable and ineffaceable,
forever and ever, forever and ever!

Land Omitted Abave^

958. In the district of — ^ptp\ with all its people, all its lands, and
all its possessions in field and town.

STATUE INSCRIPTION OF THE CHIEF STEWARD, IBE^

958 A. This inscription records part of the career of Ibe,
one of the nobles in attendance upon Nitocris, the daughter
of Psamtik I, after her appointment as sacerdotal princess
of Thebes. Ibe describes her installation (year 9), at the
ceremonies of which he was present (§§ 958D-958E); and
then narrates his appointment by the king as her chief
steward [seventeen years later, in the year 26 (§ 958G)], for
the purpose of restoring her palace. He arranged the affairs
of the princess, and she spent a day with him in the temple,
looking over her papers. He then conducted the restoration
of her palace, involving the erection of one building a hun-
dred cubits high (over 172 feet!). This is the only literary
reference to the height of a dwelling in earlier Egjrpt. Ibe
also built a palace-chapel of Osiris, assisted in the celebra-
tion of the feasts of Amon, and aided in the restoration of
the Osirian tomb at Thebes.

*The scribe omitted this piece of land from the list in seven nomes ({ 948).

^Limestone statue bought at Luxor by Legrain in 1903; it represents a stand-
ing figure broken off at the waist, the upper portion missing. A stela held before
the figure bears the inscription. Published by Daressy, Annates, V, 94-96. The
stone is friable and the surface much eroded, ao that the text is very uncertain.

|9S8E] STATUE INSCRIPTION OF IBE 489

ItUroductian

9S8B. » chief steward of the Divine Consort, Ibe (Yb^),

son of the priest (mry'tUr), Enekhhor (^ »J-^r) « . . . 3. . . .»

<chief fstewardi] of my queen, his daughter, the Divine Con-
sort

AppoifUtncfU of NUocris

9S8C. A lax:iina at this point evidently contained the
statement that Psamtik I commanded the appointment of
his daughter,

^His beloved, the great favorite of Amon, the sweet — , [^daughter
of^ the beloved of Mut, Mehetnusekhet (Mk^'t-m-wsf^'t) to be Divine
Consort, Divine Votress of Amon in Kamak.

InskUlatian 0} NUocris

958D. ^The chief ritual priest, divine scribe, prophets, divine
fathers, priests (w^b), and the great companions of his majesty, were
the suite of their queen. The whole land was in great festivity; an
oblation — 'filled with every offering, rjubilatingi to him, satisfying the
heart; Q)y^ the glorious one, great among the great, his beloved, the
Divine Votress, Nitocris, who liveth; while the lay priesthood of the

temple were following [her] * \ There was performed for her

every customary ceremony, like the fashion of the coronation of her

good lord, Amon radiance, like the sun (Sw). She caused

^that there be presented a great oblation; the lay priesthood brought
the incense of favor, love, life,^ prosperity, and health for her father,
Wahibre (W ^ h-yb-R S Psamtik I).

NUocris Arrives <U Her Tkeban Palace

958E. Her majesty proceeded «®to the palace, seated in her

palanquin (JnP'/), the poles (thereof) being made anew, of silver and
gold, inlaid with every genuine costly stone,^ and she caused rthat there
be offeredi^ .

^Fragments of a mortuary prayer for Ibe, whose title is, perhaps, partially
preserved at the beginning of 1. 4.

^»See II, 960.

cOr : * 'given to her ^beside themfl ."

490 TWENTY-SIXTH DYNASTY: PSAMTIK I [I958F

Decay of the Palace of NUocris

958F. "Year 26, second month of the first season, day 3. ^On

this dayi,* his majesty ^ \ His majesty sent those ^o were

in his suite, "of the Southland, prophets, and priests {w^h) of

Amon, and sacred women of Amon. They came, saying: "His majesty
has heard that the house of the Divine Votress of Amon ^^\s beginning
to fall to ruin."

AppoitUtnetU of Ibe as Chief Steward of NUocris to Carry Out Restoration

9SSG. These people also bring with them a command
of the king that

There should be appointed ^^the king's-confidant, Ibe, as chief steward
of the Divine Consort, and that there should be collected for him all
his things which should go ^for the payment^ of the works, '^an]d that
they should be delivered to all the scribes and inspectors sent with the
business of the house of the Divine Votress, as many as they were.

The list of every day '* '^ utensils of silver, gold, copper,

f — \ [everjrthing] of the White House.

Ibe^s Administration

958H. >'I rfilled^ her granaries with ^wheat^ spelt, and all fruits.
I multiplied her cattle yaids with bullocks, fobliged^ her officials to

pay dues ''all of them. I conserved ever3rthing by exaction in —

throughout.

NUocris Spends a Day Inspecting Her Affairs

9581. he fwenti to receive her in the temple of Amon .

'•She spent the day sealing r '^ of the house.

Here she seems to have inspected

■^All her affairs of the m3nriad of years which every excellent king lives.

Ibe Conducts the Restoration of the Palace of NUocris

958J. I built her refectory (w^b'f) by the side of the king's-house
(pr stny), (i^calledi): " Khonsu-of J^ — \"^ as an eternal work, ever3rthing

•Or: "Hhe coronation day^ of his majesty **
*>Axnon?

i958Ml STATUE INSCRIPTION OF IBE 491

was a work of — " — in it, — her house (/k/) in the pure house (^) of
her father, Amon, which her father, Re, made for her in the first begin-
ning ^sp tpy)f 100 cubits high, and 100 cubits wide **built

in all its — . Its — was of stone, its pavement was of stone, every ^altari
found in it, its tables — '^without I'number'i. Its ceiling (lit., heaven)
was of electrum, inlaid with every genuine costly stone.

Ibe Builds a Palace-Chapd of Osiris

958K. I erected a temple {h't-tUr) beside it for her lord, Osiris-
Wennofer, of ''all^ excellent work. His barque — «< — like Re in his
horizon. The portable image of his majesty was fashioned of electrum,
inlaid with every genuine costly stone, together with statues of her*

body of electrum »« to her palace in her Hliarge^ before

the — place.

Cdebralion 0} Atnon's Feasts

958L. Ibe then narrates how the god (Amon) was brought
forth in procession, with his sacred women who accompanied
Nitocris,

At his feast which the land celebrated for him on the sixth of the
month; ^whereof the like was donei beside the upper gate of Amon-Re

r "^ with her father at his feast of the first month of the third season

(Pakhons) «^— .

ResioraUion and Furniture of the Osirian Tomb?

958M. She filled his secret cavern^ with brick, with fall'') ^genuine
things'! that he desired. Its doors were of cedar, the pavement of ^ —

3 which the queen (*»0> L. P. H., r— 1, Divine Votress,

Nitocris, fashioned ^ ^^ *' Great Divine Consort, Mehet-

nusekhet, likewise in everything; fin order ^ to buryi a multitude of
their vessels, even all their^ offering-tables of the temple, of silver,
gold, and every costly stone. I founded their divine offerings, of bread,
beer, cattle, fowl, linen, ointment, wine, milk, r — 1, and vegetables as
daily [offerings ''without^ «*number «

Ibe.

^Nitocris. ^The Osirian tomb of Amon ?

<^Yw for f, both being pronounced **e"

<ilt is not certain to whom this *Hheir** (and again in this line) refers.

®The remainder of the line is chiefly an obscure asseveration of faithfulness by

492 TWENTY-SIXTH DYNASTY: PSAMTIK I [§959

FIRST SERAPEUM STELA*

959* This is the important stela which shows that Ta-
harka immediately preceded Psamtik I. The deceased
Apis died just before the begimiing of Psamtik I's twenty-
first year, having lived twenty-one years, two months, and
seven days. As the animal was bom in the twenty-sixth
year of Taharka, it is evident that Taharka was the predeces-
sor of Psamtik I, with a possible interval between them of
not more than one or two months. The stela is further
important as indicating that the years of the king's reign
coincided with the years of the civil calendar. The Apis died
on the twenty-first of the twelfth month in Psamtik's twen-
tieth year. At the expiration of the ceremonial seventy days,
the burial took place on the twenty-fifth of the second month
in the king's twenty-first year. The transition from year 20
to year 21 evidently fell on New Year's Day (see also

§ 984).

Death of Apis

960. Year ao, fourth month of the third season (twelfth month),
day 21; imder the majesty of the King of Upper and Lower Egypt,
Wahibre (W^h-yb-R^); Son of Re, of his body, Psamtik (Psmtk) I;
went forth the majesty of Apis, the Living Son, to heaven.

Burial of Apis

961. This god was conducted in peace to the Beautiful West in the
year 21, second month of the first season (second month), (on) the
twenty-fifth day.

Birth and Age

962. Now, he was bom in the year 26 of King Taharka; he was
received into Memphis in the fourth month of the second season (eighth
month), (on) the ninth day; which makes 21 years, 2 months ^7 days"*.^

^Louvre, No. 190; published: Mariette, Le SSrapSum de Memphis, III, PL 36;
Piehl, Inscriptions, I, XXII, C; ReviUout, Revue igyptologique, VII, 138; Chas-
sinat, Recueil, 18, 19. I had also my own copy of the original.

^ After the "2 months" there is a hieratic 7, and before it a half-circle, which
is probably the sign for day.

1966] SECOND SERAPEUM STELA 493

SECOND SERAPEUM STELA*

963. This inscription has heretofore been understood as
recording both repairs in the Serapeum or a sanctuary of
Apis,^ and the burial of an Apis deceased under Psamtik I.
The true import of the inscription is totally diflferent. There
is no reference to an Apis which died in Psamtik I's reign,
but only the record of the restoration by him, of an old inter-
ment, on receiving a report that the coffin was so fallen to
pieces that the body of the sacred animal was exposed to
view.

Dau

964. In the year 52 under the majesty of this Good God (Psamtik 1),^
came one to say to his majesty:

Message

965. ''The temple^ of thy father, Osiris-Apis, and the things therein
are beginning to fall to ruin. The divine limbs are visible in his coffin,®
decay has laid hold of his (mortuary) chests."

Restoration

966. His majesty commanded restoration in his temple,^ and that
it should be more beautiful than that which was there before. His
majesty caused that there be done for him all that is done for a god on
the day of interment. Every office had its duties, that the divine limbs
might be splendid in ointment, wrappings of royal linen, and all the

*Large stela found by Mariette in the Serapeum, now in the Louvre (No.
359); published by Mariette, RmseignemerUs, 11 f. (not seen); I had my own copy
of Uie original.

^Brugsch (Gesckichie, 741, 74a) and M^edemann (AegypHsehe Geschichte,
619, 620).

cHis fivefold titulary immediately precedes.

^As the context shows, "temple" (f^'t-nk) is here the sepulcher of an Apis, and
must mean an alcove of the Serapeum, in which an Apis was entombed. If this
stone had not been found in the Serapeum, we should think such a burial chapel
as that erected by Amenhotep III for an Apis, was meant

•This (wn) must have been a wooden coffin, which was so decayed that the
body of the Apis could be seen.

494 TWENTY-SKTH DYNASTY: PSAMTIK I [§967

raiment of a god. His (mortuary) chests were of ked wood, mem
wood, and cedar wood, of the choicest of every wood. Their ^troops^
were subjects of the palace,^ while a king's-companion stood over^
them, levying their labor for the court,^ like the land of Egypt.

May he be given life, stability, satisfaction, like Re, forever and
ever.

STATUE INSCRIPTION OF HOR«

g67. This fragmentary inscription, like that of Pefnef-
dineit (§§ 1015 flf.) and Nesuhor (§§989flF.) illustrates the
excessively religious spirit of the Saitic age. Hor vvas mili-
tary conmiander at Heracleopolis, where he executed con-
siderable additions, or at least restorations, in the temple of
Harsaphes.* These he has recorded upon his votive statue
in some detail. His reference to the use of cedar from the
royal domain would be more important if the king under
whom he served were mentioned,* as it shows that the forests
of Lebanon were under the control of the Pharaoh at this
time.

IfUroducHan

968. 'benefactions in Heracleopolis, watchful in restoring

Ner (iV^r), making Heracleopolis prosper, repelling her obstructors

*Thxs word is written with three standing men with feathers upon their heads.
The reference to "Egypt" at the end would indicate that they were not Egyptians,
and the feathers point to Libyans. The antecedent of "their" is also in doubt.

t>Read « ^ «.

cSpiegelberg's interpretation (Recueil, a 6, 43, i) involves making "kings-
companion" plural, while the text shows a singular.

^Ot: " collecting their impost into the court "

*On his black granite statue, now in the Louvre (A 88); published by Pierret
(Recueil d^InscriptionSf I, 14-21); and partially by Brugsch, Thesaurus^ VI, 1251,
1252. I had a copy of the Berlin squeeze, kindly made for me by Schaefer.

'Other examples of nobles building temples will be foimd in the Northern
Oasis (Steindorff, Kdniglich-Sdchsische GeseUschaft der Wissenschaften, 1900, 226).

sOur insertion of the inscription in the reign of Psamtik I is conjectural.

§973] STATUE INSCRIPTION OF HOR 495

when the ■'filthy^ lay in her streets as in a stable; repelling ^ — 1 from
her district, chief of Heracleopolis, commander of the army, Hor, son
of the chief of i^militiai ($i) in the district of Busiris, Psamtik, bom of
the matron, Nefrusebek; he saith:

Prayer

969. ''O divine lord, Khnum, king of the Two Lands, ruler of
lands, sole god, whose qualities none possesses;^ I am ^zealous^, show-
ing allegiance to thee. I have filled my heart with thee, the prosperous
way of him who follows thy majesty. Thou hast made my heart, that
my heart might be vigilant in pursuit of genuine things^ ."

Temple Court

970. " *in the great forecourt of Harsaphes, as a great

work without its like; a colonnade of pink granite, the doors of fine
cedar of the (royal) domain, many — of gold like the horizon of
heaven. Its south and north walls are of fine limestone of Ayan, the
linteb of pink granite, overlaid with gold, the door with electrum."

Temfde HaU

971. '' I restored the southern aisle {Ytwr)^ and the northern aisle,
and the southern and northern aisle in this place, besides the house of
Nehebkau."

Temple Lake and FumUure

972. '' I built the rear wall of the pool i^oP the shore, I seized the

place ^I beautified the broad-hall of the i^militia^ {li) behind

the tomb,^ in order to make for me a great work in the house {pr) of

Harsaphes, lord of gods, ^ \ I gave two pieces of land {hsp) before

the great god f . I gave"* wine *" — i every day; I rewarded

* — 1 with goods from my house, I beautified them, (for) I knew that the
abomination of a god is withholding. I made their two offering-tablets

*Is this a tenn of contempt for a foreign foe, referring to the expulsion of an
Assyrian garrison ?

^This is the phrase applied to the sun-god, Aton, in the great h3rmn (see my
Db Hymnis in Solem sub Rege Amenophide IV Conuptis, 47, 1. 50, where the end
is to be amended thus: ntr w<^ nn ky hr sp'w'j).

cFor the god*s temple.

^Jffbi-bg't; sec Brugsch, WMerhuch, 456.

496 TWENTY-SIXTH DYNASTY: PSAMTIK I [§973

of white stone (ds)^ in order to present the divine offerings upon them:
one being in the pit of the coffin, the place where Atum, the old man,
goes to rest; the other in " None-Prospers-Against-Him,"» Hijcforei

King Wennofer *his gods, I filled up what was found empty**

in his house."

Feast of Bast

973. '' I brought out Bast in procession to her barge, at her beauti-
ful feast of the fourth month of the second season (eighth month), the
fifth day until ^— 1."

Concluding Prayer

'' I have done these things with a glad heart, without . I have

opened ^to thee"* my arms and extended my embrace Hbefore [theep —

work r '^ which was in my heart, while making monuments in thy

house. Endue me with life, prosperity, and health >" "^ which is in

my heart in thy temple. Give me revered old age, spending a long life
in happiness, possessing all favor of the ruler of lands (the king), while
my name endures in Heracleopolis imtil the coming of eternity."

*Name of a place.

^Referring to broken inscripdons which he restored.

REIGN OF NECHO

SERAPEUM STELA*

974- This stela furnishes the data for computing the
exact length of Psamtik I's reign. Having lived sixteen
years, seven months and seventeen days, this Apis died in the
sixteenth year of Necho, on the sixth of the second month.
The bulk of his life fell in the reign of Necho, and he was
only one year, six months, and eleven days old at the acces-
sion of Necho. This period of his life thus coincided with
the last year, six months and eleven days of Necho's prede-
cessor, Psamtik I. Now, the Apis was bom in the fifty-
third year of Psamtik I, on the nineteenth of the sixth month;
hence the total length of Psamtik I's reign was the sum of

52 years, 5 months, 19 days
and I " 6 " 11 "

or 54 years, o months, o days.

975. This would indicate that Psamtik ruled an even
number of complete years, ^ but we cannot suppose that
Psamtik I died on the last day of the year ; it is evident that
he died in the fifty-fifth year of his reign, and that the frac-
tion of that incomplete year was, after his death, included in
the first year of his successor, Necho. It is thus clear that
the years of the king's reign in the Twenty-sixth Dynasty
began on New Year's Day. We have already reached the
same conclusion from the first Serapeum Stela of Psamtik I

(§ 959)-

•Louvre, No. 193; published by Piehl, Inscriptions, I, XXI, A; Chassinat,
Recueilf 22, 21. I had also my own copy of the original.

^The scribe's computation ignores the 5 epagomens; the Apis was really
16 years, 7 months^ and 22 days old.

497

498 TWENTY-SKTH DYNASTY: NECHO [§976

DaU^

976. ^Year 16, fourth month of the first season (fourth month),
day 16, under the majesty of Horus: Wise-hearted {$y ^ -yb); JKing of
Upper and Lower Egypt;* Favorite of the Two Goddesses: Trium-
phant; Golden Horus: Beloved-of -the- Gods; 'Uhemibre; Son of Re,
of his body, his beloved: Necho, living forever, beloved of Apis, son of
Osiris.

Burial of Apis

977. ^The day** of the interment of this god. This god was con-
ducted in peace to the necropolis, to let him assume his place in his
temple in the western desert of ***Life-of-the-Two-Lands," after there
had been done for him all that is done in the pure house, as it was done
formerly.

Life of Apis

978. He was bom ^in the year 53, second month of the second season
(sixth month), day 19, under the majesty of the King of Upper and
Lower Egypt: Wahibre; Son of Re: Psamtik (I), triimiphant. ^He
was [rece]ived into the house of Ptah in the year 54, third month of the
first season (third month), day 12. He departed from life ^in the year]
16, second month of the first season (second month), day 6. The total
of his length of life was 16 years, 7 months, and 17 days.

Tomb and Equipment of Apis

979. The majesty of ^e King of Upper and Lower Egjrpt, Necho,
living forever, made all the coffins and every thing excellent and profit-
able for this august god. ^He built for him his place in the necropolis,
of fine limestone of Ayan, of excellent workmanship. Never happened
the like '^ince the beginning. That he might be given all life, stability,
satisfaction, health, and joy of heart, like Re, forever and ever.

*This title has been inserted by the scribe in the wrong place after the Horus-
name.

^*The date at the top; it is just 70 days after his death, as dated in the docu-
ment (1. 7).

IpSo] BUILDING INSCRIPTION 499

BUILDING INSCRIPTION*

980. The inscription shows that Uzahor superintended
the quarries at Assuan during the building operations of
Necho. Like the old officials stationed at this place from
the Sixth D)masty on, he was *^ governor of the door,^^ or
frontier post, of the southern countries.

Revered by the King of Upper and Lower Egypt, Uhemibre (Necho),
like Re. Hereditary prince and count (rp^ty, h^ty-^), governor of
the door oi the countries, Uzahor (Wi^-^r)^ he says: ''I was com-
mander of works upon the mountain , to make great obelisks

of granite, and all monuments of diorite (6^n) and granite for the

^From a statue bought by Petrie at Memphis; published, Season, XXI, 5,
and 26.

REIGN OF PSAMTIK II

STATUE INSCRIPTION OF NEFERIBRE-NOFER*

981. This fragmentary document contains a few refer-
ences to the building activity of Psamtik II, of whose reign
we know so little. Neferibre-nofer was a ^^ magazine over-
seer j^^ who can have been no other than the Neferibre-nofer,
of another statue** at Cairo, who held the same office under
Psamtik II, and bore also the name Irhoro (Yry-hr-^^).
Besides being tutor and guardian of the king, he also held
the rank of ^^ hereditary prince y count, wearer of the royal
seal, and sole companion"

Omitting unessential and fragmentary self-praise, the
building references are these :

982 Neferibre-^nofer, to whom the Two Lands recx>unt

their hearts, and repeat to him all their thoughts; fwho ^leases^]
King Neferibre (Psamtik II) by doing that which is his desire, when
he commands to protect their^ holy places, beautifying the Two Lands

— * ^. ... He built the temple of the lord of eternity, *erect-

ing a pyramidion (bnbti['(\) in Mehenet of Sais, in work *" ^i

fine limestone of Ayan; ^obelisksof Elephantine granite, houses for the
first time for Neit; a (portable) barque-shrine {wis-nfr't) of fine gold,
inlaid with every splendid costly stone '°

983. The very fragmentary remainder (11. 10-16) con-
tains references to liberal ofiferings to the gods, ^^ for the sake
of the life, prosperity and health of King Psamtik (11), living
like Re:'

*Black granite statue in Cairo; published by Daresay, Recueil, XVI, 46, 47 (C).

^Gray granite statue; published by Mariette, ManumetUs divers, 29, a, 1-5 «
Piehl, Zeitschrifi fUr agyptische Sprache, 1887, 120-22.

cThe gods ?

500

REIGN OF APRIES

SERAPEUM STELA*

984. From this stela we can compute the length of the
combined reigns of Necho and Psamtik II. The Apis com**
memorated died on the twelfth day of the eighth month in
the twelfth year of Apries, being seventeen years, six months,
and five days old ; hence his life began five years, ten months,
and twenty-three days before the accession of Apries. As
the animal's birth fell on the seventh of the second month in
the sixteenth year of Necho, the lapse of time from the
accession of Necho to that of Apries (or to the death of
Psamtik II) is the sum of

15 years, i month, 7 days
and 5 " 10 months, 23 "

or 21 years, o months, o days.

The combined, reigns of Necho and Psamtik 11, therefore,
lasted exactly twenty-one years. ^ It is noticeable, also, that,
as above (§ 975), the fraction of Psamtik II's last or incom-
plete year is not counted, but his reign is concluded with the
end of his last complete year, as if Apries had begim to reign
on New Year's Day.

985. Since the above was written the conclusion reached
has received interesting confirmation by the discovery of the

^Louvre, No. 240; published by Mariette {Choix de monumetUs du SSrapium,
PI. VII); thence by Bunsen (Egypt* s Place, 2d ed., V, 738-40); Piehl, {Inscrip-
tions, I, XXI, B); Birch (Egyptian Texts, 39-41); Chassinat (RecmH, 18). I alao
had my own copy of the original.

^The scribe has ignored the 5 epagomens at the end of the year, as in 1 975,
note; the Apis really lived 17 years, 6 months, and 10 days.

501

S02 TWENTYSIXTH DYNASTY: APRIES [§085

second Adoption Stela (§§988A-988J) at Karnak.* It
furnishes the two following data for the length of Psamtik
II's reign :

1. In the first year of Psamtik II's reign, in the eleventh
month, on the twenty-ninth day, his daughter, the princess
Enkhnesneferibre, arrived at Thebes to be adopted by the
Divine Ccmsort, Nitocris.

2. In the seventh year of his reign, in the first month, on
the twenty-third day, Psamtik II died.^

The adoption was a political device which would be car-
ried out by the Pharaoh without delay; hence we are safe in
concluding that Enekhnesneferibre arrived in Thebes not
long after Psamtik II's accession,^ which thus fell late in the
calendar yesx. His first regnal year thus consisted of no
more than a month or two. Of his last year (the seventh),
but twenty-three days had elapsed when he died. He thus
actually reigned but five years and two or three months.
From the twenty-one years above obtained as the total
length of the successive reigns of Nccho and Psamtik II,
combined, we may then deduct the latter's reign of a little
over five years, furnishing practically sixteen years as the
length of Necho's reign. This coincides with the fact that
our highest known date of Necho is the sixteenth year**
(when the Apis of the following stela was bom), and with
Herodotus, who gives Necho sixteen years, and Psamtik II
six years.

^Legrain, Recueil, 27, 81, 82. See above, 1 938.

^The stela also states that his son Apries then succeeded him.

<^The late date (year 9) for the adoption of Nitocris under Psamtik I was, of
course, due to the fact that he did not gain control of Thebes immediately.

^This date is the io6th day of the sixteenth year (§ 976); hence there is plenty
of margin for the few months in excess of the five years reigned by Psamtik II.

I988A] SERAPEUM STELA 503

DaU

986. 'Year la, second month of the third season (tenth month),
day 21, under the majesty of King Apries* {ff^^-yb-Re)^ 'beloved dL
Apis, son of Osiris.

IniermerU of Apis

The god was conducted in peace to the Beautiful West, ^to let kim
assume his place in the necropolis, the western desert of Memphis;
after there had been done for him all that is done in ^e pure house.
Never was done the like before.

Life of Apis

987. The majesty of this god went forth to heaven *in the year 12,
fourth month of the second season (eighth month), day la. He was
bom in the year 16, second month of the first season (second month),
day 7, under the majesty of ^King Necho, living forever. He was
installed in the house of Ptah 'in the year i, third month of the third
season (eleventh month), day 9, under the majesty of Psamtik H. ^The
beautiful life of this god, was 17 years, 6 months, 5 days.

Mortuary Equipment

g88. The Good God, Wahibre (Apries), made aU the coffins, <>every-
thing, excellent, and every profitable thing, for this august god; that
he (the king) might be given life and health therefore, forever.

STELA OF THE DIVINE CONSORT ENEKHNESNEFERIBRE»>

988A. This new monument furnishes several important
facts in the history of the Twenty-sixth Dynasty, enabling us
to confirm our reconstruction of the chronology and family
history of this d)masty. These new facts are :

1. The final proof that Psamtik II was the father of
Enekhnesneferibre.

2. The date of Psamtik II's death, and thus the exact
length of his reign.

•Full fivefold titulary.

^Stela of alabaster, o. m. 74 c. high, o. m. 4a c. wide, cm. 13 c. thick, now
in the Cairo Museum. It was discovered by Legrain in the great cache at Kamak,
and was published by Maspero, with translation in Annales, V, 84-90.

504 TWENTY-SIXTH DYNASTY: APREES [I988B

3. Apries was the son of Psamtik II.

4. The date of the adoption of Enekhnesneferibre.

5. The date of the death of Nitocris.

6. The date of the accession of Enekhnesneferibre.
988B . The stela narrates the arrival of Enekhnesneferibre

at Thebes in the first year of her father, Psamtik II, and her
adoption there by Nitocris, as Nitocris herself had once been
adopted by Shepnupet II, at the decree of Psamtik I
(§§ 935 ff)- At this adoption she received the title of High
Priest of Amon. Five years and fifty-nine days after her
arrival at Thebes, Enekhnesneferibre's father, Psamtik II,
died, • and was succeeded by his son, Apries. In the fourth
year of this king, just eight years, four months, and ten da)rs
after Enekhnesneferibre's adoption, Nitocris died, and
twelve days later Enekhnesneferibre succeeded to her office.
This she held into the reign of Psamtik III, when she was at
least eighty years old (see table, § 938).

Arrival of Enekhnesneferibre (U Thebes

g88C. 'Year i, third month of the third season, day 39, under the
majesty of Horus: Menekhib (Mnf^-yb); Favorite of the Two God-
desses: Mighty of Arm; Golden Horus: Beautifying the Two Lands;
King of Upper and Lower Egypt: Neferibre; Son of Re: 'Psamtik 11,
given life. On this day the king's-daughter, Enekhnesneferibre,
arrived at Thebes.

Adoption of Enekhnesneferibre by Nitocris

988D. Her mother, the Divine Consort, Nitocris, who liveth, came
forth ^to behold her beauty, and they went together to the House
{pr) of Amon. Then was conducted the fdivineT] ""imagei** from fthe
House ofJ\ TAmoni, to ^ — ^ in order to make her titulary as fol-
lows:

"The Greatly Praised in r— i,c Flower in the Palace, f— 1 of the f— i

^Having thus reigned five years and two or three months; see 1 985.
^fffUy ? cpossibly " House of AmonV

I988H] STELA OF ENEKHNESNEFERIBRE s^S

of ^Amon, High Priest of Amon, King's-Daughter, Enekhnesneferibre.
She shall be* in the Presence of her Father, Amon-Re, Lord of Thebes,
Presider over Kamak."

Death of PsanUik II

988E. ^Year 7, first month of the first season, day 23, went forth

this Good God, Lord of the Two Lands, Psamtik 11 to heaven. He

joined the sun, the divine limbs mingling with him who made him

{yr-sw).

Accession of His Son A pries

988F. Then was crowned 'his son, in his place, (even) Horns:
Wahib; Favorite of the Two Goddesses: Lord of Might; Golden Horns:
Making Verdant the Two Lands; King of Upper and Lower Egypt:
Apries (^ ^ <= -yb-R <0 ; Son of Re: Wahibre (W ^ h-yb-R ^, who Hveth.

Death and Burial of Nitocris

988G. Year 4, fourth month of the third season, May 4, of this
king; went forth the Divine Votress (Dw^ 't'ntr)t Nitocris, triumphant,
to heaven. She joined the sun, the divine limbs mingling with him
who made her. Her daughter, the High Priest, Enekhnesneferibre,
^d for her all that is done for every excellent king.

Induction of Enekhnesneferibre

988H. Now, when twelve days had elapsed after these events,
(in) the fourth month of the third season, day 15, went the king's-
daughter, '^e High Priest, Enekhnesneferibre, to the House of Amon-
Re, king of gods ; while the prophets, the divine fathers, the priests (w^b),
ritual priests and lay priests of the temple of Amon ''were behind her, and
the great companions were in front thereof. There were performed for
her all the customary ceremonies of the induction of the Divine Votress
(Dw^'t-ntr) of Amon into the temple, by the divine scribe "and nine
priests (w^b) of this house (pr). She fastened on all the amulets and
ornaments of the Divine Consort (fTmT-ii/f), and the Divine Votress
{Dw^'i-ntr) of Amon, crowned with the two plumes, the diadem of
'^her forehead,^ to be queen {hn't) of every circuit of the sun.

K>r possibly the titulary closes with her name, and the following shoukl be
rendered: "While she was, eU,'*

^It is possible that the word rendered ** forehead" (dhn) may be the verb
'*appaud?* {dhn).

5o6 TWENTY-SIXTH DYNASTY: APRIES H988I

TUulary of Enekhnesneferibre

g88l. Her titulary was made as follows:

"Hereditary Princess, Great in Amiability, Great in Favor, Mistress
of Loveliness, Sweet in Love, Queen (hn'() of all Women, Divine Con-
sort, »*Divine Votress, Heknefrumut* (-?*=*/ nfr'w-Mw'f), Divine
Hand, Enekhnesneferibre, who liveth, KingVDaughter of the Lord of
the Two Lands, Psamtik (H)."

Reign of Enekhnesneferibre

g88j. There were done for her all the customary rites and all the
ceremonies as '^was done for Tafnut in the beginning.^ The prophets,
the divine fathers, and the lay priests of the temple came to her at all
times when she went to the House of Amon, at his every festal pro-
cession.^

INSCRn>TION OF NESUHOR^

989. The remarkable, and often misunderstood, narra-
tive contained in this document furnishes an interesting
corroboration of the tale of the mutiny of Psamtik I's
troops, as narrated by Herodotus (II, 30, 31). Our Nesu-
hor was commander of the fortress and garrison at Ele-
phantine, where he had assumed the responsibility for many
pious works for the local divinities, in accordance with the
increased religious spirit of the Saitic age. On one occasion
the foreign mercenaries of the garrison mutinied and, like
the Automoloi of Herodotus, planned to migrate to Upper

*Her alabaster statue (AnnaleSf V, 90-92) gives as the reading of this name:
^^ 3 (i)'nfr- w-mry' (t)- Mw t.

*>Lit., "0/ the first time** (m-sp-tpy).

cLit., "at his every feast of the appearance^* {m hb' f nb n l^^).

<lOn his statue in the Louvre (A 90); published by Maspero (Zeitsckrift faf
dgyptische Sprache, 1884, 88, 89), with corrections by Brugsch (ibid., 93-97). I
had also my own copy of the original which added a number of corrections, and a
collation of the Berlin squeeze by Schaefer, which furnished the proper reading of
the name of Nesuhor's mother. The inscription was first properly understood by
Schaefer (Beitrdge Mur alien Ceschichte, IV, 152-63), who also gives a final text
(ibid., Tafel, I-II).

l99il INSCRIPTION OF NESUHOR 507

Nubia, to a region called Shas-heret. Nesuhor succeeded
in dissuading them and delivered them to Apries, who ac-
cordingly ptmished them. Believing that the gods had
delivered him from his dangerous predicament among a
horde of turbulent foreign soldiery, Nesuhor did not fail to
narrate the event on his statue as a motive for his good works
to the divinities of the first cataract. It thus furnishes
graphic contemporary evidence of the dangerously unstable
ch^uracter of the military, of which the power of the Saite
kings consisted. A similar but more widely-spread dis-
affection was the occasion of the overthrow of Apries by
Amasis.

QualUies of Nesuhor

990. » » as his lord — his equal; whom his majesty

appointed to a very great office, the office of his eldest son,^ governor
of the Door of the Southern G>untries, to repel the countries that rebel
against him. When he hath spread the fear of him in the southern
countries, 'they flee into their vaUeys for fear of him. Who did not
'relax [vigilance in^ seeking benefits for his lord; honored of the King
of Upper and Lower Egypt, Apries (9 ^ ^ -yb-R <^, favored by the Son
of Re, Wahibre {W^h-yb-R^, Nesuhor, whose beautiful name is Ib-

Psamtik-menekh ("The-Heart-of-Psamtik-is-Excellent'O, son of Ifrer
(Ywfrr), bom of the mistress, Tesenethor {T^ -sn't-^r), triumphant.

Nesuhor's Prayer

991. He says: ''O lord of might! Fashioner of gods and men!
Khnum, lord of the Cataract, Satet, ^and Anuket, mistress(es) of
Elephantine ! I rejoice in your names, I praise your beauty. I am free
from laxity in doing that which you^ desire; I fill my heart with you^
in every design which I carry out. May my ka be remembered because
of that which I have done in yoiu* house.

*The upper half of this (vertical) line is lacking; the document begins with
epithets of praise applied to Nesuhor.

*>The southern country imder the empire was governed by a viceroy, who was
originally the king's eldest son. This old tradition is now applied to the governor
of Elephantine.

<^Ut,'*yourka's."

So8 TWENTY-SKTH DYNASTY: APRIES [199a

Good Works jar the Gods

992. I have splendidly equipped 3rour temple with vessels of silver;
numerous cattle, ducks, and geese; I have made secure their mainte-
nance by (an endowment of) lands, as well as ^(that of) their custodians
forever and ever. I built their shelters in your dty. I gave very fine
wine of the Southern Oasis, spelt and honey into your storehouses,
which I built anew in the great name of his majesty. I gave illimiinating
oil for lighting the lamps of your temple. I appointed weavers, maid-
servants and launderers for the august wardrobe of the great god %nd
his divine ennead. I built their quarters in his temple, established
forever by decree of the Good God, Lord of the Two Lands, Apries^
living forever.

Requital aj Gaad Warks

993. Remember ye him in whose heart was the beautification of
your house, (even) Nesuhor, whose name is abiding in the mouth of
the citizens; as a reward for (all) this. Let my name abide in your
house, let my ka be remembered after my life, let my statue abide and
my name endure upon it imperishably in your temple.

Rescue af Nesuhor

994. ^For ye rescued me from an evil plight, from the mercenaries
Qibyans^,* Greeks, Asiatics, and foreigners, who had it in their hearts
to — , and who had it in their hearts to go to Shas-heret (5^ yi-hr'f).^
His majesty feared because of the evil which they did. I re-established
their heart in reason by advice, not permitting them to go to Nubia
{T^'pd't)j (but) bringing them to the place where his majesty was;
and his majesty executed their (Jpunishmenti].

995- Here follows a mortuary prayer, containing the fol-
lowing titles of Nesuhor :

Hereditary prince, count, wearer of the royal seal, beloved sole com-
panion, great in his office, grand in his rank, official at the head of the
people, governor of the Door of the Southern Countries.

*One is inclined to read T^hw here; for if we read <■ ' mw, "Asiatics," then the
Asiatics appear twice.

^'Schaefer has shown that this region was in upper Nubia {pp. cU., 15S-63).

REIGN OF AMASIS (AHMOSE II)

ELEPHANTINE STELA*

gg6. This, perhaps the most important document of the
Saitic period, is, imfortimately, so badly preserved that a
consecutive translation is totally impossible.^ In the fol-
lowing I have rendered only what is capable of safe trans-
lation, and have then connected the few scattered translat-
able passages, by statements of their probable relation to
each other, as indicated by the intervening imcertain context.

997. The drift of the historical facts furnished by the docu-
ment is thus, in the main, discernible, in spite of the uncertain-
ties and obscurities in details. In his third year as king of
Egypt, Amasis finds Apries advancing against him from the
nortii with a force of Greeks and a fleet. Apries assumed the
offensive, and advanced to the vicinity of Sais, where Ama-
sis, having mustered his forces, met and defeated him. The
army of Apries was scattered, but the dethroned king
escaped, and his troops continued to rove the North, infesting
the roads and, of course, living by plunder. Meantime,
Apries was a fugitive, with a few Greek ( ?) ships. When
four or five months had passed in this way, Amasis was
obliged to dispatch his forces, to exterminate the remnant of
Apries' army, and while this went on, Apries was slain.

998. The narrative of Herodotus begins at an earlier

*A large stela of rose granitei 5 feet 9 inches high and three feet wide, found
as part of a doorway in a house in Cairo, now in the Cairo Museiun. Published by
Daressy (RecueUf XXII, 2, 3). The stone is much worn, and so illegible that
sometimes not a single sign is certain for half a line or more.

^The rendering by Daressy {ibid.) is nine-tenths conjecture, and the English
version of Hall {Oldesi Civilisatum of Greece, 323, 324) is chiefly a translation of
Daressy's French.

509

5IO TWENTY-SIXTH DYNASTY: AMASIS [{999

point in the usurpation of Amasis than does our stela. It
would seem that after the defeat of Apries, and his dethrone-
ment by Amasis, as related by Herodotus, Apries had taken
advantage of Amasis' kindness, had after some three years
made his escape and had gathered an army of Greeks, who
were again defeated by Amasis, as recorded on our stela. If
this reconstruction be correct, then this second battle, as
being much like the first, was not properly distinguished by
Herodotus, who says nothing of it. This seems to me more
probable than to identify the battle of our stela with that of
Herodotus, in which case Amasis had ruled over two years,
at least, before he was attacked by Apries; and there would
also be no sojourn of Apries in the custody of Amasis, as so
particularly related by Herodotus.* The account of Apries*
death, as given by Herodotus, is difficult to harmonize with
that on our stela on any hypothesis; but both sources agree
in the statement that Amasis gave Apries honorable burial,
according to Herodotus, among his ancestors at Sais.

999- There is contemporary evidence of the gradual rise
of Amasis; for long after his assumption of the royal car-
touche he continued to use his titles as a noble and a power-
ful palace official. Thus he inscribed his mother's sarcoph-
agus^ as follows :

1000. Revered by her husband, royal confidante of Wahibre (W ^ h-
yb'R ^, Apries), Teperet. Her lifetime was 70 years, 4 months, 15 days.
The name of her mother was Mer-Ptah-Si-HapL It was her son idio
made it for her, the wearer of the royal seal, sole companion, chief of

^Unless w€ suppose that Apries was captured in the battle on our stela (which
does not mention the fact), sojourned with Amasb four or five months, and then
escaped to the Greek ships, there to be slain.

^Now in the Museum of Stockhohn ; published by Pidil {PeHies Eittdes, 33, and
Zeitschrift fUr AgypHsche Spracke, 28, 10); and ReviUout (Rgvme igypiologiqme^

II, 97).

|ioo4] ELEPHANTINE STELA 511

the palace, prophet of Isis, master of the judgment -hall, ^Ahmose
(Amasis),* — Si-Neit.

xoox. BQs mother was thus associated with, and perhaps
related to, Apries, and Amasis' powerful connections thus
aided him in usurping the throne. Herodotus' stories of his
low birth are, therefore, unfounded.

1002. Year 3, second month of the third season (tenth month),
under the majesty of King Amasis,^ beloved of Khnum, lord of the
Cataract, and Hathor, residing in 2^me (P^-mwl)^ given all life,
stability, satisfaction, like Re, forever. ' ^

1003. Here follows the statement that his majesty was in
the palace-hall, deliberating the affairs of the land, when

one came to say to his majesty: '' Apries (f[^^ -yb-R ^, ^he has sailed
'southward — '^ ships of ^ — \ while Greeks without number are coursing

through the Northland i" * \^ They are wasting all

Egypt; they have reached Malachite-Field,^ and those who are of thy
party flee because of them."

1004. Then his majesty caused the royal companions and ^ — "^ to
be called, and informed them of what had happened.

He addressed them with reassuring exhortations (II. 5-7),
and they replied with praise of Amasis, declaring that Apries
had acted like a dog at a carcass (U. 7-10).

*In cartouche. A libation basin in the Louvre (Pierret, Recueil d^inscripHatu,
I, 8a; Revillout, Revue igyptologique, I, 51, and II, 69 ff.); Piehl, Zeiischrift fUr
AgypHscke S^ache, aS, la, enumerates his titles, before he assumed the cartouche,
thus: " Prince f sole companion, chief ef the palace, master of the throne r — ^1, chief of
temples, master of secret things of aU affairs of the king, favorite of his lord, strong in
mind for his lord, chief of the royal council-halls, master of the judgment-haU,
Ahmose-Si-Neit'Wahibre, bom of Teperet.** It is, perhaps, to his mother's con-
nection with Wahibre-Apries that the addition "Wahibre*' to his name is due.
Daressy's suggestion of another woman as the mother of Amasis {Recueil, aa, 143,
144) is without support in the monument adduced.

^FuU fivefold titulary. ^Epithets belonging to the royal name.

dPossibly: **Now he hath remembered their place ^n P^ c n.'* pf^ c » is a
part of the Andropolite nome in the western Delta, but the reading of the name is
quite uncertain.

•5^'/-m/ib (sic!) is probably the same as Pr-P't-f^^-Mfk, near Sais and Buto;
see Daressy's note, Recueil, XXII, 8.

SI2 TWENTYSDCTH DYNASTY: AMASIS [§1005

Said his majesty: ''Ye shall fi^t tomorrow! Every man (hr-nb)
to the front!" His majesty mustered his infantry and his cavalry*

'. His majesty moimted "upon his chariot; he took arrows

and bow in his hand, Tic arrived^ (^spr-np) at •" — \ he reached Andropo-
lis, the army jubilating and rejoicing on the road.

1005. The introduction to the battle is totally unintelli-
gible. Then follows (1. 12):

His majesty fought like a lion, he made a slaughter among them,
whose number was unknown. Numerous ships •'took! C^w^i) them,
falling into the water, whom they saw sink '^as do the fish.

Amasis triumphed.

xo<>6. '^Year 3, third month of the first season (third month), day 8,
Tcamei one to say to his majesty: "The enemy infest the ways, there
are thousands there, invading the land; they cover every road. As for
those who are in the ships, ^they bear hatred of thee in their hearts'
'^without ceasing."

1007. Amasis then gave his troops instructions to scour
^^ every roady not letting a day pass,^^ without pressing the enemy
(U. 15, 16); whereupon the army greatly rejoiced, and pro-
ceeded to their task (1. 16). The enemy's ships were taken
(1. 17), and Apries was probably surprised and slain while
taking his ease on one of the vessels, "if^ (Amasis) saw
his favorite^ fallen in his — which he had made ^ ^before the
water. ^^ Amasis had him buried as befitted a king, forgot
the ^^abomination of the godSy^* which he had committed, and
"Ae (Amasis) founded divine offerings in great mtdtUade^^^
for the mortuary observances of the fallen Apries.

*The word is uncertain; ^/ nfr is impossible. I translate from the determina-
tive. The Greeks must have had horsemen at this time.

^Mh-yb'ff lit., "one filling his heart,** conunon term for the favorite or friend
of a king.

lion] SERAPEUM STELA 513

SERAPEUM STELA*

1008 • As this stela records the life of an Apis, the dura-
tion of which fell entirely in Amasis' reign, it furnishes no
data as to the exact length of his reign.

DaU

1009. 'Year 23, first month of the third season (ninth month), day
15, under the majesty of the King of Upper and Lower Egypt, Khnem-
ibre (Amasis), given life forever.

Burial of Afns

1 0X0. 'The god was conducted in peace to the Beautiful West, to
let him assume his place in the necropolis, ^in the place which his majesty
made for him, the like of which never was made before; after ^there
had been done for him all that is done in the pure house.^

Mortuary Equipment

lOii. Lo, his majesty had in his remembrance how ^Horus did for
his father, Osiris, and he made a great sarcophagus^ of granite. Behold,
his majesty 4ound it good to make it of costly stone c — "^ all kings of
all times. ^He made a shroud of mysterious linen of Resenet and
Mehenet,^ to attach ^o him his amulets, and all his ornaments of gold,
and every splendid, costly stone. They were more beautiful than
^hat was done before,® for his majesty loved Apis, the Living Son,
more than any (other) king.

Life 0} Apis

1012. ^^The majesty of this god went forth to heaven in the year 23,
third month of the second season (seventh month), day 6. He was

•Louvre, No. 19a, published by Piehl, Inscriptions, I, XX, H (good transla-
tion, 23, 24); Chassinat, Recueil, 22, 20. I had also my own copy of the originaL

t'The place of embalmment.

cThis sarcophagus is still in the Serapeum (Bnigsch, Geschichie, 743, 744).
Inscription upon it (Brugsch, Thesaurus, V, 966, 967): "Amasis; he made {it)
as his monument for Apis, the living son {even) a great sarcophagus of granite
because his majesty found it good to make it of costly stone ( c /)." The last part
is verbatim the same as on the stela above.

^The two parts of the sacred district of Sais; see Piehl, Inscriptions, 1, 34,
note 2.

^By earlier kings.

514 TWENTY-SDCTH DYNASTY: AMASIS [jiois

born in the year 5, "first month of the first season (first month), day 7.
He was mstalled in the house of Ptah in the second month of the third
season (tenth month), day 18. "The beautiful lifetime of thb gpd was
18 years, i month, 6 days.

Ahmose (II)-Sineit, given satisfying life forever, made (it) for him.

STATUE INSCRIPTION OF THE GENERAL AHMOSE*

1013 . The titles and epitheta borne by this oflScer are the
only contemporary evidence for the foreign campaigns of the
latter part of the Saitic age. Ahmose's ^^ beautiful name^^
shows that he was bom under Psamtik II. He could hardly
have become a general, therefore, before the reign of Ahmose
II, imder whom his duties in Nubia doubtless fell. His
titles in the inscription are as follows:

1014. Commander of the army, Ahmose, whose beautiful name is
Neferibre-nakht.

King's -messenger, fitting for his lord's sake in every country,
doing what his majesty desires in Nubia (T^-pd'f), governor of the
two doors^ in the northern countries, prophet of Soped, lord of the East,
Ahmose, etc. (as above).

STATUE INSCRIPTION OF PEFNEFDINEIT<^

1015. The monuments left by this noble disclose the inter-
esting fact that he was Apries' ^^ chief physician^^^ and a
prominent member of the treasury administration who was
among those won over to the cause of Amasis. He held the

*Found near Zagarig, now in Cairo; published by Daresay, Recueil, XX, 77.

^wo forts on the Asiatic frontier in the eastern Delta, «s is shown by the man's
priesthood of Soped, a god of that region.

^Louvre, A 93; published by Pierret, Rectieil ^inscriptions du Lonvre, 11,
39 — Brugsch, ThesanruSf VI, 1252-54 (incomplete); from these two by Piehl,
ZeUschrift fUr dgypiiscke Sprache, 32, iiS-a2; collation oi last by Baillet, Zeit-
schrift far dgypiische Sprache, 1895, 127 ff. (a number of glaring errors); I had
also my own copy of the original.

|ioi8] STATUE INSCRIPTION OF PEFNEFDINEIT 51 5

same oflSces under the latter, becoming, likewise, his ^^ chief
physician.^^^ The Louvre statue was erected in Abydos,
and bears an inscription narrating Pefnefdineit's notable
achievements in support of Osiris and his temple. He
claims the consideration of the god and his priesthood,
because he constantly presented the needs of Abydos to
King Amasis and secured wealth and buildings for the
Abydos temple. Some of this work he personally super-
intended at Abydos, and he participated in the presentation
of the Osirian drama there. His incessant activity for the
cult of Osiris, although he was not a member of the royal
family, is a striking example of the excessive religious zeal
of the age, pictured so graphically by Herodotus.

1016. One of his achievements on behalf of Osiris is
striking. A descendant of the ancient Thinite family, whose
counts we still find in the Eighteenth Dynasty, was dispos-
sessed of his income from the Great Oasis and from the local
ferry, and Pefnefdineit had these revenues diverted to the
treasury of Osiris. The income from the oasis was then
devoted to meet the funeral expenses of the people of Abydos.

Titles of Pefnejdineit

1017. 'The hereditary prince, count, sole companion, chief of the
palace {fyrp'^h^)^ chief physician, overseer of the gold-treasury, great
one of the hall, great revered one in the king's-house, chief steward.
Pefnefdineit, begotten of the chief of strongholds, local governor of
Dep, prophet of Horns of Pe, Sisebek, says:

Mortuary Prayer

1018. "O every priest (w^6), who shall perform divine offices;
the First of the Westerners (Osiris) shall favor you, as ye recite for me

^Pefnefdineit erected another statue in the temple at Heliopolis which bears
record of his rank under Apries. Now in British Museum: Sharpe, Egyptian
Inscriptions, I, iii=Piehl, Zeitschrift fUr dgypUsche Sprache, 31, 88-91. An
ofifering-tablet of his is also in the Mosque of Bibars, Cairo (Wie<Jiemann, Recueil,
VIII, 64; Piehl from W., ZeUschri/t fUr dgyptiscke Sprache, 31, 87 f.).

5i6 TWENTY- SIXTH DYNASTY: AMASIS ffioig

the prayer for mortuary offerings, with prostrations to the First of the
Westerners; so shall ye behold the glories before your god; because I
was more honored by the majesty 'of my lord than any noble of his.
I was one distinguished by reason of what he had done, an excellent
craftsman, establishing his house."

Attention to Abydos

1019. '^I transmitted the affairs of Abydos to the palace, that his
majesty might hear (them). His majesty commanded that I do the
work in Abydos, in order that Abydos might be fiunished. I did
greatly in improving Abydos, I put all the things of Abydos in order;
(whether) sleeping (or) waking, seeking the good of Abydos there-
with. 3i besought favor from my lord every day, in order that Abydos
might be furnished."

Temple and Equipment

1020. ''I built the temple of the First of the Westerners in excel-
lent and eternal work, as was commanded me from his majesty. He
saw the prosperity in the affairs of the Abydos nome. I surrounded it
with walls of brick, and the necropolis with granite, an august shrine*
of electrum, the adornments* and the divine ^amulets^, all the tables* of
the divine offerings (yfy't-ntr) were of ^old, silver, and every costly
stone. I built Wpg, I set up its altars (^ j^), I dug its lake, planted
with trees."

TefHple Income

1 02 1. "I provisioned the temple of the First of the Westerners,
increasing that which came in to him, established as daily income.
His magazine was settled with male and female slaves. I gave to him
1,000 Stat of lands, of the fields of the Abydos nome; equipped with
people and all small cattle; its name was made: 'Establishment (grg't)-
of-Osiris,' 5in order that the divine offerings might be furnished from
it throughout eternity. I renewed for him the divine offerings more
plentifully than what was formerly there. I made for him arbors,^
planted with all date^ trees, and vineyards (with) people therein of

*These nouns are enumerated as if in a list, without any verb of which they
are the objects.

^<^'tnt Ift; the same phrase occurs twice in Papyrus Harris (see f f 194 and 264).
cOr: " sweet trees."

§io25] STATUE INSCRIPTION OF PEFNEFDINEIT 517

foreign countries, ^brought as living captives, 3delding 30 hin of wine
therefrom every day upon the altar of the First of the Westerners;
and offerings shall be brought thence throughout eternity."

Temple Archives

1022. ''I restored the house of sacred writings when ruined; I
recorded the offerings ^of Osiris, I put in order all his contracts."

Osiris Drama

1023. ''I hewed from cedar (^S) the sacred barge* which I found
(made) of acacia. I repelled the chief of the devastators^ from Abydos,
I defended Abydos ®for its lord, I protected all its people."

Confiscation of Count's Property

1024. '' I gave to the temple the things that issued from the desert
(f^^i't)^ of Abydos, which I found in the possession of the count, in
order that ^e people of Abydos might be buried. I gave to the temple
the ferry-boat of Abydos which I took from the count; (for) Osiris
desired that his dty should be equipped. ^^His majesty praised me
because of what I had done."

Prayer for King

1025. ''May he^ grant life to his son, Ahmose (Amasis)-Sineit;
may he grant favor before his majesty and honor before "the great
god. O priest, praise the god for me; O every one coming forth,
praise ^ye^ in the temple. Speak my name, the "chief steward, Pef-
nefdineit, bom of Nenesbast ^^dN'^yni-B'^ s't)^ "

*This temple barge was used in the Osiris drama; compare II, 183.

^In the dramatic enactment of the incidents of the Osiris myth.

cThese can only be the income from the Great Oasis, which from the time of
the Eighteenth Dynasty had bebnged to the counts of Abydos (II, 763). This
income then seems to have been devoted to paying the expenses of burying the
people of Abydos.

^Osiris.

•Restored from the other monuments of this man {Zeiisckrift fUr dgypiische
Sprache, 31, 87, 88).

5i8 TWENTYSDCTH DYNASTY: AMASIS [§ 1026

MORTUARY STELiE OF THE PRIEST PSAMTIK*

1026, The historical value of these stelae consists solely in
the chronological data which they furnish. From these data
it is possible to establish the exact length of the Twenty-
sixth Dynasty, and also the length of the reign of Apries,
otherwise uncertain. The calculation is as follows:

Psamtik was sixty-five years, ten months, and two days
old at his death in the twenty-seventh year of the reign of
Amasis, on the twenty -eighth day of the eighth month.
He was, therefore, bom thirty-nine years, two months, and
four days before the accession of Amasis. Now, the date
of his birth is given as the first day of the eleventh month in
year i of Necho; hence, Necho's accession was exactly
forty** years before that of Amasis. The length of the
dynasty is, then, the total of the following items:

Psamtik I 54 years

Necho )

Psamtik II [ 40 "

Apries )

Amasis 44

Total 138

•Small stelae in Leyden (V, 18 and 19), written with ink and rapidly hecxuning
illegible; published by Piehl, (Inscriptions, III, XXVni, G and H). I had also
my own copy of the original which I collated with an old manuscript copy of
manns, made while the stelae were more legible than at present.

t>The computation is as follows:
Lifetime, 65-10- 2

Date of death, 26- 7-28

From birth to accession of Amasis, 39- 2- 4

10- I Date of birth in reign of Necho.

40-0-5

40-0-5
The five days are, of course, the five epagomens.

I imqI mortuary STELiE OF PRIEST PSAMTIK 519

As the fall of the dynasty occurred in 525 B. C, its accession
took place in (525 + 138) 663 B. C.

1027. The length of the reign of Apries may also be deter-
mined from the same data, thus : the total of all the other
reigns in the d3masty is as follows:

Psamdk I 54 years

Necho )

21 "

Psamdk n

(Apries omitted) —

Amasis 44 **

Total 119 "

This total deducted from the 138 years' duration of the
dynasty leaves nineteen years for the reign of Apries.*
From the Elephantine Stela of Amasis we know that Apries
lived over two years (i. e., into the third year) after the acces-
sion of Amasis, but these two years fall within the reign
of the latter, and are not included in the nineteen years of
Apries' sole reign. The text is as follows :

1028. Year i, third month of the third season, day i, under the
majesty of the King of Upper and Lower Egypt, Uhemibre (Whm-yb-
R"), Son of Re, Necho (N-k^w),

1029. On this good day was bom the divine father, Psamtik,
begotten of Ahuben (F ^ h-wbn), bom of Enkhetesi (^ nf^s). His good
life was 65 years, 10 months, 2 days. Year 27, fourth month of the
second season, day 28, was his day of departure from life. He was
introduced into the Good House,^ and he spent 42^ days under the

*A stela in Berlin (No. 15393) is dated in the seventeenth year of Apries.

^his was the place of the embalmers, where he spent 42 days in process of
embalmment, as is evident from the following context, Anubis being the embalmer.
For a clear narrative of such mortuary proceedings, see the Miramar stela (Berg-
mann, Hieroglyphische Inschrifien, VI, 1. 10).

cLeemanns read 42 ; I could see only 30 and a stroke, with room between for
another 10, and at the end for several strokes (units). Piehl read 30+x. The
duplicate has clearly 42; but see next note.

S20 TWENTY-SIXTH DYNASTY: AMASIS [| 1029

hand of Anubis, lord of Tazoser. He was conducted in peace to the
Beautiful West in the first month of the third season (ninth month),
day ^ — ';* and his life in the necropolis is forever and ever.

^Merely the day-sign with no numeral On the duplicate I could not read the
numeral; Leemanna gives 2, and Piehl read i. None of these numerals fits the
case; 42 days after his death would bring the burial on the tenth of the tenth month.
As our texts both give ninth month, the 42 is evidently an error. It cannot be more
than 3a.

a biDS DID 7SA saa

f;PR\NG 1980

STANFORD UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES

CECIL H. GREEN LIBRARY

STANFORD, CALIFORNIA 94305-6004

(415) 723-1493

All books may be recalled after 7 days

DATE DUE

Internet Archive Audio

Featured

Top

Images

Featured

Top

Software

Featured

Top

Books

Featured

Top

Video

Featured

Top

Mobile Apps

Browser Extensions

Archive-It Subscription

Save Page Now

Full text of "Ancient records of Egypt; historical documents from the earliest times to the Persian conquest"

See other formats